Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2013

Registration No. 333-185269

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 3

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   1531   90-0907433

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

4900 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000

Scottsdale, AZ 85251

(480) 840-8100

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Darrell C. Sherman, Esq.

Vice President and General Counsel

4900 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000

Scottsdale, AZ 85251

(480) 840-8100

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

John C. Kennedy, Esq.

Lawrence G. Wee, Esq.

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

(212) 373-3000

 

Julie H. Jones, Esq.

Ropes & Gray LLP

The Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, MA 02199

(617) 951-7000

 

William J. Whelan III, Esq.

Joseph D. Zavaglia, Esq.

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10019-7475

(212) 474-1000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

 

 

Title Of Each Class Of

Securities To Be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price(1)

  Amount Of
Registration Fee(2)(3)

Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share(4)

  $500,000,000   $68,200

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933.
(3) Previously paid.
(4) Includes shares of Class A common stock which the underwriters have the right to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Dated                      , 2013

             Shares

 

LOGO

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 

 

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, which we refer to in this prospectus as “TMHC,” is offering              shares of its Class A common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

We have applied to list the Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TMHC.”

 

 

After the completion of this offering, our Principal Equityholders (as defined in this prospectus) will own a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock, will have the ability to elect a majority of our board of directors and will have substantial influence over our governance.

Investing in the Class A common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 24.

PRICE $         PER SHARE

 

     Price to Public      Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
     Proceeds to
Company (1)
 

Per Share

   $                    $                    $                

Total

   $                    $                    $                

 

  (1) We intend to use approximately $         million of the proceeds to purchase a portion of the existing investments of the Principal Equityholders and other equityholders in our company.

TMHC has granted the underwriters the right to purchase an additional              shares of Class A common stock to cover over-allotments.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock to purchasers on                     , 2013.

 

 

 

Credit Suisse   Citigroup

 

Deutsche Bank Securities   Goldman, Sachs & Co.   J.P. Morgan   Zelman Partners LLC

Prospectus dated                     , 2013


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the Class A common stock.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

STATEMENT REGARDING INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

     ii   

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     24   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     49   

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

     52   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     57   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     58   

CAPITALIZATION

     59   

DILUTION

     60   

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     62   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     69   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     71   

INDUSTRY

     113   

BUSINESS

     119   

 

     Page  

MANAGEMENT

     143   

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

     152   

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

     186   

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     190   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     193   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     199   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     203   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

     205   

UNDERWRITING

     209   

LEGAL MATTERS

     215   

EXPERTS

     215   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     215   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   
 

 

 

Through and including                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

Trademarks

This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

 

i


Table of Contents

STATEMENT REGARDING INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Any market or industry data contained in this prospectus is based on a variety of sources, including internal data and estimates, independent industry publications, government publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources. Industry publications and other published sources generally state that the information they contain has been obtained from third-party sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of such information. Our internal data and estimates are based upon information obtained from trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate and our management’s understanding of industry conditions, and such information has not been verified by any independent sources. Accordingly, investors should not place significant reliance on such data and information.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding whether to invest in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.

In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references to the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer (1) subsequent to the reorganization transactions described under “Organizational Structure” (referred to in this prospectus as the “Reorganization Transactions”), to TMHC and its consolidated subsidiaries, (2) prior to the consummation of this offering and the Reorganization Transactions and following the date of our acquisition by our principal equityholders (referred to in this prospectus as the “Acquisition”) in July 2011, to TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (“TMM” or the “Successor”) and its consolidated subsidiaries, and (3) prior to the Acquisition, to the North American business of Taylor Wimpey plc (the “Predecessor”). References to “Taylor Morrison Holdings” are to Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., the indirect parent company of our U.S. business. References to “Monarch Communities” are to Monarch Communities Inc., the indirect parent company of our Canadian business. See “—The Reorganization Transactions” and “Organizational Structure.” References to “TPG Global” are to TPG Global, LLC, and references to “TPG” are to TPG Global and its affiliates. References to “Oaktree” are to investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. or their respective subsidiaries that are invested in TMM prior to this offering. References to “JH” are to investment funds managed by JH Investments Inc. or their respective subsidiaries that are invested in TMM prior to this offering and will be indirectly invested in New TMM (as defined elsewhere in this “Prospectus Summary”) through the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles (as described elsewhere in this “Prospectus Summary”).

Where we present information on a “pro forma” basis, such information gives pro forma effect to this offering, the Acquisition and Financing Transactions (as defined elsewhere in this “Prospectus Summary”) and the Reorganization Transactions in the manner described in this prospectus under “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.” References to the information or results of “unconsolidated joint ventures” refer to our proportionate share of unconsolidated homebuilding joint ventures in Canada. When we refer to average sales price of our homes the amounts referred to do not include our sales from our unconsolidated joint ventures. Amounts expressed in “$” or “dollars” refer to U.S. dollars.

Our Company

Upon completion of this offering, we will be one of the largest public homebuilders in North America. Headquartered in Scottsdale, Arizona, we build single-family detached and attached homes and develop land, which includes lifestyle and master-planned communities. We are proud of our legacy of more than 75 years in the homebuilding industry, having originally commenced homebuilding operations in 1936. We operate under our Taylor Morrison and Darling Homes brands in the United States and under our Monarch brand in Canada.

Our business is organized into three geographic regions: East, West and Canada, which regions accounted for 46%, 37% and 17%, respectively, of our net sales orders (excluding unconsolidated joint ventures) for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our East region consists of our Houston, Dallas, Austin, North Florida and West Florida divisions. Our West region consists of our Phoenix, Northern California, Southern California and Denver divisions. Our Canada region consists of our operations within the province of Ontario, primarily in the Greater Toronto Area (“GTA”) and also in Ottawa and Kitchener-Waterloo, and offers both single-family and high-rise communities.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

In all of our markets, we build and sell a broad mix of homes across diverse price points ranging from $120,000 to more than $1,000,000. Our emphasis is on designing, building and selling homes to first- and second-time move-up buyers. We are well-positioned in our markets with a top-10 market share (based on 2012 home closings as reported by Hanley Wood and 2012 home sales as reported by Real Net Canada) in 15 of our 19 total markets.

As explained in greater detail in this prospectus summary, our management believes our business is distinguished by our:

 

   

strong historical financial performance and industry-leading margins;

 

   

solid balance sheet with sufficient liquidity with which to execute our growth plan;

 

   

significant land inventory, representing approximately nine years of land supply based on our trailing twelve-month closings, carried at a low cost basis;

 

   

top-10 market share in historically high-growth homebuilding markets;

 

   

profitable Canadian business;

 

   

expertise in delivering “lifestyle” communities targeted at first- and second-time move-up buyers; and

 

   

reputation for quality and customer service, based on customer surveys.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we closed 4,014 homes, consisting of 2,933 homes in the United States and 1,081 homes in Canada, including 232 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an average sales price across North America of $364,000. During the same period, we generated $1.4 billion in revenues, $430.8 million in net income and $228.8 million in Adjusted EBITDA (for a discussion of how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, see footnote 5 under the caption “—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Information”). In the United States, for the year ended December 31, 2012 sales orders increased approximately 45.8% as compared to the same period in 2011, and we averaged 2.9 sales per active selling community per month compared to an average of 1.7 sales per active selling community per month for the same period in 2011. As of December 31, 2012, we offered homes in 128 active selling communities and had a backlog of 4,112 homes sold but not closed, including 909 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an associated backlog sales value of approximately $1.5 billion.

Our Industry

United States

The residential housing industry has historically been a significant contributor to economic activity in the United States. From 1970 to 2007, the residential housing sector represented an average of approximately 4.5% of U.S. annual gross domestic product and then declined to an average of 2.5% of U.S. annual GDP from 2008 to 2012. Similarly, total new home starts averaged 1.55 million per year from 1960 to 2007 and then declined to an average of 687,000 per year from 2008 to 2012.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Total New Home Starts

(in thousands)

 

LOGO

We believe that a U.S. housing recovery is underway on a national basis, driven by consumers who are increasingly optimistic about their economic prospects and supported by several recent positive economic and demographic factors observed by our management including:

 

   

improving employment growth;

 

   

increasing consumer confidence, bolstered by rising home values and improving household finances;

 

   

improving sentiment towards residential real estate ownership;

 

   

accelerating household formation;

 

   

significant declines in new and existing for-sale home inventory; and

 

   

record low interest rates supporting affordability and home ownership.

We believe that the improvement in the U.S. housing market is illustrated by a number of key benchmarks and statistics. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, building permits for privately owned homes in January 2013 were estimated at a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 925,000, representing an approximate 35% increase over the January 2012 estimate of 648,000. The increase in new building permits is consistent with an average of 37% and 58% year-over-year growth in new home orders and backlog reported by the top 10 public homebuilders (ranking based on 2011 revenues reported by Hanley Wood), respectively, based on the most recently reported quarterly data as of the date of this prospectus. In addition, home prices in the United States are generally increasing, with the strongest price increases in the last seven years occurring in the fourth quarter of 2012. According to the National Association of Realtors, U.S. median home prices improved on a year-over-year basis in 133 out of 152 Metropolitan Statistical Areas (“MSA”) in the fourth quarter of 2012. Based on data from the U.S. Census Bureau, new home prices increased approximately 10% year-over-year in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Canada

The Canadian housing market has been more stable than the U.S. housing market over the last five years. The relative consistency of the Canadian housing market, particularly in Ontario where we operate, is principally a result of demand due to growth in employment and immigration. For instance, the Canadian housing market has exhibited stable housing starts, a balanced sales-to-listings ratio and steady long-term growth in housing prices. In addition, Canadian home buying practices reflect a number of stabilizing structural, mortgage lending, legal and general market characteristics that have allowed the Canadian housing market to grow at a sustainable pace and to experience significantly lower mortgage default rates over the past decade, as compared to the United States.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Ontario represents approximately one-third of the total Canadian new home market, as measured by total housing starts, and benefits from positive demographic and economic growth trends. For example, the population and GDP of Ontario between 2008 and 2011 increased by approximately 4.4% and 9.5%, respectively. Ontario housing starts increased from 68,123 in 2007 to an estimated level of 77,600 in 2012, representing a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of approximately 2.6%. Similarly, average home prices in Ontario increased from CAD$299,610 in 2007 to an estimated average price of CAD$386,000 in 2012, representing a CAGR of approximately 5.2%. With slowing job growth relative to the recent past, ongoing global economic uncertainty and increasing units under construction, it is anticipated that Ontario housing starts will moderate to approximately 65,000 and average home prices will remain flat at approximately CAD$386,400 in 2013, based on data from the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (“CMHC”).

Our Competitive Strengths

Our business is characterized by the following competitive strengths:

Strong historical financial performance with industry-leading margins

We have a profitable and scalable operating platform, which we believe positions us well to take advantage of the continued recovery we expect in the U.S. housing industry. We are among a select few of our public homebuilding peers to be profitable in 2010, 2011 and 2012. We generated net income of $90.6 million in 2010, $76.8 million in 2011 and $430.8 million in 2012. Our pre-tax income margin for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 11.9%, which was the highest among the top 10 publicly traded U.S. homebuilders for the last three completed fiscal quarters, based on data from the public filings of those homebuilders.

We believe that our management approach, which balances a decentralized local market expertise with a centralized executive management focus on maximizing efficiencies, will support our strong margins and further grow our profitability. Our operating platform is scalable, which we believe allows us to increase volume while at the same time improving profitability and driving shareholder returns.

During the recent housing downturn, we improved our margins by aligning our headcount to reflect local and national industry conditions, standardizing systems and processes across business units and reducing construction and procurement costs through standardized national, regional and local contracts.

Solid balance sheet with sufficient liquidity for growth

We are well-positioned with a solid balance sheet and sufficient liquidity with which to service our debt obligations, support our ongoing operations and take advantage of growth opportunities as the expected recovery in the U.S. housing market continues. At December 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis, we would have had $         million in outstanding indebtedness and a net debt-to-net book capitalization of         % (or total debt-to-total book capitalization of         %). Also at December 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis, we would have had $         million of unrestricted cash and approximately $163.8 million of availability under our senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). Less than 26% of our approximately $845.0 million of currently outstanding debt matures before 2020.

The balance sheet carrying value of our entire inventory base was adjusted to fair market value as of the date of the Acquisition in July 2011. The purchase accounting adjustments resulted in a comprehensive revaluation of our entire land inventory near the bottom of the recent U.S. housing downturn. Giving effect to the Acquisition-related purchase accounting adjustments, the carrying value of our U.S. land inventory at the time of the Acquisition represented 52% of its original cost. We believe this reduced cost basis positions us to generate strong margins in the future.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Significant land inventory carried at a low cost basis

We continue to benefit from a sizeable and well-located existing land inventory. As of December 31, 2012, we owned or controlled 43,987 lots, including unconsolidated joint venture lots, which equated to approximately eleven years of land supply based on our trailing twelve-month closings of 4,014 homes. Our land inventory reflects our balanced approach to investments, yielding a distribution of finished lots available for near-term homebuilding operations and strategic land positions to support future growth. Our significant land inventory allows us to be selective in identifying new land acquisition opportunities and positions us against potential land shortages in markets that exhibit land supply constraints. In addition, some of our holdings represent multi-phase, master-planned communities, which provide us with the opportunity to utilize our development expertise to add value through re-entitlements, repositioning and/or opportunistic land sales to third parties.

Since January 1, 2009, we have spent approximately $1.0 billion on new land purchases, acquiring 25,532 lots, of which 21,334 currently remain in our lot supply. We believe a substantial portion of our current land holdings was purchased at attractive prices at or near the low point of the market. We believe our local, well-established relationships with land sellers, brokers and investors and our knowledge of the local markets position us to be quick to market both to identify land and to gain access to such sellers, brokers and investors. We also believe that our long-held reputation as a leading homebuilder and developer of land, combined with our balance sheet strength and our active opportunistic purchasing of land through the downturn, gives land brokers and sellers confidence that they can close transactions with us on a timely basis and with minimal execution risk.

Strong market position and local presence in high-growth homebuilding markets

Our focused geographic footprint positions us to participate in the expected recovery in the U.S. housing market. The U.S. housing market experienced a significant downturn from 2006 to 2011 but has recently shown signs of recovery. We currently operate exclusively in states benefiting from positive momentum in housing demand drivers, including nationally leading population and employment growth trends, migration patterns, housing affordability and desirable lifestyle and weather characteristics. The five states in which we operate accounted for 30% of the total 2010 U.S. population of 309 million and 35% of the 514,200 building permits issued for privately owned homes in the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Our land inventory is concentrated in markets that have experienced significant improvement in home prices. We believe that our geographic footprint enables us to capture the benefits of expected increasing home volumes and home prices as the U.S. housing recovery continues and demand for new homes increases. The following table sets forth, for each of our U.S. markets, information relating to growth in median existing home price, projected growth in employment, projected growth in single-family permits, home affordability and our market ranking.

 

U.S. Market

   Median existing
home price 1-yr

growth rate as of 
Dec. 31, 2012
    Employment
growth
2012-2014
estimated CAGR
    Single-Family
permit growth
2012-2014
estimated CAGR
    Affordability
ratio (1)

as of
Dec. 31, 2012
    2012
Taylor Morrison
market share
ranking (2)
 

Austin

     5.3     3.8     30.1     70.2     6   

Dallas (3)

     6.2        3.0        40.3        79.6        16   

Denver

     6.2        2.4        57.5        66.4        9   

Fort Myers (4)

     15.7        3.2        70.0        83.2        10   

Houston (3)

     4.7        2.9        20.3        75.7        15   

Jacksonville

     0.3        1.9        46.9        84.0        8   

Naples (5)

     1.6        3.2        59.5        53.3        7   

Orange County

     2.3        2.1        55.5        47.3        4   

Orlando

     3.8        2.6        56.9        81.7        8   

Phoenix

     18.6        2.5        95.3        79.8        4   

Sacramento

     2.6        2.2        83.5        73.1        4   

San Diego

     0.9        2.2        70.7        49.0        14   

San Francisco

     4.8        2.2        54.1        33.6        11   

San Jose

     8.7        2.1        43.6        38.8        6   

Sarasota (5)

     9.7        2.5        55.8        73.6        6   

Tampa

     4.9        1.9        51.3        77.0        4   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TM market average

     6.0 %       2.5 %       55.7 %       66.6 %       9   

US average

     3.1        2.0        52.9        68.8        N/A   

 

Source: Hanley Wood.

(1) The affordability ratio is the percentage of households that can afford the median-priced existing home. The calculation assumes a 20% down payment and a 30-year fixed rate mortgage at the Freddie Mac mortgage rate published just prior to period end and assumes that total monthly payments (including mortgage, property taxes and insurance) cannot exceed 30% of gross household income.
(2) Market rankings based on number of home closings between January 1, 2012 and December 31, 2012.
(3) Includes the historical business of Darling Homes for periods prior to its acquisition by us on December 31, 2012. See “—Recent Developments.”
(4) Based on Hanley Wood data as of November 30, 2012 (most recent publication for this market).
(5) Based on Hanley Wood data as of October 31, 2012 (most recent publication for this market).

We are well-positioned within our markets. As set forth in the table above, we have a top-ten market share in 12 of our 16 U.S. markets. We believe that maintaining significant market share within our markets enables us to achieve economies of scale, differentiates us from most of our competitors and increases our access to land acquisition opportunities.

Profitable Monarch business in Ontario

We benefit from increased diversification through our presence in the Canadian housing market because of our Monarch business in Ontario. Monarch Corporation delivered its first home in 1936 and since that time has become a recognized brand in Canada. Monarch Corporation has generated stable income and cash flow and has been profitable every year since 1941. Since 2008, the first full year after our U.S. and Canadian operations were combined, our Canada region has generated between 27% and 46% of our annual revenues and has played an important role in delivering growth, profitability and cash flow, which helped us withstand the recent downturn in

 

 

6


Table of Contents

the U.S. housing industry. As of December 31, 2012, Monarch Corporation had $732.9 million in backlog of homes sold and to be delivered in 2012 through 2016, including $313.3 million of unconsolidated joint venture backlog.

Monarch Corporation has six wholly owned and joint venture high-rise developments in the GTA which are expected to close and recognize revenue in 2013 and 2014 and which have sold in excess of 95% of the aggregate number of the homes offered in those developments. These high-rise developments are expected to recognize in excess of $350 million in total revenues, a portion of which we will recognize as joint venture income on an equity method basis.

Expertise in delivering lifestyle communities targeted at first- and second-time move-up buyers

We focus on developing lifestyle communities, which have many distinguishing attributes, including proximity to job centers, strong school systems and a variety of amenities. Within our communities, we offer award-winning home designs through our single-family detached, single-family attached and high-rise condominium products. During the economic downturn, we maintained our core business strategy of focusing on first- and second-time move-up buyers, whereas we observed many homebuilders refocus their businesses on lower-priced homes. We believe our experience in the move-up market allows us to significantly expand our new home offerings at higher price points. We believe homebuyers at these higher price points are more likely to value and pay for the quality of lifestyle, construction and amenities for which we are known. While we primarily target move-up buyers, our portfolio also includes homes for entry-level, luxury and active adult buyers (55 years of age and over). We have the expertise and track record in designing and delivering lifestyle products and amenities that we believe appeal to active adult buyers.

 

LOGO

Our captive mortgage company allows us to offer financing to our homebuyers and to more effectively convert backlog into closings

We directly originate, underwrite and fund mortgages for our homebuyers through our wholly owned mortgage lending company, Taylor Morrison Home Funding, LLC (“TMHF”). TMHF maintains relationships with several correspondent lenders through which it utilizes its Principal Authorized Agent designation to mitigate the underwriting risk associated with its funding of mortgage loans. We believe TMHF provides a distinct competitive advantage relative to homebuilders without captive mortgage units, since many of our buyers seek an integrated home buying experience. While we believe many other homebuilders with a captive mortgage company use a single lender, our multi-lender platform provides us with the ability to leverage a broad range of

 

 

7


Table of Contents

products and underwriting and pricing options for the benefit of our home buyers. Therefore, TMHF allows us to use mortgage finance as an additional sales tool, helps ensure and enhance the customer experience, prequalifies buyers earlier in the home buying process, provides us better visibility in converting our sales backlog into closings and is a source of incremental revenues and profitability. TMHF outperforms a number of builder-affiliated mortgage companies, as evidenced by our industry-leading capture rate of 84% in 2012 (compared to an average of 73% among the top 13 public U.S. homebuilders, based on the most recent fiscal year data). TMHF also had one of the lowest sales cancellation rates among our publicly traded peers with mortgage units, which was 15% in 2012, compared to an average of 19% among the top 13 public U.S. homebuilders, based on the most recent fiscal year data.

Highly experienced management team

We benefit from an experienced management team that has demonstrated the ability to generate positive financial results and adapt to constantly changing market conditions. In addition to our corporate management team, our division presidents bring substantial industry knowledge and local market expertise, with an average of approximately 18 years of experience in the homebuilding industry. Our success in land acquisition and development is due in large part to the caliber of our local management teams, which are responsible for the planning, design, entitlements and eventual execution of the entire community. Unlike some of our homebuilding peers, our management team chose to retain a core competency in land acquisition and development during the recent downturn, which positions us to more effectively identify and capitalize on land opportunities in the current market.

Our Growth Strategy

We have performed well through the unprecedented challenges of the recent economic downturn. We believe we are well-positioned for growth and increased profitability in an improving housing market through disciplined execution of the following elements of our growth strategy:

Drive revenue by opening new communities from existing land supply

Over the last few years we have strategically invested in new land in our core markets. Our land supply provides us with the opportunity to increase our community count on a net basis by approximately 40% in 2013 and approximately 30% in 2014. A significant portion of our land supply was purchased at low price points during the recent downturn in the housing cycle. Although future downturns may occur, these land purchases, coupled with the adjustment of our land cost basis to fair market value at the time of our Acquisition, are expected to result in continued revenue growth and strong gross margin performance from our U.S. communities.

Combine land acquisition and development expertise with homebuilding operations to maximize profitability

Our ability to identify, acquire and develop land in desirable locations and on favorable terms is critical to our success. We evaluate land opportunities based on how we expect they will contribute to overall corporate profitability and returns, rather than how they might drive volume on a regional or submarket basis. We continue to use our local relationships with land sellers, brokers and investors to seek to obtain the “first look” at quality land opportunities. We expect to continue to allocate capital to pursue creative deal structures and other opportunities with the goal of achieving superior returns by utilizing our development expertise, efficiency and opportunistic mindset.

We continue to combine our land development expertise with our homebuilding operations to increase the flexibility of our business, to enhance our margin performance and to control the timing of delivery of lots. Unlike many of our competitors, we believe we are able to increase the value of our land portfolio through the zoning and engineering process by creating attractive land use plans and optimizing our use of land, which ultimately translates into greater opportunities to generate profits.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Focus our offerings on targeted customer groups

Our goal is to identify the preferences of our target customer and demographic groups and offer them innovative, high-quality homes that are efficient and profitable to build. To achieve this goal, we conduct extensive market research to determine preferences of our customer groups. We have identified seven consumer groups by focusing on particular lifestyle preferences, tastes and other attributes of our customer base. Our group classification includes four categories of couples or singles, such as our “Fancy Nesters” customers, and three categories of families, such as our “Parks and Prestige” customers.

Our approach to consumer group segmentation guides all of our operations from our initial land acquisition through our design, building, marketing and delivery of homes and our ongoing after-sales customer service. Among our peers, we believe we are at the forefront of directed-marketing strategies, as evidenced by our highly-trafficked website which provides innovative tools that are designed to enhance our customers’ home buying experience.

Build aspirational homes for our customers and deliver superior customer service

We develop communities and build homes in which our target customers aspire to live. In order to deliver aspirational homes, we purchase well-located land and focus on developing attractive neighborhoods and communities with desirable lifestyle amenities. Our efforts culminate in the design and construction of thoughtfully detailed finished homes utilizing the highest construction standards.

We are committed to after-sales service that we believe can improve our brand recognition and encourage our customers to make referrals resulting in lower customer acquisition costs and increased home sales rates. Both the Taylor Morrison and Monarch brands have received numerous accolades and awards for quality, service and design by homebuilding industry trade groups and publications, such as the 2009 award for “Best Customer Experience” by a large homebuilder in the United States by AVID Awards and Builder magazine’s “Builder’s Choice” Hall of Fame award in 2009.

Selectively pursue acquisitions

Our company was formed through the combination of Taylor Woodrow and Morrison Homes in the United States, forming Taylor Morrison, and Monarch Corporation in Canada. We have successfully acquired and integrated homebuilding businesses in the past and intend to utilize our experience in integrating businesses as opportunities for acquisitions arise.

We selectively evaluate expansion opportunities in our existing markets as well as in new markets that exhibit positive long-term fundamentals. For instance, in December 2012 we acquired the assets of Darling Interests, Inc., a Texas-based home builder. Darling builds homes under the Darling Homes brand for move-up buyers in approximately 24 communities in the Dallas-Fort Worth Metroplex and 20 communities in the Greater Houston Area markets. We believe that our success in integrating operations across both a wide range of geographic markets and product types demonstrates the scalable nature of our business model and provides us with the structure to support disciplined growth in existing and new markets.

Adhere to our core operating principles to drive consistent long-term performance

We recognize that the housing market is cyclical and home price movement between the peak and trough of cycles can be significant. We seek to maximize shareholder value over the long-term and therefore operate our business to mitigate risks from downturns in the market and to position ourselves to capitalize on upturns in the market: we seek to control costs, maintain a solid balance sheet and ensure an overall strategic focus that is informed by national, regional and local market trends. This management approach also includes the following elements:

 

   

attracting and retaining top talent through a culture in which team members are encouraged to contribute to our success and are given the opportunity to recognize their full potential;

 

 

9


Table of Contents
   

balancing decentralized local day-to-day decision-making responsibility with centralized corporate oversight;

 

   

ensuring all team members understand the organization’s strategy and the goals of the business and have the tools to contribute to our success;

 

   

centralizing management approval of all land acquisitions and dispositions under stringent underwriting requirements; and

 

   

maintaining a performance-based corporate culture committed to the highest standards of integrity, ethics and professionalism.

Risks Associated with our Business and Growth Strategy

While we have set forth our competitive strengths and our strategy above, the homebuilding industry is a competitive industry, and we face certain challenges. The homebuilding industry has historically been subject to significant volatility. We may be at a competitive disadvantage with regard to certain of our national competitors whose operations are more geographically diversified than ours, as these competitors may be better able to withstand any future regional downturn in the housing market. In addition, a number of our national competitors are larger than we are and may have greater financial and operational resources than we do. These factors may give our competitors an advantage in marketing their products, securing materials and labor at lower prices and allowing their homes to be delivered to customers more quickly and at more favorable prices. This competition could reduce our market share and limit our ability to expand our business as we have planned.

Below is a summary of certain key risk factors and a description of certain challenges we face in our business that you should consider in evaluating an investment in shares of our Class A common stock:

 

   

the U.S. housing market may not recover to the extent or on the timetable we expect;

 

   

downturns or cyclical economic conditions affecting the housing industry in the particular geographic markets in which we operate;

 

   

competition in our industry, which is significant;

 

   

failure to manage land acquisition strategies;

 

   

access to, and the cost of, qualified labor and raw materials may be affected by factors beyond our control;

 

   

our inability to continue to source land at attractive prices;

 

   

increases in homebuyers’ financing costs;

 

   

increases in the cancellation rates of existing agreements of sale with our homebuyers;

 

   

increases in home warranty and construction defect claims made in the ordinary course of our business;

 

   

cost overruns in the land acquisition, development and construction processes;

 

   

increases in government regulation, impact fees and development charges; and

 

   

our ability to continue to comply with the covenants in our debt agreements and service our indebtedness.

The above list is not exhaustive, and the additional risks and challenges we face are described under the caption “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 of this prospectus. These risks and challenges or other unforeseen events could impair our ability to operate our business or inhibit our strategic plans.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

The Reorganization Transactions

Prior to this offering and the Reorganization Transactions, our business and operations were conducted by subsidiaries of TMM. In the Reorganization Transactions, the existing holders of limited partnership interests in TMM, including the Principal Equityholders (as described below) and certain members of our management, will, through a series of transactions, contribute their limited partnership interests in TMM to a new limited partnership, TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership, formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“New TMM”) such that TMM and the general partner of TMM will become wholly-owned subsidiaries of New TMM. TMHC will, through a series of transactions, become the sole owner of the general partner of New TMM, and TMHC will use the net cash proceeds received in this offering to purchase common partnership units in New TMM (“New TMM Units”). Immediately following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, the limited partners of New TMM will consist of TMHC, certain members of our management and two holding vehicles through which the existing limited partners of TMM, including our Principal Equityholders and certain members of our management, will indirectly continue to hold their existing equity investments. One of the holding vehicles will be controlled by TPG, and the other will be controlled by Oaktree.

In the Reorganization Transactions, the existing holders of limited partnership interests in TMM, including our Principal Equityholders and certain members of our management, will receive direct and indirect equity interests in New TMM, as follows:

 

   

Our Principal Equityholders will directly or indirectly exchange all of their limited partnership interests in TMM for new equity interests of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles with terms that are substantially equivalent to the limited partnership interests in TMM that they are exchanging; and

 

   

Members of our management will exchange a portion of their vested and unvested limited partnership interests in TMM for vested and unvested New TMM Units. They will directly or indirectly exchange the remaining portion of their vested and unvested limited partnership interests in TMM for new equity interests of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles with terms that are substantially equivalent to the limited partnership interests in TMM that they are exchanging.

The number of New TMM Units issued to the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management will be determined based on our pre-IPO value (calculated using the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering) and a hypothetical cash distribution of our pre-IPO value to the existing limited partners of TMM. They will also be issued a number of shares of TMHC’s Class B common stock equal to the number of New TMM Units that each vehicle and member of management will receive. Following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, TMHC, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management will all hold the same class of New TMM Units.

Following the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, TMHC will indirectly hold     % of the New TMM Units, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will each hold an aggregate of     % of the New TMM Units and certain members of our management will hold an aggregate of     % of the New TMM Units (in each case based on the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

TMHC will control the sole general partner of New TMM, which will control TMM. TMHC will directly or indirectly control the business and affairs of New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries. TMHC will consolidate the financial results of New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries, and TMHC’s net income (loss) will be reduced by a noncontrolling interest expense to reflect the entitlement of the holders of New TMM Units (other than TMHC) to a portion of New TMM’s net income (loss). See “Organizational Structure” for further details.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, TMHC will amend and restate its certificate of incorporation to authorize the issuance of two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, which we collectively refer to as “common stock,” will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to stockholders. The Class B common stock will not entitle its holders to any of the economic rights (including rights to dividends and distributions upon liquidation) that will be provided to holders of Class A common stock. The total voting power of the outstanding Class A common stock will be proportional to the percentage of New TMM Units held by TMHC, and the total voting power of the outstanding Class B common stock will be equal to the remaining percentage of New TMM Units not held by TMHC. New TMM Units held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management described above together with a corresponding number of Class B shares of common stock of TMHC may be exchanged for shares of Class A common stock of TMHC on a one-for-one basis, subject to certain adjustments and according to the terms of the Exchange Agreement to which TMHC, New TMM, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management will be a party upon completion of this offering.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Post-Reorganization Structure

The following chart summarizes our legal entity structure following the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). This chart is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities owned or controlled by us:

LOGO

See “Organizational Structure,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Description of Capital Stock” for more information on the Exchange Agreement and the rights associated with our common stock and the New TMM Units.

 

 

13


Table of Contents

Our Principal Equityholders

In this prospectus, we refer to (i) the affiliates of TPG that are invested in TMM prior to this offering, (ii) Oaktree and (iii) JH, collectively, as our “Principal Equityholders.” Following the Reorganization Transactions and this offering, the Principal Equityholders, through the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, will own a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock and will be parties to a stockholders agreement pursuant to which they agree to vote for each other’s nominees to the TMHC board of directors. As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange on which the shares of Class A common stock will be listed. See “Principal Stockholders.”

TPG

TPG is a leading global private investment firm founded in 1992 with $54.5 billion of assets under management as of September 30, 2012 and offices in San Francisco, Fort Worth, Austin, Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, London, Luxembourg, Melbourne, Moscow, Mumbai, New York, Paris, São Paulo, Shanghai, Singapore and Tokyo. TPG has extensive experience with global public and private investments executed through leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, spinouts, growth investments, joint ventures and restructurings.

Oaktree

Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. (“Oaktree Capital Management”) is a leading global investment management firm focused on alternative markets, with an estimated $81.0 billion in assets under management as of September 30, 2012. The firm emphasizes an opportunistic, value-oriented and risk-controlled approach to investments in distressed debt, corporate debt (including high yield debt and senior loans), control investing, convertible securities, real estate and listed equities. Oaktree was founded in 1995 by a group of principals who have worked together since the mid-1980s. Headquartered in Los Angeles, the firm has over 700 employees and offices in 13 cities worldwide.

JH Investments

JH Investments Inc. (“JH Investments”) is a Vancouver, Canada-based private company with investments in a wide variety of businesses including real estate development in Canada and the United States, an international resort development and consulting business operated through RePlay Resorts and an alternative energy business operated through Elemental Energy.

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we intend to enter into a stockholders agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH. The stockholders agreement will contain provisions related to the composition of the Board of Directors of TMHC, the committees of the Board of Directors of TMHC and TMHC’s corporate governance (including requiring that certain actions and significant business decisions be approved by directors nominated by TPG and Oaktree). Under the stockholders agreement, the TPG or Oaktree holding vehicles will be entitled to nominate a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of TMHC and will agree to vote for each other’s board nominees. The TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and TMHC will also enter into governance agreements with each of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities. See “Management—Board Structure” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Stockholders Agreement” and “—Governance Agreements.”

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Acquisition by the Principal Equityholders and Financing Transactions

Affiliates of the Principal Equityholders formed TMM in March 2011, and on July 13, 2011, TMM acquired Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA), Inc. (now known as Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc. or “TMC”) and Monarch Corporation (together with TMC, the “Operating Subsidiaries”) from Taylor Wimpey plc for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $1.2 billion. TMC is currently held indirectly by TMM via Taylor Morrison Holdings. We refer to this transaction as the “Acquisition.” To fund a portion of the consideration for the Acquisition, the Principal Equityholders contributed an aggregate of $620.3 million in cash to TMM in exchange for the issuance to them of limited partner interests in TMM (the “Equity Contribution”).

Concurrently with the Equity Contribution and to finance the remaining portion of the consideration for the Acquisition, the Operating Subsidiaries entered into a $625.0 million senior unsecured credit facility with affiliates of TPG and Oaktree, consisting of a $500.0 million bridge loan facility and a $125.0 million incremental bridge loan facility (collectively, the “Sponsor Loan”). In August 2011, we repaid the $125.0 million incremental bridge loan facility. Concurrently with the Acquisition, the Operating Subsidiaries also entered into the Revolving Credit Facility with a syndicate of third party banks and financial institutions, with an aggregate committed principal amount of $75.0 million. On August 15, 2012, we utilized the $50.0 million incremental facility feature under the Revolving Credit Facility to increase the revolving credit commitments from $75.0 million to $125.0 million. On December 27, 2012, we further amended the Revolving Credit Facility to provide for $225.0 million in aggregate revolving credit commitments.

On April 13, 2012, TMC and Monarch Communities completed an offering of $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.750% senior notes due 2020. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering of the senior notes to repay $350.0 million of the then outstanding Sponsor Loan. The affiliates of TPG and Oaktree who were lenders under the Sponsor Loan caused the then remaining $150.0 million of the Sponsor Loan to be acquired by a subsidiary of TMM, and affiliates of TPG and Oaktree acquired an additional $150.0 million of limited partnership interests in TMM (the “Sponsor Loan Contribution”). On August 21, 2012, we completed the offering of an additional $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.750% senior notes due 2020 at an issue price of 105.5% plus accrued interest from and including April 13, 2012.

We refer to the Acquisition, the Sponsor Loan Contribution, the initial entry into the Revolving Credit Facility (and its subsequent amendment and extension), the two offerings of our senior notes and the use of proceeds from those transactions as the “Acquisition and Financing Transactions.”

Recent Developments

Acquisition of Darling Homes

On December 31, 2012, Taylor Morrison, Inc., through its subsidiary Darling Homes of Texas, LLC, acquired the assets of Darling Interests, Inc. (“Darling”), a Texas-based homebuilder. Darling builds homes under the Darling Homes brand for move-up buyers in approximately 24 communities in the Dallas-Fort Worth Metroplex and 20 communities in the Greater Houston Area markets. Darling is a well-established builder whose products complement our existing product lines in Texas. We believe the acquisition of Darling has given us a strong presence in the Dallas homebuilding market and will expand our current operations in Houston.

The consideration for the acquisition of the Darling assets included an initial cash payment of $115.0 million, which is subject to post-closing adjustment under certain circumstances. A portion of this amount was financed by $50.0 million of borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. Approximately $26.0 million of additional consideration for the acquisition was financed by the sellers. Subsequent payments of up to an aggregate of $50.0 million, plus 5% of any cumulative EBIT (or earnings before interest and taxes) attributable

 

 

15


Table of Contents

to the acquired assets above $229.5 million over the four year period following December 31, 2012, may be made to the sellers pursuant to an earn-out arrangement. Darling generated revenues of $181.9 million and $261.4 million, and closed 409 and 624 homes, for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Corporate and Other Information

We have been building homes since 1936. The July 2007 merger between Taylor Woodrow and George Wimpey, two UK-based, publicly listed homebuilders, resulted in the formation of Taylor Wimpey plc, our former parent, and the subsequent integration of Taylor Woodrow and Morrison Homes in the United States, forming Taylor Morrison, and Monarch Corporation in Canada. TMHC was incorporated in Delaware in November 2012. Our principal executive offices are located at 4900 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000, Scottsdale, Arizona 85251 and the telephone number is (480) 840-8100.

We also maintain internet sites at http://www.taylormorrison.com, http://www.darlinghomes.com and http://www.monarchgroup.net. Our websites and the information contained in our websites or connected to our websites are not and will not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and you should not consider such information part of this prospectus or rely on any such information in making your decision whether to purchase our Class A common stock.

 

 

16


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Issuer

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation.

 

Class A common stock offered

                     shares.

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                     shares.

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares. Each share of our Class B common stock will have one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders but will have no economic rights (including no rights to dividends or distributions upon liquidation). Shares of our Class B common stock will be issued to the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management in an amount equal to the number of New TMM Units held by these holding vehicles and certain members of our management. The aggregate voting power of the outstanding Class B common stock will be equal to the aggregate percentage of New TMM Units held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

Voting rights

One vote per share; Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

Exchange

New TMM Units (along with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock) held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members or our management may be exchanged at any time for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary exchange rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. When a New TMM Unit and the corresponding share of our Class B common stock are exchanged by a limited partner of New TMM for a share of Class A common stock, the corresponding share of our Class B common stock will be canceled.

 

Over-allotment option

We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to             additional shares of Class A common stock from us at the initial public offering price (less underwriting discounts and commissions) to cover over-allotments, if any, for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering, after deducting offering expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $          million ($         million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). TMHC will use $         million of the net proceeds of this offering to acquire New TMM Units from New TMM. New TMM will contribute such net proceeds to its subsidiaries. New TMM’s

 

 

17


Table of Contents

subsidiaries intend to use $         million of such proceeds to redeem a portion of our 7.750% senior notes due 2020, and TMHC intends to use $         million to purchase New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management and the remaining portion of such proceeds, if any, for working capital and general corporate purposes. For additional information, see “Use of Proceeds.”

 

  Following this offering, in accordance with our growth strategy, we intend to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital, subject to market and other conditions. If we are able to raise at least $500 million in such debt financing, we will use a total of $       million of the proceeds from this offering to redeem senior notes, use $       million of the proceeds from this offering and such debt financing to purchase New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management and use any remaining proceeds from this offering and such debt financing for working capital and general corporate purposes.

 

Dividend policy

We do not intend to pay dividends on our Class A common stock or to make distributions from New TMM to its limited partners (other than to TMHC to fund its operations). We plan to retain any earnings for use in the operation of our business and to fund future growth.

 

Listing

We have applied to have our Class A common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TMHC.”

 

Risk factors

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

   

assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments;

 

   

assumes             shares are issuable under options to purchase shares of Class A common stock or restricted stock units (“RSUs”) that may be granted in connection with this offering under the Taylor Morrison 2013 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”);

 

   

assumes             shares of Class A common stock are reserved for issuance upon the exchange of New TMM Units (along with the corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock); and

 

   

assumes an initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

 

 

18


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

The summary combined financial information of TMM set forth below for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 to July 12, 2011 has been derived from the audited combined financial statements of TMM’s predecessor, the North American business of Taylor Wimpey plc, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial information set forth below for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011, and as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of TMM (the “successor”) included elsewhere in this prospectus. The predecessor period financial statements have been prepared using the historical cost basis of accounting that existed prior to the Acquisition in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The successor period financial statements for periods ending subsequent to July 13, 2011 (the date of the Acquisition) are also prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, although they reflect adjustments made as a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition. As a result, the financial information for periods subsequent to the date of the Acquisition is not necessarily comparable to that for the predecessor periods or to the pro forma financial information presented below.

The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data of TMHC for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 present our consolidated results of operations giving pro forma effect to the Acquisition and Financing Transactions, the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if such transactions occurred on January 1, 2012. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data of TMHC as of December 31, 2012 presents our consolidated financial position giving pro forma effect to the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if such transactions occurred on December 31, 2012. At the consummation of this offering, we estimate that we will record a one-time non-cash charge of $ million (based on the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and certain other factors) relating to the exchange of Class J Units in TMM (described in Note 19 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus) for Class J Units in the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. The charge, which is reflected on our unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet, will be offset in the equity of TMHC.

In accordance with our growth strategy, following this offering, we expect to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital, subject to market and other conditions, While our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information already gives effect to the redemption of $174.5 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes using a portion of the proceeds of this offering, if we are able to raise at least $500 million in such debt financing, we will use a total of $         million of the proceeds from this offering to redeem senior notes, use $         million of the proceeds from this offering and such debt financing to purchase New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management and use any remaining proceeds from this offering and such debt financing for working capital and general corporate purposes. Our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not give effect to any such debt financing or additional senior notes redemption transactions.

The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of the relevant transactions on the historical financial information of TMHC, TMM and its predecessor. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect the consolidated results of operations or financial position of TMM or TMHC that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations or financial position had the

 

 

19


Table of Contents

Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” occurred on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not project our results of operations or financial position for any future period or date.

The summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial information presented below does not purport to be indicative of results of future operations and should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the information included elsewhere in this prospectus under the captions “Organizational Structure,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” and “Capitalization.”

 

    TMHC     Successor           Predecessor  
   

Pro Forma
Year
Ended
December 31,

   

Year
Ended
December 31,

   

July 13 to
December 31,

         

January 1
to

July 12,

   

Year Ended
December 31,

 
($ in thousands, except per                
share amounts)   2012     2012     2011           2011     2010  

Statement of Operations Data:

             

Home closings revenue

  $ 1,369,452      $ 1,369,452      $ 731,216          $ 600,069      $ 1,273,160   

Land closings revenue

    44,408        44,408        10,657            13,639        12,116   

Financial services revenue

    21,861        21,861        8,579            6,027        12,591   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    1,435,721        1,435,721        750,452            619,735        1,297,867   

Cost of home closings(1)

    1,072,814        1,077,525        591,891            474,534        1,003,172   

Cost of land closings

    35,884        35,884        8,583            7,133        6,028   

Inventory impairments

    —          —          —              —          4,054   

Financial services expenses

    11,266        11,266        4,495            3,818        7,246   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating gross margin

    315,757        311,046        145,483            134,250        277,367   

Sales, commissions, and other marketing costs

    80,907        80,907        36,316            40,126        85,141   

General and administrative expenses

    60,443        60,444        32,883            35,743        66,232   

Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities

    (22,964     (22,964     (5,247         (2,803     (5,319

Interest expense (income)—net

    (2,446     (2,446     (3,867         941        40,238   

Other income

    (1,644     (1,644     (1,245         (11,783     (10,842

Other expense

    5,212        5,311        3,553            1,125        13,193   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    10,911        7,853        —              —          —     

Transaction expenses

    —          —          39,442            —          —     

Indemnification loss (gain)

    —          13,034        12,850            —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    185,338        170,551        30,798            70,901        88,724   

Income tax (benefit) expense

      (260,297     4,031            20,881        (1,878
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

      430,848        26,767            50,020        90,602   

Net (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests(2)

      (28     (1,178         (4,122     (3,235
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to owners

  $        $ 430,820      $ 25,589          $ 45,898      $ 87,367   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding

              —          —     

Basic net income (loss) per share applicable to Class A common stock

              —          —     

Diluted weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding

              —          —     

Diluted net income (loss) per share applicable to Class A common stock

              —          —     

Basic weighted average number of Class A units outstanding(3)

      723,181        620,646            —          —     

Basic net income (loss) per unit applicable to Class A units

    $ 0.60      $ 0.04            —          —     

Diluted weighted average number of Class A units outstanding

      723,181        620,646            —          —     

Diluted net income (loss) per share applicable to Class A units

    $ 0.60      $ 0.04            —          —     

 

 

20


Table of Contents
    TMHC     Successor           Predecessor  
   

Pro Forma
Year
Ended
December 31,

   

Year
Ended
December 31,

   

July 13 to
December 31,

         

January 1

to

July 12,

   

Year Ended
December 31,

 
($ in thousands, except per                
share amounts)   2012     2012     2011           2011     2010  
 

Other Financial Data:

             

Interest incurred(4)

  $ 48,489      $ 62,468      $ 37,605          $ 23,077      $ 85,720   

Depreciation and amortization

    4,370        4,370        2,564            1,655        3,242   

Adjusted home closings gross margin(5)

    322,243        320,684        148,847            144,572        305,145   

Adjusted home closings gross margin %

    23.5     23.4     20.4         24.1     24.0

Adjusted EBITDA(6)

  $        $ 228,678      $ 94,223          $ 92,919      $ 179,013   

Adjusted EBITDA margin %(6)

    %        15.9     12.6         14.3     13.5
 

Operating Data (including unconsolidated joint ventures)(7):

             

Average active selling communities

    122        122        140            151        149   

Net sales orders

    4,630        4,630        1,941            2,094        3,690   

U.S. closings (units)

    2,933        2,933        1,282            1,045        2,570   

Canada closings (units)

    1,081        1,081        795            798        1,570   

U.S. average sales price of homes delivered

  $ 336      $ 336      $ 304          $ 308      $ 274   

Canada average sales price of homes delivered

  $ 439      $ 439      $ 465          $ 349      $ 364   

U.S. backlog at end of period (units)

    1,864        1,864        740            882        503   

Canada backlog at end of period (units)

    2,248        2,248        2,225            2,126        2,253   

U.S. backlog at end of period (value)

  $ 716,033      $ 716,033      $ 259,392          $ 311,977      $ 170,503   

Canada backlog at end of period (value)

  $ 732,902      $ 732,902      $ 723,133          $ 842,704      $ 760,498   

Balance Sheet Data:

 

     TMM      TMHC
($ in thousands)    As of
December 31,
2012

(Actual)
     As of
December 31,
2012
(Pro Forma)
            (unaudited)

Cash and cash equivalents, excluding restricted cash

   $ 300,567      

Real estate inventory

     1,633,050      

Total assets

     2,756,813      

Senior notes, loans payable, revolving credit facility borrowings and other borrowings

     947,509      

Mortgage company debt

     80,360      

Total debt

     1,027,869      

Total equity (including noncontrolling interests)

     1,223,333      

 

(1) Does not reflect a pro forma adjustment for the decrease in capitalized interest due to the redemption of some of our senior notes using the proceeds of this offering because the amount of such redemption is not known at this time.
(2) Represents ownership interests in noncontrolled units owned by third parties and, on a pro forma basis only, the interests of the partners of TMM (other than TMHC) in a share of TMM’s net income (loss).
(3) Represents Class A partnership interests in TMM.
(4) Interest incurred is interest accrued on debt, whether or not paid and whether or not capitalized. Interest incurred includes debt issuance costs, modification fees and waiver fees. Interest incurred is generally capitalized to inventory but is expensed when assets that qualify for interest capitalization no longer exceed debt.
(5) Adjusted home closings gross margin is a non-GAAP financial measure used by management and our local divisions in evaluating operating performance and in making strategic decisions regarding sales pricing, construction and development pace, product mix and other operating decisions. For a full description of adjusted home closings gross margin, the reasons management believes adjusted home closings gross margin is useful to investors and the limitations associated with adjusted home closings gross margin, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Home Closings Gross Margin.”

 

 

21


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of adjusted home closings gross margin to home closings gross margin, which is the U.S. GAAP financial measure that management believes to be most directly comparable:

 

    TMHC     Successor         Predecessor  
    Pro  Forma
Year

Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
          January 1  to
July 12,
2011
    Year Ended

December 31,
2010
 
($ in thousands)                

Home closings revenue

  $ 1,369,452      $ 1,369,452      $ 731,216          $ 600,069      $ 1,273,160   

Home closings cost of revenue and impairments(a)

    1,072,814        1,077,525        591,900            474,462        1,007,226   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

   
296,638
  
    291,927        139,316            125,607        265,934   

Add:

             

Impairments

    —          —          —              —          2,006   

Capitalized interest amortization

    25,605        28,757        9,531            18,965        37,205   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted home closings gross margin

  $ 322,243      $ 320,684      $ 148,847          $ 144,572      $ 305,145   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin %

    21.7     21.3     19.1         20.9     20.9

Adjusted home closings gross margin %

    23.5     23.4     20.4         24.0     24.0

 

  (a) Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating communities and interest amortized through home closings cost of revenue.

 

(6) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures used by management and our local divisions in evaluating operating performance and in making strategic decisions regarding sales pricing, construction and development pace, product mix and other operating decisions. For a full description of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, the reasons management believes these EBITDA-based measures are useful to investors and the limitations associated with these EBITDA-based measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted EBITDA.”

 

 

22


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss):

 

    TMHC     Successor           Predecessor  
   

Pro Forma

Year

Ended

December 31,

   

Year

Ended

December 31,

   

July 13 to

December 31,

          January 1  to
July 12,
2011
   

Year Ended

December 31,

 
    2012     2012     2011         2010  

Net income (loss)

  $        $ 430,848      $ 26,767          $ 50,020      $ 90,602   

Interest (income) expense, net

    (2,446     (2,446     (3,867         941        40,238   

Amortization of capitalized interest(a)

    25,605        30,316        10,114            19,422        37,370   

Income tax expense (benefit)

      (260,297     4,031            20,881        (1,878

Depreciation and amortization

    4,370        4,370        2,564            1,655        3,242   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

      202,791        39,609            92,919        169,574   

Management fees(b)

    5,000        5,000        2,322            —          2,517   

Land inventory impairments(c)

    —          —          —              —          2,529   

Lot option write-offs(d)

    —          —          —              —          1,525   

Non-cash charge(e)

    —          —          —              —          170   

Royalties paid to parent(f)

    —          —          —              —          208   

Early extinguishment of debt(g)

    10,911        7,853        —              —          —     

Transaction-related expenses and indemnification loss(h)

    —          13,134        52,292            —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $        $ 228,778      $ 94,223          $ 92,919      $ 176,523   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) Represents the interest amortized through cost of home and land closings.
  (b) Represents management fees for the provision of certain legal, administrative and other related back-office functions paid to Taylor Wimpey plc prior to the consummation of the Acquisition and management fees paid to our Principal Equityholders following the consummation of the Acquisition. In connection with this offering, the management services agreements will be terminated. For further information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Services Agreement.”
  (c) Represents impairments expensed through cost of home and land closings in connection with fair market value write-downs from cost basis.
  (d) Represents amounts expensed through cost of sales in connection with unexercised land option contracts.
  (e) Represents expenses incurred during the year ended December 31, 2010 in connection with employee stock options linked to the stock of Taylor Wimpey plc, in connection with compensation arrangements in place prior to the consummation of the Acquisition.
  (f) Represents royalties paid to Taylor Wimpey plc for certain U.S. and Canadian intellectual property rights, which include trademarks, logos, and domain names which we acquired in October 2009 and September 2010, respectively.
  (g) Represents the write-off of $7.9 million of unamortized deferred financing costs in the year ended December 31, 2012 related to the retirement of the Sponsor Loan. Represents the historical write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs in the year ended December 31, 2012, together with a pro forma write-off of an additional $4.8 million of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the retirement of $174.5 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes with a portion of the proceeds from this offering, net of the recognition of $1.8 million of premium from the redemption of senior notes that were issued on August 21, 2012.
  (h) Represents $39.4 million of fees and expenses incurred by TMM in connection with the Acquisition and the reversal of a receivable from Taylor Wimpey plc due to the resolution of an uncertain tax position of $12.8 million during the period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011. Reflects the elimination of $0.1 million of historical costs related to the Acquisition that were paid during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the reversal of a receivable related to a tax indemnity from our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc in the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

(7) The substantial majority of our unconsolidated joint ventures are in Canada, but we also have investments in unconsolidated joint ventures in the United States, although none of these joint ventures in the United States are actively involved in homebuilding. Our proportionate share of net income in such U.S. unconsolidated joint ventures was $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. In this prospectus, references to “unconsolidated joint ventures” refer to our proportionate share of unconsolidated homebuilding joint ventures in Canada. Management believes that home and land closings, including our proportionate share of joint venture closings and the revenue-based measures associated therewith, are appropriate metrics to measure our performance. Management and our local divisions use these measures in evaluating the operating performance of each community and in making strategic decisions regarding sales pricing, construction and development pace, product mix, and other daily operating decisions. We believe they are relevant and useful measures to investors for evaluating our performance. Although other companies in the homebuilding industry report similar information, their methods used may differ. We urge investors to understand the methods used by other companies in the homebuilding industry to calculate home and land closings and associated revenues and any adjustments to such amounts, before comparing our measures to that of such other companies.

 

 

23


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and all of the other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our Class A common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations would likely suffer. In such case, the trading price of our Class A common stock would likely decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks related to our industry and our business

Our business is cyclical and is significantly affected by changes in general and local economic conditions.

Our business can be substantially affected by adverse changes in general economic or business conditions that are outside of our control, including changes in:

 

   

short- and long-term interest rates;

 

   

the availability and cost of financing for homebuyers;

 

   

consumer confidence generally and the confidence of potential homebuyers in particular;

 

   

the ability of existing homeowners to sell their existing homes at prices that are acceptable to them;

 

   

U.S., Canadian and global financial system and credit markets, including stock market and credit market volatility;

 

   

private and federal mortgage financing programs and federal, state and provincial regulation of lending practices;

 

   

federal, state and provincial income tax provisions, including provisions for the deduction of mortgage interest payments;

 

   

housing demand from population growth and demographic changes (including immigration levels and trends in urban and suburban migration);

 

   

demand from overseas buyers for our homes (particularly in our GTA market), which may fluctuate according to economic circumstances in overseas markets;

 

   

the supply of available new or existing homes and other housing alternatives, such as apartments and other residential rental property;

 

   

employment levels and job and personal income growth and household debt-to-income levels;

 

   

real estate taxes; and

 

   

the supply of developable land in our markets in the United States and Canada.

Adverse changes in these conditions may affect our business nationally or may be more prevalent or concentrated in particular regions or localities in which we operate. During the recent downturn, unfavorable changes in many of the above factors negatively affected all of the markets we serve, although to a more limited extent in Canada than in the United States. Economic conditions in all our markets continue to be characterized by levels of uncertainty. Any deterioration in economic conditions or continuation of uncertain economic conditions would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Adverse changes in economic conditions can cause demand and prices for our homes to diminish or cause us to take longer to build our homes and make it more costly for us to do so. We may not be able to recover these increased costs by raising prices because of weak market conditions and because the price of each home we sell is usually set several months before the home is delivered, as many customers sign their home purchase contracts before construction begins. The potential difficulties described above could impact our customers’ ability to obtain suitable financing and cause some homebuyers to cancel or refuse to honor their home purchase contracts altogether.

 

24


Table of Contents

The homebuilding industry in the United States has recently undergone a significant downturn, and the likelihood of a full recovery is uncertain in the current state of the economy. A slowdown in our business in the United States or a downturn in Ontario, Canada could have additional adverse effects on our operating results and financial condition.

In connection with the recent downturn in the U.S. housing market, we incurred a substantial loss, after impairments, in our U.S. operations during 2008 and 2009. Although the U.S. housing market continues to recover, we cannot predict the extent of further recovery or its timing. In addition, while the market for single-family homes and high-rise condominiums in Canada remained relatively stable during the U.S. downturn, the housing market in parts of Canada has lately shown signs of weakening. With slowing job growth relative to the recent past, ongoing global economic uncertainty and increasing units under construction, it is anticipated that Ontario housing starts will moderate and average home prices will remain relatively flat in 2013. A significant weakening of the Ontario housing market could adversely affect our business.

Though we have taken steps to alleviate the impact of these conditions on our business, given the downturn in the homebuilding industry over the past several years and global economic uncertainty, there can be no guarantee that steps taken by us will continue to be effective, and to the extent the current economic environment does not improve or any improvement takes place over an extended period of time, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

In the past we have incurred losses and may have difficulty maintaining profitability in the future.

Although we generated net income of $430.8 million in 2012, $76.8 million in 2011 (arithmetically combined historical results of the predecessor and successor) and $90.6 million in 2010, we had net losses of approximately $0.8 million and $396.5 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively. Even if we maintain profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis going forward. If our revenue grows more slowly than we anticipate, or if our operating expenses exceed our expectations and cannot be adjusted accordingly, our business will be harmed. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may decline, and you may lose a portion of your investment. See “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for a more complete description of our historical losses.

Changes to foreign currency exchange rates could adversely affect our earnings and net asset value.

We have businesses with exposure to foreign currency exchange risk in Canada. Changes in the $U.S.-$CAD exchange rate will affect the value of our reported earnings and the value of our assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. For example, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to the Canadian dollar would reduce our Canadian dollar-denominated revenue when reported in U.S. dollars, our functional reporting currency. Our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected by such exchange rate fluctuations.

An inability to obtain additional performance, payment and completion surety bonds and letters of credit could limit our future growth.

We are often required to provide performance, payment and completion surety bonds or letters of credit to secure the completion of our construction contracts, development agreements and other arrangements. We have obtained facilities to provide the required volume of performance, payment and completion surety bonds and letters of credit for our expected growth in the medium term; however, unexpected growth may require additional facilities. We may also be required to renew or amend our existing facilities. Our ability to obtain additional performance, payment and completion surety bonds and letters of credit primarily depends on our credit rating, capitalization, working capital, past performance, management expertise and certain external factors, including

 

25


Table of Contents

the capacity of the markets for such bonds. Performance, payment and completion surety bond and letter of credit providers consider these factors in addition to our performance and claims record and provider-specific underwriting standards, which may change from time to time.

If our performance record or our providers’ requirements or policies change, if we cannot obtain the necessary consent from our lenders, or if the market’s capacity to provide performance, payment and completion bonds or letters of credit is not sufficient for any unexpected growth and we are unable to renew or amend our existing facilities on favorable terms or at all, we could be unable to obtain additional performance, payment and completion surety bonds or letters of credit from other sources when required, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a decline in the value of our Class A common stock.

Higher cancellation rates of existing agreements of sale may have an adverse effect on our business.

Our backlog reflects sales contracts with our homebuyers for homes that have not yet been delivered. We have received a deposit from a homebuyer for each home reflected in our backlog, and generally we have the right, subject to certain exceptions, to retain the deposit if the homebuyer fails to comply with his or her obligations under the sales contract, including as a result of state and local law, the homebuyer’s inability to sell his or her current home or the homebuyer’s inability to make additional deposits required prior to the closing date. In addition, in our Canadian markets we have the right to retain the deposits and pursue the homebuyer for damages or specific performance in the event of a homebuyer’s breach of the purchase and sale agreement. However, in the United States, if prices for new homes decline, if competitors increase their use of sales incentives, if interest rates increase, if the availability of mortgage financing diminishes or if there is a downturn in local or regional economies or in the national economy, U.S. homebuyers may terminate their existing home purchase contracts with us in order to negotiate for a lower price or because they cannot, or will not, complete the purchase.

Compared to the prevailing cancellation rates in the United States, our experience has been that cancellations in Canada are less common due to differences in the Canadian economy and the laws of Ontario, which make it more difficult for purchasers to cancel their contracts. Although our cancellation rates for our homebuyers in the United States are now closer to long-term historical averages, cancellation rates may rise in the future. If uncertain economic conditions in the United States and Canada continue, if mortgage financing becomes less available or if current homeowners find it difficult to sell their current homes, more homebuyers may cancel their sales contracts with us. As a result, our financial condition may deteriorate and you may lose a portion of your investment.

In cases of cancellation, we remarket the home and usually retain any deposits we are permitted to retain. Nevertheless, the deposits may not cover the additional costs involved in remarketing the home and carrying higher inventory. Significant numbers of cancellations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The homebuilding industry is highly competitive and, if our competitors are more successful or offer better value to our customers, our business could decline.

We operate in a very competitive environment which is characterized by competition from a number of other homebuilders in each market in which we operate. We compete with large national and regional homebuilding companies and with smaller local homebuilders for land, financing, raw materials and skilled management and labor resources. We also compete with the resale, or “previously owned,” home market which has increased significantly due to the large number of homes that have been foreclosed on or could be foreclosed on due to the recent economic downturn. Increased competition could cause us to increase our selling incentives and reduce our prices. An oversupply of homes available for sale and the heavy discounting of home prices by some of our competitors have adversely affected demand for our homes and the results of our operations in the

 

26


Table of Contents

past and could do so again in the future. If we are unable to compete effectively in our markets, our business could decline disproportionately to our competitors, and our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

If homebuyers are not able to obtain suitable financing, our results of operations may decline.

A substantial majority of our homebuyers finance their home purchases through lenders that provide mortgage financing. The availability of mortgage credit remains constrained in the United States, due in part to lower mortgage valuations on properties, various regulatory changes and lower risk appetite by lenders, with many lenders requiring increased levels of financial qualification, lending lower multiples of income and requiring greater deposits. Investors and first-time homebuyers are generally more affected by the availability of financing than other potential homebuyers. These buyers are a key source of our demand. A limited availability of home mortgage financing may adversely affect the volume of our home sales and the sales prices we achieve in the United States.

During the last four fiscal years, the mortgage lending industry in the United States has experienced significant instability, beginning with increased defaults on subprime loans and other nonconforming loans and compounded by expectations of increasing interest payments requirements and further defaults. This in turn resulted in a decline in the market value of many mortgage loans and related securities. Lenders, regulators and others questioned the adequacy of lending standards and other credit requirements for several loan products and programs offered in recent years. Credit requirements have tightened, and investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities has declined. The deterioration in credit quality during the downturn had caused almost all lenders to stop offering subprime mortgages and most other loan products that were not eligible for sale to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac or loans that did not meet FHA and Veterans Administration requirements. Fewer loan products, tighter loan qualifications and a reduced willingness of lenders to make loans may continue to make it more difficult for certain buyers to finance the purchase of our homes. These factors may reduce the pool of qualified homebuyers and make it more difficult to sell to first-time and move-up buyers who have historically made up a substantial part of our customers. Reductions in demand adversely affected our business and financial results during the downturn, and the duration and severity of some of their effects remain uncertain. The liquidity provided by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to the mortgage industry has been very important to the housing market. These entities have required substantial injections of capital from the federal government and may require additional government support in the future. Several federal government officials have proposed changing the nature of the relationship between Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the federal government and even nationalizing or eliminating these entities entirely. If Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were dissolved or if the federal government determined to stop providing liquidity support to the mortgage market, there would be a reduction in the availability of the financing provided by these institutions. Any such reduction would likely have an adverse effect on interest rates, mortgage availability and our sales of new homes. The FHA insures mortgage loans that generally have lower loan payment requirements and qualification standards compared to conventional guidelines, and as a result, continue to be a particularly important source for financing the sale of our homes. In recent years, lenders have taken a more conservative view of FHA guidelines causing significant tightening of borrower eligibility for approval. Availability of condominium financing and minimum credit score benchmarks has reduced opportunity for those purchasers. In the near future, further restrictions are expected on FHA-insured loans, including limitations on seller-paid closing costs and concessions. This or any other restriction may negatively affect the availability or affordability of FHA financing, which could adversely affect our ability to sell homes in the United States. In addition, changes in federal and provincial regulatory and fiscal policies aimed at aiding the homebuying market (including a repeal of the home mortgage interest tax deduction) may also negatively affect potential homebuyers’ ability to purchase homes.

In each of our markets, decreases in the availability of credit and increases in the cost of credit adversely affect the ability of homebuyers to obtain or service mortgage debt. Even if potential homebuyers do not themselves need mortgage financing, where potential homebuyers must sell their existing homes in order to buy a new home, increases in mortgage costs, lack of availability of mortgages and/or regulatory changes could

 

27


Table of Contents

prevent the buyers of potential homebuyers’ existing homes from obtaining a mortgage, which would result in our potential customers’ inability to buy a new home. Similar risks apply to those buyers who are awaiting delivery of their homes and are currently in backlog. The success of homebuilders depends on the ability of potential homebuyers to obtain mortgages for the purchase of homes. If our customers (or potential buyers of our customers’ existing homes) cannot obtain suitable financing, our sales and results of operations could be adversely affected, the price of our Class A common stock may decline and you could lose a portion of your investment.

Any increase in unemployment or underemployment may lead to an increase in the number of loan delinquencies and property repossessions and have an adverse impact on us.

In the United States, the unemployment rate was 7.9% as of January 2013, according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. People who are not employed or are underemployed or are concerned about the loss of their jobs are less likely to purchase new homes, may be forced to try to sell the homes they own and may face difficulties in making required mortgage payments. Therefore, any increase in unemployment or underemployment may lead to an increase in the number of loan delinquencies and property repossessions and have an adverse impact on us both by reducing demand for the homes we build and by increasing the supply of homes for sale.

Increases in taxes, government fees or interest rates could prevent potential customers from buying our homes and adversely affect our business or financial results.

Significant expenses of owning a home, including mortgage interest and real estate taxes, generally are deductible expenses for an individual’s U.S. federal, and in some cases, state income taxes, subject to various limitations under current tax law and policy. Mortgage interest and real estate taxes are not deductible for an individual’s federal or provincial income taxes in Canada. If the U.S. federal government or a state government changes its income tax laws, as has been discussed from time to time, to eliminate, limit or substantially modify these income tax deductions, the after-tax cost of owning a new home would increase for many of our potential customers. The resulting loss or reduction of homeowner tax deductions, if such tax law changes were enacted without offsetting provisions, or any other increase in any taxes affecting homeowners, would adversely impact demand for and sales prices of new homes.

Increases in property tax rates by local governmental authorities, as experienced in response to reduced federal, state and provincial funding, can adversely affect the ability of potential customers to obtain financing or their desire to purchase new homes. Fees imposed on developers to fund schools, open spaces, road improvements, and/or provide low and moderate income housing, could increase our costs and have an adverse effect on our operations. In addition, increases in sales taxes (such as the Ontario harmonized sales tax initiative implemented in July 2010 by the Government of Ontario combining the 5% Canadian federal goods and services tax and the 8% Ontario provincial sales tax with certain abatement, rebate and transition rules for new housing) could adversely affect our potential customers who may consider those costs in determining whether to make a new home purchase and decide, as a result, not to purchase one of our homes.

In addition, increases in interest rates as a result of changes to U.S. and Canadian monetary policies could significantly increase the costs of owning a home, which in turn would adversely impact demand for and sales prices of homes and the ability of potential customers to obtain financing and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock and the value of your investment may decline.

Inflation could adversely affect our business and financial results, particularly in a period of oversupply of homes.

Inflation can adversely affect us by increasing costs of land, materials and labor. In the event of an increase in inflation, we may seek to increase the sales prices of homes in order to maintain satisfactory margins.

 

28


Table of Contents

However, an oversupply of homes relative to demand and home prices being set several months before homes are delivered may make any such increase difficult or impossible. In addition, inflation is often accompanied by higher interest rates, which historically had a negative impact on housing demand. In such an environment, we may not be able to raise home prices sufficiently to keep up with the rate of inflation and our margins could decrease. Moreover, the cost of capital increases as a result of inflation and the purchasing power of our cash resources declines. Current or future efforts by the government to stimulate the economy may increase the risk of significant inflation and its adverse impact on our business or financial results.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate because of the seasonal nature of our business and other factors.

Our quarterly operating results generally fluctuate by season and also because of the uneven delivery schedule of certain of our products and communities, such as high-rise condominiums in the GTA.

Historically, a larger percentage of our agreements of sale in the United States have been entered into in the winter and spring. Weather-related problems, typically in the fall, late winter and early spring, may delay starts or closings and increase costs and thus reduce profitability. Seasonal natural disasters such as hurricanes, tornadoes, floods and fires could cause delays in the completion of, or increase the cost of, developing one or more of our communities, causing an adverse effect on our sales and revenues.

In many cases, we may not be able to recapture increased costs by raising prices because we set our prices up to 12 months in advance of delivery upon signing the home sales contract. In the case of high-rise condominium sales, purchase agreements are signed up to three years in advance of delivery. In addition, deliveries may be staggered over different periods of the year and may be concentrated in particular quarters. Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate because of these factors.

Negative publicity may affect our business performance and could affect our stock price.

Unfavorable media related to our industry, company, brands, marketing, personnel, operations, business performance, or prospects may affect our stock price and the performance of our business, regardless of its accuracy or inaccuracy. Our success in maintaining, extending and expanding our brand image depends on our ability to adapt to a rapidly changing media environment. Adverse publicity or negative commentary on social media outlets, such as blogs, websites or newsletters, could hurt operating results, as consumers might avoid brands that receive bad press or negative reviews. Negative publicity may result in a decrease in operating results that could lead to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock and cause you to lose all or a portion of your investment.

Homebuilding is subject to home warranty and construction defect claims in the ordinary course of business that can be significant.

As a homebuilder, we are subject to home warranty and construction defect claims arising in the ordinary course of business. There can be no assurance that any developments we undertake will be free from defects once completed. Construction defects may occur on projects and developments and may arise during a significant period of time after completion. Defects arising on a development attributable to us may lead to significant contractual or other liabilities.

As a consequence, we maintain products and completed operations excess liability insurance, obtain indemnities and certificates of insurance from subcontractors generally covering claims related to damages resulting from faulty workmanship and materials, and create warranty and other reserves for the homes we sell based on historical experience in our markets and our judgment of the risks associated with the types of homes built. Although we actively monitor our insurance reserves and coverage, because of the uncertainties inherent to these matters, we cannot provide assurance that our insurance coverage, our subcontractor arrangements and our reserves will be adequate to address all of our warranty and construction defect claims in the future. In addition,

 

29


Table of Contents

contractual indemnities can be difficult to enforce. We may also be responsible for applicable self-insured retentions and some types of claims may not be covered by insurance or may exceed applicable coverage limits. Additionally, the coverage offered by and the availability of products and completed operations excess liability insurance for construction defects is currently limited and costly. This coverage may be further restricted or become more costly in the future.

In 2005 and 2006, we discontinued requiring insurance policies from most of our contractors in California and instead adopted an Owner Controlled Insurance Plan (“OCIP”) for general liability exposures of most subcontractors, as a result of the inability of subcontractors to procure acceptable insurance coverage to meet our requirements. Under the OCIP, subcontractors are effectively insured by us. We have assigned risk retentions and bid deductions to our subcontractors based on their risk category. These deductions are used to fund future liabilities.

As an example of construction defect claims, in 2009 we confirmed the presence of defective Chinese-made drywall in several Florida communities, primarily in West Florida, which were generally delivered between May 2006 and November 2007. If we identify more homes with defective Chinese-made drywall or other defects than we currently have estimated, we may be required to increase our warranty and claims reserves in the future, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. See “Business—Insurance and Legal Proceedings.”

Unexpected expenditures attributable to defects or previously unknown sub-surface conditions arising on a development project may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, severe or widespread incidents of defects giving rise to unexpected levels of expenditure, to the extent not covered by insurance or redress against sub-contractors, may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our reliance on contractors can expose us to various liability risks.

We rely on contractors in order to perform the construction of our homes, and in many cases, to select and obtain raw materials. We are exposed to various risks as a result of our reliance on these contractors and their respective subcontractors and suppliers, including, as described above, the possibility of defects in our homes due to improper practices or materials used by contractors, which may require us to comply with our warranty obligations and/or bring a claim under an insurance policy. Several other homebuilders have received inquiries from regulatory agencies concerning whether homebuilders using contractors are deemed to be employers of the employees of such contractors under certain circumstances. Although contractors are independent of the homebuilders that contract with them under normal management practices and the terms of trade contracts and subcontracts within the homebuilding industry, if regulatory agencies reclassify the employees of contractors as employees of homebuilders, homebuilders using contractors could be responsible for wage, hour and other employment-related liabilities of their contractors. In the event that a regulatory agency reclassified the employees of our contractors as our own employees, we could be responsible for wage, hour and other employment-related liabilities of our contractors.

Failure to manage land acquisitions and development and construction processes could result in significant cost overruns or errors in valuing sites.

We own and purchase a large number of sites each year and are therefore dependent on our ability to process a very large number of transactions (which include, among other things, evaluating the site purchase, designing the layout of the development, sourcing materials and sub-contractors and managing contractual commitments) efficiently and accurately. Errors by employees, failure to comply with regulatory requirements and conduct of business rules, failings or inadequacies in internal control processes, equipment failures, natural disasters or the failure of external systems, including those of our suppliers or counterparties, could result in operational losses that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results and our relationships with our customers.

 

30


Table of Contents

If land and lots are not available at competitive prices, our sales and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our long-term profitability depends in large part on the price at which we are able to obtain suitable land and lots for the development of our communities. Increases in the price (or decreases in the availability) of suitable land and lots could adversely affect our profitability. Moreover, changes in the general availability of desirable land, competition for available land and lots, limited availability of financing to acquire land and lots, zoning regulations that limit housing density, environmental requirements and other market conditions may hurt our ability to obtain land and lots for new communities at prices that will allow us to be profitable. If the supply of land and lots that are appropriate for development of our communities becomes more limited because of these factors, or for any other reason, the cost of land and lots could increase and the number of homes that we are able to build and sell could be reduced, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and lead to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock and the value of your investment.

If the market value of our land inventory decreases, our results of operations could be adversely affected by impairments and write-downs.

The market value of our land and housing inventories depends on market conditions. We acquire land for expansion into new markets and for replacement of land inventory and expansion within our current markets. There is an inherent risk that the value of the land owned by us may decline after purchase. The valuation of property is inherently subjective and based on the individual characteristics of each property. We may have acquired options on or bought and developed land at a cost we will not be able to recover fully or on which we cannot build and sell homes profitably. In addition, our deposits for lots controlled under option or similar contracts may be put at risk. Factors such as changes in regulatory requirements and applicable laws (including in relation to building regulations, taxation and planning), political conditions, the condition of financial markets, both local and national economic conditions, the financial condition of customers, potentially adverse tax consequences, and interest and inflation rate fluctuations subject valuations to uncertainty. Moreover, all valuations are made on the basis of assumptions that may not prove to reflect economic or demographic reality. If housing demand decreases below what we anticipated when we acquired our inventory, our profitability may be adversely affected and we may not be able to recover our costs when we sell and build houses.

Due to economic conditions in the United States in recent years, including increased amounts of home and land inventory that entered certain U.S. markets from foreclosure sales or short sales, the market value of our land and home inventory was negatively impacted prior to the Acquisition. Write-downs and impairments have had an adverse effect (and any further write-downs may also have an adverse effect) on our business, financial condition and operating results. We recorded no inventory impairments in 2011 or 2012 (compared to $4.1 million in 2010). In 2011, the carrying value of all of our land was adjusted to its fair market value as of the date of the Acquisition. We regularly review the value of our land holdings and continue to review our holdings on a periodic basis. Further material write-downs and impairments in the value of our inventory may be required, and we may in the future sell land or homes at a loss, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Risks associated with our land inventory could adversely affect our business or financial results.

Risks inherent in controlling or purchasing, holding and developing land for new home construction are substantial. In certain circumstances, a grant of entitlements or development agreement with respect to a particular parcel of land may include restrictions on the transfer of such entitlements to a buyer of such land, which may increase our exposure to decreases in the price of such entitled land by restricting our ability to sell it for its full entitled value. In addition, inventory carrying costs can be significant and can result in reduced margins or losses in a poorly performing community or market. In recent periods of market weakness, we have sold homes and land for lower margins or at a loss and we have recorded significant inventory impairment charges, and such conditions may recur. The recording of a significant inventory impairment could negatively affect our reported earnings per share and negatively impact the market perception of our business, leading to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.

 

31


Table of Contents

If we experience shortages in labor supply, increased labor costs or labor disruptions, there could be delays or increased costs in developing our communities or building homes, which could adversely affect our operating results.

We require a qualified labor force to develop our communities. Access to qualified labor may be affected by circumstances beyond our control, including:

 

   

work stoppages resulting from labor disputes;

 

   

shortages of qualified trades people, such as carpenters, roofers, electricians and plumbers, especially in our key markets in the southwest United States;

 

   

changes in laws relating to union organizing activity;

 

   

changes in immigration laws and trends in labor force migration; and

 

   

increases in sub-contractor and professional services costs.

Any of these circumstances could give rise to delays in the start or completion of, or could increase the cost of, developing one or more of our communities and building homes. We may not be able to recover these increased costs by raising our home prices because the price for each home is typically set months prior to its delivery pursuant to sales contracts with our homebuyers. In such circumstances, our operating results could be adversely affected. Additionally, market and competitive forces may also limit our ability to raise the sales prices of our homes.

Failure to recruit, retain and develop highly skilled, competent people at all levels, including finding suitable subcontractors, may have a material adverse effect on our standards of service.

Key employees, including management team members, are fundamental to our ability to obtain, generate and manage opportunities. Key employees working in the homebuilding and construction industries are highly sought after. Failure to attract and retain such personnel or to ensure that their experience and knowledge is not lost when they leave the business through retirement, redundancy or otherwise may adversely affect the standards of our service and may have an adverse impact on our business, financial conditions and operating results. In addition, we do not maintain key person insurance in respect of any member of our senior management team. The loss of any of our management members or key personnel could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. See “Management.”

The vast majority of our work carried out on site is performed by subcontractors. The difficult operating environment over the last six years in the United States has resulted in the failure of some subcontractors’ businesses and may result in further failures. In addition, reduced levels of homebuilding in the United States have led to some skilled tradesmen leaving the industry to take jobs in other sectors. If subcontractors are not able to recruit sufficient numbers of skilled employees, our development and construction activities may suffer from delays and quality issues, which would also lead to reduced levels of customer satisfaction.

During the recent downturn, we had to reduce our number of employees, which may have resulted in a loss of knowledge that could be detrimental to our business and our ability to manage future business opportunities. Our margins, and accordingly our business, financial conditions and operating results, may be adversely affected.

Government regulations and legal challenges may delay the start or completion of our communities, increase our expenses or limit our homebuilding or other activities, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations.

The approval of numerous governmental authorities must be obtained in connection with our development activities, and these governmental authorities often have broad discretion in exercising their approval authority. We incur substantial costs related to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Any increase in legal and regulatory requirements may cause us to incur substantial additional costs, or in some cases cause us to

 

32


Table of Contents

determine that the property is not feasible for development. Various local, provincial, state and federal statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations concerning building, health and safety, environment, zoning, sales and similar matters apply to and/or affect the housing industry.

Municipalities may restrict or place moratoriums on the availability of utilities, such as water and sewer taps. If municipalities in which we operate take such actions, it could have an adverse effect on our business by causing delays, increasing our costs or limiting our ability to operate in those municipalities.

Certain states, cities and counties in which we operate have in the past approved, or approved for inclusion on their ballot, various “slow growth” or “no growth” initiatives and other ballot measures that could negatively impact the availability of land and building opportunities within those localities. A similar initiative in Ontario, Canada known as “smart growth” could also negatively impact our Canadian operations. The Ontario smart growth initiatives were implemented in 2005 pursuant to the “Places to Grow Act” and the “Greenbelt Act”. The legislation is designed to minimize urban sprawl, promote population density increases in cities and towns and protect the agricultural land and natural systems that surround the GTA, extending from Niagara Falls to Oshawa, Ontario, bordering Lake Ontario. The effect of the legislation is to restrict development on approximately 1.8 million acres of land. These measures may reduce our ability to open new home communities and to build and sell homes in the affected markets, including with respect to land we may already own, and create additional costs and administration requirements, which in turn may harm our future sales, margins and earnings. A further expansion of these measures or the adoption of new slow-growth, no-growth, “smart-growth” or other similar programs could exacerbate such risks. The above risks could have a material, adverse effect on our business and results of operations in Canada, and as a result, the price of the Class A common stock could be negatively affected.

Governmental regulation affects not only construction activities but also sales activities, mortgage lending activities and other dealings with consumers. In addition, it is possible that some form of expanded energy efficiency legislation may be passed by the U.S. Congress or federal agencies and certain state and provincial legislatures, which may, despite being phased in over time, significantly increase our costs of building homes and the sale price to our buyers, and adversely affect our sales volumes. We may be required to apply for additional approvals or modify our existing approvals because of changes in local circumstances or applicable law. Further, we may experience delays and increased expenses as a result of legal challenges to our proposed communities, whether brought by governmental authorities or private parties.

Our financial services business may be adversely affected by changes in governmental regulation and other risks associated with acting as a mortgage lender.

Prior to January 1, 2011, TMHF operated as a mortgage broker, limiting TMHF’s exposure to employee or third party fraud in the origination and processing of loan applications submitted to wholesale lending groups, and which may repurchase risk from previously closed loans. Since January 1, 2011, in response to new legislation and in order to operate competitively in the market, TMHF transitioned to full lender status. This change results in TMHF having the ability to originate, underwrite and fund mortgage transactions through correspondent lending relationships. While we intend for the loans that we originate to typically be held for no more than 20 days before being sold on the secondary market, if we are unable to sell loans into the secondary mortgage market or directly to large secondary market loan purchasers such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, TMHF would bear the risk of being a long-term investor in these originated loans. Mortgage lending is also subject to credit risks associated with the borrowers to whom the loans are extended and an increase in default rates could have a material and adverse effect on our business. Being required to hold loans on a long-term basis would also negatively affect our liquidity and could require us to use additional capital resources to finance the loans that we are extending. In addition, although mortgage lenders under the mortgage warehouse facilities we currently use to finance our lending operations normally purchase our mortgages within 20 days of origination, if there is a default under these warehouse facilities we would be required to fund the mortgages then in the pipeline. In such case, amounts available under our Revolving Credit Facility and cash from operations may not be sufficient to allow us to provide financing required by our business during these times.

 

33


Table of Contents

An obligation to commit our own funds to long-term investments in mortgage loans could, among other things, delay the time when we recognize revenues from home sales on our statements of operations. If, due to higher costs, reduced liquidity, heightened risk retention obligations and/or new operating restrictions or regulatory reforms related to or arising from compliance with new U.S. federal laws and regulations, residential consumer loan putback demands or internal or external reviews of its residential consumer mortgage loan foreclosure processes, or other factors or business decisions, TMHF could be unable to make loan products available to our homebuyers, and home sales and mortgage services results of operations may be adversely affected.

In addition, changes in governmental regulation with respect to mortgage lenders could adversely affect the financial results of this portion of our business. Our mortgage lending operations are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations. There have been numerous proposed changes in these regulations as a result of the housing downturn. For example, in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was enacted. Among other things, this legislation provides for a number of new requirements relating to residential mortgage lending practices, many of which are to be developed further by implementing rules. These include, among others, minimum standards for mortgages and lender practices in making mortgages, limitations on certain fees, retention of credit risk, prohibition of certain tying arrangements and remedies for borrowers in foreclosure proceedings. The effect of such provisions on TMHF and our mortgage lending business will depend on the rules that are ultimately enacted. In addition, we cannot predict whether similar changes to, or new enactments of, statutes and regulations pertinent to our mortgage lending business will occur in the future. Any such changes or new enactments could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and the market perception of our business, which could lead to a decline in the price of our common stock.

The prices of our mortgages could be adversely affected if we lose any of our important commercial relationships.

TMHF has longstanding relationships with members of the lender community from which its borrowers benefit. TMHF plans to continue with these relationships and use the correspondent lender platform as a part of its operational plan. If our relationship with any one or more of those banks deteriorates or if one or more of those banks decide to renegotiate or terminate existing agreements, we may be required to increase the price of our products, or modify the range of products we offer, which could cause us to lose customers who may choose other providers based solely on the price or fees, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to use certain deferred tax assets, which may result in our having to pay substantial taxes.

We have significant deferred tax assets, including net operating losses in the United States that could be used to offset earnings and reduce the amount of taxes we are required to pay. Our ability to use net operating losses to offset earnings is dependent on a number of factors, including applicable rules relating to the permitted carry back period for offsetting certain net operating losses against prior period earnings. We are currently under examination by various taxing jurisdictions with respect to our carry back of net operating losses in our historical tax returns and have appealed Internal Revenue Service determinations that we may not carry back certain net operating losses. Income tax payable on our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2012 includes reserves of $8.7 million and $74.8 million related to this issue for tax years 2009 and 2008, respectively. An IRS appeal is ongoing for the 2009 and 2008 TMC and subsidiaries tax return. We are also currently under examination on our 2006 and 2007 California legacy Taylor Woodrow returns. The outcomes of the remaining examinations are not yet determinable. The statute of limitations for these examinations remains open with various expiration dates, the latest of which is March 2014. Our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc, has agreed to indemnify TMM for amounts payable in respect of these additional taxes. However, if Taylor Wimpey plc defaults on its indemnification obligation and we are unable to collect under the posted letter of credit, if we fail to obtain a

 

34


Table of Contents

favorable determination on appeal from the IRS with respect to our ability to carry back certain net operating losses, and if the result of the IRS or California examinations is also that we are not entitled to carry back certain net operating losses, we may be required to pay additional taxes, which may adversely affect our liquidity.

Raw materials and building supply shortages and price fluctuations could delay or increase the cost of home construction and adversely affect our operating results.

The homebuilding industry has, from time to time, experienced raw material shortages and been adversely affected by volatility in global commodity prices. In particular, shortages and fluctuations in the price of concrete, drywall, lumber or other important raw materials could result in delays in the start or completion of, or increase the cost of, developing one or more of our residential communities.

In addition, the cost of petroleum products, which are used both to deliver our materials and to transport workers to our job sites, fluctuates and may be subject to increased volatility as a result of geopolitical events or accidents such as the Deepwater Horizon accident in the Gulf of Mexico. Changes in such costs could also result in higher prices for any product utilizing petrochemicals. These cost increases may have an adverse effect on our operating margin and results of operations and may result in a decline in the price of our Class A common stock. Furthermore, any such cost increase may adversely affect the regional economies in which we operate and reduce demand for our homes.

The geographic concentration of our operations subjects us to an increased risk of loss of revenue or decreases in the market value of our land and homes in these regions from factors which may affect any of these regions.

Our operations are concentrated in Ontario, Canada and California, Colorado, Arizona, Texas and Florida. Some or all of these regions could be affected by:

 

   

severe weather;

 

   

natural disasters;

 

   

shortages in the availability or increased costs in obtaining land, equipment, labor or building supplies;

 

   

changes to the population growth rates and therefore the demand for homes in these regions; and

 

   

changes in the regulatory and fiscal environment.

Due to the concentrated nature of our operations, negative factors affecting one or a number of these geographic regions at the same time could result in a relatively greater impact on our results of operations than they might have on other companies that have a more diversified portfolio of operations.

Changes to the population growth rates in certain of the markets in which we operate could affect the demand for homes in these regions.

Slower rates of population growth or population declines in our key markets, especially as compared to the high population growth rates in prior years, could affect the demand for housing, causing home prices in these markets to fall, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We participate in certain unconsolidated joint ventures where we may be adversely impacted by the failure of the unconsolidated joint venture or the other partners in the unconsolidated joint venture to fulfill their obligations.

We have investments in and commitments to certain unconsolidated joint ventures with unrelated strategic partners to acquire and develop land and, in some cases, build and deliver homes. To finance these activities, our unconsolidated joint ventures often obtain loans from third-party lenders that are secured by the unconsolidated

 

35


Table of Contents

joint venture’s assets. In certain instances, we and the other partners in an unconsolidated joint venture provide guarantees and indemnities to lenders with respect to the unconsolidated joint venture’s debt, which may be triggered under certain conditions when the unconsolidated joint venture fails to fulfill its obligations under its loan agreements.

In Canada, we have consistently used joint ventures as a means of acquiring land. Where we do not have a controlling interest in these unconsolidated joint ventures, we depend heavily on the other partners in each unconsolidated joint venture to both cooperate and make mutually acceptable decisions regarding the conduct of the business and affairs of the unconsolidated joint venture and ensure that they, and the unconsolidated joint venture, fulfill their respective obligations to us and to third parties. If the other partners in our unconsolidated joint ventures do not provide such cooperation or fulfill these obligations due to their financial condition, strategic business interests (which may be contrary to ours), or otherwise, we may be required to spend additional resources (including payments under the guarantees we have provided to the unconsolidated joint ventures’ lenders) and suffer losses, each of which could be significant. Moreover, our ability to recoup such expenditures and losses by exercising remedies against such partners may be limited due to potential legal defenses they may have, their respective financial condition and other circumstances. In addition, certain joint ventures relating to our Canadian operations have change of control consent requirements that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of such joint ventures. Furthermore, the termination of a joint venture may also give rise to lawsuits and legal costs.

In certain instances, Monarch Corporation and the other partners in a joint venture provide guarantees and indemnities to lenders with respect to the unconsolidated joint venture’s debt, which may be triggered under certain conditions when the joint venture fails to fulfill its obligations under its loan agreements. As of December 31, 2012, Monarch Corporation’s total recourse exposure under its guarantees of joint venture debt was approximately $140.4 million. To the extent any or all of our joint ventures default on obligations secured by the assets of such joint venture or guaranteed by Monarch Corporation, the assets of our joint ventures could be forfeited to our joint ventures’ third party lenders, and Monarch Corporation could be liable to such third party lenders to the full extent of its guarantees and, in the case of secured guarantees, to the extent of the assets of Monarch Corporation that secure the applicable guarantee. Any such default by our joint ventures could cause significant losses, with a resulting adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Recent market conditions have required us to provide a greater number of such guarantees and we expect this trend to continue.

We may incur a variety of costs to engage in future growth or expansion of our operations or acquisitions or disposals of businesses, and the anticipated benefits may never be realized.

As a part of our business strategy, we may make acquisitions, or significant investments in, and/or disposals of businesses. Any future acquisitions, investments and/or disposals would be accompanied by risks such as:

 

   

difficulties in assimilating the operations and personnel of acquired companies or businesses;

 

   

diversion of our management’s attention from ongoing business concerns;

 

   

our potential inability to maximize our financial and strategic position through the successful incorporation or disposition of operations;

 

   

maintenance of uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies; and

 

   

impairment of existing relationships with employees, contractors, suppliers and customers as a result of the integration of new management personnel and cost-saving initiatives.

We cannot guarantee that we will be able to successfully integrate any company or business that we might acquire in the future, and our failure to do so could harm our current business.

 

36


Table of Contents

In addition, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of these transactions and there may be other unanticipated or unidentified effects. While we would seek protection, for example, through warranties and indemnities in the case of acquisitions, significant liabilities may not be identified in due diligence or come to light after the expiry of warranty or indemnity periods. Additionally, while we would seek to limit our ongoing exposure, for example, through liability caps and period limits on warranties and indemnities in the case of disposals, some warranties and indemnities may give rise to unexpected and significant liabilities. Any claims arising in the future may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results and could lead to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.

We have defined benefit and defined contribution pension schemes to which we may be required to increase our contributions to fund deficits.

We provide retirement benefits for former and certain of our current employees through a number of defined benefit and defined contribution pension schemes. Certain of these plans are no longer available to new employees, though in Canada we retain a defined contribution plan. As of December 31, 2012, we had recorded a deficit of $13.2 million in our defined benefit pension plans. This deficit may increase, and we may be required to increase contributions to our plans in the future, which may materially and adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

A major health and safety incident relating to our business could be costly in terms of potential liabilities and reputational damage.

Building sites are inherently dangerous, and operating in the homebuilding industry poses certain inherent health and safety risks. Due to health and safety regulatory requirements and the number of projects we work on, health and safety performance is critical to the success of all areas of our business. Any failure in health and safety performance may result in penalties for non-compliance with relevant regulatory requirements, and a failure that results in a major or significant health and safety incident is likely to be costly in terms of potential liabilities incurred as a result. Such a failure could generate significant negative publicity and have a corresponding impact on our reputation, our relationships with relevant regulatory agencies or governmental authorities, and our ability to win new business, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Ownership, leasing or occupation of land and the use of hazardous materials carries potential environmental risks and liabilities.

We are subject to a variety of local, state and federal statutes, rules and regulations concerning land use and the protection of health and the environment, including those governing discharge of pollutants to water and air, including asbestos, the handling of hazardous materials and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We may be liable for the costs of removal, investigation or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances located on, under or in a property currently or formerly owned, leased or occupied by us, whether or not we caused or knew of the pollution. The costs of any required removal, investigation or remediation of such substances or the costs of defending against environmental claims may be substantial. The presence of such substances, or the failure to remediate such substances properly, may also adversely affect our ability to sell the land or to borrow using the land as security. Environmental impacts from historical activities have been identified at some of the projects we have developed in the past and additional projects may be located on land that may have been contaminated by previous use. Although we are not aware of any projects requiring material remediation activities by us as a result of historical contamination, no assurances can be given that material claims or liabilities relating to such developments will not arise in the future.

The particular impact and requirements of environmental laws that apply to any given community vary greatly according to the community site, the site’s environmental conditions and the present and former use of the site. We expect that increasingly stringent requirements may be imposed on homebuilders in the future.

 

37


Table of Contents

Environmental laws may result in delays, cause us to implement time consuming and expensive compliance programs and prohibit or severely restrict development in certain environmentally sensitive regions or areas, such as wetlands. We also may not identify all of these concerns during any pre-development review of project sites. Environmental regulations can also have an adverse impact on the availability and price of certain raw materials, such as lumber. Furthermore, we could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines, penalties and other sanctions and damages from third-party claims for property damage or personal injury, as a result of our failure to comply with, or liabilities under, applicable environmental laws and regulations. In addition, we are subject to third-party challenges, such as by environmental groups, under environmental laws and regulations to the permits and other approvals required for our projects and operations. These matters could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may be liable for claims for damages as a result of use of hazardous materials.

As a homebuilding business with a wide variety of historic homebuilding and construction activities, we could be liable for future claims for damages as a result of the past or present use of hazardous materials, including building materials which in the future become known or are suspected to be hazardous. Any such claims may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Insurance coverage for such claims may be limited or non-existent.

We may suffer uninsured losses or suffer material losses in excess of insurance limits.

We could suffer physical damage to property and liabilities resulting in losses that may not be fully compensated by insurance. In addition, certain types of risks, such as personal injury claims, may be, or may become in the future, either uninsurable or not economically insurable, or may not be currently or in the future covered by our insurance policies. Should an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of insured limits occur, we could sustain financial loss or lose capital invested in the affected property as well as anticipated future income from that property. In addition, we could be liable to repair damage or meet liabilities caused by uninsured risks. We may be liable for any debt or other financial obligations related to affected property. Material losses or liabilities in excess of insurance proceeds may occur in the future.

In the United States, the coverage offered and the availability of general liability insurance for construction defects is currently limited and is costly. As a result, an increasing number of our subcontractors in the United States may be unable to obtain insurance, particularly in California where we have instituted an OCIP, under which subcontractors are effectively insured by us. If we cannot effectively recover construction defect liabilities and costs of defense from our subcontractors or their insurers, or if we have self-insured, we may suffer losses. Coverage may be further restricted and become even more costly. Such circumstances could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may face substantial damages or be enjoined from pursuing important activities as a result of existing or future litigation, arbitration or other claims.

In our homebuilding activities, we are exposed to potentially significant litigation, including breach of contract, contractual disputes and disputes relating to defective title, property misdescription or construction defects, including use of defective materials (including Chinese-made drywall).

For example, we engage subcontractors to construct of our homes, and in many cases, to obtain the necessary building materials. Between 2008 and 2011, we confirmed the presence of defective Chinese-made drywall in a number of Florida homes, primarily delivered during our 2006 and 2007 fiscal years. As of December 31, 2012, we had accrued an amount that our management believes to be a reasonable reserve for losses that may be related to this matter, including repair costs. We continue to inspect additional homes in order to determine whether they also contain the defective Chinese-made drywall. The outcome of these on-going inspections may require us to increase our warranty and claims reserves in the future, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Currently, the amount of additional liability, if any, is not reasonably estimable.

 

38


Table of Contents

Although we have established warranty, claim and litigation reserves that we believe are adequate, due to the uncertainty inherent in litigation, legal proceedings may result in the award of substantial damages against us beyond our reserves. Furthermore, plaintiffs may in certain of these legal proceedings seek class action status with potential class sizes that vary from case to case. Class action lawsuits can be costly to defend, and if we were to lose any certified class action suit, it could result in substantial liability for us. In addition, we are subject to potential lawsuits, arbitration proceedings and other claims in connection with our business. See “Business—Insurance and Legal Proceedings.” The filing or threat of filing of a major class action lawsuit against us could lead to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.

With respect to certain general liability exposures, including construction defect, Chinese-made drywall and related claims and product liability claims, interpretation of underlying current and future trends, assessment of claims and the related liability and reserve estimation process requires us to exercise significant judgment due to the complex nature of these exposures, with each exposure often exhibiting unique circumstances. Furthermore, once claims are asserted for construction defects, it is difficult to determine the extent to which the assertion of these claims will expand geographically. As a result, our insurance policies may not be available or adequate to cover any liability for damages, the cost of repairs, and/or the expense of litigation surrounding current claims, and future claims may arise out of events or circumstances not covered by insurance and not subject to effective indemnification agreements with our subcontractors. Should such a situation arise, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Poor relations with the residents of our communities could negatively impact sales, which could cause our revenues or results of operations to decline.

Residents of communities we develop rely on us to resolve issues or disputes that may arise in connection with the operation or development of their communities. Efforts made by us to resolve these issues or disputes could be deemed unsatisfactory by the affected residents and subsequent actions by these residents could adversely affect sales or our reputation. In addition, we could be required to make material expenditures related to the settlement of such issues or disputes or to modify our community development plans, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We are dependent on certain members of our management and key personnel.

Our business involves complex operations and therefore demands a management team and employee workforce that is knowledgeable and expert in many areas necessary for our operations. Investors in our Class A common stock must rely to a significant extent upon the ability, expertise, judgment and discretion of our management and key personnel. Our performance and success are dependent, in part, upon key members of our management and personnel, and their loss or departure could be detrimental to our future success. Further, the process of attracting and retaining suitable replacements for key personnel whose services we may lose would result in transition costs and would divert the attention of other members of our senior management from our existing operations. In addition, we do not maintain key person insurance in respect of any members of our senior management team. The loss of any of our management members or key personnel could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. See “Management.”

Utility and resource shortages or rate fluctuations could have an adverse effect on our operations.

Several of the markets in which we operate have historically been subject to utility and resource shortages, including significant changes to the availability of electricity and water. Austin and Denver in particular have at times been affected by such shortages. Shortages of natural resources in our markets, particularly of water, may make it more difficult for us to obtain regulatory approval of new developments. We have also experienced material fluctuations in utility and resource costs across our markets, and we may incur additional costs and may not be able to complete construction on a timely basis if such fluctuations arise. Our lumber inventory is particularly sensitive to these shortages. Furthermore, these shortages and rate fluctuations may adversely affect the regional economies in which we operate, which may reduce demand for our homes and negatively affect our business and results of operations.

 

39


Table of Contents

If we are unable to develop our communities successfully or within expected timeframes, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Before a community generates any revenues, time and material expenditures are required to acquire land, obtain development approvals and construct significant portions of project infrastructure, amenities, model homes and sales facilities. A decline in our ability to develop and market our communities successfully and to generate positive cash flow from these operations in a timely manner could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations and on our ability to service our debt and to meet our working capital requirements.

Constriction of the capital markets could limit our ability to access capital and increase our costs of capital.

We fund our operations from cash from operations, capital markets financings and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. Volatile economic conditions and the constriction of the capital markets could reduce the sources of liquidity available to us and increase our costs of capital. Our Canadian operations rely on separate banking facilities for liquidity and to a lesser extent on our Revolving Credit Facility. If the size or availability of these banking facilities is reduced in the future, it would have an adverse effect on our liquidity and operations.

As of December 31, 2012, we had $164.4 million of debt maturing in the next 12 months. In addition, our credit facilities related to our Canadian operations (under which we had CAD $113.6 million of outstanding letters of credit as of December 31, 2012) are scheduled to expire on June 30, 2013. If we fail to renew these facilities, we will be required to obtain replacement facilities with other lenders to support our operations. We believe we can meet our other capital requirements with our existing cash resources and future cash flows and, if required, other sources of financing that we anticipate will be available to us. However, we can provide no assurance that we will continue to be able to do so, particularly if industry or economic conditions deteriorate. The future effects on our business, liquidity and financial results of these conditions could be adverse, both in the ways described above and in other ways that we do not currently foresee.

Our substantial debt could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations and prevent us from fulfilling our debt-related obligations.

We have a substantial amount of debt. As of December 31, 2012, the total principal amount of our debt (including $80.4 million of indebtedness of TMHF) was $1.0 billion. In addition, in accordance with our growth strategy, following this offering, we intend to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital to help fund the growth of our business, subject to market and other conditions, but such debt capital may not be available to us on a timely basis at reasonable rates or at all. Our substantial debt could have important consequences for the holders of our common stock, including:

 

   

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt or to our trade or other creditors;

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic or industry conditions;

 

   

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund capital expenditures and acquisitions, particularly when the availability of financing in the capital markets is limited;

 

   

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations and the proceeds of this offering for the payment of interest on our debt and reducing our ability to use our cash flows and the proceeds of this offering to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate requirements;

 

   

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; and

 

   

placing us at a competitive disadvantage to less leveraged competitors.

 

40


Table of Contents

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us through capital markets financings or under our Revolving Credit Facility or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, on or before its maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. In addition, we may incur additional indebtedness in order to finance our operations or to repay existing indebtedness. If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as selling assets, seeking additional debt or equity or reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances. We cannot assure you that any such actions, if necessary, could be effected on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or on terms that would be advantageous to our stockholders or on terms that would not require us to breach the terms and conditions of our existing or future debt agreements.

Restrictive covenants in the indenture governing the senior notes and the agreements governing our Revolving Credit Facility and other indebtedness may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

The indenture governing our senior notes and the agreement governing our Revolving Credit Facility limit our ability, and the terms of any future indebtedness may limit our ability, among other things, to:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

pay dividends or make distributions on our capital stock;

 

   

sell assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

agree to payment restrictions affecting our restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

enter into transactions with our affiliates;

 

   

incur liens; and

 

   

designate any of our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

The Revolving Credit Facility contains certain “springing” financial covenants based on (a) consolidated total debt and consolidated adjusted tangible net worth requiring TMM and its subsidiaries to maintain a certain maximum capitalization ratio and (b) consolidated EBITDA requiring TMM and its subsidiaries to maintain a certain minimum interest coverage ratio. The Revolving Credit Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants, including limitations on incurrence of indebtedness and liens, the payment of dividends and other distributions, asset dispositions, investments, sale and leasebacks and limitations on debt payments and amendments.

The restrictions contained in the indenture governing our senior notes and the agreement governing our Revolving Credit Facility could also limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, meet capital needs or make acquisitions or otherwise restrict our activities or business plans.

Monarch Corporation is party to credit facilities with The Toronto-Dominion Bank and with HSBC Bank Canada. These facilities also contain restrictive covenants, including a maximum debt to equity ratio, minimum consolidated net equity, limitations on dividends and maintenance of a minimum interest coverage ratio. A breach of any of these restrictive covenants or our inability to comply with the applicable financial covenants could result in a default under the agreements governing our Revolving Credit Facility, the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility, which could allow for the acceleration of the debt under the agreements. If the indebtedness under our Revolving Credit Facility, the TD Facility, the HSBC Facility and the senior notes were to be accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full that indebtedness and our other indebtedness. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

 

41


Table of Contents

We may require additional capital in the future and may not be able to secure adequate funds on terms acceptable to us.

The expansion and development of our business may require significant capital, which we may be unable to obtain, to fund our capital expenditures and operating expenses, including working capital needs. During 2011 and 2012, we made capital expenditures for land, development and construction of $1.0 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively.

In accordance with our growth strategy, following this offering, we expect to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital to help fund the growth of our business, subject to market and other conditions, but such debt capital may not be available to us on a timely basis at reasonable rates or at all.

During the next 12 months, we otherwise expect to meet our cash requirements with existing cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operations (including sales of our homes and land) and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. We may fail to generate sufficient cash flow from the sales of our homes and land to meet our cash requirements. Further, our capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned if, for example, our revenues do not reach expected levels or we have to incur unforeseen capital expenditures and make investments to maintain our competitive position. If this is the case, we may require additional financing sooner than anticipated or we may have to delay or abandon some or all of our development and expansion plans or otherwise forego market opportunities.

To a large extent, our cash flow generation ability is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors and other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will generate cash flow from operations in an amount sufficient to enable us to fund our liquidity needs. As a result, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our debt, on or before its maturity, or obtain additional equity or debt financing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so on favorable terms, if at all. Any inability to generate sufficient cash flow, refinance our debt or incur additional debt on favorable terms could adversely affect our financial condition and could cause us to be unable to service our debt and may delay or prevent the expansion of our business.

Risks related to our structure and organization

TMHC’s only asset after the completion of this offering will be its interest in New TMM, and accordingly it will be dependent upon distributions from New TMM to pay dividends, if any, taxes and other expenses. New TMM is a holding company with no operations of its own and, in turn, relies on distributions from TMM and its operating subsidiaries.

Following the completion of the Reorganization Transactions and this offering, TMHC will be a holding company and will have no assets other than its ownership, directly or indirectly, of New TMM Units. TMHC will have no independent means of generating revenue. TMHC intends to cause New TMM to make distributions to its partners in an amount sufficient to cover all applicable taxes payable and dividends, if any, declared by TMHC. To the extent that TMHC needs funds, and New TMM is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially and adversely affect TMHC’s liquidity and financial condition. In addition, New TMM has no direct operations and derives all of its cash flow from TMM and its subsidiaries. Because the operations of TMHC’s business are conducted through subsidiaries of TMM, New TMM is dependent on those entities for dividends and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet the financial obligations of New TMM. Legal and contractual restrictions in the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, the senior notes and other debt agreements governing current and future indebtedness of New TMM’s subsidiaries, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of New TMM’s subsidiaries, may limit TMHC’s ability to obtain cash from New TMM’s subsidiaries. The earnings from, or other available assets of, New TMM’s subsidiaries may not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to TMHC to enable TMHC to pay any dividends on the Class A common stock, taxes and other expenses.

 

42


Table of Contents

The Principal Equityholders have substantial influence over our business, and their interests may differ from our interests or those of our other stockholders.

Following this offering, the Principal Equityholders, via the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, will continue to hold a majority of the combined voting power of TMHC. Due to their ownership, our Principal Equityholders have the power to control us and our subsidiaries, including the power to:

 

   

elect a majority of our directors and appoint our executive officers, set our management policies and exercise overall control over our company and subsidiaries;

 

   

agree to sell or otherwise transfer a controlling stake in our company; and

 

   

determine the outcome of substantially all actions requiring stockholder approval, including transactions with related parties, corporate reorganizations, acquisitions and dispositions of assets, and dividends.

The interests of our Principal Equityholders may differ from our interests or those of our other stockholders and the concentration of control in our Principal Equityholders will limit other stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters. The concentration of ownership and voting power of our Principal Equityholders may also delay, defer or even prevent an acquisition by a third party or other change of control of our company and may make some transactions more difficult or impossible without the support of our Principal Equityholders, even if such events are in the best interests of our other stockholders. The concentration of voting power among our Principal Equityholders may have an adverse effect on the price of our Class A common stock. Our company may take actions that our other stockholders do not view as beneficial, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and cause the value of your investment to decline.

Pursuant to the stockholders agreement that we expect to enter into with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH, certain of our actions will require the approval of the directors nominated by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may affect the ability of an “interested stockholder” to engage in certain business combinations, including mergers, consolidations or acquisitions of additional shares, for a period of three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an “interested stockholder.” An “interested stockholder” is defined to include persons owning directly or indirectly 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation. We have elected in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Nevertheless, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, except that they provide that the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and their respective affiliates and successors will not be deemed to be “interested stockholders,” regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them, and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.

In addition, because the Principal Equityholders hold their economic interest in our business through New TMM, but not through TMHC, the public company, these existing owners may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of our Class A common stock.

As a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. As a result, holders of our Class A common stock may not have the same degree of protection as that afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of these exchanges.

Following this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange as a result of the ownership position and voting rights of our Principal Equityholders upon completion of this offering. A “controlled company” is a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company. More than 50% of our voting power will be held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles after completion of this offering. As a controlled company, we are entitled to elect, and we intend to elect, not to comply with certain corporate governance rules of the

 

43


Table of Contents

New York Stock Exchange that would otherwise require the Board of Directors to have a majority of independent directors and our compensation and nominating and governance committees to be comprised entirely of independent directors, have written charters addressing such committee’s purpose and responsibilities and perform an annual evaluation of such committee. Accordingly, holders of our Class A common stock will not have the same protection afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and the ability of our independent directors to influence our business policies and affairs may be reduced.

TMHC’s directors who have relationships with the Principal Equityholders may have conflicts of interest with respect to matters involving our company.

Following this offering, the majority of TMHC’s directors will be affiliated with the Principal Equityholders. These persons will have fiduciary duties to TMHC and in addition will have duties to the Principal Equityholders. In addition, TMHC’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that no officer or director of TMHC who is also an officer, director, employee or other affiliate of the Principal Equityholders or an officer, director or employee of an affiliate of the Principal Equityholders will be liable to TMHC or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that any such individual directs a corporate opportunity to the Principal Equityholders or their affiliates instead of TMHC, or does not communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to TMHC that such person or affiliate has directed to the Principal Equityholders or their affiliates. As a result, such circumstances may entail real or apparent conflicts of interest with respect to matters affecting both TMHC and the Principal Equityholders, whose interests, in some circumstances, may be adverse to those of TMHC. In addition, as a result of the Principal Equityholders’ indirect ownership interest, conflicts of interest could arise with respect to transactions involving business dealings between TMHC and the Principal Equityholders or their affiliates, including potential business transactions, potential acquisitions of businesses or properties, the issuance of additional securities, the payment of dividends by TMHC and other matters.

Risks related to this offering

There is no existing market for our Class A common stock so the share price for our Class A common stock may fluctuate significantly.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. We cannot provide assurance that an active trading market will develop upon completion of this offering or, if it does develop, that it will be sustained. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be determined by negotiation among us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be representative of the price that will prevail in the open market after this offering. See “Underwriting” for a discussion of the factors that were considered in determining the initial public offering price.

The market price of our Class A common stock after this offering may be significantly affected by factors such as quarterly variations in our results of operations, changes in government regulations, the announcement of new contracts by us or our competitors, general market conditions specific to the homebuilding industry, changes in general economic conditions, volatility in the financial markets, differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors and analysts and changes in analysts’ recommendations or projections. These fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and cause you to lose all or a portion of your investment.

These and other factors may lower the market price of our Class A common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. As a result, our Class A common stock may trade at prices significantly below the public offering price.

Furthermore, in recent years the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in our industry. The changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance

 

44


Table of Contents

of the affected companies. Hence, the price of our Class A common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us, and these fluctuations could materially reduce the price of our Class A common stock and materially affect the value of your investment.

We have broad discretion to use the offering proceeds and our investment of those proceeds may not yield a favorable return.

Our management has broad discretion to spend the proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may not agree. The failure of our management to apply these funds effectively could result in unfavorable returns. This could harm our business and could cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.

A substantial portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the market at any time. This could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

The market price of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our Class A common stock or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate. After the consummation of this offering, we will have              shares of outstanding Class A common stock on a fully diluted basis, assuming that all the New TMM Units outstanding (and the corresponding shares of Class B common stock) after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and this offering described under “Organizational Structure,” excluding those held by TMHC, are exchanged into shares of our Class A common stock.

In addition, upon consummation of this offering, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management will beneficially own an aggregate of     % of the outstanding partnership interests in New TMM and              shares of our Class B common stock (or     % of New TMM’s outstanding Units and              shares of our Class B common stock if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). Pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the limited partners of New TMM (other than TMHC) will be able to exchange their New TMM Units (along with the corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Shares of our Class A common stock issuable to the limited partners of New TMM upon an exchange of New TMM Units as described above would be considered “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, unless the exchange is registered under the Securities Act. We and each of the existing holders of New TMM Units who is a party to the Exchange Agreement will also agree with the underwriters not to sell, otherwise dispose of or hedge any Class A common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock, including the New TMM Units and the Class B common stock, subject to specified exceptions, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. After the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period, the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of New TMM Units will be eligible for resale from time to time, subject to certain contractual restrictions and the requirements of the Securities Act.

We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act registering              shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 Plan and we will enter into a new registration rights agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management. See the information under the heading “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement” for a more detailed description of the shares of Class A common stock that will be available for future sale upon completion of this offering.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Act and

 

45


Table of Contents

related rules implemented or to be implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing and the costs we incur for such purposes may strain our resources. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs, divert management’s attention to ensuring compliance and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. We have hired a number of people to assist with the enhanced requirements of being a public company but still need to hire more people for that purpose. In addition, these laws and regulations could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. In addition, these laws and regulations could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors or as executive officers and may divert management’s attention. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our Class A common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action.

Failure to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and stock price.

Maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and is important in helping to prevent financial fraud. To date, we have not identified any material deficiencies related to our internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures, although we have not conducted an audit of our controls. If we are unable to maintain adequate internal controls, our business and operating results could be harmed. We are also beginning to evaluate how to document and test our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules of the SEC, which require, among other things, our management to assess annually the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our independent registered public accounting firm to issue a report on our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2014. During the course of this documentation and testing, we may identify deficiencies that we may be unable to remedy before the requisite deadline for those reports. Our auditors have not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to remediate material deficiencies noted by us or our independent registered public accounting firm or to implement required new or improved controls or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in our financial statements. If our management or our independent registered public accounting firm were to conclude in their reports that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, and the trading price of our Class A common stock could drop significantly. Failure to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or other regulatory authorities.

If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock after this offering. See “Dilution.”

If we raise additional capital through the issuance of new equity securities at a price lower than the initial public offering price, you will incur additional dilution.

If we raise additional capital through the issuance of new equity securities at a lower price than the initial public offering price, you will be subject to additional dilution which could cause you to lose all or a portion of

 

46


Table of Contents

your investment. If we are unable to access the public markets in the future, or if our performance or prospects decreases, we may need to consummate a private placement or public offering of our Class A common stock at a lower price than the initial public offering price. In addition, any new securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those securities held by you.

We do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our Class A common stock may be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

Provisions in our charter and bylaws and provisions of Delaware law may delay or prevent our acquisition by a third party, which might diminish the value of our Class A common stock. Provisions in our debt agreements may also require an acquirer to refinance our outstanding indebtedness if a change of control occurs.

In addition to the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles holding a majority of the voting power of TMHC following this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain certain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable, including the following, some of which may only become effective when the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles no longer beneficially own shares representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of our common stock (the “Triggering Event”):

 

   

the division of our board of directors into three classes and the election of each class for three-year terms;

 

   

the sole ability of the board of directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors;

 

   

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations;

 

   

after the Triggering Event, limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings and to take action by written consent;

 

   

after the Triggering Event, in certain cases, the approval of holders of at least three-fourths of the shares entitled to vote generally on the making, alteration, amendment or repeal of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws will be required to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws, or amend or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation;

 

   

after the Triggering Event, the required approval of holders of at least three-fourths of the shares entitled to vote at an election of the directors to remove directors, which removal may only be for cause; and

 

   

the ability of our board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used, among other things, to institute a rights plan that would have the effect of significantly diluting the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, likely preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may affect the ability of an “interested stockholder” to engage in certain business combinations, for a period of three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an “interested stockholder.” We have elected in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Nevertheless, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, except that they provide that the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and their respective affiliates and successors will not be deemed to be “interested stockholders,” and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.

 

47


Table of Contents

The existence of the foregoing provisions and anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in the acquisition. For more information, please see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock.”

Under our Revolving Credit Facility, a change of control would be an event of default, which would therefore require a third party acquirer to obtain a facility to refinance any outstanding indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility. Under the indenture governing our senior notes, if a change of control were to occur, we would be required to make an offer to repurchase the senior notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount. These change of control provisions in our existing debt agreements may also delay or diminish the value of an acquisition by a third party.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our company, or if they issue unfavorable commentary about us or our industry or downgrade our Class A common stock, the price of our Class A common stock could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that third-party securities analysts publish about our company and our industry. One or more analysts could downgrade our Class A common stock or issue other negative commentary about our company or our industry. In addition, we may be unable or slow to attract research coverage. Alternatively, if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market. As a result of one or more of these factors, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline and cause you to lose all or a portion of your investment.

 

48


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believes,” “estimates,” “projects,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “will” or “should” or, in each case, their negative, or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this prospectus and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies, the industry in which we operate and potential acquisitions. We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and, of course, it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. All forward-looking statements are based upon information available to us on the date of this prospectus.

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity and the development of the industry in which we operate are consistent with the forward looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. Important factors that could cause our results to vary from expectations include, but are not limited to:

 

   

cyclicality in our business and adverse changes in general economic or business conditions outside of our control;

 

   

a prolongation or worsening of the recent significant downturn in the U.S. or a significant decline in the market for new single-family homes or condominiums in Ontario, Canada;

 

   

the potential difficulty in maintaining profitability in the future;

 

   

fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the Canadian dollar;

 

   

an inability on our part to obtain performance bonds or letters of credit necessary to carry on our operations;

 

   

higher cancellation rates of agreements of sale pertaining to our homes;

 

   

competition in the homebuilding industry;

 

   

constriction of the credit markets and the resulting inability of our customers to secure financing to purchase our homes;

 

   

an increase in unemployment;

 

   

increases in taxes or government fees;

 

   

increased homeownership costs due to government regulation;

 

   

our inability to pass along the effects of inflation or increased costs to our customers;

 

   

the seasonal nature of our business;

 

   

negative publicity;

 

   

an unexpected increase in home warranty or construction defect claims, including with respect to Chinese-made drywall;

 

49


Table of Contents
   

various liability issues related to our reliance or contractors;

 

   

failure in our financial and commercial controls or systems;

 

   

changes in the availability of suitable land on which to build;

 

   

declines in the market value of our land and inventory;

 

   

risks associated with our real estate and lot inventory;

 

   

shortages in labor supply, increased labor costs or labor disruptions;

 

   

the failure to recruit, retain and develop highly skilled, competent personnel and our dependence on certain members of our management and key personnel;

 

   

the effects of government regulation or legal challenges on our development and other activities;

 

   

changes in governmental regulation and other risks associated with acting as a mortgage lender;

 

   

the loss of any of our important commercial relationships;

 

   

an inability to use certain deferred tax assets;

 

   

shortages in raw materials and building supply and price fluctuations;

 

   

the concentration of our operations in California, Colorado, Arizona, Texas, Florida and Ontario, Canada, including adverse weather conditions;

 

   

changes to the population growth rates in our markets;

 

   

risks related to conducting business through joint ventures;

 

   

costs associated with the future growth or expansion of our operations or acquisitions or disposals of our divisions;

 

   

U.S. defined benefit pension schemes, which may require increased contributions;

 

   

a major health and safety incident;

 

   

potential environmental risks and liabilities associated with the ownership, leasing or occupation of land;

 

   

potential claims for damages as a result of hazardous materials;

 

   

uninsured losses or losses in excess of insurance limits;

 

   

existing or future litigation, arbitration or other claims;

 

   

poor relations with the residents of our communities;

 

   

utility and resource shortages or rate fluctuations;

 

   

an inability to develop our communities successfully or within expected time frames;

 

   

any future inability on our part to secure the capital required to fund our business;

 

   

issues relating to our substantial debt;

 

   

an inability to pursue certain business strategies because of restricted covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness; and

 

   

other risks and uncertainties inherent in our business.

We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. We urge you to read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Industry”

 

50


Table of Contents

and “Business,” for a more complete discussion of the factors that could affect our future performance and the industry in which we operate. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events described in this prospectus may not occur.

We undertake no obligation, and do not expect, to publicly update or publicly revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or to persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements referred to above and contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

51


Table of Contents

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Structure Prior to the Reorganization Transactions

Our business is conducted by wholly owned subsidiaries of TMM. All of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Operating Subsidiaries and their subsidiaries is directly or indirectly owned by TMM. The limited partners of TMM immediately prior to the Reorganization Transactions were the Principal Equityholders and certain members of our management.

The following chart summarizes our legal entity structure immediately prior to the Reorganization Transactions described below. This chart is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities owned or controlled by TMM:

 

LOGO

The Reorganization Transactions

In the Reorganization Transactions, the existing holders of limited partnership interests in TMM will, through a series of transactions, contribute their limited partnership interests in TMM to New TMM, a new limited partnership formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands, such that TMM and the general partner of TMM will become wholly-owned subsidiaries of New TMM. TMHC will, through a series of transactions, become the sole owner of the general partner of New TMM, and TMHC will use the net cash proceeds received in this offering to purchase New TMM Units. Immediately following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, the limited partners of New TMM will consist of TMHC, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management.

 

52


Table of Contents

In the Reorganization Transactions, the existing holders of limited partnership interests in TMM, including our Principal Equityholders and certain members of our management, will receive direct and indirect equity interests in New TMM, as follows:

 

   

Our Principal Equityholders will directly or indirectly exchange all of their limited partnership interests in TMM for new equity interests of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles with terms that are substantially equivalent to the limited partnership interests in TMM that they are exchanging; and

 

   

Members of our management will exchange a portion of their vested and unvested limited partnership interests in TMM for vested and unvested New TMM Units. They will directly or indirectly exchange the remaining portion of their vested and unvested limited partnership interests in TMM for new equity interests of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles with terms that are substantially equivalent to the limited partnership interests in TMM that they are exchanging.

The number of New TMM Units issued to the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management will be determined based on our pre-IPO value (calculated using the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering) and a hypothetical cash distribution of our pre-IPO value to the existing limited partners of TMM. They will also be issued a number of shares of TMHC’s Class B common stock equal to the number of New TMM Units that each vehicle and member of management will receive. Following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, TMHC, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management will all hold the same class of New TMM Units.

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, the existing partnership services agreement between TMM and JH will be terminated. Class J Units in TMM (described in Note 19 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus) will be exchanged in the Reorganization Transactions for Class J Units of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. At the consummation of this offering, we estimate that we will record a one-time charge of $ million (based on the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and certain other factors) relating to the Class J Units and the termination of the services agreement between TMM and JH in connection with this offering. The charge is non-cash and will be recorded as a general and administrative expense based on the fair value of the Class J Units on the date of the termination of the services agreement and offset in the equity of TMHC.

Immediately after the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and this offering, the only asset of TMHC will be its direct or indirect interest in New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries. Each share of TMHC Class A common stock will correspond to an economic interest held by TMHC in New TMM, whereas the shares of TMHC Class B common stock will only have voting rights in TMHC and will have no economic rights of any kind. Shares of TMHC Class B common stock will be initially owned solely by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management and cannot be transferred except in connection with an exchange or transfer of a New TMM Unit. We do not intend to list the Class B common stock on any stock exchange.

TMHC was incorporated as a Delaware corporation in November 2012. TMHC has not engaged in any business or other activities, except for certain aspects of the Reorganization Transactions, and following the Reorganization Transactions will have no assets other than its direct or indirect interest in New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries. Following this offering, TMM’s subsidiaries will continue to operate the historical business of our company.

TMHC is currently authorized to issue a single class of common stock. In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, TMHC will amend and restate its certificate of incorporation to authorize the issuance of two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Shares of common stock will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to stockholders. The Class B common stock will not entitle its holders to any of the economic rights (including rights to dividends and distributions

 

53


Table of Contents

upon liquidation) that holders of Class A common stock will have. The aggregate voting power of the outstanding Class B common stock will be equal to the aggregate percentage of New TMM Units not held by TMHC.

In connection with this offering, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management will enter into the Exchange Agreement under which, from time to time, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management will have the right to exchange their New TMM Units (along with a corresponding number of shares of TMHC Class B common stock) for shares of TMHC Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

For a description of the vesting and other terms applicable to Class M Units replaced by New TMM Units in the Reorganization Transactions as described above see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Looking Ahead: Post-IPO Compensation—Exchange of Class M Units.”

In addition, as a part of the Reorganization Transactions, we will, among other things, amend and restate the limited partnership agreement governing TMM, enter into a stockholders agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH and enter into a new registration rights agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management . See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

54


Table of Contents

Effect of the Reorganization Transactions and this Offering

The Reorganization Transactions are intended to create a holding company that will facilitate public ownership of, and investment in, our company.

The following chart summarizes our legal entity structure following the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). This chart is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities owned or controlled by us:

 

LOGO

 

55


Table of Contents

Upon completion of the Reorganizations Transactions described above, this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering:

 

   

TMHC will control the sole general partner of New TMM, which will control New TMM, and will hold directly or indirectly     % of the outstanding New TMM Units (    % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). TMHC will consolidate the financial results of New TMM, TMM and its subsidiaries and TMHC’s net income (loss) will be reduced by a noncontrolling interest expense to reflect the portion of New TMM’s net income (loss) to which TMHC is not entitled;

 

   

the TPG holding vehicle will hold an aggregate of              shares of TMHC’s Class B common stock and an aggregate of              New TMM Units, or     % of the outstanding equity interests in New TMM, representing     % of the combined voting power in TMHC and economic interests in New TMM (or     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full);

 

   

the Oaktree holding vehicle will hold an aggregate of              shares of TMHC’s Class B common stock and an aggregate of          New TMM Units, or     % of the outstanding equity interests in New TMM, representing     % of the combined voting power in TMHC and economic interests in New TMM (or     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full);

 

   

certain members of our management will hold an aggregate of              shares of TMHC’s Class B common stock and an aggregate of              New TMM Units, or     % of the outstanding equity interests in New TMM, representing     % of the combined voting power in TMHC and economic interests in New TMM (or     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full);

 

   

TMHC’s public stockholders will collectively hold             shares of TMHC’s Class A common stock (or             shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), representing         % of the combined voting power and economic interest in TMHC (or         % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full); and

 

   

the New TMM Units held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management (together with the corresponding shares of our Class B common stock) may be exchanged for shares of TMHC’s Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. The exchange of New TMM Units for shares of our Class A common stock will not, in and of itself, affect the aggregate voting power of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management since the votes represented by the exchanged shares of our Class B common stock will be replaced with the votes represented by the shares of Class A common stock for which New TMM Units are exchanged.

Upon the consummation of this offering, TMHC intends to use the net proceeds from this offering to acquire New TMM Units from New TMM and from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management as further described under “Use of Proceeds” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

56


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of          shares of Class A common stock by us in this offering will be approximately $         million after deducting estimated offering expenses payable by us of $         million and $         million of underwriting discounts and commissions and assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $         million.

TMHC will use $         million of the net proceeds of this offering to acquire New TMM Units from New TMM (at a price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering). New TMM will contribute such net proceeds to its subsidiaries. New TMM’s subsidiaries intend to use $         million of such proceeds to redeem a portion of our 7.750% senior notes due 2020, TMHC intends to use the remaining approximately $         million of the proceeds from this offering to purchase New TMM Units (at a price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering) held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management and the remaining portion of such proceeds, if any, for working capital and general corporate purposes. We expect that the purchase of the New TMM Units from certain members of our management will be consummated at the closing of the IPO and the purchase of New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will be consummated on or about                     , 2013. Subject to market conditions, if we are able to raise at least $500 million in debt financing after the closing of this offering, we will use a total of $         million of the proceeds from this offering to redeem senior notes, use $         million of the proceeds from this offering and such debt financing to purchase New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management and use any remaining proceeds from this offering and such debt financing for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Prior to the application of the proceeds described above, TMHC, New TMM and TMM and its subsidiaries may hold any net proceeds in cash or invest them in short-term securities or investments.

If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, TMHC will acquire additional New TMM Units held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management (at a price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering.)

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $         per share of common stock would increase (decrease) our expected net proceeds by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

57


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently anticipate that we will retain all available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future or to make distributions from New TMM to its limited partners (other than to TMHC to fund its operations). See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” TMHC has not previously declared or paid any cash dividends on its common stock.

Any future determination as to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of the Board of Directors of TMHC and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, legal requirements, restrictions in our debt agreements, including those governing the Revolving Credit Facility and the senior notes, that limit our ability to pay dividends to stockholders and other factors the Board of Directors of TMHC deems relevant. For further information, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Revolving Credit Facility” and “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Senior Notes.”

 

58


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2012:

 

   

on an actual basis, for TMM; and

 

   

on a pro forma basis with respect to TMHC, giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions as well as this offering and the use of proceeds of this offering as described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”

In accordance with our growth strategy, following this offering, we expect to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital, subject to market and other conditions. While our pro forma capitalization already gives effect to the redemption of $174.5 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes using a portion of the proceeds of this offering, if we are able to raise at least $500 million in such debt financing, we will use a total of $             million of the proceeds from this offering to redeem senior notes, use $             million of the proceeds from this offering and such debt financing to purchase New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management and use any remaining proceeds from this offering and such debt financing for working capital and general corporate purposes. Our pro forma capitalization does not give effect to any such debt financing or additional senior notes redemption transactions.

This table should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     December 31, 2012  
(in thousands, except per share amounts)    TMM
Actual
     TMHC
Pro Forma(1)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 300,567       $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revolving Credit Facility(2)

   $ 50,000       $     

Loans payable and other borrowings(3)

     215,968      

Senior Notes(4)

     681,541      

Mortgage company debt(5)

     80,360      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt(6)

     1,027,869      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Owners’ Equity

     1,196,685      

Class A common stock, $0.00001 par value per share,             shares authorized on a pro forma basis

     —        

Class B common stock, $0.00001 par value per share,             shares authorized on a pro forma basis

     —        

Additional paid-in capital

     

Noncontrolling interest

     26,648      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,223,333      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 2,251,202       $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) A $1.00 decrease or increase in the assumed initial public offering price would result in approximately a $         million decrease or increase in the pro forma amounts of each of (i) cash and cash equivalents, (ii) additional paid-in capital, (iii) total stockholders’ equity, and (iv) total capitalization, assuming the total number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
  (2) At December 31, 2012 the Revolving Credit Facility provided TMC and Monarch Corporation with revolving borrowing capacity up to $225.0 million. The Revolving Credit Facility matures in July 2016. Drawings under this facility will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2012, there was $50.0 million in outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, and there was $11.2 million in outstanding letters of credit. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”
  (3) Other long-term debt as of December 31, 2012 consists of project-level debt due to various land sellers and municipalities, and is generally secured by the land that was acquired. Principal payments generally coincide with corresponding project lot sales or a principal reduction schedule. As of December 31, 2012, $164.4 million of the loans were scheduled to be repaid in the next 12 months. The interest rate on $131.9 million of the loans ranged from 1.0% to 8.0% and $84.0 million of the loans were non-interest bearing.
  (4) Reflects the carrying value of $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.750% senior notes due 2020 issued at par on April 13, 2012 and $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of additional senior notes issued at a price of 105.5% of their principal amount on August 21, 2011.
  (5) Reflects debt of TMHF, our wholly owned mortgage subsidiary. TMHF is separately capitalized and its obligations are non-recourse to TMHC, New TMM, TMM or any of our homebuilding entities.
  (6) Total debt does not include letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Facility, the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility (as defined in “Description of Certain Indebtedness”). The TD Facility provides for borrowings and letters of credit up to an aggregate amount of CAD $102.6 million, and CAD $102.6 million in letters of credit were outstanding as of December 31, 2012. The HSBC Facility provided for letters of credit up to an aggregate amount of CAD $11.0 million, and the facility was fully drawn as of December 31, 2012. The TD Facility and the HSBC Facility are scheduled to expire on June 30, 2013.

 

59


Table of Contents

DILUTION

The pro forma net tangible book value of TMHC as of December 31, 2012 would have been $         or $         per share of Class A common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing TMHC’s pro forma tangible net worth of             , total assets less total liabilities, by the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding assuming that all of the holders of New TMM Units (other than TMHC) exchanged their New TMM Units (along with the corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock) for shares of Class A common stock, in each case, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions described under “Organizational Structure.” After giving effect to the sale of the              shares of Class A common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and the receipt and application of the net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds,” TMHC pro forma net tangible book value at December 31, 2012 would have been $         or $         per share assuming that all of the holders of New TMM Units (other than TMHC) exchanged their New TMM Units (along with the corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock) for shares of Class A common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value to existing stockholders of $         per share and an immediate dilution to new investors of $         per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2012

   $                   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

      $     
     

 

 

 

Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering from the initial public offering price per share.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering by $         and the dilution per share to new investors by $        , in each case assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.

The following table sets forth, on a pro forma basis, as of December 31, 2012, the number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from TMHC, the total consideration paid, or to be paid, and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing equityholders and by the new investors, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us assuming that all of the holders of New TMM Units (other than TMHC) exchanged their New TMM Units (along with the corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
Per Share
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing equityholders

               $                            

New investors

            
  

 

    

 

 

      

 

Total

        100   $                      100  
  

 

    

 

 

      

 

To the extent the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.

 

60


Table of Contents

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors in this offering by $         and would increase (decrease) the average price per share paid by new investors by $        , assuming the number of Class A common stock offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and without deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.

We may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

61


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 presents TMHC’s consolidated results of operations giving pro forma effect to the Acquisition and Financing Transactions, the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if such transactions occurred on January 1, 2012.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 presents our consolidated financial position giving pro forma effect to the Reorganization Transactions, this offering and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if such transactions occurred on December 31, 2012.

At the consummation of this offering, we estimate that we will record a one-time non-cash charge of $                 million (based on the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and certain other factors) relating to the exchange of Class J Units in TMM (described in Note 19 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus) for Class J Units in the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. The charge, which is reflected on our unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet, will be offset in the equity of TMHC.

In accordance with our growth strategy, following this offering, we expect to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital, subject to market and other conditions. While our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information already gives effect to the redemption of $174.5 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes using a portion of the proceeds of this offering, if we are able to raise at least $500 million in such debt financing, we will use a total of $             million of the proceeds from this offering to redeem senior notes, use $             million of the proceeds from this offering and such debt financing to purchase New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management and use any remaining proceeds from this offering and such debt financing for working capital and general corporate purposes. Our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not give effect to any such debt financing or additional senior notes redemption transactions

For purposes of the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information, we have assumed that          shares of Class A common stock will be issued by TMHC at a price per share equal to the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and as a result, immediately following the completion of this offering, the ownership percentage represented by New TMM Units not held by TMHC will be         %, and the net income attributable to New TMM Units not held by TMHC will accordingly represent         % of our net income. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the ownership percentage represented by New TMM Units not held by TMHC will be         %; and the net income attributable to New TMM Units not held by TMHC will accordingly represent         % of our net income. If the assumed offering price increases by $1.00 per share to $            , the ownership percentage represented by New TMM Units not held by TMHC will decrease to         % (        % if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). If the assumed offering price decreases by $1.00 per share to $            , the ownership percentage represented by New TMM Units not held by TMHC will increase to         % (        % if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full).

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus captioned “Organizational Structure,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. All pro forma adjustments and their underlying assumptions are described more fully in the notes to our unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations and unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is included for information purposes only and does not purport to reflect the results of operations or financial position of TMHC that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not purport to be indicative of our results of operations or financial position had the Acquisition and Financing Transactions, the Reorganization Transaction and this offering occurred on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not project our results of operations of financial position for any future period or date.

 

62


Table of Contents

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

Pro Forma Condensed Statement of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2012

(Unaudited)

(in thousands, except share data)

 

     TMM
Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Pro forma
Adjustments for
the Financing
Transactions

and the
Reorganization
Transactions
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
for this
Offering
    TMHC
Pro Forma
 
          

Home closings revenue

   $ 1,369,452      $ —        $                    $ 1,369,452   

Land closings revenue

     44,408        —            44,408   

Financial services revenue

     21,861        —            21,861   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     1,435,721        —          $ 1,435,721   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of home closings

     1,077,525        (43 )(b)      (4,668 )(f)      1,072,814   

Cost of land closings

     35,884        —            35,884   

Financial services expenses

     11,266        —            11,266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     1,124,675        (43     (4,668     1,119,964   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     311,046        43        (4,668     315,757   

Sales, commissions, and other marketing costs

     80,907        —          —          80,907   

General and administrative expenses

     60,444  (a)      —            60,444   

Equity in net earnings of unconsolidated entities

     (22,964     —          —          (22,964

Other expense

     1,121        —          —          1,121   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     7,853        —          3,058  (g)      10,911   

Transaction expenses

     100        (100 )(c)        —     

Indemnification (income) expense

     13,034        (13,034 )(d)      —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     170,551        13,177          185,338   

Income tax provision (benefit)

     (260,297     4,612  (e)            (h)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     430,848        8,565       

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (28             (i)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

   $ 430,828      $ 8,565      $        $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding

     —           

Basic net income (loss) per share applicable to Class A common stock(g)

     —           

Diluted weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding

     —           

Diluted net income (loss) per share applicable to Class A common stock(g)

     —           

 

63


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

(a) General and administrative expenses include approximately $5.0 million of management fees paid to the Principal Equityholders for general corporate and administrative expenses during the period pursuant to a management services agreement. Effective as of the completion of this offering, the management services agreement will be terminated, and the fees will no longer be charged, although the charge for such fees has not been eliminated by any pro forma adjustment.

 

(b) Represents adjustments related to the elimination of the amortization of capitalized interest (including amortization of debt discount and deferred financing fees) included in cost of home closings that was attributable to our historical debt financing arrangements in effect during the period presented. These historical debt financing arrangements included (i) $500.0 million borrowed on July 13, 2011 under the bridge loan facility under our Sponsor Loan, which bore interest at a stated rate of 13.0% per annum and was retired on April 13, 2012, (ii) $550.0 million of senior notes issued at par on April 13, 2012, which bear interest at a rate of 7.75% per annum, (iii) $125.0 million of senior notes issued on August 21, 2012 at a price equal to 105.5% of their principal amount, which also bear interest at a rate of 7.75% per annum and (iv) our Revolving Credit Facility, whose commitments were increased from $75.0 million to $225.0 million in December 2012.

 

     Also reflects adjustments to give pro forma effect to the following financing transactions (the “New Financing Transactions”), as if such financing transactions had occurred on January 1, 2012: (i) the incurrence of $550.0 million of senior notes issued at par, bearing interest at a rate of 7.75% per annum, (ii) the incurrence of $125.0 million of senior notes issued at a price equal to 105.5% of their principal amount, also bearing interest at a rate of 7.75% per annum and (iii) the increase in our Revolving Credit Facility from $75.0 million to $225.0 million (with $50.0 million drawn thereunder during the period presented).

($ in thousands)

 

Elimination of historical capitalized interest amortization included in cost of home closings related to our historical debt financing arrangements

   $ 30,316   

Adjustment reflecting capitalized interest amortization included in cost of home closings related to the New Financing Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2012

     30,273   
  

 

 

 

Net adjustment to capitalized interest amortization included in cost of home closings

   $ (43
  

 

 

 

 

(c) Represents the elimination of $0.1 million of historical costs related to the Acquisition that were paid during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

(d) Reflects the reversal of a receivable related to a tax indemnity from our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc, in respect of certain matters that have since been settled. The indemnity was provided as part of the Acquisition for certain tax liabilities that existed on the date of the Acquisition.

 

(e) Reflects the income tax effect of the pro forma adjustments, calculated using a blended rate of 35% for the respective statutory tax rates of the jurisdiction where the respective adjustment relates.

 

(f) Reflects the elimination of historical capitalized interest expense and amortization of financing fees included in cost of home closings related to $174.5 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes to be redeemed (at a purchase price equal to 103.875% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest through the date of redemption, assuming a redemption date of April 12, 2013) using a portion of the proceeds from this offering, based on the redemption of 25.8% of the $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued on April 13, 2012 and the same percentage of the $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued on August 21, 2012, as if such redemption had occurred on January 1, 2012.

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents
(g) Reflects the write-off of $4.8 million of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the $174.5 million of senior notes being retired with a portion of the proceeds of this offering, net of $1.8 million of premium recognized as a result of the retirement, at a price equal to 103.875% of their principal amount (plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, assuming a redemption date of April 12, 2013), of 25.8% of the senior notes that were issued on August 21, 2012 at a price of 105.5% of their principal amount.

 

(h) Records the amount of incremental tax expense on the 20% of New TMM profits (which are pushed-up to TMHC on a pro forma basis) that do not qualify for the dividends received deduction under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The amount of tax is based on the     % assumed ownership percentage of TMHC in New TMM.

 

     The amount of tax on U.S. profits is calculated as follows: (i) 35.0% statutory rate times (ii) 20% of profits not qualifying for the deduction times (iii)     % TMHC pro forma ownership percentage in New TMM, yielding additional tax of $              million.

 

     The amount of tax on Canadian profits is calculated as follows: (i) 35.0% U.S. statutory rate minus 26.0% Canadian statutory rate times (ii)      % TMHC pro forma ownership percentage in New TMM, yielding additional tax of $              million.

 

(i) Eliminates net income attributable to the direct or indirect holders of New TMM Units (other than TMHC), assuming such holders retain     % ownership after this offering, which would be adjusted from the consolidated financials under ASC Topic 810.

 

65


Table of Contents

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

December 31, 2012

(Unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

    TMHC     TMM     Pro Forma
Adjustments for the
Financing Transactions
and the Reorganization
Transactions
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
for this
Offering
     TMHC  
    Historical     Historical          Pro Forma  

ASSETS

          

ASSETS:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 35      $ 300,567      $ —              (c)     $ 294,602   

Restricted cash

    —          13,683        —             13,683   

Real estate inventory

    —          1,633,050        —             1,633,050   

Land deposits

    —          28,724        —             28,724   

Loan receivables—net

    —          48,685        —             48,685   

Mortgage receivables

    —          84,963        —             84,963   

Tax indemnification receivable

    —          107,638        —             107,638   

Other receivables—net

    —          48,951        —             48,951   

Prepaid expenses and other assets—net

    72        101,427        —          (4,835 )(d)       96,664   

Investment in unconsolidated entities

    —          74,465        —             74,465   

Property and equipment—net

    —          6,423        —             6,423   

Deferred tax assets—net

    —          274,757        —             274,757   

Intangible assets—net

    —          33,480        —             33,480   

Income taxes receivable

    —          —          —             —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

  $ 107      $ 2,756,813      $ —        $ (4,835    $ 2,746,087   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

          

LIABILITIES:

          

Accounts payable

  $   —        $ 98,647        —           $ 98,647   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    106        213,413        —          (6,761 )(e)       206,758   

Income taxes payable

    —          111,513        4,612  (a)         116,125   

Deferred tax liabilities—net

    —          —          —             —     

Customer deposits

    —          82,038        —             82,038   

Mortgage borrowings

    —          80,360        —             80,360   

Net payable to Taylor Wimpey plc

    —          —          —             —     

Loans payable and other borrowings

    —          265,968        —             265,968   

Long-term debt

    —          681,541        —          (176,255 )(e)       505,286   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 106      $ 1,533,480      $ 4,612      $ (183,016    $ 1,355,183   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES EQUITY:

          

Net owners’ equity

  $ —        $ 1,231,050      $ (13,177 )(a)(b)      (1,217,873 )(b)       —     

Capital stock

    —          —               (f)    

Additional paid-in capital

    1        —            182,000  (g)    

Retained earnings

    —          —          8,565  (a)      (9,819 )(h)       —     

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    —          (34,365     —          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total owners’ equity

    1        1,196,685        (4,612     

Noncontrolling interests

    —          26,648             (i)    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

    —          1,223,333        (4,612     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

  $ 107      $ 2,756,813      $ —        $         $                
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

(a) Reflects the reversal of an indemnification receivable from Taylor Wimpey plc, our former parent company.
(b) Reflects the elimination of the Principal Equityholders’ ownership under ASC Topic 810 for consolidation in TMHC’s financial statements.
(c) Reflects TMHC’s receipt and application of the proceeds from this offering assuming the issuance of              shares of Class A common stock at a price of $         per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), with sources and uses of the proceeds as follows:

Sources:

 

   

$500.0 million gross cash proceeds to TMHC from the offering of Class A common stock;

 

   

$6.0 million in cash from a dividend by TMM; and

 

   

$             million of cash from the direct or indirect subsidiaries of TMM.

Uses:

 

   

TMHC will use $30.0 million of such proceeds to pay underwriting discounts and commissions;

 

   

TMHC will use $282.0 million of such proceeds to purchase New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management (see note (e) below); and

 

   

TMHC will use $188.0 million of such proceeds to purchase New TMM Units from New TMM, whereupon New TMM will contribute such proceeds to TMM, which will use $188.0 million of such contributed proceeds to redeem $174.5 million aggregate principal amount of the senior notes (at a purchase price equal to 103.875% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest through the date of redemption, assuming a redemption date of April 12, 2013);

 

   

TMHC will use $6.0 million to pay professional fees and expenses relating to this offering; and

 

   

Direct or indirect subsidiaries of TMM will use $             million of cash to pay the termination fee relating to the termination of the management services agreement with the Principal Equityholders, based on the present value of the annual $5.0 million management fee to be paid under such agreement during the remaining term of the agreement (which expires on July 11, 2021), as of an assumed closing date of this offering of April 4, 2013.

 

(d) Reflects the write-off of $4.8 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the $174.5 million of senior notes being redeemed with a portion of the proceeds of this offering.
(e) Reflects (i) the redemption of $174.5 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes (at a purchase price equal to 103.875% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest through the date of redemption of $6.7 million, assuming a redemption date of April 12, 2013) using a portion of the proceeds from this offering, based on the redemption of 25.8% of the $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued on April 13, 2012 and the same percentage of the $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued on August 21, 2012, as if such redemption had occurred on December 31, 2012, (ii) the write-off of $4.8 million of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the redeemed senior notes and (iii) the payment of $37.0 million of fees and expenses in connection with this offering (including underwriting discounts and commissions) and (iv) recognition of $1.8 million of premium from the redemption, at a price equal to 103.875% of their principal amount (plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption), of 25.8% of the senior notes that were issued on August 21, 2012 at a price of 105.5% of their principal amount.
(f) Reflects the effect on capital stock relating to the issuance of              shares of Class A common stock in this offering.

 

67


Table of Contents
(g) Reflects the effects on additional paid-in capital relating to the following ($ in thousands):

 

Gross proceeds of this offering

   $ 500,000   

Payment of underwriting discounts with respect to this offering

     (30,000

Amounts used to purchase New TMM units from the TPG and Oaktree vehicles and certain members of management

     (282,000

Allocation of equity related to the non-cash charge relating to the Class J Units of TMM and the termination of the services agreement between TMM and JH

  

Deemed distribution from TMM to pay estimated professional fees and expenses of TMHC with respect to this offering

     (6,000
  

 

 

 

Net adjustment to additional paid-in capital

   $     
  

 

 

 
(h) Reflects the effects on retained earnings relating to the following ($ in thousands):

 

Non-cash charge relating to the exchange of Class J Units of TMM for Class J Units of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles

   $     

Write-off of deferred financing fees related to the redemption of $174.5 million of senior notes with a portion of the proceeds from this offering

     (4,835

Premium on redemption of $174.5 million of senior notes at 103.875%

     (6,761

Recognition of premium associated with the portion of the redeemed notes that were issued at a premium to par in August 2012

     1,777   

Payment of the termination fee in connection with the termination of the management services agreement with the Principal Equityholders

     (30,000
  

 

 

 

Net adjustment to additional paid-in capital

   $     
  

 

 

 
(i) Reflects the issuance of              shares of Class A common stock in this offering to the public and the use of $         million of the net proceeds of this offering to acquire New TMM Units from New TMM in exchange for a     % interest in New TMM. The following sets forth the reduction in the noncontrolling interest recorded for the sale of TMM units:

 

($ in thousands)       

Noncontrolling interest prior to sale

   $                

Sales of New TMM Units

  
  

 

 

 

Remaining noncontrolling interest of Principal Equityholders

   $     
  

 

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected combined financial information of TMM set forth below as of December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 to July 12, 2011 has been derived from the audited combined financial statements of TMM’s predecessor, the North American business of Taylor Wimpey plc (our “predecessor”), which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the financial data as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from the historical financial statements of our predecessor, in each case, which are not included in this prospectus. This predecessor financial information for 2008 was prepared by our predecessor and has not been subject to a review or audit.

The selected consolidated financial information set forth below for the period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011, and the year ended December 31, 2012 and as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of TMM (the “successor”) included elsewhere in this prospectus. The predecessor period financial statements have been prepared using the historical cost basis of accounting that existed prior to the Acquisition in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The successor period financial statements for periods ending subsequent to July 13, 2011 (the date of the Acquisition) are also prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, although they reflect adjustments made as a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition. As a result, the financial information for periods subsequent to the date of the Acquisition is not necessarily comparable to that for the predecessor periods presented below. In addition, the historical financial information of TMM will not necessarily be comparable to the financial information of TMHC following the Reorganization Transactions and this offering.

The selected consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus captioned “Organizational Structure,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

69


Table of Contents
    Successor           Predecessor        
    Year
Ended
December 31,
    July 13 to
December 31,
          January 1
to July 12,
    Year Ended
December 31,
($ in thousands)   2012     2011           2011     2010     2009     2008        
                                                 

Statement of Operations Data:

                   

Home closings revenue

  $ 1,369,452      $ 731,216          $ 600,069      $ 1,273,160      $ 1,224,082        1,679,503       

Land closings revenue

    44,408        10,657            13,639        12,116        24,967        65,123       

Financial services revenue

    21,861        8,579            6,027        12,591        13,415        —         
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total revenues

    1,435,721        750,452            619,735        1,297,867        1,262,464        1,744,626       

Cost of home closings

    1,077,525        591,891            474,534        1,003,172        1,003,694        1,430,276       

Cost of land closings

    35,884        8,583            7,133        6,028        17,001        79,530       

Inventory impairments

    —          —              —          4,054        78,241        430,891       

Financial services expenses

    11,266        4,495            3,818        7,246        6,269         
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Operating gross margin

    311,046        145,483            134,250        277,367        157,259        (196,071    

Sales, commissions, and other marketing costs

    80,907        36,316            40,126        85,141        100,534        136,730       

General and administrative expenses

    60,444        32,883            35,743        66,232        71,300        101,664       

Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities

    (22,964     (5,247         (2,803     (5,319     (347     (2,739    

Interest expense (income)—net

    (2,446     (3,867         941        40,238        20,732        22,614       

Other income

    (1,644     (1,245         (11,783     (10,842     (24,465     (55,633    

Other expense

    5,311        3,553            1,125        13,193        25,725        41,364       

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    7,853        —              —          —          —          —         

Transaction expenses

    —          39,442            —          —          —          —         

Indemnification loss

    13,034        12,850            —          —          —          —         
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Income (loss) before income taxes

    170,551        30,798            70,901        88,724        (36,220     (439,511    

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (260,297     4,031            20,881        (1,878     (35,396     (42,999    
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Net income (loss)

    430,848        26,767            50,020        90,602        (824     (396,512    

Net (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (28     (1,178         (4,122     (3,235     (5,138     (7,976    
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Net income (loss) attributable to owners

  $ 430,820      $ 25,589          $ 45,898      $ 87,367      $ (5,962   $ (404,488    
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

($ in thousands)    2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  
                                    

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

              

Cash and cash equivalents, excluding restricted cash

   $ 300,567       $ 279,322       $ 165,415       $ 189,032       $ 237,267   

Land inventory

     1,633,050         1,003,482         1,073,953         979,562         1,072,147   

Total assets

     2,756,813         1,671,067         1,527,321         1,500,473         1,562,868   

Total debt

     1,027,869         599,750         605,768         925,863         1,048,535   

Total equity

     1,223,333         628,565         465,531         103,773         68,944   

 

70


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations covers the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012.

The discussion and analysis of historical periods prior to July 12, 2011 do not reflect the significant impact of the Acquisition and Financing Transactions. You should read the following discussion together with the financial statements, including the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current expectations, estimates and projections about our business and operations. The cautionary statements made in this prospectus should be read as applying to all related forward-looking statements whenever they appear in this prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those we discuss under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

In addition, all of the historical financial data presented in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” do not give effect to the Reorganization Transactions and therefore may not be representative of our financial condition for periods following the Reorganization Transactions and this offering. You should read “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical And Pro Forma Consolidated Financial And Other Information,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” and “Selected Consolidated Financial Data.”

References to the information or results of “unconsolidated joint ventures” refer to our proportionate share of unconsolidated homebuilding joint ventures in Canada.

Business Overview

Upon completion of this offering, we will be one of the largest public homebuilders in North America. Headquartered in Scottsdale, Arizona, we build single-family detached and attached homes and develop land, which includes lifestyle and master-planned communities. We are proud of our legacy of more than 75 years in the homebuilding industry, having originally commenced homebuilding operations in 1936. We operate under our Taylor Morrison and Darling Homes brands in the United States and under our Monarch brand in Canada.

Our business is organized into three geographic regions: East, West and Canada, which regions accounted for 46%, 37% and 17%, respectively, of our net sales orders (excluding unconsolidated joint ventures) for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our East region consists of our Houston, Austin, Dallas, North Florida and West Florida divisions. Because we added our Dallas operations through the acquisition of the assets of Darling on December 31, 2012, the historical results of operations presented in this section do not reflect the historical results of Darling for the periods discussed. Our West region consists of our Phoenix, Northern California, Southern California and Denver divisions. Our Canada region consists of our operations within the province of Ontario, primarily in the GTA and also in Ottawa and Kitchener-Waterloo, and offers both single-family and high-rise communities.

In all of our markets, we build and sell a broad and innovative mix of homes across a wide range of price points. Our emphasis is on designing, building and selling homes to move-up buyers. We are well-positioned in our markets with a top-10 market share (based on 2012 home closings as reported by Hanley Wood and 2012 home sales as reported by Real Net Canada) in 15 of our 19 total markets.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we closed 4,014 homes, comprised of 2,933 homes in the United States and 1,081 in Canada, including 232 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an average sales price

 

71


Table of Contents

across North America of $364,000. During the same period, we generated $1.4 billion in revenues, $430.8 million in net income and $228.8 million in Adjusted EBITDA (for a discussion of how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income attributable to owners, see footnote 4 in “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Information”). In the United States, for the year ended December 31, 2012, our sales orders increased approximately 12% as compared to the same period in 2011, and we averaged 3.1 sales per active selling community per month compared to an average of 2.5 sales per active selling community per month for the same period in 2011. As of December 31, 2012, we offered homes in 128 active selling communities and had a backlog of 4,112 homes sold but not closed, including 909 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an associated backlog sales value of approximately $1.4 billion.

In 2011, we closed 3,920 units, comprised of 2,327 units in the United States and 1,593 units in Canada, including 55 units in unconsolidated joint ventures, with a Company-wide average sales price of $347,000. During the same period, we generated $1.4 billion in revenues, $71.5 million in net income and $187.2 million in Adjusted EBITDA, in each case based on the arithmetically combined predecessor/successor periods. As of December 31, 2011, we offered homes in 135 active selling communities and had a backlog of 2,965 homes sold but not closed, including 781 in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an associated backlog sales value of approximately $982.5 million.

We generate revenue primarily through sales of detached and attached homes and condominium units as well as through sales of land and the operations of our mortgage subsidiary, TMHF. We recognize revenue on detached and attached homes when the homes are completed and delivered to the buyers. We recognize revenue on the majority of our high-rise condominiums at the time of occupancy. We also recognize revenue when buyer deposits are forfeited.

Our primary costs are the acquisition of land in various stages of development and the construction costs of the homes and condominiums we sell (including capitalized interest, real estate taxes and related development costs). Home construction costs are accumulated and charged to cost of sales based on the construction cost of the home being sold. Land acquisition, development, interest, taxes, overhead and condominium construction costs are allocated to homes and units using methods that approximate the relative sales value.

Unlike most of our public homebuilding peers, as of the date of the Acquisition in July 2011, the balance sheet carrying value of our entire U.S. and Canadian inventory was adjusted to fair market value. Giving effect to the Acquisition-related purchase accounting adjustments and previous impairments, the carrying value of our U.S. inventory represented 52% of its original cost. We believe the combination of inventory valuation, coupled with recent high-quality land acquisitions, results in a cost basis in land that will contribute to our continued profitability and strong margins.

Strategy

Because the housing market is cyclical, and home price movement between the peak and trough of the cycle can be significant, we seek to adhere to our core operating principles through these cycles to drive consistent long-term performance.

Based on our current land position, we expect to drive revenue by opening new communities from our existing land supply. Our land supply provides us with the opportunity to increase our community count on a net basis by approximately 40% in 2013 and 30% in 2014. We expect that most of the communities we will open during the next twelve months will be in our Phoenix, West Florida and Houston markets in response to increased demand by consumers in those markets.

Because a significant portion of our land supply was purchased at low price points during the recent downturn in the housing cycle and because our entire land inventory was adjusted to fair market value at the time of the Acquisition, we expect to continue our revenue growth and strong gross margin performance in our U.S. communities.

 

72


Table of Contents

Our approach to land supply management in our East and West regions has historically been to acquire land that has attractive characteristics, including good access to schools, shopping, recreation and transportation facilities. In connection with our overall land inventory management process, our management team reviews these considerations, as well as other financial metrics, in order to decide the highest and best use of our land assets. Historically, land dispositions have not had a material effect on our overall results of operations, but may impact overall margins.

We intend to maintain a consistent approach to land positioning within our regions, markets and communities in the foreseeable future in an effort to concentrate a greater amount of our land inventory in areas that have the attractive characteristics referred to above. We also intend to continue to combine our land development expertise with our homebuilding operations to increase the flexibility of our business, to enhance our margin performance and to control the timing of delivery of lots.

Over the next twelve months our goal is to further focus our offerings on targeted customer groups. We aim to identify the preferences of our target customer and demographic groups and offer them innovative, high-quality homes that are efficient and profitable to build. To achieve this goal, we intend to continue our market research to determine preferences of our customer groups.

We will also seek to grow through selective acquisitions in both existing markets and new markets that exhibit positive long-term fundamentals. For example, on December 31, 2012 we acquired Darling, a Texas- based homebuilder, which gives us a presence in the Dallas market and expands our presence in the Houston market. See “Summary—Recent Developments.” In connection with our growth strategy over the near term, we intend to opportunistically access the debt and equity capital markets. For instance, following this offering, we expect to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital to help fund the growth of our business, subject to market and other conditions. We would expect to use the proceeds of any such financing for general corporate purposes and to fund future growth.

Factors Affecting Comparability of Results

You should read this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of our Financial Condition and Results of Operations in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Below are the period-to-period comparisons of our historical results and the analysis of our financial condition. In addition to the impact of the matters discussed in “Risk Factors,” our future results could differ materially from our historical results due to a variety of factors, including the following:

Liquidity

As a result of the Acquisition, our former parent Taylor Wimpey plc no longer provides financing support for our operations. We therefore rely on our ability to finance our operations by generating operating cash flows, borrowing under our Revolving Credit Facility and our existing Canadian credit facilities or accessing the debt and equity capital markets. We also rely on our independent ability to obtain performance, payment and completion surety bonds, and letters of credit to finance our projects. We believe that we can fund our current and foreseeable liquidity needs from the cash generated from operations and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility and our existing Canadian letter of credit facilities. See “—Overview of Capital Resources and Liquidity.”

The Acquisition and Financing Transactions and Basis of Presentation

On July 13, 2011, TMM and its subsidiaries acquired 100% of the issued share capital of TMC and Monarch Corporation for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $1.2 billion. The Acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase under ASC Topic 805, “ Business Combinations .” As a result of the change in ownership, our historical financial data for periods prior to the July 13, 2011 Acquisition (the predecessor periods) are derived from

 

73


Table of Contents

the historical financial statements of our predecessor, the North American business of Taylor Wimpey plc, which financial statements have been prepared using the historical cost basis of accounting that existed prior to the Acquisition. Our financial statements for periods from and after the July 13, 2011 Acquisition (the successor period) are derived from the financial statements of TMM, which already reflect adjustments made as a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition. Therefore, the financial information for the predecessor periods is not comparable with that for the successor period.

In connection with the Acquisition, we incurred indebtedness, including $625.0 million of borrowings under the Sponsor Loan, $125.0 million of which was repaid through working capital in August 2011 pursuant to our recapitalization plan, $350.0 million of which was refinanced by the offering of the senior notes and $150.0 million of which was contributed or transferred to a subsidiary of TMM. We also have the ability to borrow under our Revolving Credit Facility and Canadian letter of credit facilities from time to time as warranted by business needs. Since we operated largely as a stand-alone company prior to the Acquisition, we have not incurred significant incremental general and administrative expenses as a result of the separation from Taylor Wimpey plc. Additional cost savings within the organization may be achieved in the future. However, we cannot accurately predict, and there can be no assurances as to, the extent of any such savings.

Certain results for 2011 are presented to reflect the arithmetically combined historical results from the predecessor period from January 1, 2011 to July 12, 2011 and the successor period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011. This presentation may yield results that are not directly comparable on a period-to-period basis with those in predecessor periods because of differences in accounting basis due to the change of ownership resulting from the Acquisition. The cost of home closings and the cost of land closings were the only line items directly impacted in any material respect by the purchase accounting adjustments described below (although the effects of such adjustments are carried through to the items below such line items in our statement of operations). For purposes of this prospectus, however, we believe that it is most meaningful to present its results of operations for 2011 in this manner. The combined historical results for 2011 are not necessarily indicative of what the results for the period would have been had the Acquisition actually occurred as of January 1, 2011.

Home closings and land sales that occurred during the predecessor period do not reflect any purchase accounting adjustments to costs of home closings and costs of land closings, while home closings and land sales occurring during the successor period do reflect such purchase accounting adjustments to the cost of home closings and cost of land closings. The carrying values of home and land inventory were both increased and decreased in adjusting their carrying values to fair market value as of the closing of the Acquisition through the application of purchase accounting. Such adjustments may result in higher or lower costs of home and land closings in the successor period and future periods as compared to the predecessor period. For the successor period from July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011, such adjustments increased our cost of home closings by $38.9 million and our cost of land closings by $0.9 million. For the successor year ended December 31, 2012, such adjustments increased our cost of home closings by $6.9 million and decreased our cost of land closings by $1.6 million.

You should read this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in conjunction with the information provided in “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Information,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” and our historical consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Recent Developments

On December 31, 2012, Taylor Morrison, Inc., through its subsidiary Darling Homes of Texas, LLC, acquired the assets of Darling, a Texas-based homebuilder. Darling builds homes under the Darling Homes brand for move-up buyers in approximately 24 communities in the Dallas-Fort Worth Metroplex and 20 communities in the Greater Houston Area markets. Darling is a well-established builder whose products complement our existing product lines in Texas. We believe the acquisition of Darling has given us a strong presence in the Dallas homebuilding market and will expand our current operations in Houston.

 

74


Table of Contents

The consideration for the acquisition of the Darling assets included an initial cash payment of $115.0 million, which is subject to post-closing adjustment under certain circumstances. A portion of this amount was financed by $50.0 million of borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. Approximately $26.0 million of additional consideration for the acquisition was financed by the sellers. In connection with the preliminary purchase price allocation for the acquisition, we recorded $15.5 million of goodwill and $9.1 million of intangible assets with finite useful lives, consisting of $1.3 million with respect to a trade name, $4.7 million of lot option contracts and land supplier relationships, $0.2 million of favorable leases and $2.9 million of non-compete covenants. Additionally, we incurred $1.8 million of transaction costs which were recorded as other expense. The purchase price allocation for the Darling acquisition is subject to change. Darling operates as part of our East region, so the goodwill recorded as part of the Darling acquisition has been recorded in the East region.

Exchange of Class J Units in TMM

At the consummation of this offering, we estimate that we will record a one-time non-cash charge of $             million (based on the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and certain other factors) relating to the exchange of Class J Units in TMM (described in Note 19 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus) for Class J Units in the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. The charge will be offset in the equity of TMHC.

Non-GAAP Measures

In addition to the results reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we have provided information in this prospectus relating to “adjusted home closings gross margin,” “EBITDA,” “Adjusted EBITDA” and the results of “unconsolidated joint ventures.”

Results of unconsolidated joint ventures

References to the information or results of “unconsolidated joint ventures” refer to our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures in Canada and are included as non-GAAP measures because they are accounted for under the equity method. We believe that such results are useful to investors as an indication of the level of business activity of our joint ventures in Canada as well as the potential for cash and revenue generation from those joint ventures.

Adjusted gross margins

We calculate adjusted gross margin from U.S. GAAP gross margin by adding impairment charges attributable to the write-down of operating communities and the amortization of capitalized interest through cost of revenue. We also discuss adjusted home closings gross margin, which is calculated by adding back to home closings gross margin the capitalized interest amortization and impairment charges related to the homes closed. Adjusted land closings gross margin is calculated similarly. Management uses our adjusted gross margin measures to evaluate our performance on a consolidated basis as well as the performance of our regions. We believe these adjusted gross margins are relevant and useful to investors for evaluating our performance. These measures are considered non-GAAP financial measures and should be considered in addition to, rather than as a substitute for, the comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures as measures of our operating performance. Although other companies in the homebuilding industry report similar information, the methods used may differ. We urge investors to understand the methods used by other companies in the homebuilding industry to calculate gross margins and any adjustments to such amounts before comparing our measures to those of such other companies.

 

75


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA measures performance by adjusting net income (loss) to exclude interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), management fees for certain legal, administrative and other related back-office functions paid prior to the Acquisition to Taylor Wimpey plc, our former parent, and management fees to our Principal Equityholders following the Acquisition, land inventory impairments, lot option write-offs related to non-exercised lot options, stock option expenses related to stock options linked to the stock of Taylor Wimpey plc, non-cash compensation expenses, the reversal of the 2007 severance and restructuring accrual related to the merger of our predecessor companies (Taylor Woodrow and Morrison Homes), royalties for certain intellectual property rights paid to Taylor Wimpey plc prior to the Acquisition, expenses related to the early extinguishment of debt and transaction fees, expenses and indemnification losses related to the Acquisition. Management believes that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors regarding our results of operations because it assists both investors and management in analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of our business. Adjusted EBITDA provides an indicator of general economic performance that is not affected by fluctuations in interest rates or effective tax rates, or levels of depreciation or amortization. Accordingly, our management believes that this measurement is useful for comparing general operating performance from period to period. Furthermore, the agreements governing our indebtedness contain covenants and other tests based on metrics similar to Adjusted EBITDA. The method of calculating Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented in this prospectus does not differ in any material respect from the method used for calculating Adjusted EBITDA for the corresponding periods, if they were used for purposes of our indebtedness covenants. Our indebtedness covenants are generally based on Adjusted EBITDA for the trailing twelve-month period, a period not presented in this prospectus. Nevertheless, based on conditions existing at the time of calculation, the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA for the indebtedness covenants may, in the future, include items (including items deemed non-recurring or unusual and certain pro forma cost savings) that are different from those that are currently reflected in the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus. Other companies may define Adjusted EBITDA differently and, as a result, our measure of Adjusted EBITDA may not be directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA of other companies. Although we use Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure to assess the performance of our business, the use of Adjusted EBITDA is limited because it does not include certain material costs, such as interest and taxes, necessary to operate our business. Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, net income in accordance with U.S. GAAP as a measure of performance. Our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an indication that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items. Our EBITDA-based measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

they do not reflect every cash expenditure, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments, including for the purchase of land;

 

   

they do not reflect the significant interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

   

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced or require improvements in the future, and our EBITDA-based measures do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements or improvements;

 

   

they are not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of cash flows;

 

   

they do not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations;

 

   

they do not reflect limitations on our costs related to transferring earnings from our subsidiaries to us; and

 

   

other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

 

76


Table of Contents

Because of these limitations, our EBITDA-based measures should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business or as measures of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations. We compensate for these limitations by using our EBITDA-based measures along with other comparative tools, together with U.S. GAAP measurements, to assist in the evaluation of operating performance. These U.S. GAAP measurements include operating income (loss), net income (loss), cash flows from operations and cash flow data. We have significant uses of cash flows, including capital expenditures, interest payments, debt principal repayments, taxes and other non-recurring charges, which are not reflected in our EBITDA-based measures.

Our EBITDA-based measures are not intended as alternatives to net income (loss) as indicators of our operating performance, as alternatives to any other measure of performance in conformity with U.S. GAAP or as alternatives to cash flow provided by operating activities as measures of liquidity. You should therefore not place undue reliance on our EBITDA-based measures or ratios calculated using those measures. Our U.S. GAAP-based measures can be found in our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated:

 

     Successor     Arithmetically
Combined
(Predecessor/
Successor)
    Successor            Predecessor  
(in thousands)    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
           January 1
to
July 12,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 
           (unaudited)                           

Statement of Operations Data:

               

Home closings revenue

   $ 1,369,452      $ 1,331,285      $ 731,216           $ 600,069      $ 1,273,160   

Land closings revenue

     44,408        24,296        10,657             13,639        12,116   

Financial services revenue

     21,861        14,606        8,579             6,027        12,591   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     1,435,721        1,370,187        750,452             619,735        1,297,867   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of home closings

     1,077,525        1,066,425        591,891             474,534        1,003,172   

Cost of land closings

     35,884        15,716        8,583             7,133        6,028   

Inventory impairments

     —          —          —               —          4,054   

Mortgage Operations expenses

     11,266        8,313        4,495             3,818        7,246   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Gross margin

     311,046        279,733        145,483             134,250        277,367   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales, commissions, and other marketing costs

     80,907        76,442        36,316             40,126        85,141   

General and administrative expenses

     60,444        68,626        32,883             35,743        66,232   

Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities

     (22,964     (8,050     (5,247          (2,803     (5,319

Interest expense (income), net

     (2,446     (2,926     (3,867          941        40,238   

Transaction expenses

     —          39,442        39,442             —          —     

Indemnification expense

     13,034        12,850        12,850             —          —     

Other (income) expense, net

     3,567        (8,350     2,308             (10,658     2,351   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     7,953        —          —               —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     170,551        177,463        30,798             70,901        88,724   

Income tax (benefit) provision

     (260,297     40,065        4,031             20,881        (1,878
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     430,848        137,398        26,767             50,020        90,602   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (28     (5,300     (1,178          (4,122     (3,235
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to owners

   $ 430,820      $ 71,487      $ 25,589           $ 45,898      $ 87,367   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents

For additional information on pro forma adjustments, see “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”

Key Results

Key financial results as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the same period in 2011 (on an arithmetically combined predecessor/successor basis), were as follows:

 

   

Net sales orders, including unconsolidated joint venture net sales orders, increased 12% from 4,129 homes to 4,630 homes. Our East region increased, from 1,617 homes to 2,077 homes, while our West region increased from 947 homes to 1,661 homes. Our Canada region, including our share of joint ventures, decreased from 1,565 to 892 homes.

 

   

Homes closed, including unconsolidated joint venture closings, increased 2% from 3,920 homes to 4,014 homes, with an increase in the average selling price of those homes closed of 5% to $364,000.

 

   

Total revenues (home closings, land closings and financial services) increased 4.8%, from $1.371 billion to $1.436 billion.

 

   

Total operating gross margin increased from 20.4% to 21.7%.

 

   

SG&A (including overhead on direct selling costs and other marketing costs) decreased 2.5% from $145.1 million to $141.4 million, and SG&A as a percentage of total revenues declined from 10.6% to 9.8%.

 

   

No inventory impairments were recorded in 2012 or 2011.

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA was $228.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $186.9 million in the corresponding prior year period.

 

   

Sales order backlog, including unconsolidated joint venture backlog, increased 48% to $1.4 billion. This amount includes $326.9 million of high-rise closings scheduled to be completed after December 31, 2013.

 

   

Cash and cash equivalents totaled $300.6 million, compared to $279.3 million at December 31, 2011.

 

   

Total owned and controlled lots increased 38.1% to 43,987 lots as compared to December 31, 2011.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

Data for the year ended December 31, 2011 represent the arithmetic sum of predecessor and successor results while data for the year ended December 31, 2012 represent successor results, except where noted.

Average Active Selling Communities

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2011      Change  

East

     74.6         82.6         (9.7 )% 

West

     33.2         37.6         (11.7

Canada

     14.0         14.4         (3.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Subtotal

     121.8         134.6         (9.5

Unconsolidated joint ventures(1)

     6.9         5.3         30.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     128.7         139.9         (8.0 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Represents the average number of total communities in which our joint ventures were actively selling during the period.

 

78


Table of Contents

Average active selling communities declined 8.0% from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012 with the largest decrease in the West region, primarily due to the close out of some vintage selling communities during the ordinary course of business and the timing of new community openings coming to market. We expect to open new communities throughout all of our markets during 2013, mostly in our West Florida, Phoenix and Houston divisions, where demand and our land positions afford us the opportunity. We expect to recognize home closings in 2013 from the communities we open during that period.

Net Sales Orders

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands )(1)    Net Homes Sold     Sales Value     Average Selling Price  
     2012      2011      Change     2012      2011      Change     2012      2011      Change  

East

     2,077         1,617         28.4   $ 692,287       $ 498,445         38.9   $ 333       $ 308         8.1   

West

     1,661         947         75.4        612,428         320,907         90.8        369         339         8.8   

Canada

     744         1,420         (47.6     309,584         512,037         (39.5     416         361         15.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Subtotal

     4,482         3,984         12.5        1,614,299         1,331,389         21.2        360         334         7.8   

Unconsolidated joint ventures(2)

     148         145         1.7        34,085         32,876         3.7        230         227         1.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     4,630         4,129         12.1      $ 1,648,384       $ 1,364,265         20.8      $ 356       $ 330         7.8   

Canada (CAD$)

     744         1,420         (47.6     308,605         506,196         (39.0     415         356         16.4   

Canada JV proportionate share (CAD$)

     148         145         1.7   $ 33,696       $ 32,501         3.7   $ 228       $ 224         1.9

 

(1) Net sales orders represent the number and dollar value of new sales contracts executed with customers. High-rise sales are generally not recognized until a building is approved for construction. High-rise sales typically do not close in the year sold. Other sales are recognized after a contract is signed and the rescission period has ended.
(2) Includes only proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures.

Sales Order Cancellations—Units

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     Cancelled Sales Orders      Cancellation Rate(1)  
     2012      2011      2012     2011  

East

     363         319         14.9     16.5

West

     243         194         12.8        17.0   

Canada

     19         12         2.5        0.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Subtotal/weighted average

     625         525         12.2        11.6   

Unconsolidated joint ventures(2)

     6         2         3.9        1.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total/weighted average

     631         527         12.0     11.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

(1) Cancellation rate represents the number of cancelled sales orders divided by gross sales orders.
(2) Includes only proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures.

The value of net sales orders, including those of unconsolidated joint ventures, increased by 20.8% to $1.648 billion (4,630 homes) in the year ended December 31, 2012, from $1.364 billion (4,129 homes) in the year ended December 31, 2011. The number of net sales orders, including those of unconsolidated joint ventures, increased 12.1% in the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. These results were impacted by the strong demand in the spring and summer selling seasons in 2012, during which we benefited from higher selling prices as consumers in the market gained confidence in the values present in the marketplace. The apparent settling and recovery of the market in the United States in areas such as Phoenix, West Florida and Northern California resulted in an increase in the number of units sold and related revenue for

 

79


Table of Contents

the year ended December 31, 2012 over the prior year. The Canada region experienced a decline of 673 units in net new homes sold in the year ended December 31, 2012 when compared to the same period last year, which is attributable to the lower number of wholly owned open communities in the region in the year ended December 31, 2012, and product mix.

Our annual sales order cancellations, including those of unconsolidated joint ventures, increased due to increases in sales volume, from 527 in the year ended December 31, 2011 to 631 in the year ended December 31, 2012. The cancellation rate increased slightly from 11.3% in 2011 to 12.0% for 2012. Our continued scrutiny of potential buyers and use of prequalification strategies helps us maintain a low cancellation rate.

We expect that, to the extent economic and housing market conditions improve in the markets in which we operate, net homes sold and aggregate sales value will increase. Average selling price is dependent to a large degree on which communities are being actively sold.

Sales Order Backlog

 

     As of December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)(1)    Homes in Backlog     Sales Value     Average Selling Price  
     2012      2011      Change     2012      2011      Change     2012      2011      Change  

East

     1,202         467         157.4   $ 474,086       $ 170,085         178.7   $ 394       $ 364         8.3

West

     662         273         142.5        241,947         89,306         170.9        365         327         11.7   

Canada

     1,339         1,444         (7.3     419,607         473,675         (11.4     313         328         (4.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

            

Subtotal

     3,203         2,184         46.7      $ 1,135,640       $ 733,066         54.9      $ 355       $ 336         5.6   

Unconsolidated joint ventures(2)

     909         781         16.4        313,294         249,458         25.6        345         319         7.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

            

Total

     4,112         2,965         38.7      $ 1,448,934       $ 982,524         47.5      $ 352       $ 331         6.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

            

Canada (CAD$)

     1,339         1,444         (7.3     418,311         483,125         (13.4     312         335         (6.6

Canada JV proportionate share (CAD$)

     909         781         16.4   $ 312,326       $ 254,435         22.8   $ 344       $ 326         5.5

 

(1) Sales order backlog represents homes under contract for which revenue has not yet been recognized at the end of the period. Some of the contracts in our sales order backlog are subject to contingencies including mortgage loan approval and buyers selling their existing homes, which can result in cancellations.
(2) Reflects our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures.

Our homes in backlog at December 31, 2012 increased by 38.7% from December 31, 2011. This increase was caused in part by increased consumer demand and the market recovery in the United States, as evidenced by increased sales in 2012. Our backlog of 4,112 homes was valued at $1.449 billion as compared to 2,965 homes at December 31, 2011 valued at $982.5 million. Backlog increased as the business continued to recognize improved sales performance in most of our communities and relieved pent-up consumer demand in some of our markets, which have also experienced price appreciation.

 

80


Table of Contents

Home Closings Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands, except units
data)(1)
   Homes Closed     Sales Value     Average Selling Price  
     2012      2011      Change     2012      2011      Change     2012      2011      Change  

East

     1,661         1,460         13.8   $ 529,686       $ 417,182         27.0   $ 319       $ 286         11.6

West

     1,272         867         46.7        456,512         294,810         54.8        359         340         5.5   

Canada

     849         1,538         (44.8     383,254         619,293         (38.1     451         403         12.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

            

Subtotal

     3,782         3,865         (2.1   $ 1,369,452       $ 1,331,285         2.9      $ 362       $ 344         5.1   

Unconsolidated joint ventures(2)(3)

     232         55         321.8        90,791         28,740         215.9        391         523         (25.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

            

Total

     4,014         3,920         2.4      $ 1,460,243       $ 1,360,025         7.4      $ 364       $ 347         4.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

            

Canada (CAD$)

     849         1,538         (44.8     382,042         612,228         (37.6     450         398         13.0   

Canada JV proportionate share (CAD$)

     232         55         321.8   $ 90,504       $ 28,412         218.5   $ 390       $ 517         (24.5 )% 

 

(1) Home closings revenue represents homes where possession has transferred to the buyer.
(2) Reflects our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures. In 2011 we closed two wholly owned high-rise buildings, while in 2012 only a portion of a single joint venture high-rise building contributed to closings.
(3) Unconsolidated joint venture revenue is not reported as revenue but is recognized as a component of income of unconsolidated entities. Included here on a non-GAAP basis for information purposes only.

Home closings revenue, including unconsolidated joint venture home closings revenue, increased 7.4% from $1.360 billion in the year ended December 31, 2011, to $1.460 billion in the year ended December 31, 2012. Home closings revenue increased from $1.331 billion in the year ended December 31, 2011 to $1.369 billion in the year ended December 31, 2012. The average selling price of homes closed (including unconsolidated joint ventures) during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $364,000 up 4.9% from the $347,000 average in the year ended December 31, 2011. Canada revenues were negatively impacted in 2012 due to the timing and nature of high rise closings. In 2011, we closed two wholly owned joint venture high-rise buildings, which accounted for more than $93 million in revenue on 469 closed units, compared to 2012, when we only recognized $2.4 million of revenue from the sale of two wholly owned high-rise units and had only one joint venture high-rise building close, which revenue was recorded as a component of income of unconsolidated entities and not included in homebuilding revenue. In addition, some markets in which we operate have experienced a robust recovery in recent months. In particular, the Phoenix and West Florida markets have experienced a recovery although their product mix recognized in the period was at a lower price point than our overall average sales price. Also, during 2012, we closed out of vintage communities with higher margins in our West and East regions. These changes in our geographic and product mix have resulted in lower home closings revenue as well as lower home closings gross margins in 2012, compared to 2011. The lower home closings revenue and gross margins we recognized result from a higher portion of sales attributable to deliveries in markets such as Phoenix and West Florida, where the average sales price and specification levels of our homes generally result in lower dollar margins than in other markets in which we operate.

Land Closings Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
($ in thousands)    2012      2011      Change  

East

   $ 28,837       $ 22,531         28.0

West

     4,286         1,765         142.8  

Canada

     11,285         —          n/a   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 44,408       $ 24,296         82.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

81


Table of Contents

Land closings revenue increased 82.8% to $44.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, from $24.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2011. We generally purchase land and lots with the intent to build and sell homes on them. Nevertheless, in some locations where we act as a developer, we occasionally purchase land that includes commercially zoned parcels, which we typically sell to commercial developers, and we also sell residential lots or land parcels to manage our land and lot supply. Land and lot sales occur at various intervals and varying degrees of profitability. Therefore, the revenue and gross margin from land closings fluctuate from period to period.

Home Closings Gross Margin

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our home closings gross margin and our adjusted home closings gross margin. Adjusted gross margins are non-GAAP financial measures calculated based on gross margins, excluding impairments and capitalized interest amortization. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Gross Margins.”

 

     Successor     Combined     Successor            Predecessor  
($ in thousands)    Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
           January 1 to
July 12,
2011
 

Home closings revenue

   $ 1,369,452      $ 1,331,285      $ 731,216           $ 600,069   

Home closings cost of revenue and impairments(a)

     1,077,525        1,066,362        591,900             474,462   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

     291,927        264,923        139,316             125,607   

Impairments

     —         —         —              —    

Capitalized interest amortization

     28,757        28,496        9,531             18,965   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Adjusted home closings gross margin

   $ 320,684      $ 293,419      $ 148,847           $ 144,572   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin %

     21.3     19.9     19.1          20.9

Adjusted home closings gross margin %

     23.4     22.0     20.4          24.1

 

(a) Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating communities and interest amortized through cost of home closings.

Our home closings gross margin increased in the year ended December 31, 2012 to $291.9 million, from $264.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2011. The earned housing profit recognized in connection with the Acquisition impacted 2012 by $6.9 million of margin that would have been contributed to 2012, compared to $38.1 million for the 2011 period. Earned housing profit represents the fair value adjustment to work in process for inventory in construction at the time of the Acquisition. As a percentage of revenue, our home closings gross margin increased 140 basis points, to 21.3% in the year ended December 31, 2012 from 19.9% in the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in home closings gross margin in the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily due to a shift to higher margin product mix across our markets, but particularly in the Northern California, Phoenix and Houston markets, where our move-up homes produced higher margins in the improving markets. Consumer demand in these areas, as well as in certain other markets in which we operate, allowed price increases and we were able to achieve higher margins than in the prior year period.

Adjusted home closings gross margin increased by 9.3% to $320.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, from $293.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, and as a percentage of home closings revenue increased 140 basis points, to 23.4%. The increase in adjusted home closings gross margin was primarily due to our increased margins in Canada, where we recognized an increase from product mix, and to a lesser extent our West region’s Phoenix and Northern California divisions.

 

82


Table of Contents

Segment Gross Margins

East Region

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our East region gross margins (home closings, land closings and home and land closings) and our corresponding East region adjusted gross margins. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Gross Margins.”

 

     Successor     Combined     Successor            Predecessor  
($ in thousands)    Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
           January 1 to
July 12,
2011
 

Home Closings

             

Home closings revenue

   $ 529,686      $ 417,182      $ 237,654           $ 179,528   

Home closings cost of revenue

     421,204        334,523        190,486             144,037   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

     108,482        82,659        47,168             35,491   

Capitalized interest amortization

     9,409        9,837        2,514             7,323   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Adjusted home closings gross margin

   $ 117,891      $ 92,496      $ 49,682           $ 42,814   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin %

     20.5     19.8     19.8          19.8

Adjusted home closings gross margin %

     22.3     22.2     20.9          23.8
 

Land Closings

             

Land closings revenue

   $ 28,837      $ 22,531      $ 9,212           $ 13,319   

Land closings costs of revenues

     25,895        13,823        7,207             6,616   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Land gross margin

     2,942        8,708        2,005             6,703   
 

Capitalized interest amortization

     1,497        1,004        583             421   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Land adjusted gross margin

   $ 4,439      $ 9,712      $ 2,588           $ 7,124   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Land gross margin %

     10.2     38.6     21.8          50.3

Land adjusted gross margin %

     15.4     43.1     28.1          53.5
 

Home and Land Closings

             

Home and land closings revenue

   $ 558,523      $ 439,713      $ 246,866           $ 192,847   

Home and land cost of revenue

     447,099        348,346        197,693             150,653   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Gross margin

     111,424        91,367        49,173             42,194   
 

Capitalized interest amortization

     10,906        10,841        3,097             7,744   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 122,330      $ 102,208      $ 52,270           $ 49,938   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Gross margin %

     19.9     20.8     19.9          21.9

Adjusted gross margin %

     21.9     23.2     21.2          25.9

For the year ended December 31, 2012, home closings revenue in the East region increased by 27.0% compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, driven by an increase in home closing units of 13.8% to 1,661 units, compared to 1,460 units the same period of 2011. Average home closings sales price in the East region increased to $319,000, from $286,000 a year earlier. Net homes sold increased by 28.4% to 2,077 units, compared to 1,617 units a year ago, driving sales order value higher by 38.9% to $692.3 million compared to $498.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 with an average sales price increasing by $25,000, or 8.1%. The number of average active selling communities in the East region was 9.7% lower than the same period last year as the region was able to close out of several legacy communities as market conditions improved. The East region also had an increase in the average monthly sales pace to 2.3 homes per community in 2012, from 1.6 homes per community in 2011. Sales order cancellation rates were 12.0% and 11.3% for the year ended

 

83


Table of Contents

December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Overall, the improvement in East region home closings revenue, sales prices and sales pace has been due primarily to our well-located land positions and were consumer-driven offerings. Management in the region continues to market its offerings and diligently look to reduce customer incentives and other promotions and increase sales prices as market conditions allow. Our experiences to date show continued stability in the Houston and Austin, Texas markets and a positive recovery in the Florida markets that bolstered our backlog.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, home closings gross margin for the East region was 20.5%, compared to 19.8% for the year ended December 31, 2011. East region adjusted home closings gross margin was 22.3% in 2012 compared to 22.2% for 2011. The recovery and improved stabilization of the West Florida market began when consumer demand returned and we were able to leverage land with a low cost basis and produce homes at a higher price point than in the prior year. The Houston market improved from the prior year, as we were able to increase prices on our move-up offerings and maintain stable land and construction costs. In addition, we were able to increase prices on average in the East region by 11.6% in 2012. As a result of the above factors, East region home closings gross margin and adjusted home closings gross margin increased in 2012, compared to 2011. To the extent that the overall U.S. economic recovery and, in particular, the housing market recovery in our East region markets continues, we expect that our margin performance will continue to be favorable.

Land revenue in the East region was $28.8 million in 2012 compared to $22.5 million in 2011. Land sales during the year were the result of planned dispositions and strategic opportunities to monetize those assets where the highest and best use warranted sale. Land closings revenue in 2011 was primarily generated from sales at our consolidated Steiner Ranch Joint Venture in Austin, Texas, and in 2012 at Steiner Ranch and our Old Mill Preserve community in West Florida. Land closings gross margin percentage decreased in 2012 to 10.2% compared to 38.6% 2011, and adjusted land closings gross margin percentage decreased in 2012 to 15.4% from 43.1% in 2011. These decreases were largely due to Acquisition-related purchase accounting increases in the carrying values of the relevant lots that were sold.

 

84


Table of Contents

West Region

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our West region gross margins (home closings, land closings and home and land closings) and our corresponding West region adjusted gross margins. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Gross Margins.”

 

     Successor     Combined     Successor            Predecessor  
($ in thousands)    Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
           January 1 to
July 12,
2011
 

Home Closings

             

Home closings revenue

   $ 456,512      $ 294,810      $ 152,552           $ 142,258   

Home closings cost of revenues

     374,775        252,122        129,654             122,468   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

     81,737        42,688        22,898             19,790   

Capitalized interest amortization

     9,474        12,713        1,895             10,818   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Adjusted home closings gross margin

   $ 91,211      $ 55,401      $ 24,793           $ 30,608   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin %

     17.9     14.5     15.0          13.9

Adjusted home closings gross margin %

     20.0     18.8     16.3          21.5

Land Closings

             

Land closings revenue

   $ 4,286      $ 1,765      $ 1,445           $ 320   

Land closings cost of revenue

     1,401        1,406        1,367             39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Land gross margin

     2,885        359        78             281   

Capitalized interest

     32        36        —               36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Land adjusted gross margin

   $ 2,917      $ 395      $ 78           $ 317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Land gross margin %

     67.3     20.3     5.4          87.8

Land adjusted gross margin %

     68.1     22.4     5.4          99.1

Home and Land Closings

             

Home and land closings revenue

   $ 460,798      $ 296,575      $ 153,997           $ 142,578   

Home and land cost of revenue

     376,176        253,528        131,021             122,507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Gross margin

     84,622        43,047        22,976             20,071   

Capitalized interest

     9,506        12,749        1,895             10,854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 94,128      $ 55,796      $ 24,871           $ 30,925   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Gross margin %

     18.4     14.5     14.9          14.1

Adjusted gross margin %

     20.4     18.8     16.2          21.7

The West region closed 405 more units in the year ended December 31, 2012 than in the same period last year. This increase in units closed and a 5.5% increase in average selling price during the year ended December 31, 2012 resulted in an additional $161.7 million of home closings revenue, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The West region has experienced the largest increase in net sales of all of our segments when comparing the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 recognizing that a number of markets in the West region experienced artificially low demand during the market downturn. We sold 1,272 units in the West region in the year ended December 31, 2012, which represents a 46.7% increase compared to last year. Net sales order value increased to $612.4 million from $320.9 million, or 90.8% higher, when comparing the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively. The average selling price increased 8.8%, or $30,000, in the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period last year. The number of average active selling communities in the West region declined 11.7% when compared to the same period last year. The average sales per outlet per month for the years ending December 31 2012 and 2011 were 4.2 and 2.1, respectively. Overall, during the year ended December 31, 2012, revenues and sales pace improved in the West region compared to the same period in 2011 primarily due to housing market recoveries in the

 

85


Table of Contents

Phoenix and Northern California markets. We continue to see strong demand in these markets and are systematically releasing product into the marketplace to capture and maintain increased operating margins, as evidenced by the 11.7% increase in average sales price of our backlog units.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, home closings gross margin for the West region was 17.9%, compared to 14.5% for 2011. Adjusted home closings gross margin in the West region increased by 120 basis points in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in home closings gross margin and adjusted home closings gross margin was primarily due to our ability to control our construction costs while increasing our average selling price by 5.5% in 2012. The Phoenix and Northern California divisions experienced the highest percentage of price increases during the year and also were able to contain construction costs as the volume of construction in those markets allowed us to effectively manage cost pressures on construction materials and labor. If the recovery in our West region markets continues, we expect that our margin performance will continue to be favorable. We believe that the backlog margins in the West region indicate that the recovery in that region has grown more durable.

Land revenue in the West region was $4.3 million in 2012 compared to $1.8 million in 2011. Land sales during the most recent year were the result of planned dispositions and strategic opportunities to monetize those assets where the highest and best use warranted sale.

Canada

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our Canada gross margins (home closings, land closings and home and land closings) and our corresponding Canada adjusted gross margins. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Gross Margins.”

 

     Successor     Combined     Successor            Predecessor  
($ in thousands)    Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
           January 1 to
July 12,
2011
 

Home Closings

             

Home closings revenue

   $ 383,254      $ 619,293      $ 341,010           $ 278,283   

Home closings cost of revenue

     281,546        479,717        271,761             207,956   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

     101,708        139,576        69,249             70,327   

Capitalized interest amortization

     9,874        5,946        5,122             824   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Adjusted home closings gross margin

   $ 111,582      $ 145,522      $ 74,371           $ 71,151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

     26.5     22.5     20.3          25.3

Adjusted home closings gross margin

     29.1     23.5     21.8          25.6
 

Land Closings

             

Land closings revenue

   $ 11,285      $ —        $ —             $ —     

Land closings cost of revenues

     8,588        —          —               —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Land gross margin

     2,697        —          —               —     

Capitalized interest

     30        —          —               —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Land adjusted gross margin

   $ 2,727      $ —        $ —             $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Land gross margin %

     23.9     N/A        N/A             N/A   

Land adjusted gross margin %

     24.2     N/A        N/A             N/A   
 

Home and Land Closings

             

Home and land closings revenue

   $ 394,539      $ 619,293      $ 341,010           $ 278,383   

Home and land cost of revenue

     290,134        479,717        271,760             207,957   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Gross margin

     104,405        139,576        69,250             70,326   

Capitalized interest

     9,904        5,946        5,122             824   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 114,309      $ 145,522      $ 74,372           $ 71,150   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Gross margin %

     26.5     22.5     20.3          25.3

Adjusted gross margin %

     29.0     23.5     21.8          25.6

 

86


Table of Contents

Canada region home closings revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased by 38.1%, to $383.3 million, compared to $619.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The number of home closings units in the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased by 44.8% compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. Canada region revenues and number of closings were affected by timing of high-rise closings. In 2011, we closed two wholly owned high-rise buildings which accounted for more than $93 million in revenue on 469 closed units, while in 2012, we only recognized $2.4 million of revenue from wholly owned high-rise units and only had a single joint venture high-rise building close, which was included as a component of net income of unconsolidated entities and not included in homebuilding revenue. The average home closings sales price was 12.1% higher for the year ended December 31, 2012 when compared to the same period last year. This increase was due to a product mix shift into a larger number of single-family detached homes during 2012, which have higher average sale prices compared to high-rise closings, which were a larger component of our 2011 closings. The Canada region experienced a decline of 676 units in net new homes sold in the year ended December 31, 2012 when compared to the same period last year, which is attributable to the number of open communities in the region, timing of high-rise sales launches and product mix. The average sales per community per month were 4.4 and 8.2 for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The occupancy of two towers in 2011 accounted for a large portion of home closings revenue recorded in 2011. We continue to focus on our margin over volume approach to selling in our communities. Average sales price increased by $55,000 or 15.4%, and average sales value declined 39.5% when comparing the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively. The decline in home sales from fewer wholly owned communities and a product mix change have contributed to the reduced sales values during 2012. Our total sales value was $309.6 million, compared to $512.0 million a year earlier.

Home closings gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2012 for the Canada region was 26.5%, compared to 22.5% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The adjusted home closings gross margin for the Canada region was 560 basis points higher in 2012, when compared to 2011. The increases in home closings gross margin and adjusted home closings gross margin were due to a shift into higher margin single-family detached and attached homes. Currently we anticipate, in light of slowing job growth in Ontario relative to the recent past, ongoing global economic uncertainty and increasing units under construction, that growth in the Ontario housing market will moderate in the near term.

Land closings revenue for the Canada region was $11.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, while there was no land closings revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011. We made these land sales as part of our land management strategy when determining the highest and best use of the property.

 

87


Table of Contents

Financial Services

Our Financial Services segment, which provides mortgage lending through TMHF and title services in certain markets, is highly dependent on our sales and closings volumes. Our Financial Services segment’s revenue increased from $14.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 to $21.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, due primarily to increased closings volume and average loan amounts. The increase in gross margin was driven primarily by the same factors, from 1,495 and $250,479, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2011, to 2,001 and $264,723, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

     Successor     Combined     Successor            Predecessor  
($ in thousands)    Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
           January 1 to
July 12,
2011
 

Financial services revenue

   $ 21,861      $ 14,606      $ 8,579           $ 6,027   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Financial services cost of sales

     11,266        8,313        4,495             3,818   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Financial services gross margin

     10,595        6,293        4,084             2,209   

Impairments

     —         —         —              —    

Other

     —         —         —               —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Adjusted financial services margin

   $ 10,595      $ 6,293      $ 4,084           $ 2,209   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Financial services margin %

     48.5     43.1     47.6          36.7

Adjusted financial services margin %

     48.5     43.1     47.6          36.7

Sales, Commissions and Other Marketing Costs

For the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, sales, commissions, and other marketing costs such as advertising and sales office expenses were $80.9 million and $76.4 million, respectively, reflecting the 5.1% increase in average selling price, partially offset by a 2.1% decrease in homes closed. Our U.S. regions tend to have higher per-unit commissions, so our mix of commissions paid shifted more towards our U.S. operations, where we closed 26% more homes in 2012 as compared to 2011.

General and Administrative Expenses

For the year ended December 31, 2012, general and administrative expenses were $60.4 million as compared to $68.6 million in the same period in 2011, which was a 12.0% decrease. General and administrative expenses were 4.2% as a percentage of total home closings revenue in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to 5.2% in the same period in 2011 due in part to certain one-time reversals of legal reserves of $9.1 million from a favorable litigation settlement during 2012 as well as our diligent cost containment strategy as we actively pursue synergies within the business and were therefore able to reduce professional consulting fee expenses.

Equity in Net Income of Unconsolidated Entities

Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities was $23.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in income was due to the timing and progress of joint venture projects, particularly the closing of high-rise condominiums in the Canada region which began occupancy in 2012.

Interest Expense (Income)

Interest expense represents interest incurred, but not capitalized on our long-term debt and other borrowings. Purchase accounting from the Acquisition eliminated the accumulated capitalized interest on the balance sheet as of the Acquisition date. Interest expense (income), net for the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2011, was

 

88


Table of Contents

$(2.5) million and $(2.9) million, respectively. While we had a higher level of cash and cash equivalents during 2012 than in 2011, Taylor Wimpey plc paid interest on certain cash deposits it held on our behalf in the 2011 period, which did not occur in 2012.

Other (Income) Expense, net

Other (income) expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $3.6 million of expense as compared to ($8.4) million of income in the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in expense is primarily driven by increased insurance losses from our captive insurance company of $2.1 million, and to a lesser extent, $1.8 million of acquisition costs related to our acquisition of Darling and reduced golf course fees of $1.4 million and general contracting fees of $1.2 million.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

During 2012, we prepaid $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan with proceeds from the senior notes. The remaining $150.0 million of the Sponsor Loan was exchanged for equity interests. The Sponsor Loans that were retired had been borrowed at a discount of 2.5%, consequently, the $7.9 million of unamortized portion of the discount was written off during 2012 to expense.

Income Tax (Benefit) Expense

Income tax expense for December 31, 2012 was a $260.3 million income tax benefit compared to a $24.9 million income tax expense for the comparable period in 2011. Our Canadian operations generated taxable income in each period and recorded tax expense at their effective rate. In the year ended December 31, 2012, our U.S. operations recorded a benefit primarily related to the reversal of prior valuation allowances on deferred tax assets of $334.6 million as we achieved a three year cumulative profit in the fourth quarter and there was other evidence supporting the reversal of uncertain tax positions under ASC Topic 740, “ Income Taxes ” that we effectively settled with the IRS during the period in the amount of $15.0 million. In the year ended December 31, 2011, our U.S. operations recorded benefits primarily related to reversal of prior uncertain tax positions under ASC Topic 740, “ Income Taxes ” that we effectively settled with the IRS during the periods and expense related to interest on those uncertain positions.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Data for 2011 is presented on an arithmetically combined predecessor/successor basis, except where noted.

Average Active Selling Communities

 

     2011      2010      % Change  

East

     82.6         79.2         4.3

West

     37.6         48.1         (21.9

Canada

     14.4         15.6         (7.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Subtotal

     134.6         143.0         (5.9

Unconsolidated joint ventures(1)

     5.3         5.8         (8.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     139.8         148.7         (6.0 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Represents the average number of total communities in which our joint ventures were actively selling over such time period.

Average active selling communities declined 6.0% from 2010 to 2011 with the largest decrease in the West, primarily related to closeout communities as part of our ordinary course repositioning of the land portfolio out of less desirable submarkets to submarkets that exhibit the attractive characteristics we believe our customers want, such as good access to schools, shopping, recreation and transportation facilities.

 

89


Table of Contents

Net Sales Orders

 

    Net Sales Orders(1)
Year Ended
December 31,
 
    Net Homes Sold     Value (in thousands)     Average Selling Price
(in thousands)
 
    2011     2010     % Change     2011     2010     % Change     2011     2010     % Change  

East

    1,617        1,405        15.1   $ 498,445      $ 366,102        36.1   $ 308      $ 261        18.3

West

    947        914        3.6        320,907        290,198        10.6        339        318        6.7   

Canada

    1,420        1,028        38.1        512,037        448,938        14.1        361        437        (17.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

         

Subtotal

    3,984        3,347        19.0        1,331,389        1,105,238        20.5        334        330        1.2   

Unconsolidated joint ventures(2)

    145        343        (57.7     32,876        55,961        (41.3     227        163        38.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

         

Total

    4,129        3,690        11.9   $ 1,364,265      $ 1,161,199        17.5   $ 330      $ 315        5.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

     Sales Order Cancellations
Year Ended December 31,
 
     Cancelled Sales Orders      Cancellation Rate(3)  
     2011      2010      2011     2010  

East

     319         403         16.5     22.3

West

     194         217         17.0        19.2   

Canada

     12         24         0.8        2.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Subtotal/weighted average

     525         644         11.6        16.1   

Unconsolidated joint ventures(2)

     2         1         1.4        0.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total/weighted average

     527         645         11.3     14.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

(1) Net sales orders represent the number and dollar value of new sales contracts executed with customers (gross sales orders), net of cancelled sales orders. High-rise sales are not recognized until a building is approved for construction. High-rise sales typically do not close in the year sold.
(2) Includes only our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures.
(3) Cancellation rate represents the number of cancelled sales orders divided by gross sales orders.

The value of net sales orders, including unconsolidated joint ventures net sales orders, increased 17.5%, to $1,364.3 million (4,129 homes) in 2011, from $1,161.2 million (3,690 homes) in 2010. The number of net sales orders, including unconsolidated joint venture net sales orders, increased 11.9% in 2011 compared to 2010. These results were impacted by increased levels of affordability resulting from lower home sales prices, recent declines in the number of new homes available for sale and a low mortgage interest rate environment. Our net sales increased despite the U.S. federal government’s monetary and fiscal policies and programs, including the federal homebuyer tax credit, which accelerated sales demand during the first half of 2010.

The value of net sales orders increased in the United States largely due to changes in product mix. The average price in 2011 was $319,560, an increase of 12.9% from the $283,010 average in 2010, due to a shift in product mix to higher priced homes.

Our annual sales order cancellation rate, including unconsolidated joint ventures, improved to 11.3% in 2011 from 14.9% in 2010. The improvement was generally a result of an overall improvement in our mortgage qualification process and the improved financial position of our homebuyers.

In Canada, the cancellation rate continues to be negligible due to non-refundable deposit structures and full recourse remedies in our homebuyers’ contracts as well as the effects of market conditions.

 

90


Table of Contents

Sales Order Backlog

 

     Sales Order Backlog(1)
As of December 31,
 
     Homes in Backlog     Value (in thousands)     Average Selling Price
(in thousands)
 
     2011      2010      % Change     2011      2010      % Change     2011      2010      % Change  

East

     467         310         50.6   $ 170,085       $ 103,483         64.4   $ 364       $ 334         9.1

West

     273         193         41.5        89,306         67,020         33.3        327         347         (5.8

Canada

     1,444         1,562         (7.6     473,675         542,783         (12.7     328         347         (5.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

            

Subtotal

     2,184         2,065         5.8        733,067         713,287         2.8        336         345         (2.8

Unconsolidated joint ventures(2)

     781         691         13.1        249,458         217,715         14.6        319         315         1.3   

Total

     2,965         2,756         7.6   $ 982,525       $ 931,002         5.5   $ 331       $ 338         (1.9 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

            

 

(1) Sales order backlog represents homes under contract for which revenue has not yet been recognized at the end of the period. Some of the contracts in our sales order backlog are subject to contingencies including mortgage loan approval and buyers selling their existing homes, which can result in cancellations.
(2) Reflects our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures.

Our homes in backlog at December 31, 2011 increased 7.6% from December 31, 2010 as a result of increased sales and improving market conditions.

Home Closings Revenue

 

     Home Closings Revenue(1)
Year Ended December 31,
 
     Homes Closed     Value (in thousands)     Average Selling Price
(in thousands)
 
     2011      2010     % Change     2011     2010     % Change     2011      2010     % Change  

East

     1,460         1,539        (5.1 )%    $ 417,182      $ 383,283        8.8   $ 286       $ 249        14.7

West

     867         1,031        (15.9     294,810        319,641        (7.8     340         310        9.7   

Canada

     1,538         1,567        (1.9     619,293        570,236        8.6        403         364        10.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

          

Subtotal

     3,865         4,137        (6.6     1,331,285        1,273,160        4.6        344         308        11.9   

Unconsolidated joint ventures(2)

     55         3        1,716.7        28,740 (3)      1,779 (3)      1,515.4 (3)      527         593        (11.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

          

Total

     3,920         4,140        (5.3 )%    $ 1,360,025      $ 1,274,939        6.7   $ 347       $ 308        12.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

          

 

(1) Home closings revenue represents homes where possession has transferred to the buyer.
(2) Reflects our proportionate share of unconsolidated joint ventures.
(3) Unconsolidated joint venture revenue is not reported as revenue but is recognized as a component of income of unconsolidated entities. Included here on a non-GAAP basis for information purposes only.

Home closings revenue, including unconsolidated joint venture home closings revenue, increased 6.7% to $1,360.0 million in 2011, from $1,274.9 million in 2010, despite a 5.3% decrease in homes closed. Home closings revenue rose in 2011 to $1,331.3 million, from $1,273.2 million in 2010. The average selling price of homes closed (including unconsolidated joint ventures) during 2011 was $347,000, up 12.7% from the $308,000 average in 2010. East region home closings revenue increased by 8.8% in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily due to an increase in average selling price largely due to new communities in North Florida, Houston and Austin with higher price points. The 14.7% increase in average selling price was offset by a decrease of 5.1%. West region home closings revenue decreased by 7.8% in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily due to a decrease in home of

 

91


Table of Contents

15.9%. The revenue shortfall was partially offset by a 9.7% increase in the average selling price to $340,000. The increase in average selling price was achieved in all West divisions, but the increase was especially large in California. Canada region home closings revenue, including unconsolidated joint venture home closings revenue, of $28.7 million, increased 13.3% to $648.0 million in 2011 compared to $572.0 million in 2010, as a result of an increase in total home closings of 1.4% and a mix shift to higher-priced product.

Land Closings Revenue

 

     Land Closings Revenue
Year Ended December 31,
 
     Value (in thousands)  
     2011      2010      % Change  

East

   $ 22,531       $ 7,225         211.8

West

     1,765         —           n/a   

Canada

     —           4,891         (100.0 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 24,296       $ 12,116         100.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Land closings revenue increased 100.5% to $24.3 million in 2011, from $12.1 million in 2010. Fluctuations in land closings revenue are a function of how we manage our inventory levels in various markets. Land closings revenue in the United States was primarily generated by sales in our consolidated Steiner Ranch Joint Venture in Austin, Texas.

Home Closings Gross Margin

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our home closings gross margin and our adjusted home closings gross margin. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Gross Margins.”

 

     Successor     Combined            Predecessor  
($ in thousands)    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
           January 1
to July 12,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Home closings revenue

   $ 731,216      $ 1,331,285           $ 600,069      $ 1,273,160   

Home closings cost of revenue and impairments(a)

     591,891        1,066,425             474,534        1,005,178   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

     139,325        264,860             125,535        267,982   

Add:

             

Impairments

     —          —               —          2,006   

Capitalized interest amortization

     9,531        28,496             18,965        36,695   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted home closings gross margin

   $ 148,856      $ 293,356           $ 144,500      $ 306,683   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin %

     19.1     19.9          20.9     21.0

Adjusted home closings gross margin %

     20.4     22.0          24.1     24.1

 

(a) Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating communities and interest amortized through cost of home closings.

Our home closings gross margin declined slightly in 2011 to $264.9 million, from $268.0 million in 2010. As a percentage of revenue, our home closings gross margin declined 210 bps, from 21.0% in 2010 to 19.9% in 2011.

In 2011, adjusted home closings gross margin decreased by 5.3% to $293.4 million in 2011, from $309.7 million in 2010, and as a percentage of home closings revenue decreased 230 bps, to 22.0%. The decline in adjusted home closings gross margin and home closings gross margin was driven primarily by the impact of purchase accounting on homes under construction at the date of Acquisition that subsequently closed by year end. These homes were impacted by both write-up and write-down adjustments. See “—Factors Affecting the Comparability of Results—The Acquisition and Financing Transactions and Basis of Presentation.”

 

92


Table of Contents

Segment Gross Margins

East Region

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our East region gross margins (home closings, land closings and home and land closings) and our corresponding East region adjusted gross margins. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Gross Margins.”

 

     Successor     Combined            Predecessor  
($ in thousands)    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
           January 1
to July 12,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Home Closing

             

Home closings revenue

   $ 237,654      $ 417,182           $ 179,528      $ 383,283   

Home closings cost of revenue

     190,486        334,523             144,037        306,639   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

     47,168        82,659             35,491        76,644   

Add:

             

Capitalized interest amortization

     2,514        9,837             7,323        14,225   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted home closings gross margin

   $ 49,682      $ 92,496           $ 42,814      $ 90,869   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin %

     19.8     19.8          19.8     20.0

Adjusted home closings gross margin %

     20.9     22.1          23.8     23.7
 

Land Closings

             

Land closings revenue

   $ 9,212      $ 22,531           $ 13,319      $ 7,225   

Land closings cost of revenues

     7,207        13,823             6,616        3,064   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Land gross margin

     2,005        8,708             6,703        4,161   
 

Capitalized interest amortization

     583        1,004             421        165   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Land adjusted gross margin

   $ 2,005      $ 9,712           $ 7,124      $ 4,326   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Land gross margin %

     21.8     38.6          50.3     57.6

Land adjusted gross margin %

     28.1     43.1          53.5     59.9
 

Home and Land Closing

             

Home and land closings revenue

   $ 246,866      $ 439,713           $ 192,847      $ 390,508   

Home and land cost of revenues

     197,693        348,346             150,653      $ 309,703   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     49,173        91,367             42,194        80,805   
 

Capitalized interest amortization

     3,097        10,841             7,744        14,390   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 52,270        102,208           $ 49,938      $ 95,195   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin %

     19.9     20.8          21.9     20.7

Adjusted gross margin %

     21.2     23.2          25.9     24.4

East region home closings gross margin increased in 2011 to $82.7 million, from $76.6 million in 2010. As a percentage of revenue, East region home closings gross margin declined 20 bps, to 19.8% in 2011 from 20% in 2010.

East region adjusted home closings gross margin increased by 1.8%, to $92.5 million in 2011, from $90.9 million in 2010. The East region’s adjusted home closings gross margin percentage decreased 160 bps to 22.1% in 2011 compared to 23.7% in 2010. The decrease in adjusted home closings gross margin was primarily a result of the negative impact of purchase accounting on home inventory under construction at the date of the Acquisition. Decreased adjusted home closings gross margin related to purchase accounting adjustments for homes under construction totaled $7.9 million.

 

93


Table of Contents

Land closings revenue increased in 2011 compared to 2010 due to sales at our consolidated Steiner Ranch Joint Venture in Austin, Texas. Land closings gross margin percentage decreased in 2011 to 38.6% from 57.6% in 2010, and adjusted land closings gross margin percentage decreased in 2011 to 43.1% from 59.9% in 2011. These decreases were largely due to Acquisition-related purchase accounting increases in the carrying values of the relevant lots.

West Region

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our West region gross margins (home closings, land closings and home and land closings) and our corresponding West region adjusted gross margins. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Gross Margins.”

 

     Successor     Combined           Predecessor  
($ in thousands)    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
          January 1 to
July 12,
2011
     Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Home Closings

             

Home closings revenue

   $ 152,552      $ 294,810          $ 142,258       $ 319,641   

Home closings cost of revenue and impairments(a)

     129,654        252,122            122,468         273,782   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

     22,898        42,688            19,790         45,859   

Add:

             

Impairments

     —          —              —           2,006   

Capitalized interest amortization

     1,895        12,713            10,818         22,980   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

West region adjusted home closings gross margin

   $ 24,793      $ 55,401          $ 30,608       $ 70,845   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin %

     15.0     14.5         13.9      14.3

Adjusted home closings gross margin %

     16.3     18.8         21.5      22.2
 

Land Closings

             

Land closings revenue

   $ 1,445      $ 1,765          $ 320       $ —     

Land closings cost of revenue and impairment

     1,367        1,406            39         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Land gross margin

     78        395            281         —     
 

Impairments

     —          —              —           2,048   

Capitalized interest amortization

     —          36            36         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Land adjusted gross margin

   $ 78      $ 395          $ 317       $ 2,048   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Land gross margin %

     5.4     20.3         87.8   

Land adjusted gross margin

     5.4     22.4         99.1   
 

Home and Land Closings

             

Home and land closings revenue

   $ 153,997      $ 296,575          $ 142,578       $ 319,641   

Home and land cost of revenue and
impairments(a)

     131,021        253,528            122,507         273,782   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross margin

     22,976        43,047            20,071         45,859   
 

Impairments

     —          —              —           4,054   

Capitalized interest amortization

     1,895        12,749            10,854         22,980   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 24,871      $ 55,796          $ 30,925       $ 72,893   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross margin %

     14.9     14.5         14.1      14.3

Adjusted gross margin %

     16.2     18.8         21.7      22.8

 

 

(a) Includes impairments attributable to write-downs of operating companies and interest amortized through cost of home closings.

 

94


Table of Contents

West region home closings gross margin declined in 2011 to $42.7 million, from $45.9 million in 2010. As a percentage of revenue, West region home closings gross margin increased 20 bps, to 14.5% in 2011 from 14.3% in 2010.

West region adjusted home closings gross margin decreased by 21.9%, to $55.3 million in 2011, from $70.8 million in 2010. The decrease in both home closings gross margin and adjusted home closings gross margin was primarily a result of the decrease in homes closed as well as the impact of purchase accounting. The decrease in adjusted home closings gross margin percentage was 460 bps, to 18.8% in 2011 from 23.4% in 2010, and resulted primarily from the negative impact of purchase accounting on home inventory under construction at the date of the Acquisition. Decreased margin related to purchase accounting adjustments for homes under construction and over 50% complete at July 31, 2011 totaled $7.8 million. Additionally, the product mix of homes shifted from communities in our higher-margin California markets to our Phoenix markets. West region land closings revenue was not significant in either 2010 or 2011.

Canada

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between our Canada gross margins (home closings, land closings and home and land closings) and our corresponding Canada adjusted gross margins. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Gross Margins.”

 

     Successor     Combined           Predecessor  
($ in thousands)    July 13 to
December 31,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
          January 1 to
July 12,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Home Closings

            

Home closings revenue

   $ 341,010      $ 619,293          $ 278,283      $ 570,236   

Home closings cost of revenue

     271,761        479,717            207,956        426,805   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin

     69,249        139,576            70,327        143,431   

Add:

            

Capitalized interest amortization

     5,122        5,946            824        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted home closings gross margin

   $ 74,371      $ 145,522          $ 71,151      $ 143,431   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Home closings gross margin %

     20.3     22.5         25.3     25.2

Adjusted home closings gross margin %

     21.8     23.5         25.6     25.2
 

Land Closings

            

Land closings revenue

   $ —        $ —            $ —        $ 4,891   

Land closings cost of revenues

     —          —              —          2,964   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Land gross margin

   $ —        $ —            $ —        $ 1,927   

Capitalized interest amortization

     —          —              —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Land adjusted gross margin

   $ —        $ —            $ —        $ 1,927   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Land gross margin %

     N/A        N/A            N/A        39.4

Land adjusted gross margin %

     N/A        N/A            N/A        39.4
 

Home and Land Closings

            

Home and land closings revenue

   $ 341,010      $ 619,293          $ 278,283      $ 575,127   

Home and land cost of revenue

     271,760        479,717            207,957        429,769   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     69,250        139,576            70,326        145,358   

Capitalized interest amortization

     5,122        5,946            824        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 74,372      $ 145,522          $ 71,150      $ 145,358   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin %

     20.3     22.5         25.3     25.3

Adjusted gross margin %

     21.8     23.5         25.6     25.3

 

95


Table of Contents

Canada home closings gross margin declined in 2011 to $139.6 million, from $143.4 million in 2010. As a percentage of revenue, Canada home closings gross margin declined 270 bps, to 22.5% in 2011 from 25.2% in 2010.

Canada adjusted home closings gross margin increased by 1.5%, to $145.5 million in 2011, from $143.4 million in 2010. Adjusted home closings gross margin percentage decreased 170 bps to 23.5% in 2011 compared to 25.2% in 2010. The decrease in both home closings gross margin and adjusted home closings gross margin resulted primarily from increased land cost of sales related to the write-up of the Canadian assets through purchase accounting adjustments.

The Canada region did not have any land closings revenue in 2011. Canada land closings revenue in 2010 related to the sale of our Topper Woods community.

Financial Services Gross Margin

 

     2011     2010  
($ in thousands)    Total
Financial
Services
Revenue
     Financial
Services
Gross
Margin
     % of
Revenue
    Total
Financial
Services
Revenue
     Financial
Services
Gross
Margin
     % of
Revenue
 

Total

   $ 14,606       $ 6,293         43.1   $ 12,591       $ 5,345         42.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Financial services gross margin increased by 17.7% to $6.2 million in 2011, from $5.3 million in 2010, and margin as a percentage of financial services revenue improved by 60 bps to 43.1%. The increase in gross margin was driven primarily by an increase in our closings volume and average loan amount, from 1,701 and $233,700, respectively, in 2010, to 1,495 and $250,479, respectively, in 2011. Additionally, our transition from broker to lender has created service release premiums revenue when loans are sold to a secondary market.

Impaired Communities

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
($ in thousands)    Number of
Communities(1)
     Carrying
Value
Prior to
Impairment
     Fair Value      Impairment  

East

     —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

West

     3         8,462         5,933         2,529   

Canada

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3       $ 8,462       $ 5,933       $ 2,529   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Total communities determined to have been impaired during the year.

During 2011, we did not record inventory impairments. During 2010, we recorded land impairment charges of $2.5 million.

Sales, Commissions and Other Marketing Costs

Sales, commissions and other marketing costs such as advertising and sales office expenses decreased 10.2% in 2011 to $76.4 million, from $85.1 million in 2010. Sales, commissions and other marketing costs as a percentage of total revenues decreased to 5.6% in 2011 from 6.6% in 2010. The decrease was related to cost savings and business optimization measures and the volume decrease in closings, which decreases commission expenses.

 

96


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses, which represent corporate and divisional overhead expenses such as salaries and bonuses, occupancy, insurance and travel expenses, increased 3.6% to $68.6 million in 2011, from $66.2 million in 2010. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenue decreased to 5.0% in 2011, compared to 5.1% in 2010. General and administrative expenses for 2011 reflect our continued concentrated efforts to control overhead expenses but were offset by increased professional expenses related to the Acquisition.

Equity in Net Income of Unconsolidated Entities

Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities, which consists of our share in the earnings or losses of entities not consolidated in our financial results, was $8.1 million in 2011, up $2.7 million from 2010. Our Canadian high-rise development activity occurs, to a large extent, through unconsolidated joint ventures. These projects, which are large in scale and can span several years from concept to completion, represent a large revenue stream that fluctuates and can cause wide variances in quarterly and annual income.

Interest Expense

Interest expense represents interest incurred, but not capitalized, on our long-term debt and other borrowings. During 2011 and 2010, non-capitalizable interest expense was $0 and $40.2 million, respectively. The decrease in expense year over year is a result of higher amount of active assets that qualify for interest capitalization and less overall interest incurred.

Other Income and Other Expense

Other income was $13.0 million in 2011, compared to $10.8 million in 2010. Other income is derived primarily from the operations of our captive insurance company. Other expense was $4.7 million in 2011 compared to $13.2 million in 2010. Other expense includes insurance losses related to our captive insurance company, pre-Acquisition costs for projects not undertaken and carrying costs of our inventory held for long-term development.

Income Tax

Income tax provision for 2011 was $24.9 million compared to a benefit of $1.8 million in 2010. Our Canadian operations generated taxable income in each period and recorded tax expense at their effective rate. The U.S. operations recorded benefits in each period primarily related to reversal of prior uncertain tax positions under ASC Topic 740, “ Income Taxes ” that we effectively settled with the IRS during the periods.

Overview of Capital Resources and Liquidity

Our principal uses of capital in 2011 and 2012 were land and property purchases, lot development, home construction, operating expenses, payment of debt service, income taxes, investments in joint ventures and the payment of various liabilities. Historically, we have used a combination of capital contributions and intercompany borrowings from our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc, and funds generated by operations to meet our short-term working capital requirements. Cash flows for each of our communities depend on the status of the development cycle, and can differ substantially from reported earnings. Early stages of development or expansion require significant cash outlays for land acquisitions, plats, vertical development, construction of model homes, general landscaping and other amenities. Because these costs are a component of our inventory and are not recognized in our statement of operations until a home closes, we incur significant cash outflows prior to recognition of earnings. In the later stages of a community, cash inflows may significantly exceed earnings reported for financial statement purposes, as the costs associated with home and land construction were previously incurred.

 

97


Table of Contents

We have in place strict controls and a defined strategy for cash management, particularly as related to cash outlays for land and inventory development. Among other things, we require multiple party account control and authorizations for payments. We had $158.4 million of cash provided by operating activities for 2011 and $214.5 million of cash used in operating activities in 2012. Our principal cash uses in 2012 were real estate inventory acquisition and expenses related to the offering of our senior notes. In addition, on December 31, 2012, we consummated our acquisition of the Darling assets, which included an initial cash payment of $115.0 million. A portion of this amount was financed by $50.0 million of borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. We generated the cash used in 2012 through the sale of our senior notes and from operating activities.

Since the Acquisition, we have primarily funded our cash needs from cash from operations and cash generated from our offerings of senior notes, and have had minimal draws on our Revolving Credit Facility. Our need for letters of credit has been primarily fulfilled through the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility, which are discussed in more detail below. We believe that our solid balance sheet and liquidity position will allow us to be flexible in reacting to changing market conditions.

After giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, we believe that we can fund our cash needs for planned and projected operations for the next twelve months from cash on hand and cash generated from operations and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. Depending upon future homebuilding market conditions and our expectations for these conditions, we may use a portion of our cash and cash equivalents to take advantage of land opportunities. We intend to maintain adequate liquidity and balance sheet strength, and we will continue to evaluate opportunities to access the capital markets as they become available. Following this offering, we expect to opportunistically raise up to an additional $500.0 million of debt capital to help fund the growth of our business, subject to market and other conditions. We would expect to use the proceeds of any such financing for general corporate purposes and to fund future growth. We expect that, in connection with the closing of this offering, direct or indirect subsidiaries of ours will use approximately $         million of cash to pay the termination fee relating to the termination of the management services agreement with the Principal Equityholders, based on the present value of the annual $5.0 million management fee to be paid under such agreement during the remaining term of the agreement (which expires on July 11, 2021), as of an assumed closing date of this offering of April 4, 2013.

Capital Resources

Cash and Cash Equivalents

As of December 31, 2012, we had available cash and cash equivalents of $300.6 million. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, demand deposits with financial institutions and short-term, highly liquid investments. We consider all highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less, such as certificates of deposit, money market funds, and commercial paper, to be cash equivalents. Non-interest-bearing cash accounts are temporarily guaranteed for an unlimited amount, through December 31, 2012, and all other cash accounts are insured up to $250,000.

The amount of cash and cash equivalents held by foreign subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 was $189.5 million. While all of such cash and cash equivalents are readily convertible into U.S. dollars, we would be required to accrue and pay taxes to repatriate those funds to the U.S. Historically we have not generally repatriated such funds, since we generally have used such funds in our Canadian business. However, we may in the future repatriate such funds to the U.S.

Revolving Credit Facility

We have the ability to finance working capital and other needs by drawing on the Revolving Credit Facility. Borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility may be made in U.S. dollars and in Canadian dollars (subject to a U.S. $15.0 million sublimit) and bear interest based upon either a LIBOR or CDOR interest rate option, as applicable, or a base rate or Canada prime rate option, as applicable, as selected by the borrowers plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The Revolving Credit Facility matures on July 13, 2016. The applicable margin for (a) any

 

98


Table of Contents

Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan is 3.25% per annum, payable on the last date of each applicable interest period or at the end of each three-month period if the applicable interest period is longer than three months and (b) any Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, 2.25% per annum, payable quarterly. There is a fee of 0.75% per annum on the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility (whether drawn or undrawn), payable quarterly in arrears, and subject to a 25 basis point reduction based upon the achievement of a specified capitalization ratio. The borrowers have the right to make “amend and extend” offers to lenders of a particular class.

Under the terms of the Revolving Credit Facility, we have the ability to issue letters of credit. Borrowing availability is reduced by the amount of letters of credit outstanding. As of December 31, 2012, there were $50.0 million of borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and $11.2 million of letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Facility, leaving $163.8 million of availability for borrowing. As of December 31, 2012, we had increased the total amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility from $125.0 million to $225.0 million.

The Revolving Credit Facility contains certain “springing” financial covenants. In the event that, either there are (a) any loans outstanding thereunder on the last day of any fiscal quarter or on more than five separate days of such fiscal quarter or (b) any unreimbursed letters of credit thereunder on the last day of such fiscal quarter or for more than five consecutive days of such fiscal quarter, we will be required to, in respect of such fiscal quarter, comply with a maximum capitalization ratio test as well as a minimum interest coverage ratio test. As of December 31, 2012, our capitalization ratio (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) was 45% (compared with the requirement not to exceed 60%) while our interest coverage ratio (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) for the twelve-month period then ended was 3.83 to 1.0 (compared with the requirement not to fall below 1.75 to 1.0). For purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants for any fiscal quarter, TMM may exercise an equity cure by issuing certain permitted securities for cash or otherwise receiving cash contributions to its capital that will, upon the contribution of such cash to TMC and/or Monarch Corporation, be included in the calculation of consolidated adjusted EBITDA and consolidated total capitalization. The equity cure right may not be exercised more than twice in any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters and may not be exercised more than five times during the term of the facility.

Senior Notes

On April 13, 2012, the Operating Subsidiaries issued $550.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.750% Senior Notes due 2020. A portion of the net proceeds of the senior notes was used to repay $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan and the remainder was used for general corporate purposes. The senior notes are unsecured and guaranteed by TMM and certain of TMM’s domestic subsidiaries. On August 21, 2012, the Operating Subsidiaries issued an additional $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the senior notes under the same indenture.

The indenture governing the senior notes contains covenants that limit the ability of the Operating Subsidiaries, TMM and certain of their subsidiaries to, among other things, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions on capital stock or make payments in respect of subordinated indebtedness, make investments, incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock, create certain liens, enter into agreements that restrict dividends or other payments from certain restricted subsidiaries, consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of their assets, engage in transactions with affiliates and create additional, unrestricted subsidiaries. The senior notes are also subject to a requirement that we offer to purchase the senior notes at par with certain proceeds of asset sales (to the extent not applied in accordance with the senior notes indenture). We are also required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding senior notes at 101% of their aggregate principal amount upon the occurrence of specified change of control events. The senior notes do not have any registration rights.

The senior notes mature on April 15, 2020. Interest on the senior notes accrues at the rate of 7.750% per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year.

 

99


Table of Contents

We may redeem some or all of the senior notes at any time prior to April 15, 2015, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date. On or after April 15, 2015, we may also redeem some or all of the notes at the redemption prices specified in the indenture relating to the senior notes.

At any time prior to April 15, 2015, we may also redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the senior notes with the net cash proceeds of this offering and other equity offerings, at a redemption price equal to 103.875% (if the redemption occurs prior to April 15, 2013) or 107.750% (if the redemption occurs on or after April 15, 2013) of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date.

Mortgage Company Loan Facilities

TMHF has entered into an agreement with Flagstar Bank (the “Flagstar Facility”), as agent and representative for itself and other buyers of our held-for-sale mortgages named in such agreement. The purpose of the Flagstar Facility is to finance the origination of up to $30 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF, subject to certain sublimits, with a temporary accordion feature subject to approval by Flagstar, which allows for borrowings in excess of the total availability under the facility. Borrowings under the facility are accounted for as a secured borrowing under ASC Topic 860, “ Transfers and Servicing.” The Flagstar Facility is terminable by either party with 30 days’ notice and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.5% per annum, with a minimum floor of 3.95% per annum. Borrowings under this facility are paid back with proceeds received when mortgages are sold to Flagstar Bank, or to other approved lenders subject to certain sublimits. In 2011, loans originated by TMHF remained on the Flagstar Facility warehouse line for an average of 20 days, before being sold either to Flagstar Bank or other approved lenders. The Flagstar Facility does not have a scheduled maturity date but is subject to an annual renewal process, which was last completed in December 2012. As of December 31, 2012, there was $38.6 million in outstanding borrowings under the Flagstar Facility.

In December 2011, TMHF entered into a mortgage warehouse loan letter agreement with Comerica Bank (the “Comerica Facility”). The purpose of the Comerica Facility is to finance the origination of up to $30.0 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF, subject to certain sublimits and a temporary $20.0 million incremental facility, subject to approval by Comerica. Borrowings under this facility are accounted for as a secured borrowing under ASC Topic 860. The Comerica Facility bears interest at a rate of daily adjusting LIBOR plus 2.5% per annum with a minimum floor of 3.75% per annum. Borrowings under the Comerica Facility are paid back with proceeds received when our mortgages are sold to approved lenders participating in the Comerica Facility. As of December 31, 2012, there were $41.7 million in outstanding borrowings under the Comerica Facility. The Comerica Facility matures on October 29, 2013 (subject to an annual renewal process).

Letters of Credit, Surety Bonds and Financial Guarantees

We are often required to provide letters of credit and surety bonds to secure our performance under construction contracts, development agreements and other arrangements. The amount of such obligations outstanding at any time varies in accordance with our pending development activities. In the event any such bonds or letters of credit are drawn upon, we would be obligated to reimburse the issuer of such bonds or letters of credit. In addition, Monarch Corporation will typically provide guarantees of the financing debt of the joint ventures through which Monarch Corporation operates, which guarantees may be secured.

Under these letters of credit, surety bonds and financial guarantees, we are committed to perform certain development and construction activities and provide certain guarantees in the normal course of business. Outstanding letters of credit, surety bonds and financial guarantees under these arrangements, including letters of credit issued under the TD Facility and HSBC Facility (as described below) and our share of responsibility for financial guarantee arrangements with our joint ventures, totaled $230.8 million as of December 31, 2012. Although significant development and construction activities have been completed related to these site

 

100


Table of Contents

improvements, the letters of credit and surety bonds are not generally released until all development and construction activities are completed. We do not believe that it is probable that any outstanding letters of credit or surety bonds, letters of credit or financial guarantees as of December 31, 2012 will be drawn upon.

Monarch Corporation is party to a credit facility with The Toronto-Dominion Bank, which we refer to as the “TD Facility.” The TD Facility provides revolving operating facilities (including letters of credit) of up to CAD $102.6 million (or its U.S. dollar equivalent) to provide direct and letter of credit financing in support of Monarch Corporation’s projects. Under the terms of the TD Facility, the first $80.0 million drawn under the facility is secured by liens over the interests of Monarch Corporation in certain Canadian real property or cash. Amounts drawn above CAD $80.0 million are secured with cash. As of December 31, 2012, there were CAD $102.6 million letters of credit outstanding under the TD Facility.

Monarch Corporation is also party to a credit facility with HSBC Bank Canada, which we refer to as the “HSBC Facility.” The HSBC Facility provides a partially revolving letter of credit facility of up to CAD $24.2 million in support of Monarch Corporation’s construction projects. Under the terms of the HSBC Facility, amounts drawn under this facility are secured by liens over the interests of Monarch Corporation in certain Canadian real property or cash. As of December 31, 2012, there were CAD $11.0 million letters of credit outstanding under the HSBC Facility.

Each of the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility is scheduled to expire on June 30, 2013.

The TD Facility contains certain financial covenants. We are required to maintain a minimum net equity and a minimum debt-to-equity ratio as well as maintain an interest coverage ratio. As of December 31, 2012, our net equity, as defined in the TD Facility, was $378.8 million (compared with the minimum requirement of $250 million), our debt-to-equity ratio was 55% (compared with the requirement not to exceed 125%) while our interest coverage ratio is 15.3 (the requirement is not to fall below 2.5 to 1.0). Violations of the financial covenants in the TD Facility, if not waived by the lenders or cured, could result in acceleration by the lenders. In the event these violations were not waived by the lenders or cured, the violations could also result in a default under the Company’s other indebtedness. As of December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with all of the covenants under the TD Facility.

For additional detail on all of the above facilities, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Other Loans Payable and Other Borrowings

Other loans payable and other borrowings as of December 31, 2012 consist of project-level debt due to various land sellers and municipalities, and is generally secured by the land that was acquired. Principal payments generally coincide with corresponding project lot sales or a principal reduction schedule. We estimate that approximately $114.4 million of the loans are scheduled to be repaid in the next 12 months, which we expect to repay from available cash. The weighted average interest rate on $131.2 million of the loans as of December 31, 2012 was 3.0% per annum, and $84.0 million of the loans were non-interest bearing. As of December 31, 2012, other loans payable and other borrowings increased by an estimated $137.3 million compared to December 31, 2011 primarily due to the closing of transactions under land purchase contracts with seller financing, high-rise funding and financing for a portion of the purchase price of the Darling assets. The note payable to the sellers of Darling bears interest at a rate equal to 8.0% per annum and has an aggregate principal amount of $26.0 million, maturing in January 2016. Interest is payable annually.

Operating Cash Flow Activities

Our net cash used in operating activities amounted to $214.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $158.4 million provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011. The primary cause of our $372.9 million increase in cash used in operating activities was our increased purchases of land

 

101


Table of Contents

inventory of $331.1 million. In the period leading up the Acquisition in July 2011, Taylor Wimpey plc, our former parent company, decreased funding for land purchases as part of their divestiture process. Consequently, in the period following the Acquisition, we increased our land purchases to replenish our real estate inventory. We made land purchases in 2012 throughout our U.S. markets particularly weighted towards Northern California and Houston, as increased demand in the U.S. housing market resulted in upward price pressures. These purchases were primarily funded with proceeds from the 2012 senior notes issuances and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. Consistent with our increases in home closings revenue and average selling price per home, the increase in loan volume and average loan amounts experienced in our Financial Services business resulted in increased loans receivable of $47.6 million. Prepaid expenses also increased by $20.3 million as a result of costs incurred in connection with our senior notes offerings in 2012. These uses of cash flows from operations were partially offset by our $354.1 million increase in net income, which was favorably impacted by a $267.6 million relief of our income tax valuation allowance.

Our net cash provided by (used in) operating activities amounted to $158.4 million in 2011 and $(8.4) million in 2010. The primary cause of the increase in operating cash flows in 2011 versus 2010 was our decreased purchases of land inventory. Taylor Wimpey plc reduced funding for our land inventory purchases in the period leading up to the Acquisition on July 13, 2011, resulting in less spending in that year on land inventory and land deposits. Throughout 2011, Taylor Wimpey plc reduced spending on land as part of a comprehensive sale process to minimize its ongoing cash investments in its North American business. Operating cash flows decreased in 2010 versus 2009 primarily due to increased land inventory purchases in 2010. The purchases were funded through increased borrowings from Taylor Wimpey plc. In addition, we had somewhat higher receivable amounts in 2010 from Canadian joint venture partners due to the timing of the closing of certain high rise units, the timing of the receipt of payments related to certain domestic land infrastructure development projects and the timing of the receipt of reimbursement, related to Chinese drywall claims. These items were partially offset by the receipt in 2010 of certain income tax receivables from 2009 generated by carrying back U.S. operating losses to prior periods and receiving cash refunds. Receivables decreased in 2010 as our Canadian operations funded certain construction projects of their joint ventures by creating receivables to be settled with the consummation of the projects and those receivables were reversed in 2010. Customer deposits were larger during 2011 as we closed two wholly owned high-rise towers and were able to recognize the deposits relating to those towers as income.

Investing Cash Flow Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $138.9 million and $5.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in cash used in 2012 was primarily the result of an increase in investments in unconsolidated entities as we continue to fund existing joint venture operations, primarily in our Canada region, and our acquisition of Darling.

Net cash used in investing activities was $5.3 million in 2011, compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $51.0 million in 2010. The net cash provided in 2010 was primarily the result of changes in restricted cash from our Canadian operations.

Financing Cash Flow Activities

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities totaled $375.5 million and ($29.3) million for the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Net cash provided by financing activities in 2012 was primarily attributable to the net increase in long-term debt in connection with the $550 million senior notes issuance in April 2012 and the subsequent offering of $125 million of senior notes, which was offset by a repayment of $350 million of the Sponsor Loan. In 2011 we increased our borrowings from our Taylor Wimpey plc as part of their cash management program to support their investment in North American operations. In addition, on December 31, 2012, we consummated our acquisition of the Darling assets through a $26.0 million note payable to the sellers and drew $50.0 million under our Revolving Credit Facility to finance a portion of the purchase price.

 

102


Table of Contents

Net cash used in financing activities totaled $29.3 million and $72.4 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Net cash used in all periods is primarily driven by the return of cash from our North American operations to our former parent company and to our Principal Equityholders after the Acquisition.

Contractual Cash Obligations, Commercial Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Our primary contractual cash obligations are payments under our debt agreements and lease payments under our operating leases. Purchase obligations of our homebuilding operations represent specific performance requirements under purchase agreements for land in Canada and purchase agreements for land in the United States. We expect to fund our contractual obligations in the ordinary course of business through a combination of our existing cash resources, cash flows generated from operations, renewed or amended mortgage repurchase facilities and, if needed or believed advantageous, the issuance of new debt or equity securities through the public capital markets as market conditions may permit.

The following is a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods.

 

     Payments Due by Period (in thousands)  
     Totals      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      4-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Operating lease obligations

   $ 23,118       $ 5,004       $ 10,655       $ 6,479       $ 980   

ASC Topic 740 obligations incl. interest and penalties(1)

     115,343         —          104,473         10,870         —    

Land purchase contracts(2)

     268,022         167,716         84,138         5,315        10,853   

Debt outstanding(3)

     940,968         164,409         65,281         11,623         699,655   

Estimated interest expense(4)

     328,821         60,303         109,088         106,456         53,053   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 1,676,271       $ 397,432       $ 373,555       $ 140,473       $ 764,541   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) We are currently under examination by various taxing jurisdictions with respect to our carry back of net operating losses in our historical tax returns. Our former parent Taylor Wimpey plc has indemnified us for amounts payable in respect of these additional taxes. See “ Risk Factors—We may not be able to use certain net operating loss carry backs, which may result in our having to pay substantial taxes .”
(2) Represents remaining purchase price due under full-recourse land purchase contracts.
(3) In April 2012, we completed the offering of $550.0 million of our senior notes and used the proceeds of that offering to repay $350.0 million of the then outstanding Sponsor Loan. The affiliates of TPG and Oaktree who were lenders under the Sponsor Loan caused the then remaining $150.0 million of the Sponsor Loan to be contributed or transferred to TMM or its subsidiaries, and in return those affiliates received additional equity interests in TMM. In August 2012, we also issued a further $125.0 million of senior notes at an issue price of 105.5% plus accrued interest from and including April 13, 2012. As of December 31, 2012, we had a total of $940.9 million of long-term debt outstanding, consisting of $675.0 million of senior notes, which are due in 2020 and $265.9 million of other long-term indebtedness. Of the $265.9 million, $164.4 million matures in less than one year and $65.3 million matures in one to three years. Excludes $80.4 million in debt of TMHF. Scheduled maturities of certain loans and other borrowings as of December 31, 2012 reflect estimates of anticipated lot take-downs associated with such loans.
(4) Estimated interest expense amounts for debt outstanding at the contractual interest rate.

We do not engage in commodity trading or other similar activities. We had no derivative financial instruments at December 31, 2011 or 2012.

 

103


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our letters of credit, surety bonds and financial guarantees of joint ventures as of the dates indicated.

 

     As of December 31,  
(in thousands)    2012      2011  

Letters of credit

     

U.S.

   $ 25,333       $ 23,865   

Canada

     100,462         101,422   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total outstanding letters of credit

     125,795         125,287   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Surety bonds

     

U.S.

     61,619         30,426   

Canada

     48,369         76,916   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total outstanding surety bonds

     109,988         107,342   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial guarantees of joint ventures, proportionate

     

Letters of credit

     14,013         17,591   

Borrowings

     52,847         43,341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total outstanding financial guarantees of joint ventures

     66,860         60,931   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total outstanding letters of credit, surety bonds and financial guarantees of joint ventures

   $ 302,643       $ 293,561   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investments in Land Development and Homebuilding Joint Ventures or Unconsolidated Entities

We participate in a number of strategic land development and homebuilding joint ventures with unrelated third parties. These joint ventures operate primarily in our Canada region and relate mainly to our high-rise developments. The use of these entities, in some instances, enables us to acquire land to which we could not otherwise obtain access, or could not obtain access on terms that are as favorable. Our partners in these joint ventures historically have been land owners/developers, other homebuilders and financial or strategic partners. Joint ventures with land owners/developers have given us access to sites owned or controlled by our partners. Joint ventures with other homebuilders have provided us with the ability to bid jointly with our partners for large land parcels. Joint ventures with financial partners have allowed us to combine our homebuilding expertise with access to our partners’ capital. Joint ventures with strategic partners have allowed us to combine our homebuilding expertise with the specific expertise (e.g. commercial or infill experience) of our partner.

As of December 31, 2012, we had equity investments in 39 unconsolidated land development and homebuilding joint ventures, compared to 33 at December 31, 2011. Not all of these joint ventures are actively engaged in operations and some may be maintained, despite no longer being operational.

Investment in unconsolidated land development and homebuilding joint ventures

 

     As of December 31,  
(in thousands)    2012      2011  

East

   $ 723       $ 2,789   

West

     —           —    

Canada

     73,210         34,379   

Other

     532         472   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 74,465       $ 37,640   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

These joint ventures often obtain acquisition, development and construction financing, designed to reduce our equity investment and improve our overall returns. This joint venture specific indebtedness is typically secured by all assets of the entity raising the debt. As of December 31, 2012, our unconsolidated joint ventures’

 

104


Table of Contents

borrowings were $162.2 million compared to $135.1 million at December 31, 2011. Our proportional share of letters of credit issued and indebtedness was $14.0 million and $52.8 million at December 31, 2012 and $17.6 million and $43.3 million at December 31, 2011.

As added support to the third party lenders of these unconsolidated joint ventures related to our Canadian business, secured guarantees are typically provided by Monarch Corporation, typically in proportion to Monarch Corporation’s equity ownership in the joint ventures. As of December 31, 2012, our maximum recourse exposure related to outstanding indebtedness and letters of credit issued by our unconsolidated land development and homebuilding joint ventures totaled $140.4 million, an increase from $125.0 million as of December 31, 2011. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Guarantees of Indebtedness of Unconsolidated Joint Ventures.”

We also provide completion and performance guarantees for projects undertaken by our unconsolidated joint ventures.

The summarized balance sheets below of our unconsolidated land development and homebuilding joint ventures with recourse to us were as follows:

Summary balance sheet

 

     As of December 31,  
(in thousands)    2012      2011  

Assets

   $ 473,115       $ 440,300   

Liabilities

     356,094         397,477   

Equity

     117,021         42,823   

Land Purchase and Land Option Contracts

We enter into land purchase and option contracts to procure land or lots for the construction of homes in the ordinary course of business. Lot option contracts enable us to control significant lot positions with a minimal capital investment and substantially reduce the risks associated with land ownership and development. As of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding land purchase contracts of $268.0 million and lot options totaling $268.0 million. We are obligated to close the transaction under our land purchase contracts. However, our obligations with respect to the option contracts are generally limited to the forfeiture of the related non-refundable cash deposits and/or letters of credit provided to obtain the options. For additional detail, see “—Contractual Cash Obligations, Commercial Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.”

Seasonality

Our business is seasonal. We have historically experienced, and in the future expect to continue to experience, variability in our results on a quarterly basis. We generally have more homes under construction, close more homes and have greater revenues and operating income in the third and fourth quarters of the year. Therefore, although new home contracts are obtained throughout the year, a significant portion of our home closings occur during the third and fourth calendar quarter. Our revenue therefore may fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis and we must maintain sufficient liquidity to meet short-term operating requirements. Factors expected to contribute to these fluctuations include:

 

   

the timing of the introduction and start of construction of new projects;

 

   

the timing of project sales;

 

   

the timing of closings of homes, condominium units, lots and parcels;

 

   

our ability to continue to acquire land and options on that land on acceptable terms;

 

   

the timing of receipt of regulatory approvals for development and construction;

 

105


Table of Contents
   

the condition of the real estate market and general economic conditions in the areas in which we operate;

 

   

mix of homes closed;

 

   

construction timetables;

 

   

the prevailing interest rates and the availability of financing, both for us and for the purchasers of our homes; and

 

   

the cost and availability of materials and labor.

As a result of seasonal activity, our quarterly results of operation and financial position at the end of a particular quarter are not necessarily representative of the results we expect at year end. We expect this seasonal pattern to continue, although it may be affected by the continuing downturn in the homebuilding industry.

In contrast to our typical seasonal results, the weakness in homebuilding market conditions in the United States during recent years has mitigated our historical seasonal variations. Also, in 2010 the expiration of the federal homebuyer tax credit impacted the timing of our construction activities, home sales and closing volumes. Although we may experience our typical historical seasonal pattern in the future, given the current market conditions, we can make no assurances as to when or whether this pattern will recur.

Inflation

We and the homebuilding industry in general may be adversely affected during periods of high inflation, primarily because of higher land, financing, labor and material construction costs. In addition, higher mortgage interest rates can significantly affect the affordability of permanent mortgage financing to prospective homebuyers. We attempt to pass through to our customers any increases in our costs through increased sales prices. However, during periods of soft housing market conditions, we may not be able to offset our cost increases with higher selling prices.

Critical Accounting Policies

General

A comprehensive enumeration of the significant accounting policies is presented in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Each of our accounting policies is based upon current authoritative literature that collectively comprises U.S. GAAP. In instances where alternative methods of accounting are permissible under U.S. GAAP, the method used is that which most appropriately reflects the nature of our business, the results of our operations and our financial condition, and we have consistently applied those methods over each of the periods presented in the financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Home Sales

Home closings revenue is recorded using the completed-contract method of accounting at the time each home is delivered, title and possession are transferred to the buyer, we have no significant continuing involvement with the home, and the buyer has demonstrated sufficient initial and continuing investment in the property.

Revenues from the sale of high-rise condominiums are recognized when construction is beyond the preliminary stage, the buyer is committed to the extent of being unable to require a refund except for non-delivery of the unit, sufficient units in the project have been sold to ensure that the property will not be converted to a rental property, the sales proceeds are collectible and the aggregate sales proceeds and total cost of the project can be reasonably estimated.

 

106


Table of Contents

Revenue for our Canadian high-rise condominiums is recognized, on an individual unit basis, when a certificate of occupancy has been received, all significant conditions of registration have been performed and the purchaser has the right to occupy the unit. At such time, the deposits that have been received from firm sales are applied to the sales price, and a receivable is set up for the balance due upon closing. Costs are recognized on the individual unit’s proportionate share of budgeted project costs along with the budgeted specifically identifiable home costs.

Land Sales

Land closings revenue is recognized when title is transferred to the buyer, we have no significant continuing involvement, and the buyer has demonstrated sufficient initial and continuing investment in the property sold. If the buyer has not made an adequate initial or continuing investment in the property, the profit on such sales is deferred until these conditions are met.

Financial Services Revenue

Revenues from loan origination are recognized at the time the related real estate transactions are completed, usually upon the close of escrow. All of the loans TMHF originates are sold within a short period of time, generally 20 days, on a non-recourse basis as further described in Note 18 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. After the loans are sold, we retain potential liability for possible claims by purchasers that we breached certain limited industry-standard representations and warranties in the loan sale agreement. Gains or losses from the sale of mortgages are recognized based on the difference between the selling price and carrying value of the related loans upon sale.

Deposits

Forfeited buyer deposits related to home, condominium, and land sales are recognized in other income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations in the period in which we determine that the buyer will not complete the purchase of the property and the deposit is determined to be nonrefundable to the buyer.

Sales Discounts and Incentives

We typically grant our homebuyers sales discounts and incentives, including cash discounts, discounts on options included in the home, option upgrades, and seller-paid financing or closing costs. Discounts are accounted for as a reduction in the sales price of the home.

Real Estate Inventory

Inventory consists of land, land under development, homes under construction, completed homes, and model homes, and is stated at cost, net of impairment charges. In addition to direct carrying costs, we also capitalize interest, real estate taxes, and related development costs that benefit the entire community, such as field construction supervision and related direct overhead. Home construction costs are accumulated and charged to cost of sales at home closing using the specific identification method. Land acquisition, development, interest, taxes, overhead, and condominium construction costs are allocated to homes and units using methods that approximate the relative sales value method. These costs are capitalized to inventory from the point development begins to the point construction is completed. For those communities that have been temporarily closed or development has been discontinued, we do not allocate interest or other costs to the community’s inventory until activity resumes. Changes in estimated costs to be incurred in a community are generally allocated to the remaining homes on a prospective basis.

We assess the recoverability of our land inventory in accordance with the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 360, “ Property, Plant, and Equipment .” ASC Topic 360 requires that companies evaluate long-lived assets that are expected to be held and used in operations, including inventories,

 

107


Table of Contents

for recoverability based on undiscounted future cash flows of the assets at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows. On a quarterly basis, each community is reviewed for actual sales pace, actual margin on closed homes and margin on homes in backlog. If a community is not in closeout (it would be in closeout if it had fewer than 15 remaining homes) and the actual or projected home margin is less than 10%, the community is tested for impairment by comparing the estimated undiscounted remaining cash flows to the current carrying value. At the end of each year, we prepare for each community an estimated remaining undiscounted cash flow and compare it to the community’s sales carrying value. The estimates and assumptions used are based on current community sales prices, paces, house costs and current development budgets. There are no assumptions of increases in either pace or price. For assets that are currently “mothballed” (i.e., strategic long-term land positions not currently under development or subject to an active selling effort), assumptions are based on current development plans and current price, pace and house costs of similar communities. Discount rates are determined using a base rate, which may be increased depending on the total remaining lots in a community, the development status of the land, the market in which it is located and if the product is higher-priced with potentially lower demand. A specific community can be sensitive to various components depending on the life phase of a community. For example, a community with 150 remaining lots would be more materially impacted by a pace change than a community with 20 remaining lots.

If the carrying value of the assets exceeds their estimated undiscounted cash flows, then the assets are deemed to be impaired and are recorded at fair value as of the assessment date. We evaluate cash flows on a community-by-community basis. These cash flows are significantly impacted by various estimates of sales prices, construction costs, sales pace, and other factors. In 2011 no impairment charges were recorded after testing 122 communities. In 2010 we recorded an impairment charge of $4.1 million after testing 162 communities. The following tables summarize the number of communities tested and the results of our impairment testing as of the end of the 2012, 2011 and 2010 fiscal years (dollars in thousands):

 

    As of December 31, 2012     As of December 31, 2011  
    Total
number of
communities
tested
    Number of
impaired
communities
    Carrying
value
prior to
impairment
    Fair
Value
    Impairment     Total
number of
communities
tested
    Number of
impaired
communities
    Carrying
value
prior to
impairment
    Fair
Value
    Impairment  

East

    74        —       $ —       $ —       $ —         72        —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

West

    32        —         —         —         —         35        —         —         —         —    

Canada

    14        —         —         —         —         15        —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    120        —       $ —       $ —       $ —         122        —       $ —       $ —       $ —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    As of December 31, 2010  
    Total
number of
communities
tested
    Number of
impaired
communities
    Carrying
value
prior to
impairment
    Fair
Value
    Impairment  

East

    86        —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

West

    58        3       8,462       5,933       2,529  

Canada

    18        —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    162        3     $ 8,462     $ 5,933      $ 2,529 (1)
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes impairments of owned real estate and excludes impairments of lot option contracts consisting largely of write-offs of deposits.

We perform our impairment analysis based on total inventory at the community level using discount rates that in the past have generally ranged from 12.0% to 20.5%. When an impairment charge for a community is determined, the charge is then allocated to each lot in the community in the same manner as land and development costs are allocated to each lot. Inventory within each community is categorized as construction in progress and finished homes, residential land and lots developed and under development, or land held for development, based on the stage of production or plans for future development.

 

108


Table of Contents

Our estimate of undiscounted cash flows from these communities may change with market conditions and could result in a future need to record impairment charges to adjust the carrying value of these assets to their estimated fair value. Several factors could lead to changes in the estimates of undiscounted future cash flows for a given community. The most significant of these include pricing and incentive levels actually realized by the community, the rate at which the homes are sold and changes in the costs incurred to develop lots and construct homes. Pricing and incentive levels are often interrelated with sales pace within a community, given that price reductions generally lead to an increase in sales pace. Further, both of these factors are heavily influenced by the competitive pressures facing a given community from both new homes and existing homes, some of which may result from foreclosures. If conditions worsen in the broader economy, homebuilding industry or specific markets in which we operate, and as we re-evaluate specific community pricing and incentives, construction and development plans and our overall land sale strategies, we may be required to evaluate additional communities or re-evaluate previously impaired communities for potential impairment. We do not forecast any adjusted market improvement in our analysis above the original model we used as of the date of the Acquisition. For assets that are currently “mothballed” (i.e., strategic long-term land positions not currently under development or subject to an active selling effort), assumptions are based on current development plans and current price pace and house costs of similar communities. These evaluations may result in additional impairment charges.

The life cycle of a community generally ranges from three to five years, commencing with the acquisition of unentitled or entitled land, continuing through the land development phase and concluding with the sale, construction and delivery of homes. Actual community lives will vary based on the size of the community, the sales absorption rate and whether we purchased the property as raw land or finished lots. In 2012 and 2011, we were actively selling in an average of 120 and 135 communities, respectively. For further details refer to Note 2 to the audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Capitalized Interest

We capitalize certain interest costs to inventory during the development and construction periods. Capitalized interest is charged to cost of sales when the related inventory is delivered or when the related inventory is charged to cost of sales under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. For further details refer to Note 2 to our audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Investments in Unconsolidated Entities and Variable Interest Entities (VIEs)

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into land and lot option purchase contracts in order to procure land or lots for the construction of homes. Lot option contracts enable us to control significant lot positions with a minimal capital investment and substantially reduce the risks associated with land ownership and development. In June 2009, the FASB revised its guidance regarding the determination of a primary beneficiary of a VIE, ASC Topic 810-10, “ Consolidation.”

We have concluded that when we enter into an option or purchase agreement to acquire land or lots and pay a nonrefundable deposit, a VIE may be created because we are deemed to have provided subordinated financial support that will absorb some or all of an entity’s expected losses if they occur. For each VIE, we assess whether we are the primary beneficiary by first determining if we have the ability to control the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance. Such activities include, but are not limited to, the ability to determine the budget and scope of land development work, if any; the ability to control financing decisions for the VIE; the ability to acquire additional land into the VIE or dispose of land in the VIE not under contract with us; and the ability to change or amend the existing option contract with the VIE. If we are not able to control such activities, we are not considered the primary beneficiary of the VIE. If we do have the ability to control such activities, we will continue our analysis by determining if we are expected to absorb a potentially significant amount of the VIE’s losses or, if no party absorbs the majority of such losses, if we will potentially benefit from a significant amount of the VIE’s expected gains. If we are the primary beneficiary of the VIE, we will

 

109


Table of Contents

consolidate the VIE in our financial statements and reflect such assets and liabilities as consolidated real estate not owned within our inventory balance in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. For further details refer to Note 2 to the audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We are also involved in several joint ventures with independent third parties for our homebuilding activities. We use the equity method of accounting for investments that qualify as VIEs where we are not the primary beneficiary and entities that we do not control or where we do not own a majority of the economic interest, but have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee. For those unconsolidated entities in which we function as the managing member, we have evaluated the rights held by our joint venture partners and determined that they have substantive participating rights that preclude the presumption of control. For joint ventures accounted for using the equity method, our share of net earnings or losses is included in equity in net earnings (loss) of unconsolidated entities when earned and distributions are credited against our investment in the joint venture when received. See Note 3 to the audited consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Noncontrolling Interests

We have consolidated joint ventures where we were determined to be the primary beneficiary. Therefore, those entities’ financial statements are consolidated in our consolidated and combined financial statements and the other partners’ equity is recorded as noncontrolling interests.

Business Combinations

We account for businesses we acquire in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . Under the purchase method of accounting, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their estimated fair values. Any purchase price paid in excess of the net fair values of tangible and identified intangible assets less liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. Our reported income from an acquired company includes the operations of the acquired company from the effective date of acquisition.

Purchase Accounting

The accounting following the Acquisition is one where net assets of the Company are brought forth at fair market value. We completed a third party appraisal of our assets and liabilities to determine the fair value of all tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The value was recorded shortly after the sale, although there may be reasonable cause to adjust the value if new information is discovered that will prompt an adjustment to be made, which will be recorded in the current period earnings in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations.”

The treatment of major components of the balance sheet is as follows:

 

   

Marketable securities—Current net realizable values

 

   

Receivables—Present value of net receivables using market interest rates

 

   

Inventories—Finished homes at estimated net realizable value less a market profit allowance. Work-in-process at estimated net realizable value of finished goods less costs to complete and profit allowance. Raw land and finished lots at appraised value

 

   

Identifiable intangibles—At appraised value

 

   

Other assets—At appraised values

 

   

Payables—At carrying values which approximate present values

 

   

Liabilities and accruals—At carrying values which approximate present values

 

   

Other liabilities and commitments—At estimated present value

 

110


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, “ Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on future tax consequences of both temporary differences between the amounts reported for financial reporting purposes and the amounts deductible for income tax purposes, and are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period when the changes are enacted.

In accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, we periodically assess our deferred tax assets, including the benefit from net operating losses, to determine if a valuation allowance is required. A valuation allowance must be established when, based upon available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon, among other matters, taxable income in prior years available for carryback, estimates of future income, tax planning strategies, and reversal of existing temporary differences. Given the downturn in the homebuilding industry over the past several years, the degree of the economic recession, the instability and deterioration of the financial markets, and the resulting uncertainty in projections of our future taxable income, we recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets during 2007. We maintained a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2011, as we determined at that time that the weight of the negative evidence exceeded that of the positive evidence, and it was more likely than not that we would not be able to utilize all of our deferred tax assets and state net operating loss carryovers.

At December 31, 2012, we re-evaluated the evidence related to the need for our deferred tax asset valuation allowances and determined that part of the valuation allowance on our federal deferred tax assets and certain state valuation allowances were no longer needed because of sufficient positive objective evidence. That evidence principally consisted of (i) 3-year cumulative book income through the year ended December 31, 2012; and (ii) strong backlog evidencing that profitability will likely increase in 2013.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-04, which amended ASC Topic 820, “ Fair Value Measurements ,” providing a consistent definition and measurement of fair value, as well as similar disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles, clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement, and expands the disclosure requirements. ASU 2011-04 was effective for us beginning January 1, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2011-04 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “ Presentation of Comprehensive Income .” ASU 2011-05 requires the presentation of comprehensive income in either (i) a continuous statement of comprehensive income or (ii) two separate, but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 was effective for us beginning January 1, 2012. As a result of the adoption of ASU 2011-05, we added separate but consecutive statements of comprehensive income. The impact of the retrospective application of such standard, including on segment information, is included in the discussion above for the nine months ended December 31, 2012.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

Our operations are interest rate sensitive. We monitor our exposure to changes in interest rates and incur both fixed rate and variable rate debt. At December 31, 2012, 87% of our debt was fixed rate and 13% was variable rate. None of our market sensitive instruments were entered into for trading purposes. We did not utilize swaps, forward or option contracts on interest rates or other types of derivative financial instruments to manage

 

111


Table of Contents

our risk as of and for the nine months ended December 31, 2012. For fixed rate debt, changes in interest rates generally affect the fair value of the debt instrument, but not our earnings or cash flows. Conversely, for variable rate debt, changes in interest rates generally do not impact the fair value of the debt instrument but may affect our future earnings and cash flows, and may also impact our variable rate borrowing costs, which principally relate to any borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility and to any borrowings by TMHF under its various warehouse facilities. As of December 31, 2012, we had increased the total amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility from $125.0 million to $225.0 million and borrowed $50.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility to finance in part the acquisition of Darling. Additionally, there were $11.2 million of letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2012, leaving $163.8 million of availability. See “Summary—Recent Developments.” Our fixed rate debt is subject to a requirement that we offer to purchase the senior notes at par with certain proceeds of asset sales (to the extent not applied in accordance with the indenture governing the senior notes). We are also required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding senior notes at 101% of their aggregate principal amount upon the occurrence of specified change of control events. Other than in those circumstances, we do not have an obligation to prepay fixed rate debt prior to maturity and, as a result, interest rate risk and changes in fair value would not have a significant impact on our cash flows related to our fixed rate debt until such time as we are required to refinance, repurchase or repay such debt.

We are not exposed to interest rate risk associated with TMHF’s mortgage loan origination business, because at the time any loan is originated, TMHF has identified the investor who will agree to purchase the loan on the interest rate terms that are locked in with the borrower at the time the loan is originated.

The following table sets forth principal cash flows by scheduled maturity, effective weighted average interest rates and estimated fair value of our debt obligations as of December 31, 2012. The interest rate for our variable rate debt represents the interest rate on our mortgage warehouse facilities. Because the mortgage warehouse facilities are effectively secured by certain mortgage loans held for sale which are typically sold within 60 days, its outstanding balance is included as a variable rate maturity in the most current period presented.

 

     Expected Maturity Date                     
(in millions, except percentage data)    2013     2014     2015     2016     2016      Thereafter     Total     Fair
Value
 

Fixed Rate Debt

   $ 114.4      $ 57.2      $ 8.0      $ 11.6      $ —         $ 699.7      $ 890.9      $ 939.9   

Average interest rate(1)

     3.0     3.0     3.0     3.0     —           7.6     6.6  

Variable rate debt (2)

   $ 130.4      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —        $ 130.4      $ 130.4   

Average interest rate

     3.4     —          —          —          —           —          3.4  

 

(1) Represents the coupon rate of interest on the full principal amount of the debt.
(2) Based upon the amount of variable rate debt at December 31, 2102, and holding the variable rate debt balance constant, each 1% increase in interest rates would increase the interest incurred by us by approximately $1.3 million per year.

Currency Exchange Risk

The functional currency for our Canadian operations is the Canadian dollar. In the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, 27%, 45% and 44%, respectively, of our consolidated revenues were generated by our Canadian operations. As a result, our future earnings could be affected by fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. and Canadian dollars. We do not utilize swaps, forward or option contracts on currency exchange rates or other types of derivative financial instruments to manage our risk for the year ended December 31, 2012. Based upon the level of our Canadian operations during the year ended December 31, 2012, relative to our operations as a whole, a 10% increase in the value of the Canadian dollar as compared to the U.S. dollar would have reduced net income by approximately $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

112


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY

Housing Industry Conditions within the United States

The residential housing industry has historically been a significant contributor to economic activity in the United States. From 1970 to 2007, the residential housing sector represented an average of approximately 4.5% of annual U.S. GDP and then declined to an average of 2.5% of annual U.S. GDP from 2008 to 2012. Similarly, total new home starts averaged 1.55 million per year from 1960 to 2007 and then declined to an average of 687,000 per year from 2008 to 2012, a declined of over 56%. The following charts show total U.S. households, U.S. GDP, residential investment as a percentage of GDP and annual total new home starts.

 

Total Households (in millions)    U.S. Gross Domestic Product ($ in billions)
LOGO   

LOGO

 

 

Residential Investment as a % of GDP

   Annual Total New Home Starts (in thousands)
LOGO    LOGO

The U.S. housing industry experienced substantial growth from the beginning of 2000 through the end of 2005. Single-family housing starts, closings, and new home sales increased at CAGRs of 6.9%, 5.6% and 7.9%, respectively, during this period. In addition, according to the U.S. Census Bureau, the median sales price for a new single-family home in the United States increased from $169,000 to $240,900 between 2000 and 2005, representing a 7.3% CAGR. During this period, growth momentum encouraged significant and ultimately unsustainable new home supply expansion. In 2005, peaks were realized in total new home starts, single-family new home starts and new home sales. With economic growth modestly decelerating and interest rates (higher on average) affecting affordability, housing starts and new home sales began to decline in 2006, while closings peaked.

 

113


Table of Contents

Beginning in 2007, single-family starts and new home sales meaningfully decreased as unemployment increased, consumer confidence deteriorated and mortgage financing became increasingly difficult to obtain. High unemployment, reaching 10.2% in October 2009, had a dampening effect on homebuyer demand and contributed to an increase in home mortgage defaults.

According to the U.S. Census Bureau, the downturn in the U.S. housing industry lasted approximately 73 months, with the market appearing to have reached a trough in December 2011. Since that time, a number of housing indicators have shown improvement. Inventories of existing and new homes have continued to fall, sales of new homes have increased, housing starts have increased, the national unemployment rate declined to 7.9% as of January 2013 and mortgage payments past due over 90 days decreased to approximately 3.0% as of September 2012, which is the lowest level since 2008. The following charts show new and existing home inventory as a percentage of total housing stock, housing affordability and payrolls.

 

New Inventory as a % of Housing Stock

 

LOGO

  

Existing Inventory as a % of Housing Stock

 

LOGO

National Affordability Index

 

LOGO

  

Non-Farm Payrolls, Excluding Construction

and Government (Year-Over-Year Change)

 

LOGO

We believe that a strong fundamental U.S. housing recovery is underway on a national basis, driven by consumers who are increasingly optimistic about their economic prospects and supported by several positive economic and demographic factors including improving employment growth, an increase in consumer confidence bolstered by increasing home values and improving household finances, improving sentiment towards residential real estate ownership, accelerating household formation, significant declines in new and existing for-sale home inventory and record low interest rates supporting affordability and home ownership.

 

114


Table of Contents

We believe that the improvement in the U.S. housing market is well illustrated by a number of key housing benchmarks and statistics. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, building permits for privately owned homes in January 2013 were estimated at a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 925,000, representing an approximate 35% increase over the January 2012 estimate of 684,000. The increase in new building permits is consistent with an average of 37% and 58% year-over-year growth in new orders and backlog reported by the 10 largest publicly traded homebuilders (ranking based on 2012 revenues per Hanley Wood), respectively, based on the most recently reported quarterly data as of the date of this prospectus. In addition, home prices in the United States are generally increasing. According to the National Association of Realtors, U.S. median home prices improved on a year-over-year basis in 133 out of 152 MSAs in the fourth quarter of 2012. Based on data from the U.S. Census Bureau, new home prices increased approximately 10% year-over-year in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Change in Home Prices, Year-Over-Year

 

LOGO

Housing Industry Conditions within Ontario, Canada

The Canadian housing market has been more stable than the U.S. housing market over the last five years. The relative consistency of the Canadian housing market, particularly in Ontario where we operate, is principally a result of demand due to growth in employment and immigration. The Canadian housing market has also exhibited stable housing starts, a balanced sales-to-listings ratio and steady long-term growth in housing prices. In addition, Canadian home buying practices reflect a number of helpful structural, mortgage lending, legal and general market characteristics that have allowed the Canadian housing market to grow at a sustainable pace and to experience significantly lower mortgage default rates over the past decade, as compared to the United States.

The charts below show the number of starts and completions in Ontario and Canada from 2001 to 2012 with housing starts and completions in Ontario generally following a similar pattern to Canada.

 

Ontario Residential Building Activity

 

LOGO

  

Canadian Residential Building Activity

 

LOGO

 

115


Table of Contents

Canada has historically experienced steady long term growth in new home prices over the last 25 years. Similarly, new home prices in Ontario have tracked the Canadian market, although the rate of increase has recently moderated, as illustrated below:

New House Prices in Canada and Ontario

(Indexed to January 1986)

 

LOGO

Ontario represents approximately one-third of the total Canadian new home market, as measured by total housing starts, and benefits from positive demographic and economic growth trends. For example, the population and GDP of Ontario between 2008 and 2011 increased by approximately 4.5% and 9.5%, respectively. Ontario housing starts increased from 68,123 in 2007 to 76,742 in 2012, representing a CAGR of approximately 2.4%. Similarly, average home prices in Ontario increased from CAD$299,610 in 2007 to an average price of CAD$385,519 in 2012, representing a CAGR of approximately 5.2%. With slowing job growth relative to the recent past, ongoing global economic uncertainty and increasing units under construction, it is anticipated that Ontario housing starts will moderate to approximately 65,000 and average home prices will remain flat at approximately CAD$386,400 in 2013.

 

Ontario, Canada Population

(in thousands)

 

LOGO

  

Ontario, Canada GDP

(CAD$ in millions)

 

LOGO

The GTA is the most important market in our Canadian business. The supply of land in the GTA is constrained due to governmental regulations. In 2005, the provincial government of Ontario established the “Greenbelt” plan protecting approximately 1.8 million acres of farmland and green space around the city of Toronto. This regulation limited urban expansion for homebuilders by constraining the supply of land available for development, thereby promoting population density in the cities and towns within the “Greenbelt.” Our high-rise development expertise has allowed us to adapt to this regulatory challenge, and we benefit from the fact that all of our owned and controlled GTA land inventory is within the defined “Greenbelt.”

 

116


Table of Contents

Structural Characteristics of the Canadian Housing Market

The Canadian housing market has a number of stabilizing structural, mortgage financing and legal characteristics that have helped maintain a more sustainable pace over the past decade.

In Canada, almost all mortgages are “full recourse” loans, which means that the borrower remains responsible for the mortgage even in the case of foreclosure. The laws of most Canadian jurisdictions permit home mortgage lenders to seek to apply all other assets of the borrower against the mortgage and even to garnish future earnings of the borrower in the event of default. In contrast, many mortgages in the United States are “limited recourse” which provide for more limited remedies. Because only 29% of Canadian residential mortgages are bundled into securities and sold on the secondary market (compared to the United States, in which approximately 60% of all mortgages are securitized), the mortgage underwriting standards in Canada have remained relatively stringent. In 2005 and 2012, non-conforming mortgages in the Canadian housing market accounted for approximately 3.3% and 6.0% of the market, respectively, while in the United States, non-conforming mortgages made up over 20% of the housing market. As illustrated below, mortgage delinquencies in arrears for more than 90 days in Canada even at the peak of the global recession did not exceed 0.64%, as compared to 5.02% in the United States.

Mortgage Delinquency Rates

 

LOGO

Notable characteristics of the Canadian housing market include:

 

   

conservative banking practices, including those resulting from the Canadian Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions imposing a maximum leverage multiple of 20 for federally regulated banks;

 

   

housing supply constraints, particularly in Ontario;

 

   

Canada’s historical resistance to short-term swings in demand, especially in the high-rise markets; and

 

   

increased population density in major Ontario urban centers resulting from steady and significant immigration flows.

Notable characteristics of the Canadian mortgage market include:

 

   

mortgage interest is not tax deductible;

 

   

the most common mortgage in Canada is a fixed rate loan that comes due in five years and requires principal payments prior to maturity based on a 25-year amortization schedule, whereas the most common mortgage in the United States comes due in 30 years and requires principal payments prior to maturity based on a 30-year amortization schedule;

 

117


Table of Contents
   

homebuyers with a downpayment of less than 20% of the purchase price are required to obtain mortgage loan insurance backed by CMHC;

 

   

Canadian mortgage institutions do not offer subprime mortgages; and

 

   

the Canadian Federal government continued to tighten mortgage lending rules during 2012, in line with prior actions to limit excessive borrowing in the Canadian residential mortgage market.

 

118


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Business Overview

Upon completion of this offering, we will be one of the largest public homebuilders in North America. Headquartered in Scottsdale, Arizona, we build single-family detached and attached homes and develop land, which includes lifestyle and master-planned communities. We are proud of our legacy of more than 75 years in the homebuilding industry, having originally commenced homebuilding operations in 1936. We operate under our Taylor Morrison and Darling Homes brands in the United States and under our Monarch brand in Canada.

Our business is organized into three geographic regions: East, West and Canada, which regions accounted for 46%, 37% and 17%, respectively, of our net sales orders (excluding unconsolidated joint ventures) for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our East region consists of our Houston, Austin, Dallas, North Florida and West Florida divisions. Our West region consists of our Phoenix, Northern California, Southern California and Denver divisions. Our Canada region consists of our operations within the province of Ontario, primarily in the GTA and also in Ottawa and Kitchener-Waterloo, and offers both single-family and high-rise communities.

In all of our markets, we build and sell a broad mix of homes across price points ranging from $120,000 to more than $1,000,000. Our emphasis is on designing, building and selling homes to first- and second-time move-up buyers. We are well-positioned in our markets with a top-10 market share (based on 2012 home closings as reported by Hanley Wood and 2012 home sales as reported by Real Net Canada) in 15 of our 19 total markets.

As explained in greater detail below, our management believes our business is distinguished by our:

 

   

strong historical financial performance and industry-leading margins;

 

   

solid balance sheet with sufficient liquidity with which to execute our growth plan;

 

   

significant land inventory, representing approximately nine years of land supply based on our trailing twelve-month closings, carried at a low cost basis;

 

   

top-10 market share in high-growth homebuilding markets;

 

   

profitable Canadian business;

 

   

expertise delivering “lifestyle” communities targeted at first- and second-time move-up buyers; and

 

   

reputation for quality, based on customer surveys.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we closed 4,014 homes, consisting of 2,933 homes in the United States and 1,081 in Canada, including 232 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an average sales price across North America of $364,000. During the same period, we generated $1.4 billion in revenues, $430.8 million in net income and $228.7 million in Adjusted EBITDA (for a discussion of how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, see footnote 6 in “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Information”). In the United States, for the year ended December 31, 2012, our sales orders increased approximately 45.8% as compared to the same period in 2011, and we averaged 2.9 sales per active selling community per month compared to an average of 1.7 sales per active selling community per month for the same period in 2011. As of December 31, 2012, we offered homes in 128 active selling communities and had a backlog of 4,112 homes sold but not closed, including 909 homes in unconsolidated joint ventures, with an associated backlog sales value of approximately $1.5 billion.

 

119


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

Our business is characterized by the following competitive strengths:

Strong historical financial performance with industry-leading margins

We have a profitable and scalable operating platform, which we believe positions us well to take advantage of the continued recovery we expect in the U.S. housing industry. We are among a select few of our public homebuilding peers to be profitable in both 2010, 2011 and 2012. We generated net income of $90.6 million in 2010, $76.8 million in 2011 and $430.8 million in 2012. Our pre-tax income margin for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 11.9%, which was the highest among the top 10 publicly traded homebuilders for the last three completed fiscal quarters, based on data from the public filings of those homebuilders.

We believe that our management approach, which balances a decentralized local market expertise with our centralized executive management focus on maximizing efficiencies, will support our strong margins and further grow our profitability. Our operating platform is scalable, which we believe allows us to increase volume, while at the same time improving profitability and driving shareholder returns.

During the recent housing downturn, we improved our margins by aligning our headcount to reflect local and national industry conditions, standardizing systems and processes across business units and reducing construction and procurement costs through standardized national, regional and local contracts. As a result of our initiatives, we:

 

   

improved our adjusted home closings gross margin by approximately 580 basis points from 17.6% in 2008 to 23.4% in 2012, despite the decline in our home closings revenue from $1.7 billion in 2008 to $1.4 billion in 2012 (for a discussion of how we calculate adjusted home closings gross margin and a reconciliation of adjusted home closings gross margin to home closings revenue, see footnote 4 under the caption “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Information”);

 

   

carefully managed our costs, as evidenced by reducing employee headcount by approximately 52% between December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2011, from 1,434 employees to 693. Our headcount at December 31, 2012 was 1,013 employees, including 224 Darling employees;

 

   

generated revenue per employee of $1.8 million in 2012 (based on the number of full-time equivalent employees at year end), which we believe is among the highest of our public homebuilding peers, based on data from the public filings of those homebuilders, and reduced SG&A expense as a percentage of home closings revenue to 9.8%; and

 

   

reduced average vertical house construction costs per square foot by 9.5% from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2012.

Solid balance sheet with sufficient liquidity for growth

We are well-positioned with a solid balance sheet and sufficient liquidity with which to service our debt obligations, support our ongoing operations and take advantage of growth opportunities as the expected recovery in the U.S. housing market continues. At December 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis, we would have had $         million in outstanding indebtedness and a strong net debt-to-net book capitalization of     % (or total debt-to-total book capitalization of     %). Also at December 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis, we would have had $         million of unrestricted cash, approximately $163.8 million of availability under our Revolving Credit Facility. Less than 26% of our approximately $941.0 million of currently outstanding debt matures before 2020.

The balance sheet carrying value of our entire inventory base was adjusted to fair market value as of the date of the Acquisition in July 2011. The purchase accounting adjustments resulted in a comprehensive revaluation of our entire land inventory near the bottom of the recent U.S. housing downturn. In contrast, our competitors have only been required, from time to time, to take impairment charges using the “impairment accounting” U.S.

 

120


Table of Contents

GAAP methodology applied to their land inventory. Giving effect to the Acquisition-related purchase accounting adjustments, the carrying value of our U.S. land inventory at the time of the Acquisition represented 52% of its original cost. We believe this reduced cost basis positions us to generate strong margins in the future.

Significant land inventory carried at a low cost basis

We continue to benefit from a sizeable and well-located existing land inventory. As of December 31, 2012, we owned or controlled 43,987 lots, including unconsolidated joint venture lots, which equated to approximately eleven years of land supply based on our trailing twelve-month closings of 4,014 homes. Our land inventory reflects our balanced approach to investments, yielding a distribution of finished lots available for near-term homebuilding operations and strategic land positions to support future growth. Our significant land inventory allows us to be selective in identifying new land acquisition opportunities and positions us against potential land shortages in markets that exhibit land supply constraints. In addition, some of our holdings represent multi-phase, master-planned communities, which provide us with the opportunity to utilize our development expertise to add value through re-entitlements, repositioning and/or opportunistic land sales to third parties. We operate in six of the largest ten master-planned communities in the United States based on 2012 sales.

 

2012 U.S. Market

Size Ranking(1)

  

Community Name

   Lots Owned or
Controlled by
the Company
2    Irvine Ranch (Orange County, CA)    83
3    The Woodlands (Houston, TX)    100
4    Cinco Ranch (Katy, TX)    293
7    Riverstone (Houston, TX)    1,551
8    Lakewood Ranch (Sarasota, FL)    1,176
10-tie    Nocatee (Jacksonville, FL)    16

 

  (1) Measured by 2012 sales based on data from John Burns Real Estate Consulting.

Since January 1, 2009, we have spent approximately $1.0 billion on new land purchases, acquiring 25,532 lots, of which 21,334 currently remain in our lot supply. We believe a substantial portion of our current land holdings was purchased at attractive prices at or near the low point of the market. We believe our local, well-established relationships with land sellers, brokers and investors and our knowledge of the local markets position us to be quick to market both to identify land and to gain access to such sellers, brokers and investors. We believe that our long-held reputation as a leading homebuilder and developer of land, combined with our balance sheet strength and our active opportunistic purchasing of land through the downturn, gives land brokers and sellers confidence that they can close transactions with us on a timely basis and with minimal execution risk. The following table sets forth our owned and controlled lot inventory by region as of December 31, 2012:

 

Lot Inventory by Region

   As of December
31, 2012
 
   Owned      Controlled*  

East

     19,620         6,364   

West

     9,637         1,393   

Canada

     4,620         2,353   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     33,877         10,110   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  * Controlled lots are those subject to a contract or option to purchase.

Strong market position and local presence in high-growth homebuilding markets

Our focused geographic footprint positions us to participate in the expected recovery in the U.S. housing market. The U.S. housing market experienced a significant downturn from 2006 to 2011 but has recently has shown signs of recovery. We currently operate exclusively in states benefitting from positive momentum in

 

121


Table of Contents

housing demand drivers, including nationally leading population and employment growth trends, migration patterns, housing affordability and desirable lifestyle and weather characteristics. The five states in which we operate accounted for 30% of the total 2010 U.S. population of 309 million and 35% of the 514,200 building permits issued for privately owned homes in the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

2000 – 2010 Annual Population Growth

 

LOGO

 

Total Permits, 2012

 

LOGO

Our land inventory is concentrated in markets that have experienced significant improvement in home prices. We believe that our geographic footprint enables us to capture the benefits of expected increasing home volumes and home prices as the U.S. housing recovery continues and demand for new homes increases. The following table sets forth, for each of our U.S. markets, information relating to growth in median existing home price, projected growth in employment, projected growth in single-family permits, home affordability and our market ranking.

 

U.S. Market

   Median existing
home price

1-yr growth
rate as of
Dec. 31, 2012
    Employment
growth
2012-2014
estimated CAGR
    Single-Family
permit growth
2012-2014
estimated CAGR
    Affordability
ratio (1)  as of
Dec. 31,
2012
    2012
Taylor Morrison
market share
ranking  (2)
 

Austin

     5.3     3.8     30.1     70.2     6   

Dallas (3)

     6.2        3.0        40.3        79.6        16   

Denver

     6.2        2.4        57.5        66.4        9   

Fort Myers (4)

     15.7        3.2        70.0        83.2        10   

Houston (3)

     4.7        2.9        20.3        75.7        15   

Jacksonville

     0.3        1.9        46.9        84.0        8   

Naples (5)

     1.6        3.2        59.5        53.3        7   

Orange County

     2.3        2.1        55.5        47.3        4   

Orlando

     3.8        2.6        56.9        81.7        8   

Phoenix

     18.6        2.5        95.3        79.8        4   

Sacramento

     2.6        2.2        83.5        73.1        4   

San Diego

     0.9        2.2        70.7        49.0        14   

San Francisco

     4.8        2.2        54.1        33.6        11   

San Jose

     8.7        2.1        43.6        38.8        6   

Sarasota (5)

     9.7        2.5        55.8        73.6        6   

Tampa          

       4.9        1.9        51.3        77.0        4   

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TM market average

     6.0 %       2.5 %       55.7 %       66.6 %       9   

US average

     3.1        2.0        52.9        68.8        N/A   

 

Source: Hanley Wood.

(1)

The affordability ratio is the percentage of households that can afford the median-priced existing home. The calculation assumes a 20% down payment and a 30-year fixed rate mortgage at the Freddie Mac mortgage

 

122


Table of Contents
  rate published just prior to period end and assumes that total monthly payments (including mortgage, property taxes and insurance) cannot exceed 30% of gross household income.

 

(2) Market rankings based on number of home closings between January 1, 2012 and December 31, 2012.

 

(3) Includes the historical business of Darling Homes for periods prior to its acquisition by us on December 31, 2012. See “—Recent Developments.”
(4) Based on Hanley Wood data as of November 30, 2012 (most recent publication for this market).
(5) Based on Hanley Wood data as of October 31, 2012 (most recent publication for this market).

We are well-positioned within our markets. As set forth in the table above, we have a top-ten market share in 12 of our 16 U.S. markets. We believe that maintaining significant market share within our markets enables us to achieve economies of scale, differentiates us from most of our competitors and increases our access to land acquisition opportunities.

Profitable Monarch business in Ontario

We benefit from increased diversification through our presence in the Canadian housing market because of our Monarch business in Ontario. Monarch Corporation delivered its first home in 1936 and since that time has become a recognized brand in Canada. Monarch Corporation has generated stable income and cash flow and has been profitable every year since 1941. Since 2008, the first full year after our U.S. and Canadian operations were combined, our Canada region has generated between 27% and 46% of our annual revenues and has played an important role in delivering growth, profitability and cash flow, which helped us withstand the recent downturn in the U.S. housing industry. As of December 31, 2012, Monarch Corporation had $732.9 million in backlog of homes sold and to be delivered in 2012 through 2016, including $313.3 million of unconsolidated joint venture backlog.

Monarch Corporation has six wholly owned and joint venture high-rise developments in the GTA which are expected to close and recognize revenue in 2013 and 2014 and which have sold in excess of 95% of the aggregate number of the homes offered in those developments. These high-rise developments are expected to recognize in excess of $350 million in total revenues, a portion of which we will recognize as joint venture income on an equity method basis. The sales contracts for these homes are typically supported with a deposit of up to 20% of the purchase price and are full-recourse to the buyer, allowing Monarch Corporation to retain the deposit and pursue any shortfall from the remaining purchase price of a home in the event of a default by a homebuyer. Over the last five years, Monarch Corporation’s cancellation rate has not exceeded 1%. Furthermore, substantially all of our construction costs have been contracted, and each development has project-level finance in place to fund construction costs.

Expertise in delivering lifestyle communities targeted at first- and second-time move-up buyers

We focus on developing lifestyle communities, which have many distinguishing attributes, including proximity to job centers, strong school systems and a variety of amenities. Within our communities, we offer award-winning home designs through our single-family detached, single-family attached and high-rise condominium products. We engineer our homes for energy-efficiency, which is aimed at reducing the impact on the environment and lowering energy costs to our homebuyers.

During the economic downturn, we maintained our core business strategy of focusing on first- and second-time move-up buyers, whereas we observed many homebuilders refocus their businesses on lower-priced homes. We believe our experience in the move-up market allows us to significantly expand our new home offerings at higher price points. Our average selling price was $364,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, which ranked us among the top quartile for average selling price of public homebuilders. We believe homebuyers at these higher price points are more likely to value and pay for the quality of lifestyle, construction and amenities for which we are known.

 

123


Table of Contents

While we primarily target move-up buyers, our portfolio also includes homes for entry-level, luxury and active adult buyers (55 years of age and over). We have the expertise and track record in designing and delivering lifestyle products and amenities that we believe appeal to active adult buyers. We believe that through our geographic footprint, we are well-positioned to capture greater share of the active adult market, with new active adult communities planned to open in Florida and Colorado in 2013.

 

LOGO

Our captive mortgage company allows us to offer financing to our homebuyers and to more effectively convert backlog into closings

We directly originate, underwrite and fund mortgages for our homebuyers through our wholly owned mortgage lending company TMHF. TMHF maintains relationships with several correspondent lenders through which it utilizes its Principal Authorized Agent designation to mitigate the underwriting risk associated with its funding of mortgage loans. We believe TMHF provides a distinct competitive advantage relative to homebuilders without captive mortgage units, since many of our buyers seek an integrated home buying experience. While we believe many other homebuilders with a captive mortgage company use a single lender, our multi-lender platform provides us with the ability to leverage a broad range of products and underwriting and pricing options for the benefit of the homebuyers. Therefore, TMHF allows us to use mortgage finance as an additional sales tool, helps ensure and enhance the customer experience, prequalifies buyers earlier in the home buying process, provides us better visibility in converting our sales backlog into closings and is a source of incremental revenues and profitability. TMHF outperforms a number of builder-affiliated mortgage companies, as evidenced by our industry-leading capture rate of 84% in 2012 (compared to an industry average of 73%, based on the most recent fiscal year data). TMHF also had one of the lowest sales cancellation rates among our publicly traded peers with mortgage units, which was 15% in 2012, compared to an average of 19% among the top 13 public U.S. homebuilders, based on the most recent fiscal year data. During the year ended December 31, 2012, TMHF closed 2,001 loans with an aggregate loan volume of approximately $529 million, representing a capture rate of 84%. TMHF is independently financed on a non-recourse basis and originates mortgages that have been subject to disciplined underwriting standards, illustrated by the fact that TMHF’s average borrower FICO score was 743 for the nine months ended December 31, 2012. TMHF also has the lowest rate of early defaults, based on delinquent Federal Housing Administration loans, compared with public builder-affiliated mortgage companies. TMHF’s rate of early defaults is currently equivalent to 25% of the U.S. average. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we reported net income from TMHF of $10.6 million.

Highly experienced management team

We benefit from an experienced management team that has demonstrated the ability to generate positive financial results and adapt to constantly changing market conditions. The ability to execute during highly

 

124


Table of Contents

challenging conditions is exemplified by our performance and focus on efficiency and profitability over the past several years. In addition to our corporate management team, our division presidents bring substantial industry knowledge and local market expertise, with an average of approximately 18 years of experience in the homebuilding industry. Our success in land acquisition and development is due in large part to the caliber of our local management teams, which are responsible for the planning, design, entitlements and eventual execution of the entire community. Unlike some of our homebuilding peers, our management team chose to retain a core competency in land acquisition and development during the recent downturn, which positions us to more effectively identify and capitalize on land opportunities in the current market. We believe our managers’ local, regional and national industry knowledge enables us to quickly and effectively evaluate and capitalize on market opportunities in order to optimize our business.

Our Growth Strategy

We have performed well through the unprecedented challenges of the recent economic downturn. We believe we are well-positioned for growth and increased profitability in an improving housing market through disciplined execution of the following elements of our growth strategy:

Drive revenue by opening new communities from existing land supply

Over the last few years we have strategically invested in new land in our core markets. Our land supply provides us with the opportunity to increase our community count on a net basis by approximately 40% in 2013 and 30% in 2014. A significant portion of our land supply was purchased at low price points during the recent downturn in the housing cycle. Although future downturns may occur, these land purchases, coupled with the adjustment of our land cost basis to fair market value at the time of our Acquisition, are expected to result in continued revenue growth and strong gross margin performance from our U.S. communities.

Combine land acquisition and development expertise with homebuilding operations to maximize profitability

Our ability to identify, acquire and develop land in desirable locations and on favorable terms is critical to our success. We evaluate land opportunities based on how we expect they will contribute to overall corporate profitability and returns, rather than how they might drive volume on a regional or submarket basis. We continue to use our local relationships with land sellers, brokers and investors to seek to obtain the “first look” at quality land opportunities. We expect to continue to allocate capital to pursue creative deal structures and other opportunities with the goal of achieving superior returns by utilizing our development expertise, efficiency and opportunistic mindset.

We continue to combine our land development expertise with our homebuilding operations to increase the flexibility of our business, to enhance our margin performance and to control the timing of delivery of lots. Unlike many of our competitors, we believe we are able to increase the value of our land portfolio through the zoning and engineering process by creating attractive land use plans and optimizing our use of land, which ultimately translates into greater opportunities to generate profits. Many of our competitors focus on buying finished lots from land developers, an approach that often reduces their margins, especially when competition for finished lots is high. By contrast, we will continue to deploy our well-established land development capability in each of our markets, allowing us to generate margins both from land development and homebuilding.

Focus our offerings on targeted customer groups

Our goal is to identify the preferences of our target customer and demographic groups and offer them innovative, high-quality homes that are efficient and profitable to build. To achieve this goal, we conduct extensive market research to determine preferences of our customer groups. We do not employ “off the shelf” industry-standard customer groups (which tend to focus on classification by price point) in our marketing programs. Instead, through extensive and targeted market research, we have identified seven consumer groups by

 

125


Table of Contents

focusing on particular lifestyle preferences, tastes and other attributes of our customer base. Our group classification includes four categories of couples or singles, such as our “Fancy Nesters” customers, and three categories of families, such as our “Parks and Prestige” customers.

Our approach to consumer group segmentation guides all of our operations from our initial land acquisition through our design, building, marketing and delivery of homes and our ongoing after-sales customer service. Among our peers, we believe we are at the forefront of directed-marketing strategies, as evidenced by our highly-trafficked website which provides innovative tools that are designed to enhance our customers’ homebuying experience.

Build aspirational homes for our customers and deliver superior customer service

We develop communities and build homes in which our target customers aspire to live. In order to deliver aspirational homes, we purchase well-located land and focus on developing attractive neighborhoods and committees with desirable lifestyle amenities. Our efforts culminate in the design and construction of thoughtfully detailed finished homes utilizing the highest construction standards.

Our success rests not only on our ability to deliver exceptional products, but also to provide extensive after-sales service to ensure buyer satisfaction and establish long-term customer relationships. We are committed to after-sales service that we believe can improve our brand recognition and encourage our customers to make referrals resulting in lower customer acquisition costs and increased home sales rates. Both the Taylor Morrison and Monarch brands have received numerous accolades and awards for quality, service and design by homebuilding industry trade groups and publications, such as the 2009 award for “Best Customer Experience” by a large homebuilder in the United States by AVID Awards and Builder magazine’s “Builder’s Choice” Hall of Fame award in 2009.

Selectively pursue acquisitions

Our company was formed through the combination of Taylor Woodrow and Morrison Homes in the United States, forming Taylor Morrison, and Monarch Corporation in Canada. We have successfully acquired and integrated homebuilding businesses in the past and intend to utilize our experience in integrating businesses as opportunities for acquisitions arise.

We selectively evaluate expansion opportunities in our existing markets as well as in new markets that exhibit positive long-term fundamentals. For instance, in December 2012 we acquired the assets of Darling, a Texas-based home builder. Darling build homes under the Darling Homes brand for move-up buyers in approximately 24 communities in the Dallas-Fort Worth Metroplex and 20 communities in the Greater Houston Area markets. We believe that our success in integrating operations across both a wide range of geographic markets and product types demonstrates the scalable nature of our business model and provides us with the structure to support disciplined growth in existing and new markets.

Adhere to our core operating principles to drive consistent long-term performance

We recognize that the housing market is cyclical and home price movement between the peak and trough of the cycle can be significant. We seek to maximize shareholder value over the long-term and therefore operate our business to mitigate risks from downturns in the market and to position ourselves to capitalize on upturns in the market: we seek to control costs, maintain a solid balance sheet and ensure an overall strategic focus that is informed by national, regional and local market trends. This management approach also includes the following elements:

 

   

attracting and retaining top talent through a culture in which team members are encouraged to contribute to our success and are given the opportunity to recognize their full potential;

 

   

balancing decentralized local day-to-day decision-making responsibility with centralized corporate oversight;

 

126


Table of Contents
   

ensuring all team members understand the organization’s strategy and the goals of the business and have the tools to contribute to our success;

 

   

centralizing management approval of all land acquisitions and dispositions under stringent underwriting requirements; and

 

   

maintaining a performance-based corporate culture committed to the highest standards of integrity, ethics and professionalism.

While we have set forth our competitive strengths and our strategy above, the homebuilding industry is a competitive industry, and we face certain challenges. The homebuilding industry has historically been subject to significant volatility. We may be at a competitive disadvantage with regard to certain of our national competitors whose operations are more geographically diversified than ours, as these competitors may be better able to withstand any future regional downturn in the housing market. In addition, a number of our national competitors are larger than we are and may have greater financial and operational resources than we do. These factors may give our competitors an advantage in marketing their products, securing materials and labor at lower prices and allowing their homes to be delivered to customers more quickly and at more favorable prices. This competition could reduce our market share and limit our ability to expand our business as we have planned. See “Risk Factors—Risks related to our industry and our business.”

Our Markets and Products

Our business is organized into three geographic regions: East, West and Canada. Each of our regions is an operating segment and is comprised of multiple divisions. Each of our divisions is primarily run as a standalone business by local management teams under the supervision of a division President. The division Presidents in turn report to a regional President, with the three regional Presidents reporting directly to our President and Chief Executive Officer.

East Region

Our East region consists of our Houston, Austin, Dallas, North Florida and West Florida divisions. The Houston, Austin and West Florida divisions have historically operated as both merchant builders and community developers, while the North Florida division has historically operated as a merchant builder. Community development includes the acquisition and development of large-scale communities that may include significant planning and entitlement approvals and construction of off-site and on-site utilities and infrastructure. In contrast, merchant builders generally acquire fully planned and entitled lots and may construct on-site improvements but normally do not construct significant off-site utility or infrastructure improvements.

 

LOGO

 

127


Table of Contents

West Region

Our West region consists of our Phoenix, Northern California, Southern California and Denver divisions. The Denver, Northern California and Southern California divisions have historically operated as merchant builders, while the Phoenix division has historically operated as both a merchant builder and a community developer.

 

LOGO

Canada

Our Canada region consists of our operations within the province of Ontario, primarily in the GTA and also in Ottawa and Kitchener-Waterloo, and offers both single-family and high-rise communities. Our high-rise products are exclusively offered in the GTA, where demand for high-rise living is greatest.

The GTA, Ottawa and Kitchener-Waterloo are the top three housing markets in Ontario (based on number of permits), and Ontario represents over one-third of the total Canadian housing market (based on number of permits), in each case as reported by CMHC. Monarch Corporation’s signature single-family residential communities include golf courses, locations adjacent to conservation areas or centrally located communities near the heart of each city and that are close to amenities. Monarch Corporation’s GTA high-rise condominiums are typically located near employment centers, subway stations and shopping malls.

 

LOGO

 

128


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the historical mix in closings, including unconsolidated joint venture closings, for the years ended December 31, 2009 through 2012.

Historical Closings

 

LOGO

Our Homes

We offer a wide range of high-quality homes to consumers in our markets, ranging from entry-level to luxury homes. We strive to maintain appropriate consumer product and price level diversification. We target the largest and most profitable consumer groups while ensuring the division portfolios are not overly concentrated in any one group. Our ability to build at multiple price points enables us to adjust readily to changing consumer preferences and affordability. We also use measures of market-specific supply and demand to determine which consumer groups are ultimately targeted and will be the most profitable in a specific land position.

We market single-family homes with many amenities to entry-level through move-up homebuyers. We believe that our reputation as a builder of homes for the first- and second-time move-up markets enhances our competitive position with respect to the sale of our smaller, more moderately priced single-family detached and attached homes enabling us to capture more margin.

We have developed a number of home designs with features such as one-story living and first floor master bedroom suites to appeal to universal design needs, as well as communities with recreational amenities such as golf courses, pool complexes, country clubs and recreation centers. We have integrated these designs and features in many of our homes and communities.

We offer some of the same basic home designs in similar communities and engage unaffiliated architectural firms to develop new designs to replace or augment existing ones in order to ensure that our homes reflect current and local consumer tastes. During the past year, we introduced 220 floor plans.

 

129


Table of Contents

Geographic buyer profiles for our different lines of homes at December 31, 2012, was as follows (including unconsolidated joint ventures):

 

     Phoenix     Northern
California
    Southern
California
    Denver     North
Florida (1)
    West
Florida
    Houston     Austin     Canada
Single-
Family
    Canada
High-
Rise
 

Closings:

                    

Entry-level

     156        132        31        34        202        187        121        52        —          —     

1 st Move-up

     191        162        107        77        59        30        143        39        644        195   

2 nd Move-up

     173        83        53        46        117        21        162        135        243        —     

Active Adult

     —          —          3        —          7        238        18        62        —          —     

Urban

     —          24        —          —          36        32        —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     520        401        194        157        421        508        444        288        887        195   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closings as a % of Total:

                    

Entry-level

     30     33     16     22     48     37     27     18     0     0

1 st Move-up

     37        40        55        49        14        6        32        14        73        100   

2 nd Move-up

     33        21        27        29        28        4        36        47        27        0   

Active Adult

     0        0        2        0        2        47        4        22        0        0   

Urban

     0        6        0        0        9        6        0        0        0        0   

Product Mix

                    

Detached

     100     56     56     100     91     88     100     100     43     0

Attached

     0        44     44        0        9        12        0        0        57        100   

 

(1) Includes Mirasol Country Club closings in Southeast Florida.

In most of our single-family detached home communities, we offer at least four different floor plans, each consistent with local market design expectations. In addition, the exterior of each basic floor plan may be varied further by the use of stone, stucco, brick or siding. Our traditional attached home communities generally offer several different floor plans that consist of two, three or four bedrooms.

In most of our communities, a wide selection of options and upgrades are available to homebuyers for additional charges. The number and complexity of options varies by community and are based on the specific demands of each particular consumer group. Our architectural options could include additional garages, guest suites, finished lofts and extra fireplaces. These options usually add significant additional revenues without significant costs, further improving the margin on the home.

 

130


Table of Contents

Market Position

We are disciplined in our selection of markets in which to operate, considering the underlying supply and demand, competitiveness, employment base and profitability specific to each location. Our markets have historically had strong population growth rates and a level of population density conducive to rising sales volumes. We operate in 11 of the 35 largest homebuilding markets in the United States (based on 2012 new single-family permits reported by the U.S Census Bureau).

 

2012 U.S.
Market Size
Ranking (1)

  

Market

  

Single-family permits

 

1

   Houston-Baytown-Sugarland,TX      28,568   

2

   Dallas-Fort Worth, TX      17,821   

3

   Phoenix-Mesa-Scottsdale, AZ      11,859   

7

   Austin-Round Rock, TX      7,970   

8

   Orlando, FL      7,240   

13

   Denver-Aurora, CO      5,886   

14

   Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL      5,885   

22

   Los Angeles-Long Beach-Santa Ana, CA      4,921   

23

   San Francisco-Bay Area, CA (2)      4,921   

24

   Jacksonville, FL      4,582   

26

   Riverside-San Bernardino-Ontario, CA      4,229   

 

(1) Measured by single-family residential permits based on U.S. Census data.
(2) Includes San Jose, CA

Monarch Corporation’s three active Canadian markets of the GTA, Ottawa and Kitchener-Waterloo make up the top three homebuilding markets in Ontario and all are ranked in the top 15 Canadian homebuilding markets (based on 2012 new housing starts as reported by CMHC).

 

2012 Canadian
Market Size
Ranking (1)

  

Market

  

Total housing starts

1

   Toronto, Ontario    48,105

6

   Ottawa, Ontario    8,785

13

   Kitchener, Ontario    2,900

 

(1) Measured by total housing starts based on data from the CMHC.

Warranty Program

In the United States, we offer express written limited warranties on our homes that generally provide for one year of coverage for various defects in workmanship or materials. These warranties are in addition to certain legal warranties (including implied warranties) that may apply in the markets where we operate. In Canada, in accordance with regulatory requirements administered by the Tarion Warranty Corporation, we offer a limited warranty that generally provides for seven years of structural coverage, two years of coverage for water penetration, electrical, plumbing, heating, and exterior cladding defects, and one year of coverage for workmanship and materials.

We are responsible for performing all of the work during the warranty period. As a result, warranty reserves are established as homes close in an amount estimated to be adequate to cover expected costs of materials and labor during warranty periods.

 

131


Table of Contents

Community Development

We aim to establish a complete concept for each community we develop, beginning with an overall community design and then determining the size, style and price range of the homes and the layout of the streets and individual home sites. In the case of developed communities, after necessary governmental subdivision and other approvals have been obtained, we improve the land by clearing and grading it, installing roads, installing underground utility lines and recreational amenities, erecting distinctive entrance structures and staking out individual home sites.

Each community is staffed with a superintendent, customer service and sales personnel, in conjunction with a local management team managing the general project. Major development strategy decisions regarding community positioning are included in the underwriting process and are made in consultation with senior members of our management team.

Our construction managers and land managers coordinate subcontracting activities and supervise all aspects of construction work and quality control.

We are a general contractor for substantially all of our homebuilding projects in the United States and all of our projects in Canada. Subcontractors perform all home construction and land development work, generally under fixed-price contracts. Based on local market practices, we either purchase the materials used to build our homes and infrastructure directly from the manufacturers or producers, or we contract with trades that include all materials and workmanship in their pricing. We generally have multiple sources for the materials we purchase and have not experienced significant delays due to unavailability of necessary materials.

Customer Mortgage Financing

TMHF provides a number of mortgage-related services to our homebuilding customers through its mortgage lending operations. TMHF operated as a table-funded lender through December 21, 2010 with the primary responsibility of origination, processing and documentation of mortgage loans exclusively for our U.S. homebuilding customers. TMHF had the ability to use wholesale lender funds in its transactions, rather than a warehouse line facility. The wholesale lending sources carried all decision making authority and all principal risk associated with underwriting loans. This historical profile has led to limited put-back risk for TMHF. TMHF’s multi-lender platform included Flagstar Bank, US Bank, SunTrust Bank, Wells Fargo Mortgage and Metlife Home Loans. Revenue was derived from yield spread premiums, broker points and processing fees. The main strategic purpose of TMHF in our business is:

 

   

to utilize finance as a sales tool as part of the purchase process to ensure a consistent customer experience and assist in maintaining production efficiency; and

 

   

to influence and assist in determining our backlog quality and to better manage projected closing and delivery dates for our customers.

As of January 1, 2011, in response to U.S. federal regulatory changes, TMHF transitioned to operating as a full lender and conducting its business as a Federal Housing Authority Full Eagle lender. TMHF funds mortgage loans utilizing a warehouse line facility. TMHF maintains a relationship with its correspondent lenders through which it utilizes its Principal Authorized Agent designation to mitigate the underwriting risk associated with its funding of mortgage loans. Revenue is earned through origination and processing fees combined with service release premiums earned in the secondary market once the loans are sold to investors. We seek to hold loans on our books for approximately 20 days before selling them to the secondary market. TMHF maintains long-standing relationships with several of the lenders stated above.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, TMHF closed 2,001 loans with an aggregate loan volume of approximately $529.7 million, representing a capture rate of 84%. In 2011, TMHF closed 1,495 loans with an

 

132


Table of Contents

aggregate loan volume of approximately $378.1 million, representing a capture rate of 83%. In 2010, TMHF closed 1,701 loans with an aggregate loan volume of approximately $397.5 million, representing a capture rate of 84%. Our mortgage capture rate represents the percentage of our U.S. homes sold to a purchaser that utilized a mortgage, for which the borrower obtained such mortgage from TMHF or one of our preferred third party lenders.

Land Acquisition Policies and Development

Locating and vetting attractive land positions is a critical challenge for any homebuilder or developer. In order to maximize our expected risk-adjusted return, the allocation of capital for land investment is performed at the corporate level with a disciplined approach to portfolio management. Our Investment Committee meets twice monthly and consists of our President and Chief Executive Officer, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and General Counsel, Vice President, Land Investments and Vice President, Sales and Marketing. Annually, the divisions prepare a strategic plan for their specific geographies. Macro and micro indices, such as employment, housing starts, new home sales, resales and foreclosures along with market related shifts in competition, land availability and consumer preferences, are carefully analyzed to determine the land and business strategy for the following one to five years. Supply and demand are analyzed on a consumer segment and submarket basis to ensure land investment is targeted appropriately. The long-term plan is compared on an ongoing basis to realities in the marketplace as they evolve and is adjusted to the extent necessary. Our existing land portfolio as of December 31, 2012 is detailed below:

East Region (lots owned or controlled)

 

     Owned December 31, 2012      Controlled December 31, 2012         

Division

   Raw      Partially
Developed
     Finished      Total      Raw      Partially
Developed
     Finished      Total      Total
Owned &
Controlled
 

Austin

     3,994         109         384         4,487         316         —           4         320         4,807   

Houston

     3,394         172         1,189         4,755         112         96         519         727         5,482   

Dallas

     —           —           263         263         187         159         583         929         1,192   

West Florida

     2,141         3,245         2,466         7,852         3,048         —           —           3,048         10,900   

North Florida

     1,233         143         887         2,263         1,225         —           115         1,340         3,603   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10,762         3,669         5,189         19,620         4,888         255         1,221         6,364         25,984   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
West Region (lots owned or controlled)                
     Owned December 31, 2012      Controlled December 31, 2012         

Division

   Raw      Partially
Developed
     Finished      Total      Raw      Partially
Developed
     Finished      Total      Total
Owned &
Controlled
 

Northern California

     678         418         601         1,697         80         60         17         157         1,854   

Southern California

     —           107         391         498         249         72         51         372         870   

Phoenix

     3,986         1,085         1,195         6,266         756         —           66         822         7,088   

Denver

     832         86         258         1,176         42         —           —           42         1,218   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,496         1,696         2,445         9,637         1,127         132         134         1,393         11,030   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

133


Table of Contents
Canada Region (lots owned or controlled)                       
     Owned December 31, 2012      Controlled December 31, 2012         
     Raw      Partially
Developed
     Finished      Total      Raw      Partially
Developed
     Finished      Total      Total
Owned &
Controlled
 

Single-family

     1,017         72         651         1,740         771         —           —           771         2,511   

High-rise

     186         402         423         1,011         —           —           —           —           1,011   

Single-family JV

     1,060         —           9         1,069         859         —           —           859         1,928   

High-rise JV

     187         612         3         801         659         64         —           723         1,524   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,449         1,086         1,085         4,620         2,289         64         —           2,353         6,973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

North America (lots owned or controlled)

 

     Owned December 31, 2012                  Controlled December 31, 2012  

            

   Raw      Partially
Developed
     Finished      Total    Raw      Partially
Developed
     Finished      Total      Total
Owned
and
Controlled
 

Total

     18,707         6,451         8,719       33,877      8,304         451         1,355         10,110         43,987   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note: Single-family JV and high-rise JV controlled lots are comprised of our proportionate share of lots within consolidated joint ventures.

Lot Inventory by Geography

 

    

As of December 31, 2012

     Year ended
December 31, 2012
 

                                 

   Owned
Lots
     Inventory book
value (Owned
Only) (in
thousands)
     Consolidated
closings
 

Florida

     10,115       $ 255,887         929   

Texas

     9,505         499,066         732   

Arizona

     6,266         220,393         520   

California

     2,195         345,885         595   

Colorado

     1,176         74,538         157   

Canada Single-family

     2,808         135,685         847   

Canada High-rise

     1,812         101,596         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     33,877       $ 1,633,050         3,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note: 3,864 and 1,979 lots in Florida and Arizona, respectively, are lots held for long-term development.

 

134


Table of Contents

Lot Inventory by Year

 

       As of
December 31,
 
Year    Owned Lots  

2007

     28,552   

2008

     22,610   

2009

     24,690   

2010

     25,753   

2011

     23,786   

2012

     33,877   

Beginning in 2007, we strategically sold land holdings in the outer metropolitan areas of our markets. Since January 1, 2009, we have opportunistically acquired 25,532 lots, of which 21,334 remain in our lot supply. In addition, 73% of our U.S. lots were acquired after January 1, 2008, with such lots representing 88% of our U.S. inventory book value of land. Since 2010, we have reduced the book value of our Canadian lot inventory from $274.0 million, or 32% of the book value of our total lot inventory, to $237.3 million, or 11% of the book value of our total lot inventory.

Lot Development Status

 

     As of December 31, 2012  
(in thousands, except for lots)              
Development Status    Owned Lots      Book Value of Land and Development  

Long-term

     5,843       $ 40,071   

Raw

     16,914         462,603   

Under development

     3,704         198,263   

Finished

     7,416         472,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     33,877       $ 1,173,819   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In North America, many of our competitors buy finished lots from a land developer. This approach often reduces the margins of such builders, especially where competition for finished lots is high. We are less dependent on this approach, having a well-established land development capability in all of our markets, which we believe allows us to generate higher margins. Our investment in raw land as a percentage of our total lot inventory has increased to 85% in 2012 from 65% in 2010, or an average of 80% over the last three years.

Lot Vintage

 

     As of December 31, 2012  

(in thousands, except for lots)

      

Year acquired

   Owned Lots      Book Value of Land and Development  

Pre-2008

     11,813       $ 181,970   

2008

     730         11,948   

2009

     2,577         69,663   

2010

     2,846         84,075   

2011

     3,397         182,805   

2012 

     12,515         643,356   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     33,877       $ 1,173,819   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In the land purchasing process, specific projects of interest are detailed by the local division team, including proposed ownership structure, environmental concerns, anticipated product segmentation, competitive environment and financial returns. We also determine whether further spending on currently

 

135


Table of Contents

owned and controlled land is a well-timed and appropriate use of capital. As market circumstances change, we evaluate whether communities that have been put on hold will be resumed. In all circumstances, our investment strategy emphasizes expected profitability to reflect the risk and timing of returns, rather than the establishment or maintenance of sales volumes in new or existing markets.

One benefit of recent market conditions has been improvement in the entitlement and development process. Entitlements generally give the developer the right to obtain building permits upon compliance with conditions usually within the developer’s control. For the duration of the term of the entitlements, the developer enjoys the right to develop a specific number of residential lots without the need for further public hearings or discretionary local government approvals. Certain regulatory agencies in the United States have recently shown some flexibility and willingness to provide cost saving concessions to builders and developers. The development process has also seen certain benefits. The primary land development tasks include grading land, installing utilities, constructing concrete curbs and other structures, paving roads and landscaping. As the market demand for these tasks has decreased, in certain cases our development timelines and costs have been reduced. In certain of our U.S. markets, we anticipate that the cost and time advantages that exist today will continue in the near term as many builders continue to push for finished lot inventory.

Homes in Inventory

We manage our inventory of homes under construction by selectively starting construction on unsold homes to capture new home demand, while monitoring the number and aging of unsold homes. As of December 31, 2012, we had a total of 3,156 homes in inventory, which included 2,354 homes under contract but not yet closed.

The following is a summary of our homes in inventory by region as of December 31, 2012:

 

     Homes in
Backlog
     Models      Inventory
to be Sold
     Total      Inventory
Value
without
Land (in
thousands)
 

West

     518         77         145         740       $ 88,492   

East

     717         104         381         1,202         176,361   

Canada(1)

     1,119         20         75         1,214         109,165   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,354         201         601         3,156       $ 374,018   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Does not include unconsolidated joint ventures.

A significant portion of our Canada homes in inventory relates to our high-rise products. The following table summarizes the size and status of our active high-rise projects, as of December 31, 2012:

 

    Couture     Ultra     Water-
scapes
    Encore     Yorkland     Lago     Garden
Court
    Picasso  

Ownership by Monarch Corporation

    50.0     100.0     50.0     50.0     100.0     50.0     100.0     50.0

Units in the project

    476        423        344        403        402        444        186        402   

Total firm sales as of Sept. 30, 2012

    474        422        324        379        396        286        165        331   

Percentage sold

    99.6     99.8     94.2     94.0     98.5     64.3     88.7     82.3

Launch date

    Oct. 07        May 08        Sept. 08        Feb. 10        Apr. 10        Jun. 11        Oct. 11        Nov. 11   

Occupancy (expected for periods from 2013 onward)

    Mar. 13        May 13        May 14        Jun. 13        Jun. 14        Dec. 16        Aug. 14        Jan. 16   

 

136


Table of Contents

Procurement and Construction

We employ a comprehensive procurement program that leverages our size and national presence to achieve attractive cost savings. Our objective in procurement is to maximize efficiencies on local, regional and national levels and to ensure consistent utilization of established contractual arrangements.

The program currently involves over 30 vendors and includes highly reputable and well-established companies who supply us with lumber, appliances, HVAC systems, insulation, shingles, paint and lighting, among other supplies. Through these relationships, we are able to realize discounts on the costs of essential materials. Contracts are typically structured to include a blend of attractive upfront pricing and rebates and, in some cases, advantageous retroactive pricing in instances of contract renewals. The program arrangements are typically not designed to be completely exclusive in nature; for example, divisions may choose to use local or alternate suppliers if they find cost savings by doing so. However, our divisions have historically made use of over 80% of our national procurement contracts, largely as a result of the advantageous pricing available under such contracts.

In addition to cost advantages, these arrangements also help minimize the risk of construction delays during supply shortages, as we are often able to leverage our size to obtain our full allocation of required materials. Furthermore, these arrangements sometimes include provisions for cooperative marketing, which allow us to extend the reach and effectiveness of our advertising efforts.

As the U.S. housing market continues to recover, we expect to be able to further leverage our size to ensure continued competitive pricing on required supplies. We have extensive experience managing all phases of the construction process. Although we do not employ our own skilled tradesmen, such as plumbers, electricians and carpenters, we actively participate in the entire construction process to ensure that our homes meet our high standard of quality. Each of our new home projects is staffed by an on-site construction manager, or superintendent. Our homes are constructed by subcontractors who are overseen by the on-site superintendent. As a result of not employing our own construction base, it is not necessary to purchase and maintain high capital construction equipment. On-site personnel are also responsible for making any adjustments to a home before delivery to a purchaser and for after-sales service pursuant to our warranty.

Joint Ventures

We participate in property development and homebuilding joint ventures to purchase and/or develop land where we have less than full ownership, as a means of controlling lot positions, expanding our market opportunities, establishing strategic alliances, reducing our risk profile, leveraging our capital base, and enhancing our returns on capital. The purpose of our homebuilding joint ventures is to develop land and construct homes that are sold directly to homebuyers. Our land development joint ventures include those with developers and other homebuilders, as well as financial investors to develop finished lots for sale to the joint venture’s members or other third parties. We evaluate joint venture opportunities in all of our existing homebuilding markets as a means to acquire attractive land positions, expand our presence in markets, manage our risk profile and leverage our capital base.

In Canada, Monarch Corporation enters into joint ventures as a means of acquiring land in partnership with a landowner that wants to participate in its development. In some instances, joint ventures allow Monarch Corporation to keep land under control without a significant cash outlay until the land is ready for future development or delivered to end users. Joint ventures also allow Monarch Corporation to mitigate risk on large projects and in some instances provide a market for finished lots to us and to our joint venture partners on single-family projects. We have used joint ventures for both our single-family and high-rise product development.

Monarch Corporation’s joint ventures are generally structured so that the owner holds title to the land until construction or land development commences. Monarch Corporation contributes capital on an as-needed basis to the joint venture in the form of equity contributions, which in the aggregate is generally equal to its joint venture partner’s net land equity. Typically, our joint ventures operate as 50/50 co-ownerships managed by a management committee

 

137


Table of Contents

with equal voting rights for each co-owner. Monarch Corporation is appointed development manager of the joint venture and manages the day-to-day operating decisions under the direction of the management committee. Additional financing beyond each co-owner’s equity contribution is arranged through a third party lender, and Monarch Corporation’s liability under such financing is typically limited to a guarantee of a portion of the financing in proportion to its ownership in the joint venture. This financing is undertaken for the life of the project and is negotiated on the basis of market interest rates and covenants. In all high-rise joint ventures, we are paid a fee to manage the project.

We also participate in joint ventures related to title services in Canada.

Unconsolidated Joint Ventures

We use the equity method of accounting for our investments in unconsolidated joint ventures that are not VIEs and over which we do not exercise control and have ownership interests of 50% or less. As of December 31, 2012, we had equity investments in six unconsolidated active land development and homebuilding entities. Of our five active unconsolidated joint ventures in Canada, three were related to our single-family business and two were related to our high-rise business.

Our unconsolidated joint ventures obtain secured acquisition, development and construction financing primarily from third party lenders. As of December 31, 2012, outstanding debt of our unconsolidated joint ventures to third party lenders was $162.2 million, of which our subsidiaries have issued secured guarantees of $140.4 million.

The investment in these unconsolidated entities recorded on our consolidated balance sheet was $74.5 million as of December 31, 2012.

Consolidated Joint Ventures

We consolidate joint ventures where we exercise control and influence over the investee and/or we own a majority economic interest. As of December 31, 2012, we conducted land development and homebuilding activities in one consolidated joint venture. Our Steiner Ranch project in Austin, Texas has been deemed a VIE, which qualifies for consolidation in our financial statements. The project is a long-lived residential and commercial venture where, subject to the terms of our joint venture arrangements, we exercise control over the operations and strategic direction of the joint venture.

Sales and Marketing

Our marketing program calls for a balanced approach of corporate support and local expertise to attract potential homebuyers in a focused, efficient and cost-effective manner. Our sales and marketing team provides a generalized marketing framework across our regional operations as well as sales training to our local teams. Our divisional sales and marketing teams utilize local media and marketing streams to deliver a unique message that is relevant to our targeted consumer groups in each market.

Our goal is to identify the preferences of our target customer and demographic groups and offer them innovative, high-quality products that are efficient and profitable to build. To achieve this goal, we conduct extensive market research to determine preferences of our customer groups. We do not use “off the shelf” industry-standard customer groups (which tend to focus on classification by price point) in our marketing programs. Instead, through extensive and targeted market research, we have identified seven consumer groups by focusing on particular lifestyle preferences, tastes and other attributes of our customer base. Our group classification, includes four categories of couples or singles, such as our “Fancy Nesters” customers, and three categories of families, such as our “Parks and Prestige” customers.

 

138


Table of Contents

We have gathered data regarding the specific preferences of our seven consumer groups. Our approach to customer group identification guides all of our operations from our initial land acquisition through to our design, building, marketing and delivery of homes and our ongoing after-sales customer service. Among our peers, we believe we are at the forefront of directed marketing strategies, as evidenced by our highly trafficked internet site.

The central element of our marketing platform is our customer websites. The main purpose of these websites is to direct potential customers to one of our sales teams. Customers are also able to use the websites to make inquiries and to receive a prompt response from one of our “Internet Home Consultants.” The websites are fully integrated with our customer relationship management system. By analyzing the content of our customer relationship management system, we are able to focus our lead generation programs to deliver high-quality sales leads. With these leads we are better able to increase sale conversion rates and lower marketing costs.

Competition

The U.S. and Canadian homebuilding industries are highly competitive. We compete in each of our markets with numerous other national, regional and local homebuilders for homebuyers, desirable properties, raw materials, skilled labor and financing. We also compete with sales of existing homes and with the rental housing market. Our homes compete on the basis of quality, price, design, mortgage financing terms and location. We have begun to see some consolidation among national homebuilders in the United States and expect that this trend will continue. The homebuilding industry has historically been subject to significant volatility. We may be at a competitive disadvantage with regard to certain of our national competitors whose operations are more geographically diversified than ours, as these competitors may be better able to withstand any future regional downturn in the housing market. In addition, a number of our national competitors such as D. R. Horton Inc., Pulte Group, Inc. and Lennar Corporation are larger than we are and may have greater financial and operational resources than we do. This may give our competitors an advantage in marketing their products, securing materials and labor at lower prices and allowing their homes to be delivered to customers more quickly and at more favorable prices. This competition could reduce our market share and limit our ability to expand our business as we have planned. See “Risk Factors—Risks related to our industry and our business.”

In order to maximize our sales volumes, profitability and product strategy, we strive to understand our competition and their pricing, product and sales volume strategies and results. Market conditions in the United States have also led to a large number of foreclosed homes being offered for sale, which has increased competition for homebuyers and has affected pricing. However, we have generally taken a proactive approach to distancing ourselves from overly affected submarkets, which we believe has enabled us to drive sales in our markets without competing as directly with foreclosures.

In addition, across our U.S. markets, we have seen reduced competition from small and mid-sized private builders who had been competitors in the new home market. We believe that access to and cost of capital for these private builders has been significantly constrained; however, private builders in the Canadian markets are well capitalized.

TMHF competes with other mortgage lenders, including national, regional and local mortgage bankers and other financial institutions. While many large homebuilders are affiliated with a single lender, TMHF utilizes a multi-lender correspondent platform which gives us increased flexibility when placing loans with investors. During the downturn, during which time this structure had limited correspondent lenders, TMHF continued to strengthen its relationships with its existing lender sources. This created stability and consistency in our processes and delivery of funding. Although we do not benefit from the secondary market segment of our mortgage transactions, we have the benefits of utilizing our lender’s underwriting and funding platforms. Along with reduced underwriting risk of the legacy pipeline, this advantage has made us stronger and more resilient than many of our peers in uncertain economic conditions. Due to the historically low interest rate environment, many banks are focused on existing home refinance business and government modification/refinance programs, while our focus and expertise remains dedicated to the financing of new home construction. While many builder-

 

139


Table of Contents

owned mortgage companies sustained significant losses from repurchase demands, TMHF did not suffer losses comparable to those of many of its peers, due to the unique multi-lender platform and mitigated exposure to repurchases and buy-backs. To date, TMHF has not incurred a financial loss from the repurchase of mortgages from legacy business; however one lender is pursuing indemnity claims against TMHF relating to certain loans previously brokered by TMHF. We do not believe that any amounts potentially due under such indemnity claims would be material.

Regulatory, Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

We are subject to various local, state, provincial and federal statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations concerning zoning, building design, construction and similar matters, including local regulations which impose restrictive zoning and density requirements in order to limit the number of homes that can eventually be built within the boundaries of a particular property or locality. In a number of our markets, there has been an increase in state, provincial and local legislation authorizing the acquisition of land as dedicated open space, mainly by governmental, quasi-public and non-profit entities. In addition, we are subject to various licensing, registration and filing requirements in connection with the construction, advertisement and sale of homes in our communities. The impact of these laws may increase our overall costs, and may delay the opening of communities or cause us to conclude that development of particular communities is not economically feasible, even if any or all governmental approvals were obtained. We also may be subject to periodic delays or may be precluded entirely from developing communities due to building moratoriums in one or more of the areas in which we operate. Generally, such moratoriums relate to insufficient water or sewage facilities or inadequate road capacity.

In order to secure certain approvals in some areas, we may be required to provide affordable housing at below market rental or sales prices. The impact on our business depends on how the various state and local governments in such areas implement their programs for affordable housing. To date, these restrictions have not had a material impact on us and have existed generally only in California.

Our mortgage subsidiary is subject to various state and federal statutes, rules and regulations, including those that relate to licensing, lending operations and other areas of mortgage origination and financing. The impact of those statutes, rules and regulations may increase our homebuyers’ cost of financing, increase our cost of doing business, as well as restrict our homebuyers’ access to some types of loans.

Environmental

We are required to comply with existing federal, state, provincial and local environmental statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations concerning protection of public health and the environment, including those which require a current or previous owner or operator of real property to bear the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in property. These laws often impose liability whether or not the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of hazardous or toxic substances. In addition, the presence of hazardous or toxic substances, or the failure to properly remediate property, may adversely affect the owner’s ability to borrow by using the real property as collateral. Persons who arrange for the disposal or treatment of hazardous or toxic substances may also be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of any substance at a disposal or treatment facility, whether or not the facility is or ever was owned or operated by the person. Environmental laws and common law principles could be used to impose liability for releases of hazardous materials, including asbestos-containing materials, into the environment, and third parties may seek recovery for personal injuries caused by hazardous materials from owners of real property that contain hazardous materials. Complying with these environmental laws may result in delays, may cause us to incur substantial compliance and other costs, and/or may prohibit or severely restrict development in certain environmentally sensitive regions or areas.

We are subject to certain litigation related to environmental matters. See “—Insurance and Legal Proceedings—Chinese Drywall.”

As part of the land acquisition due diligence process, we utilize environmental assessments to identify environmental conditions that may exist on potential acquisition properties. Environmental site assessments

 

140


Table of Contents

conducted at our properties have not revealed any environmental liability or compliance concerns that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity or results of operations, nor are we aware of any material environmental liability or concerns.

We manage compliance with federal, state, provincial and local environmental requirements at the division level with assistance from the corporate and regional legal departments, including environmental regulations related to U.S. Storm Water Pollution Prevention, U.S. Endangered Species Act, U.S. Wetlands Permitting, NPDES Permitting, Cultural Resources, dust control measures and state, provincial and local preservation ordinances.

Health and Safety

We are committed to maintaining high standards in health and safety at all of our sites, to ensure the safety of our team members, our trade partners, our customers and prospects and the general public. That commitment is tested through our health and safety audit system that includes comprehensive twice-yearly independent third-party inspections of our sites covering all aspects of health and safety. A key area of focus is ensuring that site conditions meet exacting health and safety standards and that subcontractor performance throughout our operating areas meet or exceed expectations. All of our team members must complete an assigned curriculum of online health and safety courses each year. These courses vary according to job responsibility. In addition, groups such as construction and field personnel are required to attend additional training programs such as the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) 10-hour course, First-Aid and CPR.

Employee Matters

As of January 31, 2013, we employed approximately 1,028 full-time equivalent persons. Of these, approximately 280 were engaged in sales and marketing activities (of which 205 are onsite sales representatives), 260 in construction (of which 201 are field superintendents), 49 warranty and 77.5 purchasing team members, 203.5 in operations (inclusive of TMHF, title services and corporate services in Canada and the United States), 77.5 in finance activities, 24.5 in our design centers and 56 in land activities. As of January 31, 2013, we were subject to no collective bargaining agreements. We consider our employee relations to be good.

Properties

We lease office space in Scottsdale, Arizona, which serves as our corporate headquarters, and office space in other locations throughout California, Colorado, Arizona, Texas and Florida, which serves our Taylor Morrison divisional homebuilding operations and as branch office space for our related real estate services, including our title and mortgage services. We also lease office space in Toronto, Canada, which serves as the headquarters of our Monarch operations.

Information Technology

We have a centralized information technology organization with its core team located at our corporate headquarters in Scottsdale, augmented with field support technicians in key locations across the United States and Canada. Our approach to information technology is to continuously simplify our information technology platform and consolidate and standardize applications. We believe a common application platform enables the sharing of ideas and rapid implementation of process improvements and best practices across the entire company. All back-office operations in the United States and Canada use a fully integrated, industry recognized enterprise resource planning package. Marketing and field sales utilize a leading customer relationship management solution that tracks leads and prospects from all sources and manages the customer communication process from lead creation through the buying process and beyond the post-warranty period. Field operations teams collaborate with the supply chain to schedule and manage development and construction projects with a set of standard and widely used homebuilding industry solutions.

 

141


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

We own certain logos and trademarks that are important to our overall branding and sales strategy. Our consumer logos are designed to draw on a recognized homebuilding heritage while emphasizing a customer-centric focus.

Insurance and Legal Proceedings

Insurance and Risk Management

We maintain insurance through a captive insurance company and through third-party commercial insurers, subject to deductibles and self-insured amounts, to protect us against various risks associated with our activities, including, among others, general liability, “all-risk” property, workers’ compensation, automobile and employee fidelity. We accrue for our expected costs associated with the deductibles and self-insured amounts. Litigation is managed by our legal department, with assistance from our risk management team on insurance coverage matters and from other division personnel as required. We are focused on claim prevention through training, standardized documentation and centralized processes.

Legal Proceedings

Chinese Drywall . Between 2008 and 2012, we confirmed the presence of defective Chinese-made drywall in several of our communities in Florida, primarily in West Florida homes, which were generally delivered between May 2006 and November 2007. The estimated cost of repair for affected homes that we have inspected is included in our warranty reserve. We are continuing our investigation of homes to determine whether there are additional homes, not yet inspected, with defective, Chinese-made drywall. If our inspection identifies more homes with defective Chinese-made drywall than we have currently identified, it may require an increase in our warranty reserve in the future. We are seeking reimbursement from our subcontractors, suppliers, insurers and manufacturers for costs that we have incurred to investigate and repair homes with defective Chinese-made drywall. We believe that adequate provision for costs associated with the repair of homes currently known to have defective Chinese-made drywall has been made and that these costs are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

142


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The names and ages of our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus are set out below:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Sheryl Palmer

   51    President and Chief Executive Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Director

C. David Cone

   41    Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Stephen Wethor

   47    President, West Region of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Louis Steffens

   45    President, East Region of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Brad Carr

   40    President, Monarch Corporation

Darrell Sherman

   48    Vice President and General Counsel of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Erik Heuser

   40    Vice President, Land Investments of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Robert Witte

   47    Vice President and Chief Information Officer of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Kathleen Owen

   48    Vice President, Human Resources of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Graham Hughes

   53    Vice President, Sales and Marketing of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Tawn Kelley

   49    President, TMHF and Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures

Timothy R. Eller

   64    Chairman, Director

John Brady

   49    Director

Kelvin Davis

   49    Director

James Henry

   66    Director

Joe S. Houssian

   64    Director

Jason Keller

   43    Director

Greg Kranias

   35    Director

Peter Lane

   48    Director

Rajath Shourie

   39    Director

Sheryl Palmer , President and Chief Executive Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc., Director

Ms. Palmer became the President and Chief Executive Officer of Taylor Morrison in August 2007 after previously serving as Executive Vice President for the West Region of Morrison Homes. Ms. Palmer became the President and Chief Executive Officer of TMHC in November 2012. Her previous experience includes 10 years with Pulte Homes/Del Webb, a homebuilder and developer of retirement communities, where she last held the title of Nevada Area President, and eight years as Division President for Blackhawk Corp, a homebuilder. Ms. Palmer brings more than 25 years of experience to her position, including leadership in land acquisition, sales and marketing, development and operations management. For these reasons, we believe she is well qualified also to serve on our Board of Directors.

C. David Cone , Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Mr. Cone joined Taylor Morrison as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in October 2012. Mr. Cone became the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TMHC in November 2012. In the nine years prior to joining Taylor Morrison, Mr. Cone held various positions at PetSmart, Inc., a pet supply and service company, serving as Vice President of Financial Planning and Analysis in 2012, Vice President of Investor Relations and Treasury from 2008 to 2011, and Vice President of Finance from 2007 to 2008. Prior to his tenure at PetSmart, Mr. Cone worked at AdvancePCS, a prescription benefit plan administrator, and PricewaterhouseCoopers, an accounting firm. Mr. Cone holds a degree in business economics from the University of California at Santa Barbara.

 

143


Table of Contents

Stephen Wethor , President, West Region of Taylor Morrison, Inc .

Mr. Wethor joined Taylor Morrison as Division President for Phoenix in March 2007 and was named President of the West Region in August 2007. As President, he is responsible for the development and execution of strategic, operational and financial business plans for the West region (which includes the Phoenix, Southern California, Northern California and Denver divisions). He temporarily assumed the responsibilities of Chief Financial Officer from July 2010 until February 2012. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, he spent 12 years with Pulte/Del Webb and seven years at Deloitte & Touche, an accounting firm. Mr. Wethor holds a bachelor’s degree in Accounting from the University of South Dakota.

Louis Steffens , President, East Region of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Mr. Steffens joined Taylor Morrison as President of the East Region in January 2007. His responsibilities include development and execution of strategic, operational and financial business plans for the East region which includes the North Florida, West Florida, Houston, Dallas and Austin markets. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, he spent four years at Beazer Homes, a publicly traded homebuilding company, and 10 years at Pulte Homes. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Accounting from Michigan State University.

Brad Carr , President, Monarch Corporation

Mr. Carr joined Monarch Corporation in 2001 as Manager of Land Acquisitions and was named Senior Vice President of single-family operations in 2004, a position he held until becoming Regional President in May 2012. Prior to joining Monarch Corporation, he worked as a Vice President in The Heinrichs Group, a land developer. Mr. Carr holds a bachelor’s degree in architectural and building science from Ryerson University.

Darrell Sherman , Vice President and General Counsel of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Mr. Sherman joined Taylor Morrison as Vice President and General Counsel in June 2009 and has over 17 years of experience in the homebuilding industry. Mr. Sherman became the Vice President and General Counsel of TMHC in November 2012 and serves as the board secretary. He is responsible for the Company’s legal affairs, including finance and real estate transactions, corporate governance, regulatory compliance and litigation matters. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, Mr. Sherman was a Managing Member and General Counsel of Patriot American Development, a real estate acquisition and development company from 2005-2009; General Counsel of the Southwest and Mountain States Regions of Centex Homes from 2000 to 2005; and Associate General Counsel of Pulte Homes/Del Webb Corporation from 1996 to 2000. Prior to joining the homebuilding industry Mr. Sherman was a finance and real estate lawyer at Snell & Wilmer, a law firm headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona. He holds a B.A. in Economics with university honors and a J.D., both from Brigham Young University where he was a member of the BYU Law Review. He is a member of the State Bar of Arizona and the American Bar Association.

Erik Heuser , Vice President, Land Investments of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Mr. Heuser joined Taylor Morrison as Director of Business Development in 2004 and was named Vice President of Land Investments in 2007. His responsibilities include business development initiatives and evaluation of all of our contemplated investments and divestitures. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, he was Regional Director for Hanley Wood Market Intelligence, a provider of residential real estate research and analysis; Vice President of Acquisitions for PNC Financial Services Group/Washington Mutual Bank, a national bank; Metropolitan Life Insurance, a national insurance company; and A.G. Edwards & Sons, a financial services holding company. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Finance from Illinois State University and an M.B.A. from the Keller Graduate School of Management.

 

144


Table of Contents

Robert Witte , Vice President and Chief Information Officer of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Mr. Witte joined Taylor Morrison as Vice President and Chief Information Officer in June 2004. His responsibilities include oversight of all enterprise-wide information technology activities, including infrastructure and architecture, applications development, re-engineering business processes, networks, outsourcing, computer and auxiliary operations and support. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, he spent 17 years at General Electric, a multinational manufacturing conglomerate, where he held the position of Chief Information Officer for GE Nuclear Energy for three years and GE Wind Energy for two years. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Management Information Systems and Operations Management from Syracuse University and an M.B.A. from Purdue University.

Kathleen Owen , Vice President, Human Resources of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Ms. Owen joined Taylor Morrison as Vice President of Human Resources in June 2005. Her responsibilities include oversight of all employee benefit programs and providing expertise in the areas of leadership, organization design, building capability and human capital processes. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, she held the title of Vice President of Human Resources at McKesson Corp., a pharmaceutical distributor and healthcare provider, and CheckFree Corp., a global provider of financial electronic commerce. Ms. Owen holds a bachelor’s degree in Psychology from Georgia State University.

Graham Hughes , Vice President, Sales & Marketing of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

Mr. Hughes was named Vice President of Sales and Marketing for Taylor Morrison in July 2007. His responsibilities include promoting and maintaining the overall Taylor Morrison brand, developing strategies and marketing campaigns on a national level and creating a culture of best practice consistency in Sales and Marketing. Mr. Hughes transferred to the United States from the then parent company, George Wimpey, in January 2007 as Vice President of Sales and Marketing for the West region of Morrison Homes. Prior to joining Taylor Morrison, he worked for 20 years with George Wimpey in the United Kingdom where he was the Director of Customer Services and Sales and Marketing, as part of the executive team, for seven years.

Tawn Kelley , President, TMHF

Ms. Kelley joined Taylor Morrison as President of TMHF and Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures in April 2009 when Taylor Morrison acquired Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures, a mortgage provider owned by Ms. Kelley. From January 2001 until the acquisition of Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures, she held the position of Managing Member and President of both Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures and TMHF. Prior to owning Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures, Ms. Kelley worked with CTX Mortgage Ventures, NVR Mortgage and Wells Fargo Mortgage (formerly Norwest Mortgage), each a mortgage provider.

Timothy Eller , Director and Chairman

Mr. Eller is a principal of Cordalla Capital, LLC, a private equity firm, where he directs major investments in real estate and related businesses. He is also Chief Executive Officer of TegrityHomes, Cordalla’s homebuilding subsidiary. Prior to founding Cordalla Capital in 2009, Mr. Eller served in various industry roles including President and CEO of Centex Homes, a public homebuilder; Chairman, President and CEO of Centex Corporation from 2002-2009; and board Vice Chairman of Pulte Group, Inc. from 2009 to 2011. Mr. Eller currently sits on the board of BuildLinks, a private company engaged in the development and sale of software to the homebuilding industry, and is a member of the Advisory Board of the Encore Housing Opportunity Fund, a private equity fund. We believe Mr. Eller’s extensive experience in leadership, real estate investment and corporate governance make him well qualified to serve as Chairman of our Board of Directors.

 

145


Table of Contents

John Brady , Director

Mr. Brady joined Oaktree Capital Management in 2007 as Managing Director and Head of Oaktree Capital Management’s global real estate group. From 2003 to 2007, Mr. Brady was Principal and Head of the North American acquisitions business (excluding gaming) at Colony Capital, LLC, a private international real estate-related investment firm in Los Angeles. In 2000, he co-founded The Destination Group, LLC, a private equity investment firm in Los Angeles targeting opportunities in travel and leisure. From 1991 to 2000, Mr. Brady focused on distressed investments for Colony Capital and led Colony’s expansion into Asia in 1998. He holds a B.A. in English from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. with concentrations in corporate finance and real estate from the University of California at Los Angeles. Mr. Brady has extensive experience across a range of real estate investments and property types, including distressed loan portfolio acquisitions and asset management, loan restructurings and workouts, and direct real estate and real estate related acquisitions and financings. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.

Kelvin Davis , Director

Mr. Davis is a TPG Senior Partner and co-heads TPG’s Real Estate Group. Prior to 2012, he was also head of TPG’s North American Buyouts Group, incorporating investments in all non-technology industry sectors. Prior to joining TPG in 2000, Mr. Davis was President Chief Operating Officer of Colony Capital, Inc., which he co-founded in 1991. Prior to the formation of Colony, Mr. Davis was a principal of RMB Realty, Inc., the real estate investment vehicle of Robert M. Bass. Prior to his affiliation with RMB Realty, he worked at Goldman, Sachs & Co., an investment bank, in New York City and with Trammell Crow Company, a real estate developer, in Dallas and Los Angeles. Mr. Davis is a Director of Caesars Entertainment, Inc., a casino and resort developer, Northwest Investments, LLC (which is an affiliate of ST Residential, a private homebuilder), Univision Communications, Inc., (a Spanish language media provider), Catellus Development Corporation, and Parkway Properties, Inc. He is also a long-time Director (and one-time Chairman) of Los Angeles Team Mentoring, Inc. (a charitable mentoring organization), is a Director of the Los Angeles Philharmonic Association, is a member of the Board of Trustees of the Los Angeles County Museum of Art, and is on the Board of Overseers of the Huntington Library, Art Collections, and Botanical Gardens. Mr. Davis holds a B.A. in Economics from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from Harvard University. Mr. Davis brings extensive experience in real estate, finance and corporate governance to our Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.

James Henry , Director

Mr. Henry joined our Board of Directors in March 2013. He has held various positions at Bank of the West, a financial services company, most recently serving as Vice Chairman and Chief Risk Officer from 2006 until his retirement in 2007. For most of his tenure at Bank of the West, Mr. Henry was responsible for operating and growing the bank’s specialty lending groups. Mr. Henry currently sits on the boards of Wedgewood, Inc., a privately held, large real estate foreclosure company, Chief Enterprises, Inc., a privately held auto and heavy equipment supplier, and the John Muir Health System, a not-for-profit healthcare provider. He holds a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of Dayton and a M.B.A. from DePaul University. We believe Mr. Henry’s long experience in banking and extensive knowledge of lending practices make him well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.

Joe S. Houssian , Director

Mr. Houssian founded JH Investments, his personal investment and holding company, in 2007 and has served as its Chairman since. Mr. Houssian began his career in 1973 at Xerox, a multinational document management corporation, before founding Intrawest in 1976. Intrawest grew from an urban residential real estate business into an internationally renowned resort and real estate development company responsible for the success of such pre-eminent ski resorts as Whistler Blackcomb as well as dozens of award winning golf courses, resort villages and developments around the world. Mr. Houssian served as Chairman of Intrawest until his departure in

 

146


Table of Contents

2006 when the firm was sold to Fortress Investments Group, a private equity firm. Mr. Houssian is also the cofounder of Intracorp—a North American urban real estate developer—and the cofounder of Versacold Cold Storage, a Canadian refrigeration services provider. More recently, Mr. Houssian cofounded Replay Resorts, an integrated hospitality company, as well as Elemental Energy, an alternative energy development company with operations in the United States and Canada. Mr. Houssian holds an M.B.A. from the University of British Columbia. He brings extensive experience in leadership, corporate governance and finance to our Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.

Jason Keller , Director

Mr. Keller is a Managing Director of Oaktree Capital Management and previously served as Senior Vice President since he joined the firm in July 2007. Mr. Keller oversees the Oaktree Capital Management real estate group’s land, residential and homebuilding investments. Mr. Keller previously worked as a Vice President in the Real Estate Private Equity division of DLJ/Credit Suisse, an investment bank. Prior to joining DLJ, Mr. Keller worked in real estate finance at Salomon Brothers and CIBC Oppenheimer, financial services providers, advising numerous public and private companies, REITs, and financial institutions with respect to the acquisition, disposition and recapitalization of their real estate portfolios. He also worked as a real estate manager and developer for D-Street Investments, a boutique private equity firm. Mr. Keller holds a B.A. in Finance from Utah State University and an M.B.A. in Finance and Real Estate from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Keller’s extensive background in real estate, corporate strategy and corporate finance make him well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.

Greg Kranias , Director

Mr. Kranias joined TPG in 2005 and has served as a Principal in TPG’s Private Equity Group since 2010. From 2005 to 2009 Mr. Kranias served as a TPG Vice President. While at TPG, Mr. Kranias has been involved with the firm’s investments in Taylor Morrison, Catellus Corporation, Caesars Entertainment and Iasis Healthcare and a number of real estate non-performing loans. He currently sits on the board of directors of Catellus Corporation and Iasis Healthcare. Prior to joining TPG in 2005, Mr. Kranias worked at Forstmann Little & Company, a private equity firm, and Goldman, Sachs & Co, an investment bank. Mr. Kranias holds an A.B. from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Kranias brings extensive experience in real estate, corporate strategy and corporate finance to our Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.

Peter Lane , Director

Mr. Lane has served since 2010 as Chief Executive Officer of Valerus, an oilfield services company headquartered in Houston, Texas. Prior to joining Valerus, Mr. Lane was an Operating Partner with TPG from 2009 to 2011. Before TPG, Mr. Lane spent 12 years at Bain & Company, a global consulting firm, where he led the Dallas and Mexico City Offices as well as the oil and gas practice. He became a Partner at Bain in 2003. Mr. Lane currently serves on the boards of Valerus and Petro Harvester, an oil and gas company. Mr. Lane holds a B.S. in physics from the University of Birmingham in the United Kingdom and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School. Mr. Lane brings extensive experience in business operations, finance and corporate governance to our Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.

Rajath Shourie , Director

Mr. Shourie joined Oaktree Capital Management in 2002 and has served as a Managing Director in the firm’s Opportunities Group since 2007. His prior experience includes two years at Goldman, Sachs & Co., in the Principal Investment Area and three years as a consultant at McKinsey & Co, a consulting firm. At Oaktree Capital Management, Mr. Shourie has been responsible for distressed debt and private equity investments in a wide range of industries including financial services, automotive, energy, aviation and real estate. His current

 

147


Table of Contents

board memberships include Jackson Square Aviation LLC and Store Capital LLC. Mr. Shourie holds a B.A. in Economics from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Shourie brings extensive experience in real estate, finance and corporate governance to our Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors.

In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a new stockholders agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH. Under this stockholders agreement, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH will have the right, subject to certain terms and conditions, to nominate representatives to our Board of Directors and committees of our Board of Directors. In addition, pursuant to the stockholders agreement, certain of our actions and certain of our significant business decisions will require the approval of directors nominated by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”

Controlled Company

We have applied to list the shares offered in this offering on the New York Stock Exchange. Acting as a group, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of management will control more than 50% of the combined voting power of our common stock following completion of this offering, so under current listing standards, we would qualify as a “controlled company” and accordingly, will be exempt from requirements to have a majority of independent directors, a fully independent nominating and corporate governance committee and a fully independent compensation committee.

Director Independence

The Board of Directors of TMHC has determined that Timothy R. Eller is an “independent director” as such term is defined by the applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange.

Board Structure

Composition

The Board of Directors of TMHC currently consists of ten members. Prior to this offering we intend to appoint an additional board member such that our board of directors will consist of 11 members. In accordance with our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, the number of directors on the Board of Directors of TMHC will be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of TMHC, and only a majority of the Board of Directors of TMHC may fix the number of directors, provided that Requisite Investor Approval (as defined in the stockholders agreement) shall be required to increase the size of the Board above the minimum number of directors required for TMHC to comply with applicable law and the regulations of the New York Stock Exchange. For purposes of the stockholders agreement, “Requisite Investor Approval” will mean, in addition to the approval of a majority vote of TMHC’s Board of Directors, the approval of a director nominated by the TPG holding vehicle so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHC’s Class B common stock held by it following this offering and the application of proceeds and the approval of a director nominated by the Oaktree holding vehicle so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHC’s Class B common stock held by it following this offering and the application of proceeds.

Each director is to hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Vacancies and newly created directorships on the Board of Directors of TMHC may be filled at any time by the remaining directors. In addition, at any point prior to the occurrence of a Triggering Event (which is the point in time at which the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles no longer beneficially own shares representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of our common stock), vacancies on the Board of Directors of TMHC may also be filled by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock.

 

148


Table of Contents

Until the Triggering Event, any director may be removed with or without cause by holders of a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock. Thereafter, directors may only be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least three-fourths of our outstanding shares of common stock. At any meeting of the Board of Directors of TMHC, except as otherwise required by law, a majority of the total number of directors then in office will constitute a quorum for all purposes, provided that, until the Triggering Event, a quorum will require the attendance of one director nominated by each holding vehicle that has the right to designate at least one director for election to the Board.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Board of Directors of TMHC will be divided into three classes of directors, with staggered three-year terms, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of the Board of Directors of TMHC will be elected each year. The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of the Board of Directors of TMHC. In connection with this offering,                      will be designated as Class I directors,              will be designated as Class II directors and              will be designated as Class III directors.

Pursuant to the stockholders agreement that we will enter into with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH, each of the Principal Equityholders will have certain nomination rights. For so long as the TPG or Oaktree holding vehicles owns at least 50% of the shares of Class B common stock held by it following this offering and the application of proceeds, such holding vehicle will be entitled to nominate three directors to serve on the Board of Directors of TMHC. When such holding vehicle owns less than 50% but at least 10% of the shares of Class B common stock held by it as of following this offering and the application of proceeds, such holding vehicle will be entitled to nominate two directors. Thereafter, such holding vehicle will be entitled to nominate one director so long as it owns at least 5% of the shares of Class B common stock held by it following this offering and the application of proceeds. To the extent permitted under applicable regulations of the New York Stock Exchange, for so long as a holding vehicle has the right to nominate one director, such holding vehicle shall be entitled to have one of its nominees serve on each committee of the Board of Directors of TMHC. In addition, for so long as JH owns 50% of its interest in the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and such holding vehicles own at least 50% of the shares of Class B common stock owned by such holding vehicles following this offering and the application of proceeds, JH will be entitled to nominate one director to the Board of Directors of TMHC. The TPG holding vehicle has nominated Kelvin Davis, Greg Kranias and Peter Lane to serve on the Board of Directors of TMHC, the Oaktree holding vehicle has nominated John Brady, Jason Keller and Rajath Shourie to serve on the Board of Directors of TMHC and JH has nominated Joe S. Houssian to serve on the Board of Directors of TMHC.

The composition of the Board of Directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings, the parent company of our U.S. business, and Monarch Communities, the parent company of our Canadian business, is identical to the current composition of the Board of Directors of TMHC. Upon consummation of this offering, pursuant to governance agreements that we expect to enter into, we will contractually control the composition of the Boards of Directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities and their respective committees. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Governance Agreements.”

The Board of Directors of TMHC and its committees will have supervisory authority over TMHC, which will, through its indirect control of New TMM and TMM, exercise stewardship over the business and affairs of Taylor Morrison Holdings and its subsidiaries and Monarch Communities and its subsidiaries. TMHC, New TMM and TMM will not conduct any activities other than direct or indirect ownership and stewardship over Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities and their respective subsidiaries. The Board of Directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings and its committees will have supervisory authority over Taylor Morrison Holdings and its subsidiaries and will exercise control over the operations and businesses of Taylor Morrison Holdings and its subsidiaries. The Board of Directors of Monarch Communities and its committees will have supervisory authority over Monarch Communities and its subsidiaries and will exercise control over the operations and businesses of Monarch Corporation and its subsidiaries.

 

149


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board

Upon consummation of this offering, the Board of Directors of TMHC will have three standing committees. TMHC will be required to have an audit committee consisting entirely of independent directors, subject to applicable phase-in periods. As a controlled company, we are not required to have a fully independent nominating and governance or compensation committee.

Pursuant to the stockholders agreement described above, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will each have the right to appoint a member to each committee of the Board of Directors of TMHC, subject to applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange.

Audit

Upon completion of this offering, TMHC will have an audit committee consisting of             . The Board of Directors of TMHC has determined that                  qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and that each of              are “independent” for purposes of Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. The Board of Directors of TMHC has determined that the composition of its audit committee satisfies the independence requirements of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange.

Compensation

Upon completion of this offering, the compensation committee of TMHC will consist of             . Because we will be a “controlled company” under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, our compensation committee is not required to be fully independent, although if such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of the compensation committees accordingly in order to comply with such rules.

The compensation committee will have the sole authority to retain and terminate any compensation consultant to assist in the evaluation of employee compensation and to approve the consultant’s fees and the other terms and conditions of the consultant’s retention.

Nominating and Governance

Upon completion of this offering, the nominating and governance committee of TMHC will consist of             . Because we will be a “controlled company” under the New York Stock Exchange rules, our nominating and governance committee is not required to be fully independent, although if such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of our nominating and governance committees accordingly in order to comply with such rules.

Risk Oversight

TMHC’s Board of Directors has an oversight role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing management of its risks. The Board of Directors of TMHC regularly reviews information regarding our credit, liquidity and operations, as well as the risks associated with each. The compensation committee of the Board of Directors of TMHC is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to its employee compensation plans and arrangements and the audit committee of the Board of Directors of TMHC oversees the management of financial risks. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire Board of Directors of TMHC is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks.

Risk and Compensation Policies

TMHC’s management, at the direction of its Boards of Directors, has reviewed its employee compensation policies, plans and practices to determine if they create incentives or encourage behavior that is reasonably likely

 

150


Table of Contents

to have a material adverse effect on TMHC. In conducting this evaluation, management has reviewed our various compensation plans, including our incentive and bonus plans, equity award plans and severance compensation plans, to evaluate risks and the internal controls we have implemented to manage those risks. In completing this evaluation, TMHC’s Boards of Directors and management believe that there are no unmitigated risks created by TMHC’s compensation policies, plans and practices that create incentives or encourage behavior that is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers will serve as a member of TMHC’s compensation committee, and none of them have served, or will be permitted to serve, on TMHC’s compensation committee (or any other committee serving a similar function) of any other entity.

Codes of Conduct

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to our President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, senior financial officers and controllers at the corporate and division levels (the “Senior Officers Code”). The Senior Officers Code was designed to be read and applied in conjunction with our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all employees. Both the Senior Officers Code and the Code of Business Conduct are available at             . Any future changes or amendments to the Senior Officers Code or the Code of Business Conduct, and any waiver of the Senior Officers Code or the Code of Business Conduct that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Principal Accounting Officer will be posted to our website at the above location.

Related Person Transactions

We have adopted a Related Person Transaction Policy, which sets forth our policy with respect to the review, approval, ratification and disclosure of all related person transactions by TMHC’s audit committee. In accordance with our Related Person Transaction Policy, TMHC’s audit committee has overall responsibility for the implementation and compliance with this policy.

For the purposes of our Related Person Transaction Policy, a “related person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we were, are or will be a participant and in which any related person (as defined in our Related Person Transaction Policy) had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, in excess of $120,000. A “related person transaction” does not include any employment relationship or transaction involving an executive officer and any related compensation resulting solely from that employment relationship which has been reviewed and approved by TMHC’s Board of Directors or compensation committee.

Our Related Person Transaction Policy requires that notice of a proposed related person transaction be provided to our legal department prior to entering into such transaction. If our legal department determines that such transaction is a related person transaction, the proposed transaction will be submitted to TMHC’s audit committee for consideration at its next meeting. Under our Related Person Transaction Policy, only TMHC’s audit committee will be permitted to approve those related person transactions that are in, or not inconsistent with, our best interests. In the event we become aware of a related person transaction that has not been previously reviewed, approved or ratified under our Related Person Transaction Policy and that is ongoing or is completed, the transaction will be submitted to TMHC’s audit committee so that it may determine whether to ratify, rescind or terminate the related person transaction.

Our Related Person Transaction Policy also provides that TMHC’s audit committee will review certain previously approved or ratified related person transactions that are ongoing to determine whether the related person transaction remains in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders.

 

151


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Executive Summary

This compensation discussion and analysis discusses our executive compensation programs for our named executive officers in respect of our 2012 fiscal year and includes a discussion of our compensation objectives and philosophy and the material elements of compensation earned by, or awarded or paid to, our named executive officers in the year. This section also describes processes we use in reaching compensation decisions and is intended to amplify and provide context for understanding the amounts in the tabular disclosure that follows. In addition, we highlight certain attributes of our program and describe some of our preliminary thinking as to our intended compensation approach when we are a public company.

Our named executive officers for 2012 were as follows:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Director of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities

   Sheryl Palmer

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc.

   C. David Cone

President, West Region and Interim Chief Financial Officer of Taylor Morrison, Inc. (former)

   Stephen Wethor

Chief Financial Officer of Taylor Morrison, Inc. (former)

   Ed Barnes

President, East Region of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

   Louis Steffens

President, TMHF and Mortgage Funding Direct Ventures

   Tawn Kelley

President, Monarch Corporation

  

Brad Carr

TMM generally does not have executive officers, so our named executive officers are generally officers of subsidiaries of TMM.

During 2011, notwithstanding the economic challenges facing our business and our change in ownership in 2011, we retained our highly experienced management team by balancing our goal of minimizing changes and disruptions to compensation structures with our need to incentivize the team to create value in the business.

Economic Challenges . Consistent with the general downturn of the economy and decline in demand for housing over the past few years, our business faced challenges during our 2012 fiscal year. In the United States, there continued to be an overall decline in home sales from the prior decade, and the housing recovery has been restrained due to only modest recoveries in consumer confidence and employment rates, among other issues. In Ontario, recently we have seen modest contraction in single family housing starts and closings largely due to the lack of supply, but the market has maintained a more sustainable pace of growth over the past decade and generally has been stable in contrast to the housing downturn in the United States. Due to the relative historic success of our operations in Ontario, our disciplined operating platform and our strategic locations in the United States, we were profitable in 2012 and performed well notwithstanding the unprecedented challenges of the economic downturn. We believe that our pursuit of efficiency and profitability and our attractive land supply coupled with disciplined land acquisition policies have been significant contributors to our profitability and position us to capitalize on a recovery in the U.S. housing market.

Change in Compensation Structure Post—Change in Ownership. Our company has a history of more than 75 years of North American homebuilding operations, originally commencing homebuilding operations in both the United States and Canada in 1936. From July 2007 until the closing of the Acquisition in July 2011, we were

 

152


Table of Contents

owned by and operated as a subsidiary of Taylor Wimpey plc, a U.K. publicly-listed homebuilding company. Since the Acquisition in 2011, we have been owned and controlled by the Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof). To that end, 2011 marked a significant change in our operations towards private ownership and operation as a stand-alone business.

After the Acquisition, and following a review of our compensation structure, our Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof) approved a new structure for our management team, taking into account our existing compensation levels, the economic challenges facing our business and the need for new incentive and retention devices suitable for a privately-owned company. At the time the new structure was approved, the decision to take the Company public had not been made (the decision was based on a number of developments in 2012), and consequently becoming a public company was not a driver in setting the 2012 compensation structure. The compensation structure for 2012 was established in 2011 following the Acquisition and before a decision was made in 2012 to take the Company public. For a discussion of changes to our compensation structure in light of our anticipated public offering, please see “Looking Ahead: Post-IPO Compensation.” The primary goals of the changes to our executive compensation structure were to align the interests of our management team with those of our Principal Equityholders and retain our talent, as we view the continuity of management as vital to the success of our business. To this end, long-term equity compensation was integrated into our compensation structure in 2011, and total target compensation relative to compensation paid by our homebuilding peers was closely scrutinized by our Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof). During 2011, we developed certain additional changes to our compensation structure, which were designed to create a balanced mix between annual cash compensation and the new long-term equity program for our management team and to be more consistent with pay packages being offered by our industry peers. Such changes began to take effect on December 15, 2011 and continue to apply to our compensation arrangements in place for 2012. In addition, effective as of January 1, 2012, we implemented a long-term cash-based incentive program to further motivate our management team towards contributing to our long-term goals as well as to function as a retention device.

Retention of Management . In 2012, we engaged David Cone, as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Taylor Morrison, Inc. to succeed Ed Barnes, who served in such position from January 30, 2012 until June 19, 2012.

In addition, following the departure of our former President of Monarch Corporation, Brian Johnston, whose employment with us terminated in May 2012, Brad Carr, who had served our business in other capacities since 2001, became our new President of Monarch.

Consistent with our compensation objectives and philosophy, which are discussed in detail in this compensation discussion and analysis, our compensation programs for 2012 have the following attributes:

 

   

A balanced mix of short-term cash compensation and long-term compensation (both equity- and cash-based);

 

   

Forfeiture of equity awards upon violation of certain post-employment restrictive covenants;

 

   

An appropriate level of severance protection to ensure continuity of service;

 

   

No single-trigger change in control “parachute payment” features in any of our programs;

 

   

No gross-ups for any excise or other penalty taxes related to compensation paid; and

 

   

A modest use of perquisites, which do not make up a material portion of the compensation and benefits provided to our named executive officers.

Overview of Contents

In this compensation discussion and analysis, the following topics will be discussed:

 

   

Compensation Objectives and Philosophy

 

   

Establishing and Evaluating Executive Compensation

 

153


Table of Contents
   

Key Elements of Executive Compensation Program

 

   

Other Program Attributes

 

   

Looking Ahead: Post-IPO Compensation

Compensation Objectives and Philosophy

Our compensation program reflects our philosophy to pay all of our executives, including our named executive officers, in ways that support our primary objectives of:

 

   

Encouraging a results-driven culture through a pay-for-performance structure;

 

   

Balancing long-term and short-term compensation and cash and equity-based compensation to ensure our executives are focused on the appropriate short-term financial budget goals and long-term strategic objectives;

 

   

Aligning executives’ interests with equityholder interests in creating long-term value for our owners;

 

   

Attracting, retaining and motivating key talent; and

 

   

Aligning total compensation levels with those paid by our direct competitors in the homebuilding sector as well as companies of comparable size and scope in other industries.

Our compensation structure is centered on a pay-for-performance philosophy, and such pay-for-performance focus is designed to align the interests of our executives and our Principal Equityholders, motivate our executives to achieve our targeted financial and other performance objectives, and reward them for their achievements when those objectives are met. To help achieve these objectives, a significant portion of our executive officers’ compensation is at-risk and provided in the form of variable or performance-based compensation with significant upside potential for strong performance, as well as downside exposure for underperformance. We believe this is appropriate given our executive officers’ ability to influence our overall performance.

We recognize the need for long-term incentives to retain talent in today’s challenging economic environment where short-term goals may be more difficult to achieve. To that end, we seek to provide a balance between short-term and long-term incentives as well as between cash compensation and equity-based compensation to encourage the focus on long-term strategic objectives. Having a long-term compensation component is also consistent with the long time horizon inherent in the homebuilding industry for the realization of revenue from any specific development project. In light of such objectives, our Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof) determined that a significant portion of total compensation would be delivered in the form of long-term equity-based compensation, a portion of which vests based on continued service over five years and another portion of which vests upon a multi-tiered return that is ultimately achieved by our Principal Equityholders upon a qualifying future sale of the business.

The overall level of total compensation for our executive officers is intended to be reasonable in relation to and competitive with the compensation paid by similarly situated peer leaders in the homebuilding industry, subject to variation for factors such as the individual’s experience, performance, duties, scope of responsibility, prior contributions and future potential contributions to our business. With these principles in mind, we structure our compensation program as a competitive total pay package which we believe allows us to attract, retain and motivate executives with the skill and knowledge we require and ensure the stability of our management team which is vital to the success of our business. However, in setting named executive officer compensation levels, we do not formally benchmark to any peers.

Establishing and Evaluating Executive Compensation

Process – Role of Officers and Compensation Committee

In 2012, our executive compensation program was managed at the level of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities, and the respective compensation committee of each of the boards of directors of Taylor

 

154


Table of Contents

Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities (referred to collectively in this compensation discussion and analysis as the “Compensation Committee”) was responsible for all compensation decisions for the executive officers of the applicable company and its subsidiaries. Taylor Morrison, Inc.’s Vice President of Human Resources works with Ms. Palmer to establish Compensation Committee meeting agendas and provide various types of information, including interim progress against performance targets, information about other homebuilding companies or other topics requested by the Compensation Committee to assist the Compensation Committee in making its decisions.

The Compensation Committee, after consultation with Ms. Palmer as to officers other than herself, reviewed and determined base salary, annual cash incentive bonuses and long-term incentive compensation levels for each executive officer. Ms. Palmer recommended to the Compensation Committee annual cash incentive bonus performance targets and evaluates actual performance relative to those targets, excluding as would be applicable to her own compensation. The Compensation Committee, after taking into account Ms. Palmer’s recommendations, reviewed and approved annual bonus performance targets and the amount of annual bonuses payable to each named executive officer based on achievement of annual performance targets. Ms. Palmer’s compensation levels are established by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion. While Ms. Palmer may discuss her compensation with the Compensation Committee, she does not have any formal role or authority in the determination of her compensation.

Process – Factors Considered in Setting Compensation

The Compensation Committee believes that compensation decisions for our named executive officers are complex and require consideration of many factors, including the Company’s performance, the overall competitive market environment, industry compensation levels, the officer’s individual performance and the Company’s performance.

Market Data ( Competitors and General Industry ). The Compensation Committee does not benchmark compensation for our executives based on compensation paid by our competitors or companies in other industries and only reviews such information to better assess the range of compensation needed to attract, retain and motivate executive talent in our highly competitive industry. Nevertheless, in establishing compensation packages for our named executive officers in the United States, the Compensation Committee reviews and considers the compensation levels of executives at public homebuilding companies as a factor, amongst other factors, in establishing targeted compensation. This review covers compensation data for a group of our competitors within the homebuilding industry (as available in such companies’ public filings) and the most directly-relevant published survey sources available with respect to all direct pay elements, including salary, cash incentives and equity.

Specifically, in 2012 the Compensation Committee reviewed compensation data at the following 13 publicly-traded homebuilding companies in connection with setting compensation for Ms. Palmer and Messrs. Barnes and Cone:

 

•    PulteGroup Inc.

 

•    Toll Brothers, Inc.

 

•    The Ryland Group, Inc.

•    D.R. Horton, Inc.

 

•    KB Home

 

•    Meritage Homes Corporation

•    Lennar Corporation

 

•    Hovnanian Enterprises, Inc.

 

•    MDC Holdings Inc.

•    NVR, Inc.

 

•    Standard Pacific Corp.

 

•    Beazer Homes USA Inc.

   

•    M/I Homes, Inc.

In connection with setting compensation for Mr. Steffens, Mr. Wethor and Ms. Kelley, the Compensation Committee reviewed a variety of compensation surveys, including Mercer’s Executive Remuneration Survey for the Real Estate and Construction Sector and FMI Compensation’s Homebuilders Executive Survey. In addition,

 

155


Table of Contents

for certain officer positions or to further inform its compensation decisions, from time to time the Compensation Committee will review compensation levels and trends across companies outside the homebuilding sector. In setting compensation levels for our executive officers serving Monarch in Canada, including Mr. Carr, the Compensation Committee does not review formal market data on compensation levels due to the fact that information about compensation paid by our competitors in Canada is not as readily available. All of our competitors in Canada are privately owned, and the Canadian homebuilding sector does not publish general compensation surveys and reports. So, in setting compensation levels for these executives, we rely on our extensive experience in the industry in Canada as well as informal data obtained about our Canadian competitors. We also look at our United States competitors for data on pay for executives serving in similar capacities and use such information to guide our decisions, taking into account the different legal regime applicable to employees in Canada.

Individual Performance . As mentioned above, in addition to considering market data, the Compensation Committee considers each executive officer’s individual performance in determining executive compensation levels, including the nature and scope of the executive’s responsibilities and the executive’s prior performance and expected future contributions. The Compensation Committee’s review of individual performance is general and subjective in nature – specific individual performance goals (such as goals tied to an officer’s job function, role or personal performance) are not systematically established or measured.

Company Performance . The Compensation Committee also considers our performance, financial plans and budget in setting officer compensation levels for any given year taking into account general economic challenges as well as any specific challenges facing our business.

Key Elements of Executive Compensation Program

The primary elements of our compensation structure are base salary, annual cash incentive bonuses, long-term incentives (including equity-based awards that provide value to our executives as the equity value of TMM increases and long-term cash awards), investment opportunities and certain employee benefits and perquisites. A brief description of, objectives of, and any changes in 2012 to, each principal element of our executive compensation programs for fiscal 2012 are summarized in the following table and described in more detail below.

 

156


Table of Contents

Key Compensation Program Elements – Overview

 

Compensation Element

  

Brief Description

  

Objectives

  

Changes in 2012 (from 2011)

Base Salary

   Fixed compensation    Provide a competitive, fixed level of cash compensation to attract and retain talented and skilled executives    Base salary increases from 2011 were provided to our named executive officers as follows: Sheryl Palmer 11%, Stephen Wethor 12.5%, Louis Steffens 7%, Tawn Kelley 17%, and Brad Carr 37% (these are discussed in more detail below)

Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses

   Variable, performance-based cash compensation earned based on achieving pre-established annual goals   

Motivate executives to achieve or exceed our current-year financial goals and reward them for their achievements

 

Aid in retention of key executives in a highly competitive market for talent

  

Bonuses were based on performance over the full year and the weighting of the performance metrics were adjusted in order to continue to drive important business results

Long-Term Incentives – Equity Based

   Variable equity-based compensation to promote achievement of longer-term goals   

Align executives’ and Principal Equityholders’ interests by linking rewards with achievement of return to our Principal Equityholders based on our long-term growth plan

 

Aid in retention of key executives and ensure continuity of management in a highly competitive market for talent

   Long-term equity incentive awards (and phantom incentive awards for our executives serving Monarch, including Mr. Carr) were granted to each of our named executive officers based on decisions made by the Compensation Committee

Long-Term Incentives – Cash Based

   Variable cash-based compensation to promote achievement of longer-term goals   

Motivate and reward executives to achieve or exceed multi-year performance goals and reward them for their achievements

 

Aid in retention of key executives and ensure continuity of management in a highly competitive market for talent

   This program was implemented in 2012 for a performance period from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2014

 

157


Table of Contents

Compensation Element

  

Brief Description

  

Objectives

  

Changes in 2012 (from 2011)

Investment Opportunity

   Opportunity to make a direct investment in TMM alongside our Principal Equityholders with a minimum investment of $50,000    Align executives’ and our Principal Equityholders’ interests and encourage executives to have “skin in the game” by direct ownership    Messrs. Carr & Wethor and Ms. Palmer made additional investments of their own capital in TMM

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

   Participation in all broad-based employee health and welfare programs and retirement plans    Aid in retention of key executives in a highly competitive market for talent by providing overall benefits package competitive with industry peers    Employee benefits vary based on individual elections; auto allowance and certain commuting expense reimbursements are the only perquisites provided to our named executive officers

Our executive compensation program also provides for commissions where appropriate, cash severance payments and benefits and accelerated vesting of equity awards in the event of certain terminations of employment following a change in ownership of our business.

Base Salary

The base salary component of executive officer compensation is intended to provide a stable level of minimum compensation to each officer commensurate with the executive’s role, experience and duties. The Compensation Committee annually reviews and approves base salaries for our executive officers based on several factors, including the individual’s experience, responsibilities, performance, expected future contribution, our expected financial performance and salaries of similarly situated executives of our public peers in the homebuilding industry and in the general industry.

Following its review of existing salary levels as set by our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc, available market data and individual performance factors, and in order to partially mitigate the decrease in annual cash compensation resulting from the changes to compensation mix (discussed under Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses , below), the Compensation Committee, in consultation with Ms. Palmer (except as to her own compensation), determined that named executive officer base salaries would increase as of January 1, 2012, as follows:

 

Name and Title

   2011 Base Salary      2012 Base Salary  

Sheryl Palmer

   $ 630,375       $ 700,000   

David Cone*

     N/A       $ 400,000   

Stephen Wethor

   $ 400,000       $ 450,000   

Ed Barnes*

     N/A       $ 450,000   

Louis Steffens

   $ 443,375       $ 475,000   

Tawn Kelley

   $ 364,500       $ 425,000   

Brad Carr**

   $ 293,908       $ 401,240   

 

* These executives commenced employment with us during 2012.
** Mr. Carr received an increase in base salary to $310,961 on January 1, 2012 and received an additional increase to $401,240 on May 25, 2012 in connection with his promotion to President of Monarch.

Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses

The second component of executive officer compensation is annual cash incentive bonuses based on company performance. Tying a portion of total compensation to annual company performance permits us to adjust the performance measures each year to reflect changing objectives and those that may be of special importance for a particular year. Through this program, we seek to provide an appropriate amount of short-term cash compensation that is at-risk and tied to the achievement of certain short-term performance goals.

 

158


Table of Contents

Target Amounts. Target annual cash incentive bonuses in respect of 2012 were significantly reduced for each of our named executive officers, from the 2011 levels set by our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc. The Compensation Committee reduced the bonus targets after its review of the existing compensation package for our executives, taking into account the competitive salary levels previously established and the level of equity-based compensation set by our Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof), and its determination that, effective as of January 1, 2012, a smaller portion of total compensation would be delivered through annual cash bonuses, with a greater emphasis on equity-based compensation. The target annual cash incentive bonuses for 2012 set by the Compensation Committee for each of our named executive officers as decreased from the prior year are as follows:

 

Name

   2012 Target Annual
Bonus as a Percentage
of Base Salary
    Percentage Decrease in Target
Bonus from Prior Year
 

Sheryl Palmer

     150 %     -350 %

C. David Cone*

     100     N/A   

Stephen Wethor

     135 %     -215 %

Ed Barnes*

     100     N/A   

Louis Steffens

     135 %     -315 %

Tawn Kelley

     135 %     -215 %

Brad Carr**

     125     -100

 

* These executives commenced employment with us during 2012. Mr. Cone’s annual bonus for 2012 will be prorated based on his commencement of employment with us on October 15, 2012.
** Mr. Carr’s bonus opportunity was decreased as of January 1, 2012 to 185% of base salary (at the same time that bonus opportunities for other executives were decreased) and further decreased to 125% of base salary on May 25, 2012 in order to rebalance his total target compensation upon the issuance to him of a new equity compensation opportunity in connection with his promotion to President of Monarch.

The actual 2012 annual cash incentive bonus amounts will be calculated based on a combination of objective performance measures and using the following formula:

 

  Annual  

Salary

    x      Target
Bonus
Percentage
    x      Business
Unit
Multiplier
    =      Bonus
Payout

Business Unit Multiplier . Our “Business Unit Multiplier” is an aggregated measure of the attainment of specific financial and operational performance goals for the relevant business unit, or, for some officers, for the Company as a whole, expressed in our tables below as a percentage. These performance goals are based on corporate and business objectives and are not tied to individual performance. Nevertheless, the goal itself varies among the officers, as described below. To determine the Business Unit Multiplier, specific criteria and corresponding goals are set for each officer. Each goal (1) has an associated “entry,” “threshold,” and “maximum” percentage attainment level (typically, 20%, 50-60% and 100%, respectively), with straight-line interpolation for attainment between levels, and (2) is weighted to reflect the Compensation Committee’s assessment of the goals’ importance in relation to our overall business objectives. Specifically, the percentage attainment of each goal is applied to the weighting factor (itself a percentage), and these numbers are totaled to set the Business Unit Multiplier.

Establishing Performance Goals for 2012 Annual Bonus Plan . Bonus plan goals (including the “North American Scorecard”, which is described below) for 2012 were established by the Compensation Committee in consultation with Ms. Palmer. The threshold payout level was designed to be achievable with strong management performance and the maximum level was designed to encourage and reward our named executive officers for outstanding performance. The bonus plan goals included financial performance metrics consistent with those established for the post-Acquisition period of 2011 and operational goals focused on customer satisfaction and the “North American Scorecard.” The term “North American Scorecard” is a scoring system that we produce internally and by which we measure the satisfaction of a combination of key financial and operational metrics

 

159


Table of Contents

that are critical to the successful performance of our business. The goals are tracked monthly and measured in the aggregate for each of our 10 operational divisions. Each division is then scored from 1st to 10th place based on its performance. These metrics include budgets or expectations, as well as measures of forecasting accuracy, construction performance and customer satisfaction.

The approach to goal setting for 2012 bonuses involved a process of reviewing, among other things, our prior year’s financial performance, the economic constraints facing the homebuilding industry and the economy and our short-term and long-term strategic objectives. We also took into account the need for setting goals that are challenging yet reasonably achievable so as to provide a competitive pay package necessary for the retention of our talent.

Achievement of Corporate Performance Goals . The 2012 bonus program performance goals applicable to Ms. Palmer and Mr. Cone were subject to overall company — not business unit specific — results. The goals were as follows:

 

Corporate Performance ($ in thousands)

 

Performance Goals

   Weight     Entry
(20%)
    Threshold
(60%)
    Maximum
(100%)
    Actual
Attainment
    Actual
Attainment
 

Earnings before interest and taxes

     40%      $ 145,000      $ 165,000      $ 180,000      $ 217,261        100

Operating cash flow before all land investment

     30%      $ 275,000      $ 300,000      $ 325,000      $ 337,733        100

Actual Closings plus year-end order book

     20%        6,800        6,950        7,100        7,807        100

Customer Satisfaction – 30 day plus 10 months overall customer satisfaction

     10%        82     86     90     87.5     75

Total

     100             97.5

Achievement of Business Unit Performance Goals . The 2012 bonus program performance goals applicable to Messrs. Steffens, Wethor, and Carr and Ms. Kelley are based on overall company results and/or the results of the specific business unit they lead. Performance criteria for 2012 for the East, West and Canada regions were the same as the metrics used for the overall company (earnings before interest and taxes, cash flow, order book/closings and customer satisfaction).

 

   

Mr. Steffens’ 2012 bonus was based 100% on the results of the East region. The goals for the East region for 2012 were as follows:

 

East Region Performance ($ in thousands)

 

Performance Goals

   Weight     Entry
(20%)
    Threshold
(60%)
    Maximum
(100%)
    Actual
Attainment
    Actual
Attainment
 

Earnings before interest and taxes

     30   $ 57,000      $ 65,000      $ 71,000      $ 79,406        100

Operating cash flow before all land investment

     30   $ 100,000      $ 106,000      $ 112,000      $ 127,965        100

Actual Closings plus year-end order book

     20     2,040        2,067        2,165        2,544        100

Customer Satisfaction – 30 day plus 10 months overall customer satisfaction

     10     82     86     90     87.5     75

North American Scorecard

     10     3        2        1        2        60

Total

     100             93.5

 

   

Mr. Wethor’s 2012 bonus was to be based 100% on the results of the West region unless the overall company results were better than the results for the West region for the first quarter (when he served as acting Chief Financial Officer), in which case 25% of his bonus would tie to overall company results based on the Corporate Performance goals described above. Since the results for the West region for

 

160


Table of Contents
 

2012 were better than the overall company results for 2012, Mr. Wethor’s 2012 bonus was based 100% on the West region performance goals, described below. The goals for the West region for 2012 were as follows:

 

West Region Performance ($ in thousands)

 

Performance Goals

   Weight     Entry
(20%)
     Threshold
(60%)
     Maximum
(100%)
     Actual
Attainment
    Actual
Attainment
 

Earnings before interest and taxes

     30   $ 30,000       $ 35,000       $ 38,000       $ 62,572        100

Operating cash flow before all land investment

     30   $ 115,000       $ 124,000       $ 134,000       $ 151,334        100

Actual Closings plus year-end order book

     20     1,290         1,308         1,370         1,934        100

Customer Satisfaction – 30 day plus 10 months overall customer satisfaction

     10  

 

82%

  

     86%         90%         88.1     81

North American Scorecard

     10     3         2         1         1        100

Total

     100                98.1

 

   

Mr. Carr’s 2012 bonus was to be based either 100% on the results of the Canada region (calculated with his current bonus target of 125% of his current base salary of $401,240) or 100% on the performance of the low-rise division of Monarch (calculated based on his bonus target and base salary in effect prior to his promotion to President of Monarch at 185% of a base salary of $310,961), whichever formula resulted in a higher amount being due him. Mr. Carr’s 2012 bonus was based on the performance of the low-rise division of Monarch due to the higher attainment of targets in such region. Mr. Carr also received an additional discretionary bonus for 2012 as described below. The goals for the Canada region for 2012 were as follows:

 

Canada Monarch Region Performance ($ in thousands)

 

Performance Goals

  Weight     Entry
(20%)
    Threshold
(60%)
    Maximum
(100%)
    Actual
Attainment
    Actual
Attainment
 

Earnings before interest and taxes

    30   $ 83,000      $ 90,000      $ 97,000      $ 106,269        100

Operating cash flow before all land investment

    30   $ 87,000      $ 97,000      $ 107,000      $ 131,959        100

Actual Closings plus year-end order book*

    20     3,470        3,575        3,610        3,329        0

Customer Satisfaction – 30 day plus 10 months overall customer satisfaction*

    10     81%        85%        89%        86.3     76

North American Scorecard*

    10     3        2        1        3        20

Total

    100             69.6

 

  * The performance metrics and targets for the Low Rise Division of Monarch are the same as for Monarch except for lower targets as follows:

 

Performance Goals

   Weight     Entry
(20%)
    Threshold
(60%)
    Maximum
(100%)
    Actual
Attainment
    Actual
Attainment
 

Actual Closings plus year-end order book

     20%        1,400        1,460        1,483        1,251        0%   

Customer Satisfaction - 30 day plus 10 months overall customer satisfaction

     10%        82%        86%        90%        88%        80%   

Scorecard

     10%        9        5        1        7        40%   

Total (with Monarch EBIT and cash flow)

     100%                72%   

 

161


Table of Contents
   

Ms. Kelley’s bonus is based 50% on overall company results based on the goals described above and 50% on TMHF results and is designed to incentivize Ms. Kelley to integrate TMHF into our core homebuilding business. The goals for TMHF for 2012 were as follows:

 

TMHF Performance ($ in thousands)

 

Performance Goals

   Weight     Entry
(20%)
    Threshold
(60%)
    Maximum
(100%)
    Actual
Attainment
    Actual
Attainment
 

Profit per Unit

     40%        $4,400        $4,550        $4,700      $ 5,387        100%   

Revenue

     40%        2.80%        2.90%        3.00%        3.16%        100%   

Mortgage Capture

     20%        80%        82.5%        85%        84%        84%   

Total

     100%                96.8%   

 

   

In connection with Mr. Barnes departure in June 2012 and entry into a separation and general release agreement with us, we agreed to provide him with a prorated bonus opportunity for 2012 based 100% on overall company results based on the goals described above or a prorated amount of his guaranteed minimum bonus of $300,000, whichever results in a higher bonus being due him.

The actual cash incentive bonuses approved for our named executive officers in respect of 2012 are as follows: Ms. Palmer—$1,023,225, Mr. Cone—$97,450, Mr. Wethor—$596,201, Mr. Barnes—$171,025, Mr. Steffens—$599,376, Ms. Kelley—$557,255, and Mr. Carr—$448,573. The Compensation Committee, in consultation with Ms. Palmer, exercised discretion to increase Mr. Carr’s 2012 annual incentive bonus by $34,517 based on a subjective evaluation of his contribution and exceptional performance for the year. Mr. Cone’s 2012 annual incentive bonus was pro-rated for the period of time that he was employed by us in 2012.

Long-Term Incentives – Equity-Based

Class M Unit Plan for U.S. Executives . Following the Acquisition, each of our named executive officers (other than Mr. Carr, whose phantom arrangement is described below) were granted equity-based interests in TMM, which allow them to share in the future appreciation of TMM, subject to certain vesting conditions including both time-based vesting (based on continued employment) and performance-based vesting (based on the return achieved by our Principal Equityholders), as described in more detail below. These equity-based interests are designed to foster a long-term commitment to us by our named executive officers, provide a balance to the short-term cash components of our compensation program, align a portion of our executives’ compensation to the interests of our Principal Equityholders, promote retention and reinforce our pay-for-performance structure (as discussed in more detail below).

The equity interests were granted pursuant to the TMM Holdings Limited Partnership 2011 Management Incentive Plan (the “MIP”) in the form of profits interests, called “Class M Units.” Class M Units represent an ownership interest in TMM providing the holder with the opportunity to receive, upon a liquidity event, a return based on the appreciation of TMM’s equity value from the date of grant. These Class M Units were issued as an upfront grant designed to provide a long-term incentive for the next five years. The awards were structured so that if TMM’s equity value were to appreciate, the executive would share in the growth in value from the date of grant solely with respect to the vested portion of the executive’s Class M Units. If TMM’s equity were not to appreciate in value or decrease in value in the future, then the Class M Units would have no value.

These equity awards also function as a retention device because a portion of the awards are scheduled to vest ratably over a five-year period (20% per year), subject to the named executive officer’s continued employment on each annual vesting date. To reinforce the pay-for-performance structure and alignment with interests of our equity holders, a portion of each award is scheduled to vest only upon satisfaction of certain performance thresholds (50% of the performance-based Class M Units are scheduled to vest only if the return on investment to our Principal Equityholders is 2.0x and the remaining 50% are scheduled to vest only if the return on investment to our Principal Equityholders is 2.5x; however, if the liquidity event occurs within 24 months

 

162


Table of Contents

following the Acquisition, the thresholds for vesting are reduced from 2.0x and 2.5x to 1.75x and 2.25x, respectively). See the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table for more information regarding the Class M Units held by our named executive officers.

Phantom Plan for Executives in Canada . In May 2012, in connection with his promotion to serve as regional President of Monarch, Mr. Carr was issued phantom interests (“Phantom Units”) pursuant to the TMM Holdings Limited Partnership 2011 Phantom Appreciation Rights Plan. Phantom Units are designed to provide equivalent payments and benefits to the equity awards issued under the MIP and are generally subject to the same terms and conditions as the MIP awards. Phantom Units do not entitle the holder to any equity interest in TMM and will be settled in cash. To that end, the payments and benefits under the phantom arrangement provide an opportunity to receive additional compensation based on the future appreciation of TMM, subject to certain vesting conditions including both time-based vesting (based on continued employment) and performance-based vesting (based on the return achieved by our Principal Equityholders) on the same basis as in the MIP awards, in a manner consistent with Canadian tax rules.

Class M Units and Phantom Unit Awards Issued in 2012 . On May 25, 2012, Mr. Carr received a grant of 1,300,000 Phantom Units in connection with his promotion to President of Monarch, an amount which the Compensation Committee determined was at the low range of what would be an appropriate grant level for someone serving in a similar position but was selected because of Mr. Carr’s new promotion to the position. After its review of his performance in the new position during the six months after his promotion, the Compensation Committee issued to Mr. Carr, effective as of December 7, 2012, an additional grant of 400,000 Phantom Units to bring his incentive compensation and total target compensation up to what it determined were more competitive levels. On October 15, 2012, Mr. Cone received an initial new hire grant of 1,500,000 Class M Units, an amount which the Compensation Committee determined was at the low range of what would be an appropriate grant level for someone serving in such position but was selected because Mr. Cone was a new hire. After its review of his performance in his role, the Compensation Committee issued to Mr. Cone, effective as of December 7, 2012, an additional grant of 400,000 Class M Units to bring his equity compensation and total target compensation up to what it determined were more competitive levels. On June 29, 2012, our Compensation Committee determined in its sole discretion to issue each of our other named executive officers a one-time special equity-based grant of Class M Units in order to maintain the value of the equity compensation held by our named executive officers in light of, and in connection with, the additional equity contribution associated with the offering of senior notes and Sponsor Loan Contribution in April 2012. The size of each grant was determined based on the executives’ then outstanding equity awards, with larger awards being issued to those individuals with a higher level of existing equity and were as follows: Ms. Palmer—1,000,000 Class M Units; Mr. Wethor—425,000 Class M Units; Mr. Steffens—425,000 Class M Units; and Ms. Kelley—200,000 Class M Units.

 

163


Table of Contents

Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan.

Consistent with our pay-for-performance compensation structure, the Compensation Committee approved the adoption of a new long-term cash incentive plan (the “Cash LTIP”) for the benefit of our executive officers, including our named executive officers. The Cash LTIP is designed to motivate and reward management for the achievement of multi-year performance goals by offering participants an opportunity to receive cash payments based on the achievement of such goals. The Cash LTIP has a three-year performance period commencing January 1, 2012 and continuing through December 31, 2014. Payouts under the Cash LTIP are based on achievement of targeted return on net assets (50%) for the year ending December 31, 2014 and cumulative earnings before interest and taxes (50%) over the three-year period. This bonus is paid at the end of the three-year performance period, if applicable performance goals are achieved. The amount of each individual’s target payout is set at a multiple of target annual cash incentive bonus opportunities for fiscal year 2012, which is 100% for our executives, as follows:

 

Executive

   Base      2012 Bonus
Opportunity
    LTIP
Opportunity
 

Sheryl Palmer

   $ 700,000         150   $ 1,050,000   

C. David Cone*

   $ 400,000         100   $ 300,000   

Louis Steffens

   $ 475,000         135   $ 641,250   

Stephen Wethor

   $ 450,000         135   $ 607,500   

Brad Carr

   $ 401,240         125   $ 501,550   

Tawn Kelley

   $ 425,000         135   $ 573,750   

 

  * Mr. Cone’s LTIP opportunity has been prorated based on his commencement of employment with us in October 15, 2012.

Investment Opportunity

The Compensation Committee believes it is important for key members of our senior management team and directors to build and maintain a long-term ownership position in our company, to further align their financial interests with those of our Principal Equityholders and to encourage the creation of long-term value. In order to achieve such goals and to assure that management owns a meaningful level of equity in TMM, each of our named executive officers was offered an opportunity to make a direct investment in TMM alongside our Principal Equityholders through the purchase of Class A Units, with a minimum investment amount of $50,000. We encouraged our executive officers to invest more than the minimum and rather invest an amount that is equal to one times their base salary, and each of our named executive officers (other than Mr. Cone) made an investment in TMM that is greater than the minimum amount. We believe that this investment opportunity has resulted in our management team having a desirable level of direct ownership in the business and a sufficient level of capital at risk thereby reinforcing our goal of aligning the interests of management with our owners.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

We provide a number of benefit plans to all eligible employees, including our named executive officers. These benefits include programs such as medical, dental, life insurance, business travel accident insurance, short-and long-term disability coverage, a 401(k) defined contribution plan for employees in the United States, a registered retirement savings plans for employees in Canada and home purchase rebate program providing employees with a 5% rebate on purchases of homes built by our business. Employees in the United States who have been with us on or before December 31, 2010, including certain of our named executive officers, were eligible to accrue pension benefits under a cash balance pension plan which was frozen to new accruals and participants as of January 1, 2011. Under this plan, prior to 2011, our predecessor contributed a specified percentage of each employee’s salary each quarter (generally based on the participant’s age) to the participant’s account balance, and employees vested in their accounts after five years of service. For further information on pension benefits for our named executive officers, see the “Pension Benefits” table.

 

164


Table of Contents

Perquisites for our named executive officers are limited to monthly auto allowances and, solely for Ms. Palmer, commuting expenses for her travel from her residence in Las Vegas to our offices in Scottsdale, Arizona. Auto allowances may be available to our other employees either in an executive role or those employees whose positions require regular driving for business as an essential job function. While perquisites help to provide competitive total compensation packages to the named executive officers in a cost-efficient manner by providing a benefit with a high perceived value at a relatively low cost, we do not generally view perquisites as a material component of our executive compensation program. In the future, we may provide additional or different perquisites or other personal benefits in limited circumstances, such as where we believe doing so is appropriate to assist an individual in the performance of his or her duties, to make our executive officers more efficient and effective and for recruitment, motivation and/or retention purposes.

During 2012, Ms. Kelley received certain commission payments totaling approximately $177,154, consistent with the terms of Ms. Kelley’s employment agreement originally established in 2009 at the time her company was acquired by our predecessor. Such commissions are based on certain percentage of net profit dollars earned on each joint venture/spot retail closing in a given year and are generally payable within 30 days of the end of each calendar month. In the event Ms. Kelley’s employment were to terminate, she would be entitled to outstanding commissions only for joint venture/spot retail closings that occur prior to her departure date.

Employment Agreements, Severance Protection and Restrictive Covenant Agreements

Each of our named executive officers (other than Messrs. Carr and Barnes) is party to an employment agreement with us, which specifies the terms of the individual’s employment including certain compensation levels and are intended to assure us of the executive’s continued employment and provide stability in our senior management team.

Each of Messrs. Wethor, Steffens and Ms. Kelley’s employment agreements with us were entered into prior to the Acquisition, and the employment of each such named executive officer under these agreements will continue in effect until terminated by us or by the named executive officer. Mr. Cone’s employment agreement with us was entered into shortly following his commencement of employment, and the term of his employment under such agreement will continue in effect until terminated by us or him. The term of Ms. Palmer’s employment agreement (dated July 13, 2011, and amended as of May 17, 2012), which was entered into in connection with the Acquisition in replacement of her then existing employment agreement, continues for three years through July 13, 2014, subject to automatic successive one-year extensions thereafter unless either party gives at least 90 days’ prior notice that the term will not be extended.

Ms. Palmer and Messrs. Wethor, Cone, Steffens and Carr are each party to a restrictive covenant agreement, which includes an 18-month post-employment non-compete and non-solicit of customers and employees in connection with certain terminations of employment; however, if termination is without cause by us or the executive resigns for good reason, the covenants apply only through the duration of the period in which the executive is receiving severance. Ms. Kelly is party to a similar restrictive covenant agreement, but hers will apply only during a post-employment period in which she is also receiving severance.

Pursuant to the employment agreements, we provide salary continuation and other benefits in the event of certain terminations of employment. A portion of the Class M Units (only those subject to time-based vesting conditions) held by our named executive officers (Phantom Units with respect to Mr. Carr) are also subject to accelerated vesting upon certain terminations of employment following a sale of TMM (generally, a transaction where (1) more than 80% of the Class A units are acquired by a third party that is unrelated to the Principal Equityholders, (2) the buyer acquires the right to replace the general partner of TMM, or (3) all or substantially all of the assets are sold (including due to the sale of more than 80% of the equity of the subsidiaries holding such assets)). These payments and benefits are designed to provide financial security in the event of certain corporate transactions and/or termination of employment, as well as consideration for the executive’s compliance

 

165


Table of Contents

with certain post-employment restrictive covenants. We believe these provisions help retain our executives who are critical to the success and operation of our business while also protecting important business objectives through restrictive covenants. See “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” for a discussion of severance and change of control payments payable to our named executive officers pursuant to their employment agreements.

In May 2012, we amended Ms. Palmer’s employment agreement to provide her with an opportunity to receive a special retirement bonus of $1,000,000 if she voluntarily terminates her employment with us after May 15, 2013 and does not resume employment in the homebuilding industry in any capacity for five years. If Ms. Palmer resumes employment in the homebuilding industry within five years, she will be required to repay the bonus to us. The purpose of providing this bonus was twofold: to retain Ms. Palmer’s services through at least May 15, 2013 and incentivize her not to directly compete with us, which could cause significant harm to our business.

As mentioned above, we did not enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Carr. This is primarily because we expect he would be entitled to certain severance benefits depending on the circumstances of his dismissal pursuant to and in accordance with Canadian law, as described in more detail below under “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.” We did not enter into any employment agreement with Mr. Barnes due to the short term of his service with our business. We entered into a separation agreement and general release agreement with him in connection with his departure, which is described under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Other Program Attributes

Equity Ownership

Our compensation structure for management provides for a significant percentage of compensation to be equity-based, which places a substantial portion of compensation at risk over a long-term period. At this time, we do not have specific equity ownership guidelines for named executive officers or our non-employee directors as our equity-based compensation programs and previously offered investment opportunities have, in our view, resulted in management having a desirable level of direct ownership in our business.

Adjustment or Recovery of Awards

Our equity-based awards provide that all vested equity-based awards will be forfeited by our executives automatically upon a breach by them of any of the post-employment restrictive covenants (e.g. non-competes) to which they are subject. The executive would also be responsible for damages suffered by us in connection with any such breach. We view this recovery of awards feature as a necessary element of our equity-based program as it deters competitive activities that would likely cause significant harm to our business.

Looking Ahead: Post-IPO Compensation

Retention of a Compensation Consultant

In November 2012, the Compensation Committee retained Pearl Meyer, the compensation consulting firm, to evaluate our compensation programs and to provide guidance with respect to developing and implementing our compensation philosophy and programs as a public company.

Clawback Policy

In connection with or following this offering, we intend to adopt a clawback policy that would require an individual to repay to us any incentive compensation paid to such individual based on the individual’s misconduct that results in the restatement of our financials. In addition, we reserve the right to adopt any additional clawback policies as may be necessary to protect our compensation policies and objectives and as may be required by law, including mandates required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

166


Table of Contents

Exchange of Class M Units

In connection with this offering and the Reorganization Transactions described under “Organizational Structure,” (i) all of the outstanding Class M Units in TMM subject only to time-based vesting conditions, will be converted into an amount of vested and unvested New TMM Units and (ii) all of the outstanding Class M Units that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions will be converted into an amount of vested and unvested equity interests of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, in each case, based on our pre-IPO value (calculated using the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering). The unvested New TMM Units and unvested equity interests of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles shall vest based on the current vesting schedule of, or satisfaction of the relevant performance condition applicable for, the outstanding unvested Class M Units which they will replace. Both the vested and unvested New TMM Units and equity interests of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles issued to former holders of Class M Units will be entitled to vote and receive distributions, if any, from New TMM and/or the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, as applicable, provided, however, distributions (other than tax distributions) in respect of unvested New TMM Units shall only be delivered to the holder thereof when, as, and if such units ultimately vest. The vesting and other terms applicable to replaced Class M Units will be set forth in definitive documentation to be entered into immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Adjustment of Phantom Units

In connection with this offering and the Reorganization Transactions described under “Organizational Structure,” and in accordance with the our administrative authority under the Phantom Plan, we intend to adjust the Phantom Units held by our executives in Canada in a manner designed to provide substantially similar economic benefits as those achieved by holders of Class M Units in connection with this offering and the Reorganization Transactions, consistent with the intended economic benefit of the original award.

IPO Equity Grants

In connection with this offering, we intend to grant awards for an aggregate of              shares of our Class A common stock to our employees under the 2013 Plan described below. The awards will consist of (i) stock options for              shares of Class A common stock in the aggregate at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price, which will expire on the 10th anniversary of the date of grant, and (ii) restricted stock units representing the right to receive              shares of Class A common stock in the aggregate. Ms. Palmer will be granted              options and              restricted stock units, Mr. Cone will be granted              options and              restricted stock units, Mr. Wethor will be granted              options and              restricted stock units, Mr. Steffens will be granted              options and              restricted stock units, Mr. Carr will be granted              options and              restricted stock units and Ms. Kelley will be granted              options and              restricted stock units. The options will generally vest in four equal installments of 25% on each of the second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the date of grant and shall otherwise be on terms consistent with the 2013 Plan described below. The restricted stock units will be subject to both time-based and performance-based vesting conditions. They will generally vest in four equal installments of 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to continued employment on the applicable vesting date and satisfaction of the performance condition. The performance condition will be satisfied if the weighted average price at which the Principal Equityholders have previously sold their common units of New TMM or related Class A common stock exceeds the gross initial public offering price per share of the Class A common stock being sold in this offering. The performance condition is fully satisfied, if, as of any date on which the Principal Equityholders sell their units or stock, the price threshold is exceeded. If the performance condition has not been met as of December 31, 2015, all of the restricted stock units will be forfeited. The restricted stock units shall otherwise be on terms consistent with the terms of the 2013 Plan.

2013 Equity Plan

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt an omnibus equity incentive plan, the 2013 Plan, designed to align the interests of our management team with our new public investors. The following is a summary of certain terms and conditions of the 2013 Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference

 

167


Table of Contents

to the 2013 Plan filed as an exhibit to this registration statement. You are encouraged to read the full 2013 Plan. Pursuant to 2013 Plan, the TMHC compensation committee (or subcommittee of delegated directors or officers) will have authority to grant awards under the plan, determine the types of awards to be granted, the recipients of awards, and the terms and conditions of awards (including the number of shares of Class A common stock (or dollar value) subject thereto, the vesting schedule and term, and to what extent and when awards may be settled in cash, shares of common stock, restricted shares or other property) and to establish rules relating to the plan and interpret the plan and awards.

The TMHC compensation committee may grant awards of stock options, share appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, other stock-based awards, cash-based awards or any combination of the foregoing to our non-employee directors and employees, consultants or advisors selected by the TMHC compensation committee. Subject to adjustment in connection with changes in capitalization and other corporate or non-recurring events, the 2013 Plan will provide for an aggregate of              shares of our Class A common stock, including authorized and unissued shares, treasury shares or shares purchased in the open market or otherwise, to be authorized for grants.

Plan Limitations . No more than                  shares of Class A common stock may be issued in respect of incentive stock options under our 2013 Plan. No participant may be granted awards of options and stock appreciation rights with respect to more than                  shares of Class A common stock in any one year. No more than                  shares of Class A common stock may be granted under our 2013 Plan with respect to performance compensation awards in any one year. The maximum amount payable to any participant under the 2013 Plan for any 12-month period during a performance period for a cash-denominated award is $            .

If any award is forfeited, or if any option or stock appreciation right terminates, expires or lapses without being settled or exercised, shares of our Class A common stock subject to such award will again be available for future grant. If there is any change in our corporate capitalization, the TMHC compensation committee shall make any equitable substitutions or adjustments it deems necessary or appropriate in its sole discretion to the number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2013 Plan, the number of shares covered by awards then outstanding under our 2013 Plan, the limitations on awards under our 2013 Plan, the exercise price of outstanding options and such other adjustments as it may determine appropriate.

Options.  The TMHC compensation committee will be authorized to grant options to purchase shares of Class A common stock that are either “qualified,” meaning they satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code for incentive stock options, or “nonqualified,” meaning they are not intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. These options will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the TMHC compensation committee. Under the terms of our 2013 Plan, unless the TMHC compensation committee determines otherwise, the exercise price of the options will not be less than the fair market value of our Class A common stock at the time of grant. Options granted under the 2013 Plan will be subject to such terms, including the exercise price and the conditions and timing of exercise, as may be determined by the TMHC compensation committee and specified in the applicable award agreement. The maximum term of an option granted under the 2013 Plan will be ten years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of a qualified option granted to a 10% stockholder). Payment in respect of the exercise of an option may be made in cash, check, and or by surrender of unrestricted shares of Class A common stock (valued at their fair market value on the date of exercise) or the TMHC compensation committee may, in its discretion and to the extent permitted by law, allow such payment to be made: (i) by delivery of other property having a fair market value on the exercise date equal to the total purchase price, (ii) by a broker-assisted cashless exercise mechanism, (iii) by a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares of Class A common stock otherwise deliverable in respect of an option needed to pay the exercise price and applicable statutory minimum withholding taxes, or (iv) or by such other method as the TMHC compensation committee may determine to be appropriate.

Stock appreciation rights.  The TMHC compensation committee is authorized to award stock appreciation rights (referred to as “SARs”) under the 2013 Plan. SARs will be subject to the terms and conditions established

 

168


Table of Contents

by the TMHC compensation committee. A SAR is a contractual right that allows a participant to receive, either in the form of cash, shares or any combination of cash and shares, the appreciation, if any, in the value of a share over a certain period of time less applicable withholding in the case of cash-settled SARs. An option granted under the 2013 Plan may include SARs, and the TMHC compensation committee may also award SARs to a participant independent of the grant of an option. SARs granted in connection with an option shall be subject to terms similar to the option corresponding to such SARs. The terms of the SARs shall be subject to terms established by the TMHC compensation committee and reflected in the award agreement.

Restricted stock.  The TMHC compensation committee will be authorized to award restricted stock under the 2013 Plan. Awards of restricted stock will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the TMHC compensation committee. Restricted stock is Class A common stock that generally is non-transferable and is subject to other restrictions determined by the TMHC compensation committee for a specified period. Unless the TMHC compensation committee determines otherwise, or specifies otherwise in an award agreement, if the participant terminates employment during the restricted period, any then unvested restricted stock will be forfeited. Subject to any restrictions set forth in the applicable award agreement, holders of restricted stock shall generally be entitled to vote and receive dividends with respect to such restricted stock, however, dividends shall only be payable to the holder following the date on which the restrictions on such restricted stock lapse.

Restricted stock unit awards.  The TMHC compensation committee will be authorized to award restricted stock units. Restricted stock unit awards, or RSUs, will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the TMHC compensation committee. Unless the TMHC compensation committee determines otherwise, or specifies otherwise in an award agreement, if the participant terminates employment or services during the period of time over which all or a portion of the restricted stock units are to be earned, any then unvested restricted stock units will be forfeited. At the election of the TMHC compensation committee, the participant will receive a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the number of units earned or an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of that number of shares, at the expiration of the period over which the units are to be earned, or at a later date set forth in the applicable award agreement, less any taxes required to be withheld. The holder of any restricted stock units may be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments upon the payment by us of dividends on our Class A common stock, in the form of shares or cash and payable at the same time and under the same restrictions as the underlying restricted stock units.

Stock bonus awards.  The TMHC compensation committee is authorized to grant awards of unrestricted shares, either alone or in tandem with other awards, under such terms and conditions as the TMHC compensation committee may determine.

Performance compensation awards.  The TMHC compensation committee may grant any award under the 2013 Plan in the form of a performance compensation award by conditioning the vesting of the award on the satisfaction of certain performance goals. In addition, the TMHC compensation committee may denominate an award in cash or shares of Class A common stock to any participant and designate such award as a performance award intended to qualify as “performance based” under Section 162(m). If the TMHC compensation committee determines that any performance-based award is intended to be subject to Section 162(m), the TMHC compensation committee shall establish performance criteria based on one or more of the following:

 

   

basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes);

 

   

pre- or after-tax income (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus);

 

   

operating income (before or after taxes);

 

   

revenue, net revenue, net revenue growth or product revenue growth;

 

   

gross profit or gross profit growth;

 

   

net operating profit (before or after taxes);

 

   

earnings, including earnings before or after interest, depreciation and/or taxes;

 

   

return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, net assets, capital, total capital, tangible capital, invested capital, equity, sales, or total shareholder return);

 

169


Table of Contents
   

cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on capital, cash flow return on investment, and cash flow per share (before or after dividends));

 

   

margins, gross or operating margins, or cash margin;

 

   

operating efficiency;

 

   

productivity ratios;

 

   

share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total shareholder return);

 

   

expense targets;

 

   

objective measures of customer satisfaction;

 

   

working capital targets;

 

   

measures of economic value added, or economic value-added models or equivalent metrics;

 

   

inventory control;

 

   

enterprise value;

 

   

net sales;

 

   

appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of our company’s Common Stock;

 

   

market share;

 

   

comparisons with various stock market indices;

 

   

reductions in costs;

 

   

improvement in or attainment of expense levels or working capital levels;

 

   

year-end cash;

 

   

debt reductions;

 

   

shareholder equity;

 

   

regulatory achievements;

 

   

implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, products or projects, production volume levels, acquisitions and divestitures and recruiting and maintaining personnel; or

 

   

any combination of the foregoing

Effect of a Change in Control. Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, the TMHC compensation committee has the right to provide for, in the event of a change in control of our company or certain other significant corporate transactions, as described in the 2013 Plan: (i) an adjustment of the number and class of shares subject to the award and/or the exercise price or grant price of a stock option or SAR, as applicable; (ii) cancellation and cash-out of outstanding options and SARs, including cancellation without payment if the fair market value of one share of Class A common stock on the date of the change in control is less than the per share option exercise price or SAR grant price; and (iii) substitution and assumption of awards. In addition, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, if a participant’s employment terminates within      months following a change in control of our company: (i) outstanding options and SARs will immediately vest and be fully exercisable, (ii) the restrictions, limitations and other conditions applicable to outstanding restricted shares and restricted stock units will lapse, and restricted shares and restricted stock units will be free of all restrictions, limitations and conditions; and (iii) any deferred awards will be settled as soon as possible in a manner intended to be consistent with Section 409A of the Code.

 

170


Table of Contents

Transferability. In general, no awards or shares may be assigned, transferred, sold, pledged or encumbered, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Awards may be exercised only by the participant or the participant’s guardian, executor, administrator or legal representative. However, awards other than incentive stock options may, with the approval of and subject to terms set by the TMHC compensation committee, be transferred to certain family members and estate planning vehicles, as set out in the 2013 Plan.

Amendment.  Our 2013 Plan will have a term of 10 years. Our Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate our 2013 Plan at any time; however, stockholder approval may be necessary if the law so requires. No amendment, suspension or termination will materially and adversely impair the rights of any participant or recipient of any award without the consent of the participant or recipient.

Clawback/Forfeiture. In the TMHC compensation committee’s discretion, an award agreement may provide for cancellation of an award without payment if the participant violates a non-compete, non-solicit or non-disclosure agreement or otherwise engages in activity in conflict with or adverse to the interests of our company or any subsidiary, as determined by the TMHC compensation committee in its sole discretion. The TMHC compensation committee may also provide that in such circumstances the participant or any person to whom any payment has been made will forfeit any compensation, gain or other value realized thereafter on the vesting, exercise or settlement of an award, the sale or transfer of an award or the sale of the ordinary shares acquired in respect of an award, and must promptly repay such amounts to our company. The TMHC compensation committee may also provide in an award agreement that if the participant receives an amount in excess of what the participant should have received under the terms of the award due to material noncompliance by our company with any financial reporting requirement under the U.S. securities laws or any mistake in calculations or other administrative error, then the award will be cancelled and the participant must promptly repay any excess value to our company. To the extent required by applicable law and/or the rules and regulations of any U.S. national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which shares are listed or quoted, or pursuant to a written company policy, awards shall be subject (including on a retroactive basis) to clawback, forfeiture or other similar action.

U.S. federal income tax consequences

The following is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the grant, exercise and vesting of awards under the 2013 Plan and the disposition of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise or settlement of such awards and is intended to reflect the current provisions of the Code and the regulations thereunder. This summary is not intended to be a complete statement of applicable law, nor does it address foreign, state, local and payroll tax considerations. This summary assumes that all awards described in the summary are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Moreover, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to any particular participant may differ from those described herein by reason of, among other things, the particular circumstances of such participant.

Options—Qualified and nonqualified.  The Code requires that, for favorable tax treatment of a qualified option (“an incentive stock option”), shares of our Class A common stock acquired through the exercise of a qualified option cannot be disposed of on or before the later of (i) two years from the date of grant of the option or (ii) one year from the date of exercise. Holders of qualified options will generally incur no U.S. federal income tax liability at the time of grant or upon exercise of those options. However, the difference between the exercise price and fair market value of one share will be an “item of tax preference,” which may give rise to “alternative minimum tax” liability for the taxable year in which the exercise occurs. If the holder does not dispose of the shares on or before two years following the date of grant and one year following the date of exercise, the difference between the exercise price and the amount realized upon disposition of the shares will constitute long-term capital gain or loss, as the case may be. Assuming both holding periods are satisfied, no deduction will be allowed to us for U.S. federal income tax purposes in connection with the grant or exercise of the qualified option. If, within two years following the date of grant or within one year following the date of exercise, the holder of shares acquired through the exercise of a qualified option disposes of those shares, the participant will

 

171


Table of Contents

generally realize ordinary compensation income at the time of such disposition equal to the difference between the exercise price and the lesser of the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise or the amount realized on the subsequent disposition of the shares, and that amount will generally be deductible by us for U.S. federal income tax purposes, subject to the possible limitations on deductibility under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to executives designated in those Sections. Finally, if an otherwise qualified option becomes first exercisable in any one year for shares having an aggregate value in excess of $100,000 (based on the grant date value), the portion of the qualified option in respect of those excess shares will be treated as a non-qualified stock option for U.S. federal income tax purposes. No income will be realized by a participant upon the grant of any stock option. Upon the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the underlying exercised shares over the option exercise price paid at the time of exercise. We will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Restricted stock.  A participant will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax upon the grant of an award of restricted stock unless the participant elects to be taxed at the time of grant pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code. On the date an award of restricted stock becomes transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the participant will have ordinary compensation income equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on such date over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any, unless the participant made an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed at the time of grant. If the participant made an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the participant will have ordinary compensation income at the time of grant equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any. (Special rules may apply to the receipt and disposition of restricted shares received by officers and directors who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)). We will be able to deduct, at the same time as it is recognized by the participant, the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Restricted stock units.  A participant will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax upon the grant of a restricted stock unit award. Rather, upon the delivery of shares or cash pursuant to a restricted stock unit award, the participant will have ordinary compensation income equal to the fair market value of the number of shares (or the amount of cash) the participant actually receives with respect to the award. We will be able to deduct the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but the deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

SARs.  A participant will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax upon the grant of a SAR. Upon the exercise of a SAR, the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the payment received in respect of the SAR. We will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Stock bonus awards.  A participant will have ordinary compensation income equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on the date the award is made over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any. We will be able to deduct, at the same time as it is recognized by the participant, the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

 

172


Table of Contents

Section 162(m).  In general, Section 162(m) of the Code denies a publicly held corporation a deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes for compensation in excess of $1,000,000 per year per person to its chief executive officer and the three other officers whose compensation is required by the Exchange Act to be disclosed in its proxy statement (excluding the chief financial officer), subject to certain exceptions. The 2013 Plan is intended to satisfy either an exception or applicable transitional rule requirements with respect to grants of options to covered employees. In addition, the 2013 Plan is designed to permit certain awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units and other awards (including cash bonus awards) to be awarded as performance compensation awards intended to qualify under either the “performance-based compensation” exception to Section 162(m) of the Code or applicable transitional rule requirements. At such time as we are subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, we generally intend to design awards under the 2013 Plan to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code in order to maintain the federal tax deductibility for executive compensation, however, the Compensation Committee may, and reserves the right to, award compensation that may not be deductible under Section 162(m) of the Code where it believes it is appropriate to do so.

 

173


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes the compensation earned by, or awarded or paid to, each of our named executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)(1)
    TMM
Class M
Units or
Phantom
Units

($)(2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(3)
    Change in
Pension

Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)(4)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(6)
    Total
($)
 

Sheryl Palmer

    2012        700,000        —          620,000        1,023,225        8,526        71,230        2,422,781   

President and Chief Executive Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Director of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities

    2011        626,827        —          2,222,000        2,764,050        14,437        1,539,225        7,166,539   

C. David Cone,

    2012        84,615        —          1,332,143        97,450        —          2,782        1,516,990   

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TMHC and Taylor Morrison, Inc.

               

Stephen Wethor

    2012        450,000        —          263,500        596,201        7,604        22,326        1,339,631   

President, West Region and Interim Chief Financial Officer of Taylor Morrison, Inc. (former)

    2011        395,385        237,500        851,250        1,260,288        12,725        20,719        2,777,867   

Ed Barnes,

    2012        176,538        —          833,250        171,025        —          290,695        1,471,508   

Chief Financial Officer (former)

               

Louis Steffens

    2012        475,000        —          263,500        599,376        9,358        20,236        1,367,470   

President, East Region of Taylor Morrison, Inc.

    2011        423,553        212,500        833,250        1,765,723        15,602        17,601        3,268,229   

Tawn Kelley

    2012        425,000        —         124,000        557,255        3,318        199,480        1,309,053   

President, TMHF and Mortgage

Funding Direct Ventures

    2011        362,365        175,000        404,000        1,160,278        5,588        78,084        2,185,315   

Brad Carr,

    2012        363,624        34,517        1,043,143        414,057        —          24,657        1,879,998   

President of Monarch(5)

               

 

(1) The amount reported in this column for 2012, reflects an increase in the 2012 annual incentive bonus payable to Mr. Carr, as determined by the compensation committee in its discretion based on Mr. Carr’s exceptional performance for the year in light of the unique challenges he faced in his role as President of Monarch. The amounts reported in this column for 2011 reflect the second half of the transaction and success bonuses earned in fiscal 2011 contingent upon the executive remaining employed for the six-month period following the Acquisition, which were payable pursuant to special transaction and success bonus arrangements entered into in 2009, as approved by our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc. These bonuses were designed to reward such executive officers for their efforts and contributions towards the consummation of a sale of Taylor Wimpey plc North American business and to provide an incentive to such executives to remain employed with us through and following the sale. The amount of each executive’s transaction and success bonus was set at a number of months of such individual’s 2009 base salary (generally 12 months) as determined by our former parent, Taylor Wimpey plc.
(2) The amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification topic 718, “Stock Compensation,” as issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board. These values have been determined based on the assumptions set forth in Note 19 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Additional information regarding the awards is set forth in the tables and notes under “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” and “Outstanding Equity and Equity-Based Awards at Fiscal Year End.” The grant date fair value for Mr. Barnes’ award on January 31, 2012 has been estimated based on the grant date fair value as of December 15, 2011 because Mr. Barnes forfeited his Class M Unit award on June 19, 2012 in connection with his departure.
(3) The amounts reported in this column were paid under our annual cash incentive bonus program for the applicable year, which is described above, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Key Elements of Executive Compensation Program – Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses.”

 

174


Table of Contents
(4) These amounts do not represent realized compensation; rather, they represent an actuarial adjustment to the present value of accumulated benefits under our Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan, from the pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to our audited financial statements for the applicable fiscal year, to the pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to our audited financial statements for the applicable fiscal year. See below under the heading “Pension Benefits” for additional details.
(5) Figures in this table for Mr. Carr are in U.S. dollars, even though amounts were paid to Mr. Carr in Canadian dollars. To derive the figures in the table, the actual Canadian dollar amounts paid were converted to U.S. dollars at a rate of 1.0031 Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars, the Canadian to U.S dollar exchange rate in effect on December 31, 2012.
(6) For each of our named executive officers, “All Other Compensation” consists of the payments for fiscal 2012 that are shown in the table below:

 

Name

   401(k)
Company
Match ($)
    Company
Paid Life
Insurance
Premiums
($)
     Auto
Allowance
($)
     Commuting
Expenses
($)(a)
     Other
($)
     Total
($)
 

Sheryl Palmer

     8,575        2,951         14,400         25,554         19,750 (b)       71,230   

C. David Cone

     923        336         1,523         —           —           2,782   

Stephen Wethor

     8,575        2,951         10,800         —           —           22,326   

Ed Barnes

     3,894        790         2,825         —           283,186 (c)       290,695   

Louis Steffens

     6,125        2,951         10,800         —           360 (d)       20,236   

Tawn Kelley

     8,575        2,951         10,800         —           177,154 (e)       199,480   

Brad Carr

     6,019 (f)      1,184         17,454         —           —           24,657   

 

  (a) We pay the commuting expense of Ms. Palmer’s flights from her residence in Las Vegas, Nevada to our corporate headquarters in Scottsdale, Arizona.
  (b) This amount represents the value of the rebate Ms. Palmer received in connection with her home purchase pursuant to the Taylor Morrison Home Purchase Rebate Program.
  (c) This value represents the amount of severance paid to Mr. Barnes following his departure from employment on June 19, 2012, pursuant to his separation and release agreement ($258,462) and the value of relocation benefits he received ($24,724).
  (d) This value represents a service award paid to Mr. Steffens in recognition of his five-year anniversary with us. We recognize all team members achieving milestone anniversaries for their commitment and loyalty to us beginning at five years of service and again every addition five-year milestone thereafter.
  (e) For 2012, Ms. Kelly received commissions for joint venture/spot retail closings.
  (f) For Mr. Carr, this amount reflects contributions to a registered retirement savings plan in Canada.

 

175


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table summarizes awards under our annual cash incentive bonus program and the equity-based awards to each of our named executive officers in the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Name

  Grant
Date
     Type of Award   Estimated
Possible
Payouts
Under
Non-Equity
Long-Term
Cash
Incentive
Plan
Awards(1)
    Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive
Plan  Awards(2)
    Estimated Possible Payouts Of
Class M Unit Awards or
Phantom Units(3)
 
       Target
($)
    Entry
($)
    Threshold
($)
    Maximum
($)
    Number of
Class M
Units or
Phantom
Units(#)
    Grant Date Fair
Value of Class M
Units or
Phantom
Units ($/Unit)(4)
 

Sheryl Palmer

    6/29/12       Class M Units             1,000,000        620,000   
     2012 Bonus Program       210,000        630,000        1,050,000       
     2012 Cash LTIP     1,050,000             

C. David Cone(5)

    12/7/12       Class M Units             400,000        237,143   
    10/15/12       Class M Units             1,500,000        1,095,000   
     2012 Bonus Program       20,000        60,000        100,000       
     2012 Cash LTIP     300,000             

Stephen Wethor

    6/29/12       Class M Units             425,000        263,500   
     2012 Bonus Program       121,500        364,500        607,500       
     2012 Cash LTIP     607,500             

Ed Barnes

     Class M Units             2,887,500        833,250   
     2012 Bonus Program       300,000        —          450,000       

Louis Steffens

    6/29/12       Class M Units             425,000        263,500   
     2012 Bonus Program       128,250        384,750        641,250       
     2012 Cash LTIP     641,250             

Tawn Kelley

    6/29/12       Class M Units             200,000        124,000   
     2012 Bonus Program       114,750        344,250        573,750       
     2012 Cash LTIP     573,750             

Brad Carr

    12/7/12       Phantom Units             400,000        237,143   
    5/25/12       Phantom Units             1,300,000        806,000   
     2012 Bonus Program       115,056        345,167        575,278       
     2012 Cash LTIP     501,550             

 

(1) Under our Cash LTIP, each named executive officer is eligible to receive a cash payment for the achievement of certain performance goals over a three-year performance period commencing on January 1, 2012 and continuing through December 31, 2014. For a detailed description of the Cash LTIP, see “– Key Elements of Executive Compensation Program – Long-Term Incentives – Equity-Based –Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan.” This column shows the potential amount of the bonus if the performance metrics are attained.
(2) Under our annual cash incentive bonus program, each named executive officer is eligible to receive an annual cash incentive bonus for the fiscal year, the amount of which will vary depending on the degree of attainment of certain performance metrics, as described in “–Key Elements of Executive Compensation Program – Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses.” This column shows the potential amount of the bonus if performance metrics were attained at certain entry, threshold or maximum levels. For performance between entry and threshold, or threshold and maximum, the bonus amount is set using straight line interpolation.
(3) For a description of the material terms of these awards, see “– Key Elements of Executive Compensation Program – Long-Term incentives – Equity-Based – Class M Unit Plan for U.S. Executives or Phantom Plan for Executives in Canada.”
(4) The amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification topic 718 “Stock Compensation,” as issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board. These values have been determined based on the assumptions set forth in Note 19 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(5) Mr. Cone’s annual bonus opportunity for 2012 and his Cash LTIP opportunity were pro-rated to reflect his commencement of employment with us on October 15, 2012.

 

176


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity and Equity-Based Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

            Equity and Equity-Based Awards  

Name

   Grant Date      Number of Class M Units
and Phantom Units
That Have Not Vested
(#)(1)
     Market Value of Class M Units
and Phantom Units
That Have Not Vested

($)(2)
 

Sheryl Palmer

     6/29/2012        1,000,000         250,000   
     12/15/2011         6,600,000         1,980,000   

C. David Cone

     12/7/2012         400,000         0   
     10/15/2012         1,500,000         214,286   

Stephen Wethor

     6/29/2012        425,000         106,250   
     12/15/2011         2,475,000         742,500   

Louis Steffens

     6/29/2012        425,000         106,250   
     12/15/2011         2,475,000         742,500   

Tawn Kelley

     6/29/2012        200,000         50,000   
     12/15/2011         1,200,000         360,000   

Brad Carr

     12/7/2012         400,000         0   
     5/25/2012         1,300,000         325,000   
     12/15/2011         375,000         112,500   

 

  (1) All awards granted in 2011 reported in this column were approved and granted by the board of directors of TMM Holdings (G.P.) Inc. in its capacity as the general partner of TMM, (i) on December 15, 2011 Ms. Palmer, Messrs. Wethor and Steffens and Ms. Kelley each received a grant of Class M Units and, Mr.Carr received a grant of 437,500 Phantom Units, of which 20% of the portion of the award subject to time-based vesting vested in fiscal 2012, (ii) Mr. Carr who received a grant of 1,300,000 Phantom Units on May 25, 2012 in connection with his promotion to President of Monarch, (iii) on June 29, 2012 Ms. Palmer, Messrs. Wethor and Steffens and Ms. Kelley each received a grant of Class M Units, (iv) Mr. Cone received an initial grant of 1,500,000 Class M Units on October 15, 2012 in connection with his hiring, and (v) Mr. Cone received a grant of 400,000 Class M Units, and Mr. Carr received a grant of 400,000 Phantom Units on December 7, 2012. See “– Executive Compensation-Long-Term Incentives – Equity Based” for a description of the vesting terms of these awards.
  (2) There was no public market for the Class M Units or Phantom Units as of December 31, 2012 and thus the market value is based on the Compensation Committee’s valuation of $1.45 per unit as of such date, and the amount reflected in the table represents the value of the unvested time-based Class M Units. Based on a per unit value of $1.45 the return to our Principal Equityholders as of December 31, 2012 would have been less than the relevant vesting thresholds and accordingly, the performance-based Class M Units would have had no value.

Class M Units and Phantom Units Vested

 

     TMM Class M Units/Phantom Units  

Name

   Number of Class M
Units/Phantom
Units Vested

(#)
     Value Realized  on
Vesting

($)(1)
 

Sheryl Palmer

     1,100,000         275,000   

Stephen Wethor

     472,500         118,125   

Louis Steffens

     412,500         103,125   

Tawn Kelley

     200,000         50,000   

Brad Carr

     62,500         15,625   

 

  (1) There was no public market for the Class M Units as of the vesting date of July 13, 2012 and thus the market value is based on the Compensation Committee’s valuation of $1.25 per unit as of such date.

 

177


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits

 

Name

   Plan Name    Number of Years
Credited Service

(#)(1)
     Present Value of
Accumulated Benefit

($)
    Payments During
Last Fiscal Year ($)
 

Sheryl Palmer

   Taylor Morrison Cash
Balance Pension Plan
     7.0         81,619 (2)      0   

Stephen Wethor

   Taylor Morrison Cash
Balance Pension Plan
     6.0         60,472 (2)      0   

Louis Steffens

   Taylor Morrison Cash
Balance Pension Plan
     6.0         72,013 (2)      0   

Tawn Kelley

   Taylor Morrison Cash
Balance Pension Plan
     4.0         28,291 (2)      0   

 

  (1) As of December 31, 2012, each participating named executive officer is fully vested in his or her respective retirement plan benefit. Pursuant to the terms of the Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan, a year of service is credited once a participant has worked 1,000 hours in that year.
  (2) These amounts represent the actuarial present value of the total retirement benefit that would be payable to each respective named executive officer under the Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan as of December 31, 2012. The following key actuarial assumptions and methodologies were used to calculate the present value of accumulated benefits under the Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan: a discount rate of 3.81% and 2012 Static Mortality Table for Annuitants.

Overview of Pension Benefits

Pension benefits are provided to our named executive officers under the following plan, The Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan (the “Pension Plan”) (for our officers in the U.S.). Effective January 1, 2011, the Pension Plan was frozen as to new participants and future accruals. Ms. Palmer was the only named executive officer eligible for early retirement under the Pension Plan for fiscal 2012.

The following table is an overview of the current terms and provisions of the frozen Pension Plan and the Supplemental Pension Plan.

 

    

Pension Plan

Purpose

   To provide a retirement benefit for eligible employees in recognition of their contributions to the overall success of our business

Eligibility

   U.S. salaried and hourly employees, including the named executive officers. The Pension Plan was frozen effective January 1, 2011. Employees hired January 1, 2011 or later are not eligible to participate in the Pension Plan.
Retirement Date & Early Retirement Date    Normal Retirement: The first day of the month coinciding with or next following the participant’s 65 th birthday, or if later the participant’s 5 th anniversary of joining the Pension Plan.
   Early Retirement: The first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date that participant attains age 50, and has completed at least five years of service with us.

 

178


Table of Contents
    

Pension Plan

Pension Formula   

Normal Retirement: Quarterly credits based on the employee’s age and eligible compensation (including regular compensation for services, commissions, bonuses, leave cash-outs, deferred compensation, but excluding separation payments), with the size of our contributions increasing based on the participant’s age. Our contributions range from 2% to 4% of eligible compensation, plus 1% of eligible compensation over the social security wage base. As of January 1, 2011, the Pension Plan was frozen with regard to pay credits.

 

Early Retirement: Same as normal retirement, however, if the participant elects to receive payments as of the early retirement date, the benefit will be equal to the actuarial equivalent of the normal retirement benefit.

Form of Benefit   

Normal Retirement: Paid as a monthly pension commencing on the participant’s retirement date and continuing for the participant’s life, with survivor benefits following the participant’s death continuing to the participant’s spouse during the spouse’s life at a rate equal to 50% of the rate at which such benefits were payable to the participant (i.e., a joint and 50% survivor annuity). A participant who is unmarried at the time benefits become payable under the Pension Plan shall be entitled to a monthly pension continuing for the participant’s life. However, the form of distribution of such benefit shall be determined pursuant to the provisions of the pension plan (i.e., one lump-sum cash payment, monthly pension payable over the life of the participant, etc.)

 

Early Retirement: Same as normal retirement.

Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control

The following summaries and tables describe and quantify the potential payments and benefits that we would provide to our named executive officers in connection with termination of employment and/or change in control. In determining amounts payable, we have assumed in all cases that the termination of employment and/or change in control occurred on December 31, 2012. The amounts that would actually be paid to our executive officers upon a termination of employment will depend on the circumstances and timing of termination or change in control.

Severance Benefits

Sheryl Palmer . If Ms. Palmer resigns for good reason or if we terminate her employment without cause (including our election not to renew her employment agreement), Ms. Palmer will be entitled to receive the following payments and benefits, subject to a release of claims against us and her continued compliance with her post-employment restrictive covenants:

 

   

cash severance equal to two and a half times her base salary, payable in equal installments over a thirty month period in accordance with our standard payroll practices, provided that if Ms. Palmer’s date of termination is on or prior to July 13, 2013, her cash severance payment shall be no less than $2,000,000;

 

   

a prorated annual bonus for the fiscal year in which her employment terminates, payable in a lump sum and based on actual performance for the year (determined by the board of directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings following completion of the performance year and paid at the same time as other executives participating in the applicable plan); and

 

179


Table of Contents
   

we will pay the employer’s portion of Ms. Palmer’s COBRA premiums for up to thirty months following her date of termination of employment or such shorter period if she becomes eligible to receive comparable coverage under another employer plan.

 

   

Solely in the event that a qualifying termination occurred within the twenty four month period following a change in control, in addition to the severance payments and benefits described above, Ms. Palmer will be entitled to receive a cash payment equal to two and a half times her target bonus for the then current fiscal year payable in equal installments over the thirty month.

 

   

In 2012, we also amended Ms. Palmer’s employment agreement to provide her with an opportunity to receive a special retirement bonus in the amount of $1,000,000, if, after May 15, 2013, she voluntarily terminates her employment from the homebuilding industry and does not resume employment in the industry in any capacity for a period of five years following such departure. In the event that Ms. Palmer resumes employment in the home building industry within such five-year period, she will be required to repay the special retirement bonus to us. The purpose of providing Ms. Palmer this retirement bonus is twofold: retention of her services through at least May 15, 2013 and to deter her from directly competing with us for a period of five years following any such departure which could cause significant harm our business.

Termination of Ms. Palmer for “cause” generally means (i) a material breach by Ms. Palmer of her employment agreement, any equity agreement or any of our policies; (ii) Ms. Palmer’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, which is injurious to us; or (iii) Ms. Palmer’s commission of a felony or other crime involving dishonesty, fraud, breach of any fiduciary obligation to the board of directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings or any equity holder, or unethical business conduct, in the case of clause (i) subject to up to a fifteen day period to cure such breach or failure if reasonably susceptible to cure.

Resignation by Ms. Palmer for “good reason” generally means (i) any material diminution in the nature or status of Ms. Palmer’s duties and responsibilities, (ii) any material diminution in Ms. Palmer’s base salary or bonus opportunity, other than a decrease in base salary or bonus opportunity that applies to a similarly situated class of employees, or (iii) a change of the Ms. Palmer’s principal place of business to a location more than 50 miles from its then present location; provided, that Ms. Palmer provides us with written notice of any fact or circumstance believed by her to constitute good reason within 90 days of the occurrence of such fact or circumstance, and subject to a 30 day period to cure such fact or circumstance.

A “change in control” generally includes: an acquisition in excess of 80% of the stock of our predecessor (which includes a merger and sale or transfer of equity interests), an acquisition in excess of 80% of the equity interests in our subsidiaries, the acquisition of the power to replace a majority of the members of the board of directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings or the sale of all or substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets.

Messrs. Cone, Wethor and Steffens and Ms. Kelley . The employment of Messrs. Cone, Wethor and Steffens and Ms. Kelley may be terminated by us or by the executive at any time, with or without cause. Pursuant to each such executive’s employment agreement, the executive is entitled to receive severance benefits upon termination by us without “cause” or upon resignation for “good reason” that is in connection with a “change in control.” Upon an eligible termination, the terminated executive will be entitled to continued payment of base salary for 12 months, a prorated annual bonus for the year of termination, and company-paid COBRA premiums for continued participation in our welfare plans for up to one year or such shorter period if the executive becomes eligible for coverage under another group program. The executive’s entitlement to these severance payments and benefits is generally conditioned on continued compliance with obligations not to solicit our employees, customers or suppliers and a general release of all claims against us.

Resignation for “good reason” generally includes: (i) a material change in the executive’s level, scope of duties and responsibilities or total compensation; or (ii) a relocation of more than 50 miles of the executive’s principal place of employment; provided that, in each case, notice of resignation is delivered to us within 30 days of such occurrence.

 

180


Table of Contents

Termination for “cause” generally includes any of the following actions by the executive: (i) conviction, guilty plea or confession to any felony, act of fraud, theft or embezzlement; (ii) malfeasance, negligence or intentional failure to perform duties that is not cured after 5 days of receipt of notice from us; or (iii) failure to comply with our employment policies a failure to comply with executive’s agreement or deviation from any of our employee policies or directives of the board of directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings.

“Change in control” generally includes: the sale of all of the assets of the employer entity; sale of 50% or more of any parent entity that controls the employer; or merger of the employer entity or its controlling parent entity.

Each executive (including Mr. Carr and Mr. Cone) is also subject to a restrictive covenants agreement in which he or she has agreed, among other things, not to compete with us for 18 months following termination of employment by us (other than for cause) or by the executive for good reason, provided that we are paying the executive severance and, except with respect to Ms. Kelley, upon voluntary termination of employment.

Mr. Carr . As an employee in Canada without a written employment agreement upon a termination by us without cause, Mr. Carr will be entitled to reasonable notice of termination, or pay in lieu thereof, under Canadian common law (whether or not following a change in control). The amount of such compensation will be determined at the time of dismissal and will be subject to negotiation. We did not enter into any agreement with Mr. Carr that provided him with single trigger benefits in the event of a change in control.

Mr. Barnes . In connection with his departure on June 19, 2012, we entered into a separation and release agreement with Mr. Barnes which provides him with the right to receive severance payments equal to $480,000 in the aggregate, payable in equal installments in accordance with our regular payroll practices, a prorated bonus for 2012 payable at the same time as other executives receive their bonuses, and company-paid COBRA premiums for up to one year or until he obtains coverage from another employer. In exchange for such severance payments, Mr. Barnes released us from any claims he may have had and agreed to certain restrictions on his activities, including a restriction from soliciting our customers and suppliers for a two-year period following his date of termination.

Change in Control Benefits

We do not provide our named executive officers with any single-trigger change in control payments or benefits. If a change in control were to have occurred on December 31, 2012, and none of our named executive officers were terminated, there would have been no payments due to our named executive officers under any of our plans. Each named executive officer’s Class M Units (Phantom Units with respect to Mr. Carr) that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions will only become vested upon receipt by our Principal Equityholders of the relevant returns described above, whether or not in connection with a change in control.

Each named executive officer’s Class M Units or Phantom Units that are subject only to time-based vesting conditions will become 100% vested in connection with any termination by us without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason” (each as defined in the relevant award agreement) that occurs within 24 months following a “change in control.” A change in control is generally defined as: (i) a sale of 80% or more of the equity of TMM or a subsidiary if such subsidiary holds substantially all of the assets of TMM and its subsidiaries; (ii) a sale of substantially all of the assets of TMM and its subsidiaries; or (iii) a transfer pursuant to which the acquirer has power to replace TMM’s general partner.

No named executive officer has any right to receive a “gross up” for any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, or any other U.S. federal, state and local income tax.

 

181


Table of Contents

Calculations of Benefits to Which Executives Would be Entitled

Assuming no change in control had occurred and termination of employment occurred on December 31, 2012, the dollar value of the payments and other benefits to be provided to each of the named executive officers are estimated to be as follows:

Estimated Payments and Benefits upon Termination without Cause or

Resignation for Good Reason Assuming No Change in Control had Occurred

 

Name

   Salary
Continuation
    Prorated
Bonus
    Continued
Benefits
    Other
Compensation
    TOTAL  

Sheryl Palmer

   $ 2,000,000 (1)    $ 1,050,000 (2)    $ 54,065 (3)      —        $ 3,104,065   

C. David Cone

   $ 400,000 (4)    $ 100,000 (2)    $ 21,626 (3)      —        $ 521,626   

Stephen Wethor

   $ 450,000 (4)    $ 607,500 (2)    $ 21,626 (3)      —        $ 1,079,126   

Ed Barnes(5)

   $ 480,000      $ 175,070      $ 21,626        —        $ 676,696   

Louis Steffens

   $ 475,000 (4)    $ 641,250 (2)    $ 21,626 (3)      —        $ 1,137,876   

Tawn Kelley

   $ 425,000 (4)    $ 573,750 (2)    $ 21,626 (3)    $ 19,263 (6)    $ 1,039,639   

Brad Carr(7)

   $ 416,672      $ 405,098      $ 9,537        —       $ 831,307   

 

(1) Ms. Palmer’s base severance amount is two and a half times her base salary ($1,750,000); however, in the event that she was terminated on or prior to July 13, 2013, her base severance payment would have been no less than $2,000,000.
(2) Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, each of our named executive officers (other than Messrs. Carr and Barnes) is entitled to a prorated annual bonus for the fiscal year in which employment terminates. For purposes of this table, we have calculated the bonuses assuming that each named executive officer would have received his or her respective target bonus amount, except that Mr. Cone’s bonus for 2012 would be prorated based on his commencement of employment with us on October 15, 2012. The annual target bonus percentage for fiscal year 2012 for the named executive officers were as follows: Ms. Palmer — 150%, Mr. Cone 100%, Mr. Wethor — 135%, Mr. Barnes — 100%, Mr. Steffens — 135%, Ms. Kelley — 135%.
(3) These amounts reflect the estimated COBRA premiums for the executives and their respective eligible dependents enrolled (if any) in any then existing group health plans for one year (or in the case of Ms. Palmer, 30 months) as required by their respective employment agreements and assumes that the executive does not become eligible for other health coverage.
(4) Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, Messrs. Cone, Wethor and Steffens and Ms. Kelley are entitled to an amount equal to one times the named executive officer’s base salary.
(5) As described above, Mr. Barnes’ employment with us was terminated on June 19, 2012 and this table reflects the actual amounts of severance payable to him in connection with his departure, except that the prorated bonus amount has been calculated assuming that he will receive a prorated bonus based on his target bonus amount of 100%.
(6) The amount reflected in this table represents the outstanding commissions owed to Ms. Kelley based on 25% of net profit dollars earned on each joint venture/spot retail closing in 2012.
(7) As an employee in Canada without a written employment agreement, Mr. Carr will be entitled to compensation in the event of his dismissal without cause (whether or not following a change in control) in accordance with Canadian law. Such compensation will be determined at the time of dismissal and will be subject to negotiation. The amount reflected is an estimate of his potential severance package, including salary continuation, prorated bonus and continued benefits, and the actual amount that could be due cannot be determined with certainty.

 

182


Table of Contents

Assuming a change in control and termination of employment occurred on December 31, 2012, the dollar value of the payments and other benefits to be provided to each of the named executive officers are estimated to be as follows:

Estimated Payments and Benefits upon Termination in Connection with a Change in Control

 

Name

   Salary
Continuation
    Prorated
Bonus
    Continued
Benefits
    Other
Compensation
    Equity or
Equity-Based

Value(1)
     TOTAL  

Sheryl Palmer

   $ 2,000,000 (2)    $ 1,050,000 (3)    $ 54,065 (4)    $ 2,625,000 (5)    $ 2,230,000       $ 7,959,065   

C. David Cone

   $ 400,000 (6)    $ 100,000      $ 21,626 (4)      —        $ 214,286       $ 735,912   

Stephen Wethor

   $ 450,000 (6)    $ 607,500 (3)    $ 21,626 (4)      —        $ 864,179       $ 1,943,305   

Ed Barnes(9)

   $ 480,000      $ 175,500      $ 21,626        —        $ 0       $ 677,126   

Louis Steffens

   $ 475,000 (6)    $ 573,750 (3)    $ 21,626 (4)      —        $ 848,750       $ 1,919,126   

Tawn Kelley

   $ 425,000 (6)    $ 641,250 (3)    $ 21,626 (4)    $ 75,070 (7)    $ 410,000       $ 1,572,946   

Brad Carr(8)

   $ 416,672      $ 405,098      $ 9,537        —        $ 437,500       $ 1,268,807   

 

(1) In accordance with the terms of the equity-based awards, the vesting of all of the individual’s Class M Units or Phantom Units subject only to time-based vesting conditions would have accelerated and become vested as of the date of termination of employment and change in control. There was no public market for the Class M Units as of December 31, 2012 and thus the market value is based on the Compensation Committee’s valuation of $1.45 per unit as of such date, and the amount reflected in the tables represents the value of the accelerated vesting of unvested time-based Class M Units or Phantom Units. We have assumed for purposes of this disclosure that return to our Principal Equityholders in connection with any such change in control would have been, based on a per unit value of $1.45, insufficient to trigger any vesting of the performance-based Class M Units or Phantom Units which would have been forfeited without any consideration payable.
(2) Ms. Palmer’s base severance amount is two and a half times her base salary ($1,750,000); however, in the event that she was terminated on or prior to July 13, 2013, her base severance payment would have been no less than $2,000,000.
(3) Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, each of our named executive officers (other than Messrs. Carr and Barnes) is entitled to a prorated annual bonus for the fiscal year in which employment terminates. For purposes of this table, we have calculated the bonuses assuming that each named executive officer would have received their respective target bonus amount, except Mr. Cone’s bonus for 2012 would be prorated based on his commencement of employment with us on October 15, 2012. The annual target bonus percentage for fiscal year 2012 for the name executive officers were as follows: Ms. Palmer — 150%, Mr. Cone — 100%, Mr. Wethor — 135%, Mr. Barnes — 100%, Mr. Steffens — 135%, and Ms. Kelley — 135%.
(4) These amounts reflect the estimated COBRA premiums for the executives and their respective eligible dependents enrolled (if any) in any then existing group health plans for one year (or in the case of Ms. Palmer, 30 months) as required by their respective employment agreements.
(5) This amount reflects two and a half times an amount equal to 150% of Ms. Palmer’s base salary, as payable pursuant to her employment agreement, to the extent she is terminated either by us without cause or she resigns for good reason during the 24 month period following a change in control. This amount would be payable in installments over a 30-month period.
(6) Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, Messrs. Cone, Wethor, and Steffens and Ms. Kelley are entitled to an amount equal to one times the named executive officer’s base salary.
(7) The amount reflected in this table represents the outstanding commissions owed to Ms. Kelley based on 25% of net profit dollars earned on each joint venture/spot retail closing in 2012.
(8) As an employee in Canada without a written employment agreement, Mr. Carr will be entitled to compensation in the event of his dismissal without cause (whether or not following a change in control) in accordance with Canadian law. Such compensation will be determined at the time of dismissal and will be subject to negotiation. The amount reflected is an estimate of his potential severance package, including salary continuation, prorated bonus and continued benefits, and the actual amount that could be due cannot be determined with certainty.
(9) As described above, Mr. Barnes’ employment with us was terminated on June 19, 2012 and this table reflects the actual amounts of severance payable to him in connection with his departure except that the prorated bonus amount has been calculated assuming that he will receive a pro-rated bonus based on his target bonus amount of 100%. All of Mr. Barnes’ Class M Unit awards were forfeited as of June 19, 2012, therefore no dollar amount is reported in the column titled “Equity Value.”

 

183


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

The following table summarizes the compensation earned by, or awarded or paid to, those of our directors who, for the year ended December 31, 2012, were compensated for their service as directors. None of our other directors (i.e., those not in the table) earned, were awarded or were paid any compensation from us for the year ended December 31, 2012, for their service as directors.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Fees
Earned
or Paid
     TMM
Class  M
Units

(1)
     Total  

Timothy Eller, Chairman

   $ 46,667       $ 512,000       $ 558,667   

Peter Lane

   $ 23,333       $ 256,000       $ 279,333   

 

(1) On June 29, 2012, Mr. Lane received a one-time equity grant in the amount of 400,000 Class M Units, and Mr. Eller who as Chairman received a one-time equity grant in the amount of 800,000 Class M Units. The amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification topic 718, “Stock Compensation,” as issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board. These values have been determined based on the assumptions set forth in Note 19 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we did not have any standard compensation arrangements that applied to all of our directors. Rather, the Board of Directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities determined that only two of our 10 directors, Peter Lane and our Chairman, Timothy Eller, should be compensated by us for their service on these boards. The Board of Directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities set each of these two directors’ compensation based on an individual assessment of the scope of their services and the amount of compensation that these boards determined would be necessary to retain these directors’ service. (The other eight directors were not compensated by us because, in the case of Ms. Palmer, she was already compensated as our President and Chief Executive Officer, and, in the case of our other seven directors, they were employed by our Principal Equityholders and would not be separately compensated by us for their service on our board.)

The compensation for Messrs. Eller and Lane was approved by the Board of Directors of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities effective as of July 1, 2012. Each director received a one-time appointment equity-based grant of Class M Units, a right to invest in Class A Units and was also given a right to an annual retainer. Our Board of Directors and Compensation Committee determined to include the equity component because they believe it is important for our directors who receive compensation from us to build and maintain a long-term ownership position in our business, to further align their financial interests with those of our stockholders and to encourage the creation of long-term value.

The compensation levels and equity grant/investment terms for Mr. Lane and Mr. Eller are as follows:

 

   

annual retainer fee for Mr. Lane equal to $40,000;

 

   

annual retainer fee for Mr. Eller equal to $80,000;

 

   

for Mr. Lane, a one-time appointment grant of 400,000 Class M Units under the MIP, with an ultimate target value ranging from $600,000 to $1,000,000, depending on the return achieved by our Principal Equityholders, vesting over five years in equal annual installments subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date and accelerated vesting, if during the twenty-four month period following a sale of TMM, the director’s service is terminated for any reason other than for cause or he resigns from service for good reason;

 

   

for Mr. Eller, a one-time appointment grant of 800,000 Class M Units under the MIP, with an ultimate target value ranging from $1,360,000 to $2,160,000, depending on the return achieved by our Principal Equityholders, vesting over five years in equal annual installments subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date and accelerated vesting, if during the twenty-four month period following a

 

184


Table of Contents
 

sale of TMM, the director’s service is terminated for any reason other than for cause or he resigns from service for good reason; and

 

   

for both Messrs. Lane and Eller, an opportunity to invest in Class A units with a minimum investment amount of $100,000 and Messrs. Lane and Eller both invested more than the minimum amount.

The annual cash retainer was paid to such directors in quarterly installments in arrears. We also reimbursed our directors for reasonable travel and other related expenses to attend Board of Directors and Committee meetings.

We expect that any additional directors who are retained to provide services to us (other than those who are our employees or officers) and who do not otherwise receive compensation from the Principal Equityholders (or affiliates thereof), including Mr. Henry who joined our Board of Directors in March 2013, will generally receive similar levels of compensation, depending on the individual’s specific role and whether such individual will also serve as a chair on one of our committees of the Board of Directors. Any equity compensation issued to additional directors in connection with or following this offering shall be issued pursuant to the 2013 Plan.

 

185


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Notes

On April 13, 2012, the Operating Subsidiaries issued $550.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.750% Senior Notes due 2020. A portion of the net proceeds of the senior notes was used to repay $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan and the remainder was used for general corporate purposes. The senior notes are unsecured and guaranteed by TMM and certain of TMM’s domestic subsidiaries. On August 21, 2012, the Operating Subsidiaries issued an additional $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the senior notes under the same indenture.

The indenture governing the senior notes contains covenants that limit the ability of the Operating Subsidiaries, TMM and certain of their subsidiaries to, among other things, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions on capital stock or make payments in respect of subordinated indebtedness, make investments, incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock, create certain liens, enter into agreements that restrict dividends or other payments from certain restricted subsidiaries, consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of their assets, engage in transactions with affiliates and create additional, unrestricted subsidiaries. The senior notes are also subject to a requirement that we offer to purchase the senior notes at par with certain proceeds of asset sales (to the extent not applied in accordance with the senior notes indenture). We are also required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding senior notes at 101% of their aggregate principal amount upon the occurrence of specified change of control events. The senior notes do not have any registration rights.

The senior notes mature on April 15, 2020. Interest on the senior notes accrues at the rate of 7.750% per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year.

We may redeem some or all of the senior notes at any time prior to April 15, 2015, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date. On or after April 15, 2015, we may also redeem some or all of the notes at the redemption prices specified in the indenture relating to the senior notes.

At any time prior to April 15, 2015, we may also redeem up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the senior notes with the net cash proceeds of this offering and other equity offerings, at a redemption price equal to 103.875% (if the redemption occurs prior to April 15, 2013) or 107.750% (if the redemption occurs on or after April 15, 2013) of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date.

Revolving Credit Facility

Concurrently with the Acquisition, TMC and Monarch Corporation (together, the “Revolver Co-Borrowers”), entered into the Revolving Credit Facility, in an aggregate principal amount of $75.0 million, the proceeds of which may be used by the Revolver Co-Borrowers for working capital and general corporate purposes. The Revolving Credit Facility matures on July 13, 2016. The aggregate amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility was increased to $125.0 million in August 2012 and $225.0 million in December 2012.

The obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed, jointly and severally, by TMM, Taylor Morrison Holdings, Monarch Communities, Monarch Parent Inc. and each material current and future wholly owned domestic subsidiary of TMC (other than certain excluded subsidiaries and any unrestricted subsidiaries) (the “Revolver Subsidiary Guarantors,” and together with TMM, Taylor Morrison Holdings, Monarch Communities and Monarch Parent Inc., the “Revolver Guarantors”) and are secured by (a) a pledge of the equity interests of Monarch Parent Inc., Monarch Corporation and TMC and (b) substantially all of the assets of TMC and the Revolver Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

186


Table of Contents

On April 13, 2012, TMC, Monarch Corporation, the lenders and the other parties thereto amended and restated the Revolving Credit Facility in order to, among other things, (a) permit us to measure borrowing availability under the facility by reference to a formula based on the amount of real estate collateral pledged to the secured parties under the Revolving Credit Facility (but not exceeding the aggregate principal amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility) (such calculated amount being referred to hereinafter as the “Availability Amount”), (b) permit Monarch Corporation and its subsidiaries to incur certain indebtedness and liens without limitation (but subject to certain conditions) so long as the total utilization of the Revolving Credit Facility does not exceed the Availability Amount and (c) permit us to make up to $150.0 million, in the aggregate, of restricted payments, investments and/or asset sales consisting of certain property or assets of Monarch Corporation or its restricted subsidiaries that may be designated by Monarch Corporation from time to time, subject to certain conditions. At any time our total utilization of the Revolving Credit Facility exceeds the Availability Amount, we are required to either repay loans (without reducing commitments) under the Revolving Credit Facility or deliver additional mortgages that, in each case, would be sufficient to eliminate any such over-utilization. On August 15, 2012, the Revolver Co-Borrowers increased the aggregate principal amount of the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility to $125.0 million through the exercise of a $50.0 million incremental facility provision.

On December 27, 2012, the Revolver Co-Borrowers amended the Revolving Credit Facility to increase to $225.0 million the aggregate revolving commitments under the facility, to permit the Revolver Co-Borrowers to take out base rate loans on a same-day basis and to join Citibank, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Goldman Sachs Bank USA as lenders. As of December 31, 2012, we had borrowed $50.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility to finance in part the acquisition of Darling. See “Summary—Recent Developments.”

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility may be made in Canadian dollars (subject to a $15.0 million sublimit) and in U.S. dollars. Amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility bear a variable interest rate based upon either a LIBOR or CDOR interest rate option, as applicable, or a base rate or Canadian prime rate option, as applicable, as selected by the Revolver Co-Borrowers, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin for (a) any Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan, is 3.25% per annum, payable on the last date of each applicable interest period or at the end of each three-month period if the applicable interest period is longer than 3 months and (b) any Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, is 2.25% per annum, payable quarterly. There is a fee of 0.75% per annum on the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility (whether drawn or undrawn), payable quarterly in arrears, subject to a 0.25% step-down based upon a capitalization ratio. The Revolver Co-Borrowers have the right to make “amend and extend” offers to lenders of a particular class.

The Revolving Credit Facility contains certain “springing” financial covenants based on (a) consolidated total debt and consolidated adjusted tangible net worth, requiring TMM and its subsidiaries to comply with a certain maximum capitalization ratio and (b) consolidated adjusted EBITDA and consolidated cash interest expense, requiring TMM and its subsidiaries to comply with a certain minimum interest coverage ratio. As of December 31, 2012, our capitalization ratio was 45% (compared with the requirement not to exceed 60%) while our interest coverage ratio for the twelve-month period then ended was 3.83 to 1.0 (compared with the requirement not to fall below 1.75 to 1.0).

The financial covenants will be in effect for any fiscal quarter during which any (a) loans under the Revolving Credit Facility are outstanding during the last day of such fiscal quarter or on more than five separate days during such fiscal quarter or (b) unpaid drawings in respect of letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Facility are outstanding on the last day of such fiscal quarter or for more than five consecutive days during such fiscal quarter. For purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants for any fiscal quarter, TMM may exercise an equity cure by issuing certain permitted securities for cash or otherwise recording cash contributions to its capital that will, upon the contribution of such cash to TMC and/or Monarch Corporation, be included in the calculation of consolidated adjusted EBITDA and consolidated total capitalization. The equity cure right may not be exercised more than twice in any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters and may not be exercised more than five times.

 

187


Table of Contents

The Revolving Credit Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants, including limitations on incurrence of indebtedness, incurrence of liens, dividends and other distributions, asset dispositions, investments, sale and leasebacks, passive holding entities (with respect to TMM, Taylor Morrison Holdings, Monarch Communities and Monarch Parent Inc.) and limitation on debt payments and amendments.

The Revolving Credit Facility contains customary events of default, subject to applicable grace periods, including for nonpayment of principal, interest or other amounts, violation of covenants (including financial covenants, subject to the exercise of an equity cure), incorrectness of representations and warranties in any material respect, cross default and cross acceleration, bankruptcy, material monetary judgments, ERISA events with material adverse effect, actual or asserted invalidity of material guarantees, material security or intercreditor agreements or subordination provisions, and change of control.

As of December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with all of the applicable covenants under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Letters of Credit and Surety Bonds

We are committed, under various letters of credit and surety bonds, to perform certain development and construction activities and provide certain guarantees in the normal course of business. Outstanding letters of credit and surety bonds under these arrangements, including our share of responsibility for arrangements with our joint ventures, totaled $230.8 million as of December 31, 2012. Although significant development and construction activities have been completed related to these site improvements, the letters of credit and surety bonds are reduced as development and construction work is completed, but not fully released until warranty periods have expired. We do not believe that it is probable that any outstanding surety bonds as of December 31, 2012 will be drawn upon.

Monarch Corporation is party to a credit facility with The Toronto-Dominion Bank, which we refer to as the “TD Facility.” The TD Facility provides revolving operating facilities (including letters of credit) of up to CAD $102.6 million (or its U.S. dollar equivalent) to provide direct and letter of credit financing in support of Monarch Corporation’s projects. Under the terms of the TD Facility, the first $80.0 million drawn under the facility is secured by liens over the interests of Monarch Corporation in certain Canadian real property. Amounts drawn above CAD $80.0 million are secured with cash. As of December 31, 2012, there were CAD $102.6 million letters of credit outstanding under the TD Facility.

Monarch Corporation is also party to a credit facility with HSBC Bank Canada, which we refer to as the “HSBC Facility.” The HSBC Facility provides a partially revolving letter of credit facility of up to CAD $24.2 million in support of Monarch Corporation’s construction projects. Under the terms of the HSBC Facility, amounts drawn under this facility are secured by liens over the interests of Monarch Corporation in certain Canadian real property or cash. As of December 31, 2012, there were CAD $11.0 million letters of credit outstanding under the HSBC Facility.

Each of the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility is scheduled to expire on June 30, 2013.

The TD Facility contains certain financial covenants. We are required to maintain a minimum net equity and a minimum debt-to-equity ratio as well as maintain an interest coverage ratio. As of December 31, 2012, our net equity, as defined in the TD Facility, was CAD $378.8 million (compared with the minimum requirement of CAD $250 million) and our debt-to-equity ratio was 55% (compared with the requirement not to exceed 125%) while our interest coverage ratio is 15.3 (the requirement is not to fall below 2.5 to 1.0). Violations of the financial covenants in the TD Facility, if not waived by the lenders or cured, could result in acceleration by the lenders. In the event these violations were not waived by the lenders or cured, the violations could also result in a default under our other indebtedness. As of December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with all of the covenants under the TD Facility.

 

188


Table of Contents

Mortgage Company Loan Facilities

In December 2010, TMHF, our wholly owned mortgage subsidiary, entered into the Flagstar Facility, as agent and representative for itself and other buyers of our held-for-sale mortgages named in such agreement. The purpose of the Flagstar Facility is to finance the origination of up to $30.0 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF, subject to certain sublimits, with a temporary accordion feature subject to approval by Flagstar, which allows for borrowings in excess of the total availability under the facility. Borrowings under the facility are accounted for as a secured borrowing under ASC Topic 860. The Flagstar Facility is terminable by either party with 30 days’ notice and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.5% per annum, with a minimum floor of 3.95% per annum. Borrowings under this facility are paid back with proceeds received when our mortgages are sold to participating lenders in the Flagstar Facility, or to other buyers subject to certain sublimits. The time period from borrowing to repayment is typically 20 business days.

As of December 31, 2012, there was $38.6 million in outstanding borrowings under the Flagstar Facility, and $41.7 million under the Comerica Facility which comprise the balance of mortgage borrowings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The Flagstar Facility does not have a scheduled maturity date but is subject to an annual renewal process, which was last completed in December 2012.

In December 2011, TMHF entered into the Comerica Facility. The purpose of the Comerica Facility is to finance the origination of up to $30.1 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF, subject to certain sublimits and a preapproved accordion feature. The Comerica Facility matures on October 29, 2013 (subject to an annual renewal process). We expect the annual renewal process to proceed in a manner similar to that in previous years. The Comerica Facility bears interest at a rate of daily adjusting LIBOR plus 2.5% per annum with a minimum floor of 3.75% per annum. Borrowings under the Comerica Facility are paid back with proceeds received when our mortgages are sold to participating lenders in the Comerica Facility, or to other buyers subject to certain sublimits.

Other Loans Payable and Other Borrowings

Other loans payable and other borrowings as of December 31, 2012 consist of project-level debt due to various land sellers and municipalities, and is generally secured by the land that was acquired. Principal payments generally coincide with corresponding project lot sales or a principal reduction schedule. As of December 31, 2012, we estimate that approximately $48.4 million of the loans are scheduled to be repaid during 2013, which we expect to repay from available cash. The weighted average interest rate on $131.9 million of the loans, as of December 31, 2012 was 3% per annum, and $84.0 million of the loans were noninterest bearing. As of December 31, 2012, other loans payable and other borrowings increased by an estimated $137.3 million compared to December 31, 2011 primarily due to the closing of transactions under land purchase contracts with seller financing, high-rise funding and financing for a portion of the purchase price of the Darling assets. The note payable to the sellers of Darling bears interest at a rate equal to 8.0% per annum and has an aggregate principal amount of $26.0 million, maturing in January 2016. Interest is payable annually.

Guarantees of Indebtedness of Unconsolidated Joint Ventures

In certain instances, Monarch Corporation and the other partners in a joint venture provide guarantees and indemnities to lenders with respect to the debt of the unconsolidated joint ventures related to our Canadian business, which may be triggered under certain conditions when the joint venture fails to fulfill its obligations under its loan agreements. As of December 31, 2012, Monarch Corporation’s total recourse exposure under its guarantees of joint venture debt was $140.4 million. To the extent any or all of our joint ventures default on obligations secured by the assets of such joint venture or guaranteed by Monarch Corporation, the assets of our joint ventures could be forfeited to our joint ventures’ third party lenders, and Monarch Corporation could be liable to such third party lenders to the full extent of its guarantees and, in the case of secured guarantees, to the extent of the assets of Monarch Corporation that secure the applicable guarantee. Any such default by our joint ventures could cause significant losses, with a resulting adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Recent market conditions have required us to provide a greater number of such guarantees and we expect this trend to continue.

 

189


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock for:

 

   

each person whom we know to own beneficially more than 5% of any class of our shares;

 

   

each of the directors and named executive officers individually; and

 

   

all directors and executive officers as a group.

The number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding and the percentage of beneficial ownership before this offering are based on the number of shares of Class B common stock and New TMM Units to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to this offering and after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions (based on the midpoint of the public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). The number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding and the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering are based on the number of shares of Class A common stock issued in this offering and the number of shares of Class B common stock and New TMM Units to be issued and outstanding immediately after this offering and after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions (based on the midpoint of the initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, New TMM Units may be exchanged at any time (along with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to such securities. Except as otherwise indicated, all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder is: c/o Taylor Morrison Home Corporation, 4900 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000, Scottsdale, Arizona, 85251.

 

190


Table of Contents
    Class A Common Stock
Owned After Giving Effect to

the Reorganization
Transactions and Before this
Offering
     Class A Common Stock
Owned After Giving Effect to
the Reorganization
Transactions and this
Offering
     Class A Common  Stock
Owned After Giving Effect to
the Reorganization

Transactions and this
Offering(1)
 

Name and Address of Beneficial
Owner

  Number      Percent      Number      Percent      Number      Percent  

Oaktree holding vehicle(2)(3)

                

TPG holding vehicle(2)(4)

                

Directors and Executive Officers

                

Sheryl Palmer(5)(6)

                

Stephen Wethor(5)(6)

                

Louis Steffens(5)(6)

                

C. David Cone(5)(6)

                

Brad Carr (5)(6)

                

Tawn Kelley(5)(6)

                

Timothy R. Eller

                

John Brady(7)

    —           —           —           —           —           —     

Kelvin Davis(8)

    —           —           —           —           —           —     

Joe S. Houssian

    —           —           —           —           —           —     

Jason Keller(9)

    —           —           —           —           —           —     

Greg Kranias(10)

    —           —           —           —           —           —     

Peter Lane

                

James Henry(6)

    —           —           —           —           —           —     

Rajath Shourie(11)

    —           —           —           —           —           —     

All Directors and executive officers as a group (20 persons)(6)

    —           —           —           —           —           —     

 

* Less than 1%
(1) Assumes exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option in full and the use of proceeds therefrom. See “Underwriting.”
(2) In connection with this offering, we will enter into a stockholders agreement with the Principal Equityholders whereby, among other things, the Oaktree and TPG holding vehicles will have the right to nominate a majority of our board of directors and will agree to vote for each others’ nominees. See “Management—Board Structure” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”
(3) Includes New TMM Units and an equal amount of shares of Class B common stock held by the Oaktree holding vehicle. The general partner of the holding vehicle will be an entity affiliated with Oaktree Capital Group Holdings GP, LLC. The members of Oaktree Capital Group Holdings GP, LLC are Kevin Clayton, John Frank, Stephen Kaplan, Bruce Karsh, Larry Keele, David Kirchheimer, Howard Marks and Sheldon Stone, who, by virtue of their membership interests in Oaktree Capital Group Holdings GP, LLC, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the Class B shares held by the Oaktree holding vehicle. Each of the general partners, managing members, unit holders and members described above disclaims beneficial ownership of any New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock owned beneficially or of record by the Oaktree holding vehicle, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for all of the entities and individuals identified above is 333 S. Grand Avenue, 28th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071.
(4)

Includes New TMM Units and an equal amount of shares of Class B common stock held by the TPG holding vehicle. The general partner of the TPG holding vehicle is TPG TMM Holdings II GP, ULC, a British Columbia unlimited liability company, whose sole shareholder is TPG TM III-2, SRL, a Barbados society with restricted liability, whose sole member is TPG TM IV, SRL, a Barbados society with restricted liability, whose sole member is TPG TM IV-A, L.P., a Cayman limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG GenPar VI AIV TM, L.P., a Cayman limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG GenPar VI AIV TM Advisors, Inc., a Cayman corporation, whose sole shareholder is TPG Holdings III, L.P., a

 

191


Table of Contents
  Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG Holdings III-A, L.P., a Cayman limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG Holdings III-A, Inc., a Cayman corporation, whose sole shareholder is TPG Group Holdings (SBS), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Group Advisors”). David Bonderman and James G. Coulter are directors, officers and sole shareholders of Group Advisors and may therefore be deemed to beneficially own the New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the TPG holding vehicle. Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter disclaim beneficial ownership of the New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the TPG holding vehicle except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of Group Advisors and Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.
(5) Sheryl Palmer, Stephen Wethor, Louis Steffens, C. David Cone, Brad Carr and Tawn Kelley, our named executive officers, and Timothy R. Eller and Peter Lane, two of our directors, also each hold limited partnership interests in each of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles. Such officers and directors have no voting or investment power over and disclaim beneficial ownership of the New TMM Units and the shares of Class B common stock held by the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles.
(6) Includes vested New TMM Units and an equal amount of shares of Class B common stock. Does not include New TMM Units, options to purchase shares of Class A common stock or RSUs granted in connection with this offering, in each case which are subject to vesting and will not be vested or exercisable within 60 days of this offering.
(7) Mr. Brady, who is one of our directors, is a Managing Director of Oaktree Capital Management. Mr. Brady has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the Oaktree holding vehicle. The address for Mr. Brady is c/o Oaktree Capital Management at 333 S. Grand Avenue, 28th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071.
(8) Mr. Davis, who is one of our directors, is a TPG Partner. Mr. Davis has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the TPG holding vehicle. The address for Mr. Davis is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.
(9) Mr. Keller, who is one of our directors, is a Managing Director of Oaktree Capital Management. Mr. Keller has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the Oaktree holding vehicle. The address for Mr. Keller is c/o Oaktree Capital Management at 333 S. Grand Avenue, 28th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071.
(10) Mr. Kranias, who is one of our directors, is a TPG Principal. Mr. Kranias has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of the New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the TPG holding vehicle. The address for Mr. Kranias is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.
(11) Mr. Shourie, who is one of our directors, is a Managing Director of Oaktree Capital Management. Mr. Shourie has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of New TMM Units and shares of Class B common stock held by the Oaktree holding vehicle. The address for Mr. Shourie is c/o Oaktree Capital Management at 333 S. Grand Avenue, 28th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071.

 

192


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Reorganization Agreement

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we entered into a reorganization agreement with New TMM and other subsidiaries of ours, the Principal Equityholders, other existing limited partners of TMM and the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, which governs the Reorganization Transactions. In addition, under the reorganization agreement, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management subscribed for a number of shares of our Class B common stock equal to the number of New TMM Units they own, at price equal to the par value per share of Class B common stock.

The table below sets forth the consideration to be received by any of our directors, executive officers and the TPG Oaktree holding vehicles in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, based on an assumed public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus):

 

Name

   New TMM Units
To Be Issued

in the
Reorganization
Transactions

Oaktree holding vehicle

  

TPG holding vehicle

  

Directors and Executive Officers

  

Sheryl Palmer

  

Stephen Wethor

  

Louis Steffens

  

C. David Cone

  

Brad Carr

  

Tawn Kelley

  

New TMM Limited Partnership Agreement

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, TMHC, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, and certain members of our management will enter into the limited partnership agreement of New TMM (the “New TMM LPA”). As a result of the Reorganization Transactions and in accordance with the terms of the New TMM LPA, New TMM will, through TMM and its subsidiaries, exercise stewardship over the business and affairs of Taylor Morrison Holdings and its subsidiaries and Monarch Communities and its subsidiaries. New TMM will not conduct any activities other than direct or indirect ownership and stewardship over Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities and their respective subsidiaries.

The holders of New TMM Units, including TMHC, will generally incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any net taxable income of New TMM. Net profits and net losses of New TMM will generally be allocated to its members pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective New TMM Units, though certain non pro rata adjustments will be made to reflect tax depreciation, amortization and other allocations. To the extent permitted under the Revolving Credit Agreement, the New TMM LPA will provide for cash distributions to its limited partners if the taxable income of New TMM will give rise to taxable income for its limited partners. In accordance with the New TMM LPA and assuming New TMM is permitted to do so under the Revolving Credit Facility, New TMM will make cash distributions to the extent feasible to the holders of the New TMM Units, including TMHC, for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of New TMM that is allocated to them. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on

 

193


Table of Contents

our estimate of the net taxable income of New TMM allocable to such holder of New TMM Units multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in San Francisco, California (taking into account the nondeductibility of certain expenses and the character of our income). In addition, to the extent permitted under our Revolving Credit Agreement, New TMM may make distributions to TMHC without pro rata distributions to other limited partners in order to pay (i) consideration, if any, for redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of equity interests of New TMM to the extent such cash is used to redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire our Class A common stock, (ii) operating, administrative and other similar costs incurred by TMHC, and (iii) other payments related to (a) legal, tax, accounting and other professional fees and expenses, (b) judgments, settlements, penalties, fines or other costs and expenses in respect of any claims involving TMHC and (c) other fees and expenses related to the maintenance of our existence or any securities offering, investment or acquisition transaction authorized by our board of directors.

The New TMM LPA will provide that any time TMHC issues a share of our Class A common stock or any other equity security, other than pursuant to an employee benefit plan or shareholder rights plan, the net proceeds received by TMHC with respect to such issuance, if any, shall be concurrently invested in New TMM and New TMM shall issue to TMHC one New TMM Unit or other economically equivalent equity interest. Conversely, if at any time, any shares of our Class A common stock are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired, New TMM shall redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire an equal number of New TMM Units held by TMHC, upon the same terms and for the same price, as the shares of our Class A common stock are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired.

Under the New TMM LPA, the members have agreed that the Principal Equityholders and/or one or more of their respective affiliates are permitted to engage in business activities or invest in or acquire businesses which may compete with our business or do business with any client of ours.

Under the New TMM LPA, New TMM will indemnify all of its partners, including TMHC, against any and all losses and expenses related thereto incurred by reason of the fact that such person was a partner of New TMM. In the event that losses are incurred as a result of a member’s fraud or willful misconduct, such member is not entitled to indemnification under the New TMM LPA.

New TMM may be dissolved only upon the voluntary agreement of its general partner and the Principal Equityholders or as otherwise required by the laws of the Cayman Islands. Upon dissolution, New TMM will be liquidated and the proceeds from any liquidation will be applied and distributed in the following manner: (a) first, to creditors (including to the extent permitted by law, creditors who are members) in satisfaction of the liabilities of New TMM, (b) second, to establish cash reserves for contingent or unforeseen liabilities and (c) third, to the members in proportion of their interests in New TMM (other than to members holding unvested New TMM Units to the extent that their units do not vest as a result of the event causing the dissolution).

Due to the nature of the New TMM LPA, it is not the type of agreement that is typically entered into with or available to unaffiliated third parties.

Exchange Agreement

At the closing of this offering, we, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management will enter into the Exchange Agreement under which, from time to time, they (or certain transferees thereof) will have the right to exchange their New TMM Units (along with a corresponding number of our Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications.

 

194


Table of Contents

Stockholders Agreement

At the closing of this offering, we intend to terminate the existing stockholders agreement among the general partner of TMM, TMM and certain of TMM’s limited partners and enter into a new stockholders agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH. The stockholders agreement will contain provisions related to the composition of the Board of Directors of TMHC and the committees of the Board of Directors. See “Management—Board Structure.” The stockholders agreement will also provide that we renounce any interest or expectancy in the business opportunities of the Principal Equityholders and of their officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries and that each such party shall not have any obligation to offer us those opportunities. The TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and JH will agree in the stockholders agreement to vote for each other’s board nominees. In addition, the stockholders agreement will provide that Requisite Investor Approval (as defined below) must be obtained before we are permitted to take the any of the following actions:

 

   

any change of control of TMHC;

 

   

acquisitions or dispositions by TMHC or any of its subsidiaries of assets (including land) valued at more than $        ;

 

   

incurrence by TMHC or any of its subsidiaries of any indebtedness in an aggregate amount in excess of $         or the making of any loan in excess of $        ;

 

   

issuance of any equity securities of TMHC, subject to limited exceptions (which include issuances pursuant to approved compensation plans);

 

   

termination of our Chief Executive Officer, designation of a new Chief Executive Officer or amendment of the terms of our Chief Executive Officer’s employment; and

 

   

certain changes to the size of our Board of Directors.

For purposes of the stockholders agreement, “Requisite Investor Approval” will mean, in addition to the approval of a majority vote of TMHC’s Board of Directors, the approval of a director nominated by the TPG holding vehicle so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHC’s Class B common stock held by it at the closing of this offering and the approval of a director nominated by the Oaktree holding vehicle so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHC’s Class B common stock held by it following this offering and the application of proceeds.

Registration Rights Agreement

At the closing of the offering, we intend to terminate the existing registration rights agreement among TMM and certain of its limited partners and enter into a new registration rights agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management. The registration rights agreement will provide the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles with certain demand registration rights in respect of any shares of our Class A common stock held by them. In addition, in the event that we register additional shares of Class A common stock for sale to the public following the completion of this offering, we will be required to give notice of such registration to the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and the members of management party to the agreement of our intention to effect such a registration, and, subject to certain limitations, include shares of Class A common stock held by them in such registration. We will undertake in the registration rights agreement to file a shelf registration statement as soon as we meet the applicable eligibility criteria and to use commercially reasonable efforts to have the shelf registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable and to remain effective in order to permit the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and members of management party to the agreement to offer and sell their shares of Class A common stock from time to time. We will be required to bear the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, associated with any registration of shares pursuant to the agreement. The agreement will include customary indemnification provisions in favor of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and the members of management party to the agreement, any person who is or might be deemed a control person (within the meaning of the Securities Act and

 

195


Table of Contents

the Exchange Act) and related parties against certain losses and liabilities (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses) arising out of or based upon any filing or other disclosure made by us under the securities laws relating to any such registration.

Governance Agreements

At the closing of the offering, we expect to enter into governance agreements setting forth certain matters with respect to the management of Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities. TMHC will enter into one such agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and Taylor Morrison Holdings and one such agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, JH and Monarch Communities. Each governance agreement will provide that the composition of the board of directors of the applicable company shall each be identical to that of the TMHC Board of Directors and that the Principal Equityholders will have the right to nominate representatives to the committees of such board of directors on the same basis as set forth in the stockholders agreement described above. Each governance agreement will also provide affiliates of the Principal Equityholders with approval rights over certain actions on the same basis as set forth in the stockholders agreement.

The Sponsor Loan

In connection with the Acquisition, we borrowed $625.0 million under the Sponsor Loan from affiliates of Oaktree and TPG, of which $500.0 million was priced at a 2.5% discount to par and $125.0 million was priced at par, yielding total proceeds to us of $612.5 million. The Sponsor Loan bore interest at a rate of 13.0% per annum. In August 2011, we repaid the $125.0 million balance of the Sponsor Loan that had been borrowed at par. In April 2012, we used a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the senior notes to repay $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan. The affiliates of TPG and Oaktree who were lenders under the Sponsor Loan caused the then remaining $150.0 million of the Sponsor Loan to be acquired by subsidiaries of TMM, and affiliates of TPG and Oaktree acquired an additional $150.0 million of limited partnership interests in TMM. After the completion of these transactions, the Sponsor Loan is no longer outstanding.

Management Services Agreements

In connection with the Acquisition, affiliates of the Principal Equityholders entered into management services agreements with TMM, Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities relating to the provision of certain management, advisory and consulting services. In consideration of financial and structural advice and analysis made in connection with the Acquisition, Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities paid a one-time transaction fee of $13.7 million to the Principal Equityholders, and also reimbursed the Principal Equityholders for third-party, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Acquisition, including fees, expenses and disbursements of lawyers, accountants, consultants and other advisors. In addition, as compensation for ongoing services provided by affiliates of the Principal Equityholders under the management services agreements, Taylor Morrison Holdings and Monarch Communities agreed to pay to affiliates of the Principal Equityholders an annual aggregate management fee of $5.0 million.

In addition, in conjunction with the formation of TMM and in connection with the Acquisition, an affiliate of JH entered into a partnership services agreement with TMM relating to the provision of certain services to TMM. In consideration of these services, TMM granted to the JH affiliate an amount of partnership interests, subject to certain terms, conditions and restrictions contained in a unit award agreement and the TMM limited partnership agreement. In connection with this offering, the partnership services agreement among JH and TMM will be terminated.

In connection with this offering, the management services agreements will be terminated in exchange for an aggregate payment of $        .

 

196


Table of Contents

Purchase of New TMM Units from the Principal Equityholders and Certain Members of our Management

TMHC intends to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase          New TMM Units (at a price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering) held by the TPG holding vehicle,          New TMM Units (at a price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering) held by the Oaktree holding vehicle and          New TMM Units (at a price equal to the price paid by the underwriters for shares of our Class A common stock in this offering) held by certain members of our management. TMHC and the Principal Equityholders will enter into a purchase and sale agreement with customary conditions to TMHC’s obligation to close the acquisition, including the absence of a material adverse change in the business and affairs of New TMM and its subsidiaries. The purchase of the New TMM Units from members of our management will occur at the closing of the IPO. We expect that the purchase of the New TMM Units from the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will be consummated on or about                     , 2013. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, TMHC will acquire          additional New TMM Units from the TPG holding vehicle and          New TMM Units from the Oaktree holding vehicle.

The following table sets forth the cash proceeds the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and any of our executive officers and directors will receive from the purchase by us of New TMM Units (and corresponding shares of Class B common stock) with the proceeds from this offering (based on the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the coverage page of this prospectus):

 

Name:

   Number of New TMM Units         Cash Proceeds ($)

Oaktree holding vehicle

        

TPG holding vehicle

        

Directors and Executive Officers

        

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

We expect to enter into customary indemnification agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide, in general, that we will provide them with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

Real Estate Acquisitions

From time to time, we may engage in transactions with entities that are affiliated with one or more of the Principal Equityholders through either lending or equity ownership arrangements. Transactions with related parties are executed in the normal course of operations and at arm’s length. Real estate acquisitions from affiliates of Oaktree amounted to approximately $30.0 million in the period from July 13, 2011 (the date of the Acquisition) through December 31, 2012.

Related Person Transactions Policy

We have adopted a Related Person Transaction Policy, which sets forth our policy with respect to the review, approval, ratification and disclosure of all related person transactions by TMHC’s audit committee. In accordance with our Related Person Transaction Policy, TMHC’s audit committee has overall responsibility for the implementation and compliance with this policy.

For the purposes of our Related Person Transaction Policy, a “related person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we were, are or will be a participant and in which any related person (as defined in our Related Person Transaction Policy) had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, in excess of $120,000. A “related person transaction” does not include any employment relationship or transaction involving an executive officer and any related compensation resulting solely from that employment relationship which has been reviewed and approved by TMHC’s Board of Directors or compensation committee.

 

197


Table of Contents

Our Related Person Transaction Policy requires that notice of a proposed related person transaction be provided to our legal department prior to entering into such transaction. If our legal department determines that such transaction is a related person transaction, the proposed transaction will be submitted to TMHC’s audit committee for consideration at its next meeting. Under our Related Person Transaction Policy, only TMHC’s audit committee will be permitted to approve those related person transactions that are in, or not inconsistent with, our best interests. In the event we become aware of a related person transaction that has not been previously reviewed, approved or ratified under our Related Person Transaction Policy and that is ongoing or is completed, the transaction will be submitted to TMHC’s audit committee so that it may determine whether to ratify, rescind or terminate the related person transaction.

Our Related Person Transaction Policy also provides that TMHC’s audit committee will review certain previously approved or ratified related person transactions that are ongoing to determine whether the related person transaction remains in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders.

 

198


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Capital Stock

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we intend to amend and restate our certificate of incorporation so that our authorized capital stock will consist of              million shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share,              million shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, and one million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share.

Immediately following the Reorganization Transactions, we will have approximately              holders of record of our Class B common stock. Of the authorized shares of our capital stock,              shares of our Class B common stock will be issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock will be issued and outstanding.

After consummation of this offering, we expect to have              shares of our Class A common stock outstanding,              shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Common Stock

Voting . Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to stockholders for their vote or approval. The holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to stockholders for their vote or approval, except with respect to the amendment of certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Class B common stock so as to affect them adversely, which amendments must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the shares affected by the amendment, voting as a separate class, or as otherwise required by applicable law. The voting power of the outstanding Class B common stock (expressed as a percentage of the total voting power of all common stock) will be equal to the percentage of partnership interests not held directly or indirectly by TMHC.

Upon completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will control approximately      % of the combined voting power of our common stock. Accordingly, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will be able to control our business policies and affairs and any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, the approval of mergers or sales of substantially all of our assets and (prior to the Triggering Event, or the point in time at which the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles no longer beneficially own shares representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of our common stock) the removal of members of our Board of Directors with or without cause. The TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will also have the power to nominate members to our Board of Directors under our new stockholders agreement and the new stockholders agreement will provide that each of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will agree to vote for the other’s nominees. The concentration of ownership and voting power of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles may also delay, defer or even prevent an acquisition by a third party or other change of control of our company and may make some transactions more difficult or impossible without the support of the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles, even if such events are in the best interests of minority stockholders.

For instance, the stockholders agreement will provide that Requisite Investor Approval (as defined below) must be obtained before we are permitted to take any of the following actions:

 

   

any change of control of TMHC;

 

   

acquisitions or dispositions by TMHC or any of its subsidiaries of assets (including land) valued at more than $        ;

 

   

incurrence by TMHC or any of its subsidiaries of any indebtedness in an aggregate amount in excess of $         or the making of any loan in excess of $        ;

 

199


Table of Contents
   

issuance of any equity securities of TMHC, subject to limited exceptions (which include issuances pursuant to approved compensation plans);

 

   

termination of our Chief Executive Officer, designation of a new Chief Executive Officer or amendment of the terms of our Chief Executive Officer’s employment; and

 

   

certain changes to the size of our Board of Directors.

For purposes of the stockholders agreement, “Requisite Investor Approval” will mean, in addition to the approval of a majority vote of TMHC’s Board of Directors, the approval of a director nominated by the TPG holding vehicle so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHC’s Class B common stock held by it at the closing of this offering and the approval of a director nominated by the Oaktree holding vehicle so long as it owns at least 50% of TMHC’s Class B common stock owned held by it at the closing of this offering.

Dividends . The holders of Class A common stock will be entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds. The holders of our Class B common stock will not have any right to receive dividends other than dividends consisting of shares of our Class B common stock paid proportionally with respect to each outstanding share of our Class B common stock.

Liquidation or Dissolution . Upon our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of our Class A common stock will be entitled to share ratably in those of our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding. Other than their par value, the holders of our Class B common stock will not have any right to receive a distribution upon a liquidation or dissolution of our company.

Transferability and Exchange . Subject to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management may exchange their New TMM Units (along with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock. Each such exchange will be on a one-for-one equivalent basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Shares of Class B common stock may not be transferred except in connection with an exchange or transfer of New TMM Units.

Upon exchange, each share of our Class B common stock will be cancelled.

Preferred Stock

After the consummation of this offering, we will be authorized to issue up to              million shares of preferred stock. Our Board of Directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to determine the terms and conditions of the preferred stock, including whether the shares of preferred stock will be issued in one or more series, the number of shares to be included in each series and the powers, designations, preferences and rights of the shares. Our Board of Directors will also be authorized to designate any qualifications, limitations or restrictions on the shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, which could have an adverse impact on the market price of our Class A common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock following the consummation of this offering.

Corporate Opportunities

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce any interest or expectancy in the business opportunities of the Principal Equityholders and of their officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries and each such party shall not have any obligation to

 

200


Table of Contents

offer us those opportunities unless presented to one of our directors or officers in his or her capacity as a director or officer. See “Risk Factors—The Principal Equityholders have a great deal of influence over our business and their interests may differ from our interests or those of our other stockholders.”

Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of the Company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by our board of directors.

These provisions include:

Classified Board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our Board of Directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our Board of Directors (after the initial number is set by such amended and restated certificate of incorporation). Our Board of Directors will initially have 11 members.

Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, following the Triggering Event (or the point in time at which the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles no longer beneficially own shares representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of our common stock), stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by the chairman or vice-chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, or pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors or, until the Triggering Event, outstanding shares, or at the request of holders of 50% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock. Except as described above, stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting or to require the board of directors to call a special meeting.

Advance Notice Procedures . Our bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the bylaws will not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.

Super Majority Approval Requirements . The Delaware General Corporation Law generally provides that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless either a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws require a greater percentage. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that, following the Triggering Event, the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of the total votes eligible to be

 

201


Table of Contents

cast in the election of directors will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal specified provisions, including those relating to the classified board, actions by written consent of stockholders, calling of special meetings of stockholders and the provisions relating to business combinations. This requirement of a supermajority vote to approve amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.

Authorized but Unissued Shares . Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. We intend to elect in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an antitakeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, we will not be subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203. Nevertheless, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they provide that our Principal Equityholders and their respective affiliates and successors will not be deemed to be “interested stockholders,” regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them, and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.

Directors’ Liability; Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and provides that we will provide them with customary indemnification. We expect to enter into customary indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

Transfer Agent and Register

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be             .

Securities Exchange

We have applied to list the shares of Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TMHC.”

 

202


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our Class A common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

All of the              shares of Class A common stock (or              shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) outstanding following this offering will have been issued in this offering and will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our existing “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

In addition, upon consummation of the offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management will beneficially own an aggregate of      % of the New TMM Units and              shares of our Class B common stock (or      % of the New TMM Units and              shares of our Class B common stock if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). Pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management could from time to time exchange their New TMM Units (and corresponding shares of our Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Shares of our Class A common stock issuable to the existing holders of New TMM Units upon an exchange of New TMM Units (along with the corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock) would be considered “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 at the time of this offering, unless the exchange is registered under the Securities Act.

Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which is summarized below, or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act, or pursuant to a registration statement that is effective under the Securities Act. Immediately following the consummation of this offering, the holders of approximately         shares of our Class A common stock (on an assumed as-exchanged basis) will be entitled to dispose of their shares following the expiration of an initial 180-day underwriter “lock-up” period pursuant to the holding period, volume and other restrictions of Rule 144. The representatives of the underwriters are entitled to waive these lock-up provisions at their discretion prior to the expiration dates of such lock-up agreements.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been a reporting company subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for 90 days, an affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our Class A common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal shares immediately after this offering; and

 

   

the average weekly reported volume of trading of our Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

However, the six month holding period increases to one year in the event we have not been a reporting company for at least 90 days. In addition, any sales by affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

The volume limitation, manner of sale and notice provisions described above will not apply to sales by non-affiliates. For purposes of Rule 144, a non-affiliate is any person or entity who is not our affiliate at the time of sale

 

203


Table of Contents

and has not been our affiliate during the preceding three months. Once we have been a reporting company for 90 days, a non-affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our Class A common stock for six months may rely on Rule 144 provided that certain public information regarding us is available. The six month holding period increases to one year in the event we have not been a reporting company for at least 90 days. However, a non-affiliate who has beneficially owned the restricted shares proposed to be sold for at least one year will not be subject to any restrictions under Rule 144 regardless of how long we have been a reporting company.

We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rule 144 since this will depend on the market price for our Class A common stock, the personal circumstances of the stockholder and other factors.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this offering we intend to enter into a new registration rights agreement with the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management to provide them with certain customary demand, piggyback and shelf registration rights. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Stock Options and Other Equity Compensation Awards

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to our 2013 Plan. Shares registered under this registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions with us or the contractual restrictions described below.

Lock-up Agreements

Our executive officers, directors and the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles will agree that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, they will not, without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters, dispose of or hedge any shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A common stock, including the New TMM Units and the Class B common stock, subject to certain exceptions.

Immediately following the consummation of this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, stockholders subject to lock-up agreements will hold shares of our Class A common stock (on an assumed as-exchanged basis), representing approximately          % of then outstanding shares of our Class A common stock, or approximately          % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full (on an assumed as-exchanged basis).

We will agree not to issue, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A common stock, including the New TMM Units and the Class B common stock, during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. We may, however, grant awards under the 2013 Plan and we may issue or sell Class A common stock in connection with an acquisition or business combination as long as the acquirer of such Class A common stock agrees in writing to be bound by the obligations and restrictions of our lock-up agreement.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraphs will be automatically extended if (i) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

 

204


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following is a general discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock applicable to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative rulings and court decisions in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect. No opinion of counsel has been obtained, and we do not intend to seek a ruling from the IRS as to any of the tax considerations described below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge one or more of the tax considerations described below.

This discussion only addresses beneficial owners of our Class A common stock, and it is assumed for purposes of this discussion that Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) hold shares of our Class A common stock as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a Non-U.S. Holder in light of such Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances or that may be applicable to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (including, for example, financial institutions, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, Non-U.S. Holders who acquire our Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein), Non-U.S. Holders liable for the alternative minimum tax, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, companies that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, former citizens or former long-term residents of the United States, and Non-U.S. Holders who hold our Class A common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale or conversion transaction). In addition, this discussion does not address U.S. federal tax laws other than those pertaining to the U.S. federal income tax (such as U.S. federal estate tax or the Medicare contribution tax on certain net investment income), nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes. Non-U.S. Holder should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of these taxes.

For the purposes of this discussion, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is an individual, corporation, estate or trust, other than:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons (as defined in the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a domestic trust.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Persons that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are treated as a partner in a partnership holding shares of our Class A common stock should consult their own tax advisors.

THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO THE

 

205


Table of Contents

OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM (INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS) OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK.

Dividends

Distributions of cash or property that we pay in respect of our Class A common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Except as described below under “— Effectively Connected Income ,” a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or at a reduced rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, on any dividends received in respect of our Class A common stock. If the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder’s tax basis in our Class A common stock, and thereafter will be treated as capital gain. However, except to the extent that we elect (or the paying agent or other intermediary through which a Non-U.S. Holder holds our Class A common stock elects) otherwise, we (or the intermediary) must generally withhold on the entire distribution, in which case the Non-U.S. Holder would be entitled to a refund from the IRS for the withholding tax on the portion of the distribution that exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits. In order to obtain a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) certifying such stockholder’s entitlement to benefits under the treaty. If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding possible entitlement to benefits under an income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of our Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below under “— Information Reporting and Backup Withholding ” and “— FATCA ,” a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the conduct, by such Non-U.S. Holder, of a trade or business in the United States, and if an applicable income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment, in which case the gain will be subject to tax in the manner described below under “— Effectively Connected Income ”;

 

   

the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met, in which case the gain (reduced by any U.S.-source capital losses) will be subject to 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate) tax; or

 

   

we are, or have been, a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition and the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period in our Class A common stock; provided, that so long as our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, a Non-U.S. Holder generally would be subject to taxation with respect to a taxable disposition of our Class A common stock, only if at any time during that five-year or shorter period it owned more than 5% directly or by attribution, of our Class A common stock.

Under U.S. federal income tax laws, we will be a U.S. real property holding corporation if at least 50% of the fair market value of our assets consists of “United States real property interests.” We believe that we are

 

206


Table of Contents

currently a U.S. real property holding corporation based upon the composition of our assets. Accordingly, any taxable gains recognized by a Non-U.S. Holder that meets the ownership requirements described in the third bullet point above on the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock will be subject to tax as if the gain were effectively connected with the conduct of the Non-U.S. Holder’s trade or business in the United States (except the branch profits tax would not apply) so long as we remain a U.S. real property holding corporation or were a U.S. real property holding corporation at any time during the period described in such bullet. See “— Effectively Connected Income .” In addition, if our Class A common stock ceases to be regularly traded on an established securities market, the transferee of our common stock would generally be required to withhold tax, under U.S. federal income tax laws, in an amount equal to 10% of the amount realized by the Non-U.S. Holder on the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock. The rules regarding U.S. real property interests are complex, and Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors on the application of these rules based on their particular circumstances.

Effectively Connected Income

If a dividend received on our Class A common stock, or gain from a sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock, is treated as effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to such Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. permanent establishment), such Non-U.S. Holder will generally be exempt from withholding tax on any such dividend and any gain realized on such a disposition, provided such Non-U.S. Holder complies with certain certification requirements (generally on IRS Form W-8ECI). Instead such Non-U.S. Holder will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis on any such gains or dividends in the same manner as if such holder were a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate provided by an applicable income tax treaty) on such holder’s earnings and profits for the taxable year that are effectively connected with such holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to such holder’s U.S. permanent establishment), subject to adjustments.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Generally, we must report to our Non-U.S. Holders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year, if any, and the amount of any tax withheld. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding is required (e.g., because the distributions are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a United States trade or business, or withholding is eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty). This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding, however, generally will not apply to distributions payable to a Non-U.S. Holder of shares of our Class A common stock provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the Non-U.S. Holder is a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) that is not an exempt recipient.

Payments on the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock made to or through a foreign office of a foreign broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting. However, if such broker is for U.S. federal income tax purposes: a U.S. person, a controlled foreign corporation, a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business for a specified three-year period, or a foreign partnership with certain connections to the United States, then information reporting will be required unless the broker has in its records documentary evidence that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) and certain other conditions are met or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise

 

207


Table of Contents

establishes an exemption. Backup withholding may apply to any payment that such broker is required to report if the broker has actual knowledge or reason to know that the payee is a U.S. person. Payments to or through the U.S. office of a broker will be subject to backup withholding and information reporting unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person, or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax but merely an advance payment, which may be credited against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability or refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax and the appropriate information is timely supplied by the Non-U.S. Holder to the IRS.

FATCA

Pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA,” foreign financial institutions (which include most foreign hedge funds, private equity funds, mutual funds, securitization vehicles and any other investment vehicles) and certain other foreign entities must comply with new information reporting rules with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors or confront a new withholding tax on U.S. source payments made to them (whether received as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary for another party). More specifically, a foreign financial institution or other foreign entity that does not comply with the FATCA reporting requirements will generally be subject to a new 30% withholding tax with respect to any “withholdable payments.” For this purpose, withholdable payments include generally U.S.-source payments otherwise subject to nonresident withholding tax (e.g., U.S.-source dividends) and also include the entire gross proceeds from the sale of any equity or debt instruments of U.S. issuers. The new FATCA withholding tax will apply even if the payment would otherwise not be subject to U.S. nonresident withholding tax (e.g., because it is capital gain). Final Treasury regulations defer this withholding obligation until January 1, 2014 for payments of dividends on U.S. common stock and until January 1, 2017 for gross proceeds from dispositions of U.S. common stock. FATCA withholding will not apply to withholdable payments made directly to foreign governments, international organizations, foreign central banks of issue and individuals, and Treasury is authorized to provide additional exceptions.

Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the FATCA provisions to them based on their particular circumstances.

 

208


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated as of the date of this prospectus each underwriter named below has agreed, on a several and not joint basis, to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of shares of our Class A common stock set forth opposite the underwriter’s name:

 

Underwriter

   Number
of Shares

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Zelman Partners LLC

  
  
  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of Class A common stock in this offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

If the underwriters sell more shares of Class A common stock than the total number set forth in the table above, we have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase on a pro rata basis up to             additional shares of Class A common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments of Class A common stock, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment. Any shares issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other shares that are the subject of this offering.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class A common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at the public offering price less a selling concession of up to $             per share. After the initial public offering, the representatives may change the public offering price and selling concession.

The following table summarizes the compensation we will pay:

 

     Per Share      Total  
     Without
Over-allotment
     With
Over-allotment
     Without
Over-allotment
     With
Over-allotment
 

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us

   $                   $                   $                   $               

We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of this offering, excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth above, will be $            .

The representatives have informed us that the underwriters do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of our Class A common stock being offered by them.

 

209


Table of Contents

We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of the representatives, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the representatives waive, in writing, such an extension. The representatives in their sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these “lock-up” agreements at any time without notice.

Our directors and officers and the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock (including New TMM Units and Class B common stock), enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our Class A common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the representatives waive, in writing, such an extension. The representatives in their sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these “lock-up” agreements at any time without notice.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

We have applied to list the shares of Class A common stock on the NewYork Stock Exchange under the symbol “TMHC.”

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives and will not necessarily reflect the market price of the Class A common stock following this offering. The principal factors that will be considered in determining the initial public offering price will include:

 

   

the information presented in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters;

 

   

the history of, the economic conditions in and the prospects for, the industry in which we will compete;

 

   

the ability of our management;

 

   

the prospects for our future earnings;

 

   

the present state of our development, our results of operations and our current financial condition;

 

   

our markets;

 

   

the prevailing general condition of the equity securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

   

the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies.

 

210


Table of Contents

We cannot assure you that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which our Class A common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for the Class A common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

In connection with this offering, the representatives, on behalf of the underwriters, may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

 

   

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

   

Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of our Class A common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. These transactions may be effected on a national securities exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Other Relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have performed, and may in the future perform, various investment banking, financial advisory and other services for us, our affiliates and our officers in the ordinary course of business, for which they received and may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In particular, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC acted as representative of the initial purchasers of the senior notes. In addition, an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC is a lender and the administrative agent under the Revolving Credit Agreement.

 

211


Table of Contents

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of shares described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

   

to fewer than 100 or, if the relevant member state has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by us for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the relevant member state) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the relevant member state. The expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.

The sellers of the shares have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the shares as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the shares on behalf of the sellers or the underwriters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (each such person being referred to as a “relevant person”). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

212


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares has been or will be:

 

   

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

 

   

used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the shares to the public in France.

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

 

   

to qualified investors ( investisseurs qualifiés ) and/or to a restricted circle of investors ( cercle restreint d’investisseurs ), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier ;

 

   

to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

 

   

in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1°-or-2°-or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations ( Règlement Général ) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers , does not constitute a public offer ( appel public à l’épargne ).

The shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier .

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares offered in this prospectus have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan (including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), except (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law.

 

213


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

   

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

   

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

   

to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

   

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

 

   

where the transfer is by operation of law.

 

214


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New York, New York, will pass on the validity of the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for us. The underwriters have been represented by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2012 (Successor) and 2011 (Successor), and for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), for the period January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein which expresses an unqualified opinion on the financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph indicating that the financial information of the predecessor and successor periods is not comparable. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The balance sheet of Taylor Morison Home Corporation as of December 31, 2012 included in this prospectus has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein which expresses an unqualified opinion on the financial statements. Such balance sheet is included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, which includes exhibits, schedules and amendments, under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our securities. Although this prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, contains all material information included in the registration statement, parts of the registration statement have been omitted as permitted by rules and regulations of the SEC. We refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits for further information about us, our securities and this offering. The registration statement and its exhibits, as well as any other documents that we have filed with the SEC, can be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-1004. The public may obtain information about the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains the registration statement and other reports, proxy and information statements and information that we file will electronically with the SEC.

After we have completed this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We intend to make these filings available on our website once the offering is completed. You may read and copy any reports, statements or other information on file at the public reference rooms. You can also request copies of these documents, for a copying fee, by writing to the SEC, or you can review these documents on the SEC’s website, as described above. In addition, we will provide electronic or paper copies of our filings free of charge upon request.

 

215


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012

     F-3   

Notes to the Balance Sheet

     F-4   

TMM Holdings Limited Partnership

  

Audited Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-5   

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 (Successor)

     F-6   

Statements of Operations for the year ended December  31, 2012 (Successor) and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)

     F-7   

Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended December  31, 2012 (Successor) and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)

     F-8   

Statements of Equity for the year ended December  31, 2012 (Successor) and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)

     F-9   

Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December  31, 2012 (Successor) and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)

     F-10   

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

     F-12   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

Scottsdale, Arizona

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion . An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Phoenix, Arizona

March 4, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

Balance Sheet

(Amounts in whole dollars except share data)

 

     December 31,
2012
 

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 35,029   

Prepaids

     72,100   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $    107,129   
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

  

Liabilities

  

Payable to Taylor Morrison

   $ 106,129  
  

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity

  

Common stock, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding

   $ 10   

Additional paid in capital

     990   
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,000   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   $ 107,129   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to balance sheet

 

F-3


Table of Contents

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION

NOTES TO THE BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 2012

 

1. ORGANIZATION

Organization and Description of the Business —Taylor Morrison Home Corporation (the “Company”), a Delaware Corporation was incorporated on November 15 th , 2012 as a holding company for the purposes of facilitating an initial public offering of common stock. The Company has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation. It is expected that in connection with an internal reorganization of TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (“TMM Holdings”), the limited partners of TMM will contribute their interests to a new limited partnership, TMM Holdings II Limited Partnership, formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“New TMM Holdings”) such that TMM and the general partner of TMM will become wholly-owned subsidiaries of New TMM Holdings. The Company will, through a series of transactions, become the sole owner of the general partner of New TMM Holdings, and the Company will use the net cash proceeds received in the initial public offering to purchase common partnership units in New TMM Holdings. The Company’s only business following the initial public offering of the Company will be to control the business and affairs of New TMM Holdings and its subsidiaries. The Company will consolidate the financial results of New TMM Holdings and its subsidiaries into the Company’s consolidated financial statements. New TMM Holdings is the ultimate parent of Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., (“Taylor Morrison,” formerly known as Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA), Inc.) and Monarch Corporation (“Monarch”). Taylor Morrison’s principal business is residential homebuilding and the development of lifestyle communities throughout the United States, with operations focused in Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida and Texas. Taylor Morrison’s product lines feature entry-level, move-up, and luxury homes. Monarch was founded in the province of Ontario in 1957 and is one of the oldest names in Canadian homebuilding. Its businesses concentrate on high-rise and low-rise residential construction in Ontario, Canada. Taylor Morrison and Monarch are the general contractors for all of their projects and retain subcontractors for home construction and site development. In addition to homebuilding, Taylor Morrison offers financial services to its customers in the U.S. through its mortgage brokerage subsidiary, Taylor Morrison Home Funding, LLC, and title examination services in some locations through various joint ventures.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation —The accompanying balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Separate statements of income, comprehensive income and changes in stockholders equity have not been presented because there have been no operating activities or equity transactions of this entity. A separate statement of cash flows has not been presented, as the only transactions impacting such statement are fully described below.

 

3. LIABILITIES

In December 2012, the Company borrowed $106,129 from Taylor Morrison, a related party, to fund the payment of certain fees related the filing of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1.

 

4. STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share. At November 15, 2012, 1,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value of $.01 per share, were issued for a subscription price of $1,000.

 

5. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has evaluated subsequent events through March 4, 2013, the date the financial statements were available to be issued. No subsequent events were identified that would require recognition in the financial statement or disclosure in the notes to the balance sheet.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Partners of

TMM Holdings Limited Partnership:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012 (Successor) and 2011 (Successor), and the related consolidated and combined statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor) and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor). These consolidated and combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated and combined financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated and combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated and combined financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2012 (Successor) and 2011 (Successor), and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Successor) and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As described in Note 1 to the consolidated and combined financial statements, the Company acquired all outstanding shares of Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA), Inc. and Monarch Corporation on July 13, 2011, at which date all assets and liabilities of the acquired companies were recorded at fair value. The financial information for the Predecessor periods, which combines the operations of the two acquired entities, is not comparable with that for the Successor periods.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Phoenix, Arizona

March 4, 2013

 

F-5


Table of Contents

TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands)

 

     December 31,
(Successor)
 
     2012     2011  

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 300,567      $ 279,322   

Restricted cash

     13,683        5,000   

Real estate inventory

     1,633,050        1,003,482   

Land deposits

     28,724        13,565   

Loans receivable

     48,685        55,895   

Mortgage receivables

     84,963        33,961   

Tax indemnification receivable

     107,638        122,871   

Prepaid expenses and other assets, net

     101,427        50,253   

Other receivables, net

     48,951        53,109   

Investments in unconsolidated entities

     74,465        37,640   

Deferred tax assets, net

     274,757        —    

Property and equipment, net

     6,423        6,236   

Intangible assets, net

     17,954        9,733   

Goodwill

     15,526        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,756,813      $ 1,671,067   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 98,647      $ 64,843   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     213,413        194,652   

Income taxes payable

     111,513        119,032   

Deferred tax liabilities, net

     —         4,032   

Customer deposits

     82,038        60,193   

Mortgage borrowings

     80,360        32,730   

Loans payable and other borrowings

     215,968        78,623   

Revolving Credit Facility borrowings

     50,000        —    

Sponsor Loan (Due to related party)

     —         488,397   

Senior Notes

     681,541        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,533,480        1,042,502   

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 17)

    

Equity

    

Net owners’ equity

     1,231,050        649,209   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (34,365     (30,065
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total owners’ equity

     1,196,685        619,144   

Noncontrolling interests

     26,648        9,421   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     1,223,333        628,565   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   $ 2,756,813      $ 1,671,067   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

TMM Holdings Limited Partnership

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations

(Amounts in thousands, except per unit data)

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13, 2011
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1, 2011
Through
July 12, 2011
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Home closing revenue

   $  1,369,452      $    731,216          $       600,069      $   1,273,160   

Land closing revenue

     44,408        10,657            13,639        12,116   

Mortgage operations revenue

     21,861        8,579            6,027        12,591   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     1,435,721        750,452            619,735        1,297,867   

Cost of home closings

     1,077,525        591,891            474,534        1,003,172   

Cost of land closings

     35,884        8,583            7,133        6,028   

Inventory impairments

     —          —             —         4,054   

Mortgage operations expenses

     11,266        4,495            3,818        7,246   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     1,124,675        604,969            485,485        1,020,500   

Gross margin

     311,046        145,483            134,250        277,367   

Sales, commissions and other marketing costs

     80,907        36,316            40,126        85,141   

General and administrative expenses

     60,444        32,883            35,743        66,232   

Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities

     (22,964     (5,247         (2,803     (5,319

Interest (income) expense, net

     (2,446     (3,867         941        40,238   

Transaction expenses

     7,953        39,442            —         —    

Indemnification expense

     13,034        12,850            —         —    

Other (income) expense, net

     3,567        2,308            (10,658     2,351   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     170,551        30,798            70,901        88,724   

Income tax provision (benefit)

     (260,297     4,031            20,881        (1,878
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     430,848        26,767            50,020        90,602   

Income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (28     (1,178         (4,122     (3,235
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Owners

   $ 430,820      $ 25,589          $ 45,898      $ 87,367   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income per Class A unit:

          

Basic and Diluted

   $ 0.60      $ 0.04         

Weighted Average Number of Class A units:

          

Basic and Diluted

     723,181        620,646         

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents

TMM Holdings Limited Partnership

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13, 2011
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1, 2011
Through
July 12, 2011
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Net income

   $     430,848      $       26,767          $           50,020      $ 90,602   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

            

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (1,073     (22,320         8,866        18,708   

Post-retirement benefits adjustments

     (3,227     (7,745         214        (1,032
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     (4,300     (30,065         9,080        17,676   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     426,548        (3,298         59,100        108,278   

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (28     (1,178         (4,122     (3,235
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to owners

   $ 426,520      $ (4,476       $ 54,978      $     105,043   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements

 

F-8


Table of Contents

TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     Net Owners
Equity
    Accumulated
other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
    Total
Owners
Equity
    Non-Controlling
Interest
    Total Equity  

BALANCE — January 1, 2010 (Predecessor)

   $ 100,504      $ (20,179   $ 80,325      $         23,448      $ 103,773   

Net income

     87,367        —          87,367        3,235        90,602   

Other comprehensive income

     —                  17,676        17,676        —          17,676   

Contributions from Predecessor Parent Company

     406,440        —          406,440        —          406,440   

Receivable from Predecessor Parent Company, net

     (127,761     —          (127,761     —          (127,761

Distributions to Predecessor Parent Company

     (3,339     —          (3,339     —          (3,339

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —          (21,860     (21,860
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE — December 31, 2010 (Predecessor)

     463,211        (2,503     460,708        4,823        465,531   

Net income

     45,898        —          45,898        4,122        50,020   

Other comprehensive income

     —          9,080        9,080        —          9,080   

Receivable from Predecessor Parent Company, net

     11,359        —          11,359        —          11,359   

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —          (5,326     (5,326
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE — July 12, 2011 (Predecessor)

     520,468        6,577        527,045        3,619        530,664   

Initial capital contribution and purchase price allocation adjustments

     99,852        (6,577     93,275        9,574        102,849   

Net income

     25,589          25,589        1,178        26,767   

Other comprehensive loss

     —         (30,065     (30,065     —          (30,065

Issuance of partnership units

     3,300        —          3,300        —          3,300   

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —          (4,950     (4,950
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE — December 31, 2011 (Successor)

     649,209        (30,065     619,144        9,421        628,565   

Net income

     430,820        —          430,820        28        430,848   

Other comprehensive income

     —          (4,300     (4,300     —          (4,300

Share based compensation

     1,975        —          1,975        —          1,975   

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —          (1,800     (1,800

Contribution of debt in exchange for equity

     146,633        —          146,633        —          146,633   

Noncontrolling interest of acquired entity

     —          —          —          18,999        18,999   

Issuance of partnership units

     2,413        —          2,413        —          2,413   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE – December 31, 2012 (Successor)

   $ 1,231,050      $ (34,365   $ 1,196,685      $ 26,648      $ 1,223,333   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements

 

F-9


Table of Contents

TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands)

 

    Successor           Predecessor  
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    For the
Period from
July 13, 2011
through
December 31,
2011
          For the Period
from
January 1, 2011
through
July 12,
2011
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

           

Net income

  $     430,848      $       26,767          $         50,020      $       90,602   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

           

Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities

    (22,964     (5,247         (2,803     (5,319

Inventory impairment charges and deposit write-offs

    —          —              —          4,054   

Stock compensation expense

    1,975             

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    7,853        —              —          —     

Distributions of earnings from unconsolidated entities

    36,746        5,684            9,603        4,558   

Depreciation and amortization

    4,370        2,564            1,655        3,242   

Deferred income taxes

    (278,880     (11,676         423        61   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

           

Real estate inventory and land deposits

    (331,116     52,587            23,832        (71,853

Receivables, prepaid expenses, and other assets

    (109,970     25,757            (8,426     (80,291

Income taxes receivable

    —          —              —          70,448   

Customer deposits

    16,845        (8,534         (6,506     (3,246

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities

    6,089        12,484            (9,407     2,585   

Income taxes payable

    23,735        6,645            (6,992     (23,213
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (214,469     107,031            51,399        (8,372
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

           

Purchase of property and equipment

    (2,753     (1,428         (1,329     (2,937

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (114,571     —              —          —     

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

    (8,645     1,686            (3,260     51,616   

Investments of capital into unconsolidated entities

    (12,967     (1,000         —          (15

Distributions of capital from unconsolidated entities

    —          —              —          2,301   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (138,936     (742         (4,589     50,965   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

           

Payments on net payable to Predecessor Parent Company

    —          —              (3,000     (270,873

Borrowings on net payable to Predecessor Parent Company

    —          —              80,554        291,642   

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

    (1,800     (4,950         (5,326     (21,860

Distributions to Predecessor Parent Company

    —          —              —          (3,339

Increase in receivable from Predecessor Parent Company

    —          —              —          (148,813

Decrease in receivable from Predecessor Parent Company

    —          —              8,560        21,053   

Capital contributions

    2,413        58,800            —          —     

Proceeds from Revolving Credit Facility

    50,000        —              —          —     

Net borrowing on line of credit related to mortgage borrowings

    47,630        596            27,492        4,642   

Proceeds from loans payable and other borrowings

    716,598        —              —          60,202   

Repayments of loans payable and other borrowings

    (69,028     (36,497         (27,778     (5,091

Repayments of Sponsor Loan (Due to a related party)

    (350,000     (125,000         —          —     

Deferred financing costs

    (20,282     (2,751         —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    375,531        (109,802         80,502        (72,437
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    (881     (12,591         2,699        6,227   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements

 

F-10


Table of Contents

TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands)

 

    Successor           Predecessor  
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    For the
Period from
July 13, 2011
through
December 31,
2011
          For the Period
from
January 1, 2011
through
July 12,
2011
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

  $ 21,245      $ (16,104       $ 130,011      $ (23,617

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of period

        279,322            295,426                    165,415              189,032   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of period

  $ 300,567      $ 279,322          $ 295,426      $ 165,415   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

           

Interest paid — net of amounts capitalized

  $ —        $ —            $ —        $ 45,759   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes (paid) refunded, net

  $ (42,555   $ (17,986       $ (24,024   $ 46,572   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

           

Conversion of Sponsor loans payable to Additional Class A Units

  $ 146,663     $ —            $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Conversion of loans payable to Predecessor Parent Company to contributions from Predecessor Parent Company

  $ —        $ —            $ 499,935      $ 406,440   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Conversion of Joint Venture loan receivable for equity in joint venture

  $ 36,855      $ —            $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans payable and liabilities assumed related to business acquisition

  $ 54,926      $ —            $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in loans payable issued to sellers in connection with land purchase contracts

  $ 134,001      $ 35,972          $ 5,707      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Decrease in income taxes payable and related tax indemnification receivable from seller

  $ 15,233      $ 12,850          $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

     (Concluded

 

F-11


Table of Contents

TMM HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2012 (SUCCESSOR) AND 2011 (SUCCESSOR), FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND THE PERIOD FROM JULY 13, 2011 THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2011 (SUCCESSOR), FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2011 THROUGH JULY 12, 2011 (PREDECESSOR), AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 2009 (PREDECESSOR)

1. BUSINESS

Organization and Description of the Business  — TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (“TMM Holdings” or the “Company”) is a British Columbia limited partnership formed in 2011 by a consortium comprised of affiliates of TPG Global, LLC (the “TPG Entities”), investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. or their respective subsidiaries, and affiliates of JH Investments (collectively the “Sponsors”). On July 13, 2011, TMM Holdings, through various wholly owned acquisition subsidiaries, acquired all of the outstanding shares of Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA), Inc. (now known as Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc. or “Taylor Morrison”) and Monarch Corporation (“Monarch”) from Taylor Wimpey plc (“Predecessor Parent Company”), through a combination of equity and debt (the “Acquisition”). In conjunction with the Acquisition, a series of holding companies and partnerships were established to hold TMM Holdings’ investments in the acquired businesses. Taylor Morrison’s principal business is residential homebuilding and the development of life style communities throughout the United States, with operations focused in Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, and Texas. Taylor Morrison’s product lines feature entry-level, move-up, and luxury homes. Monarch was founded in the province of Ontario in 1957 and is one of the oldest names in Canadian homebuilding. Its businesses focus on high-rise and low-rise residential construction in Ontario, Canada. Taylor Morrison and Monarch are the general contractors for all of their projects and retain subcontractors for home construction and site development. In addition to homebuilding, Taylor Morrison offers financial services to its customers in the U.S. through its mortgage brokerage subsidiary and title examination services in some locations through various joint ventures.

Taylor Morrison and Monarch represented the North American subsidiaries of the Predecessor Parent Company, a United Kingdom publicly held homebuilder incorporated under the Company Act of 2006.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation  — The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of TMM Holdings, Taylor Morrison, Monarch, their consolidated subsidiaries, partnerships, and other entities in which the companies have a controlling financial interest (collectively, “we,” “us,” “our,” “TMM Holdings,” and the “Company”). The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP), and all intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805, Business Combinations , the Acquisition was accounted for on July 13, 2011, under the acquisition method of accounting and all acquired assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at fair value. In connection with the Acquisition, the Company is sometimes referred to as the “Successor” for the period on or after July 13, 2011, and the “Predecessor” for periods prior to July 13, 2011. The Predecessor’s financial statements include the accounts of Taylor Morrison and Monarch, their consolidated subsidiaries and other entities in which the companies have controlling financial interests, and have been combined given the common ownership and control by the Predecessor Parent Company.

On July 13, 2011, TMM Holdings and its subsidiaries acquired 100% of the issued share capital of Taylor Morrison and Monarch for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $1.2 billion. As a result of the change in ownership, the Company’s historical financial data for periods prior to the July 13, 2011 Acquisition (the predecessor periods) are derived from the historical financial statements of the predecessor, the North American business of Taylor Wimpey plc., which financial statements have been prepared using the historical cost basis of accounting that existed prior to the Acquisition. The Company’s financial statements for periods from and after

 

F-12


Table of Contents

the July 13, 2011 Acquisition (the successor period) are derived from the financial statements of TMM Holdings, which reflect adjustments made as a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition. Therefore, the financial information for the predecessor periods is not comparable with that for the successor period.

Unless otherwise stated, amounts are shown in U.S. dollars. Assets and liabilities recorded in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange prevailing during the period. Translation adjustments resulting from this process are recorded to net owners’ equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and statements of equity.

Purchase Price Allocation and Related Acquisition Accounting  — TMM Holdings acquired the Taylor Morrison and Monarch businesses for total consideration of approximately $1.2 billion. In accordance with ASC 805, the effects of the acquisition are reflected on the date of the transaction in the financial statements of the acquired businesses by recording the assets and liabilities at their fair values in order to reflect the purchase price paid in the acquisition.

Cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, other assets, accounts payable, and accrued and other liabilities were generally stated at historical carrying values given the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. Income tax receivables and liabilities were recorded at historical carrying values in accordance with ASC 805. The Predecessor Parent Company is indemnifying the Company for specific uncertain tax positions for which tax liabilities are included in income taxes payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. A receivable due from the Predecessor Parent Company for the indemnification is valued at the same amount as the estimated income tax liability.

The Company determined the fair value of real estate inventory on a community-by-community basis primarily using the sales comparison and income approaches. The income approach derives a value indication for income-producing property by converting anticipated benefits, such as cash flow, into property value. This approach was used exclusively for finished lots. The sales comparison approach used recent land sales to provide a lot value for finished lots or an average value for raw land. In markets where there were no recent land sales, the third party appraiser conducted interviews with local market participants, including brokers and appraisers, to gain an understanding of local land and lot values. In instances where both the income and sales approaches were used, equal weightings were typically given to each approach. These estimated cash flows are significantly affected by estimates related to expected average selling prices and sales incentives, expected sales paces and cancellation rates, expected land development and construction timelines, and anticipated land development, construction, and overhead costs. Such estimates must be made for each individual community and may vary significantly between communities.

The fair value of acquired intangible assets was determined based on valuations performed by independent valuation specialists using the income approach. The intangibles were valued at $10.2 million with $4.1 million related to the Taylor Morrison trade name and $6.1 million related to the Monarch trade name. Both trade names are being amortized on a straight line basis over 10 years. For the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, amortization of $0.5 million and $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 was recorded and is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated and combined statements of operations.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The Company has completed its business combination accounting as of December 31, 2011. A summary of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of July 13, 2011, is as follows (in thousands):

 

Financial Statement Caption

   Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 295,426   

Restricted cash

     6,705   

Real estate inventory

     1,036,068   

Land deposits

     9,667   

Loan receivables, net

     76,386   

Mortgage receivables

     32,531   

Other receivables

     64,481   

Tax indemnity receivable

     129,686   

Prepaid expenses and other assets, net

     48,781   

Investment in unconsolidated entities

     38,488   

Property and equipment, net

     6,591   

Intangible assets

     10,200   

Deferred tax liabilities, net

     (16,240

Accounts payable

     (44,763

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (199,235

Income taxes payable

     (120,878

Customer deposits

     (71,155

Mortgage borrowings

     (32,134

Loans payable and other borrowings

     (80,092

Noncontrolling interests

     (13,193
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired at fair value

     1,177,320   

Less amounts financed through debt

     (612,500
  

 

 

 

Equity infusion paid to seller

     564,820   

Cash contributed by the Sponsors

     55,500   
  

 

 

 

Net Sponsors equity

     620,320   

Less carrying basis of Predecessors’ equity

     (527,045
  

 

 

 

Initial capital contribution and purchase price allocation adjustments

   $ 93,275   
  

 

 

 

Transaction Expenses  — In 2012, these costs relate to a $7.9 million loss on the early extinguishment of a portion of the Sponsor Loan and $0.1 million transaction costs directly related to the Acquisition. In 2011, these costs include transaction and integration costs directly related to the Acquisition, excluding the impact of restructuring costs and acquisition accounting adjustments, totaling $39.4 million, which were incurred by TMM Holdings and the Sponsors and are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as transaction expenses.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Unaudited supplemental pro-forma information  — The unaudited supplemental pro forma information presented below includes the effects of the acquisition of the Taylor Morrison and Monarch businesses as if it had been completed as of January 1, 2010. The pro forma results include (i) the impact of certain estimated fair value adjustments and (ii) interest expense associated with debt used to fund the acquisition. The pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 include adjustments for the financial impact of certain acquisition related items incurred during the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011. Accordingly, the following unaudited pro forma financial information should not be considered indicative of either future results or results that might have occurred had the acquisition been consummated as of January 1, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     For the
Year Ended
December 31, 2010
     For the
Period from
January 1 through
July 12, 2011
 

Total revenues

   $ 1,297,867       $ 619,735   

Net income

   $ 148,284       $ 57,603   

2012 Acquisition

On December 31, 2012, the Company acquired certain assets and liabilities of Darling Interests, Inc. (“Darling”), a Texas based homebuilder. Darling builds homes under the Darling Homes brand for move-up buyers in the Dallas-Fort Worth Metroplex and Houston markets. The acquisition, which consists primarily of real estate inventory, enables the Company to strengthen its presence in these two Texas markets. The assets and liabilities were acquired in exchange for consideration of $115.0 million subject to certain post-close adjustments as well as contingent purchase price of $50.0 million, plus 5% of any cumulative EBIT (earnings before interest and taxes) above $229.5 million over the four year period following December 31, 2012. A portion of the initial purchase price was financed by $50.0 million of borrowings under the Company’s Credit Facility and approximately $26.0 million was financed by the sellers. The preliminary purchase price to be allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amount  

Initial consideration

   $ 115,005   

Contingent consideration

     8,300   

Seller Financing

     27,605   

Liabilities assumed

     19,021   
  

 

 

 
   $ 169,931   
  

 

 

 

In connection with the preliminary purchase price allocation for the acquisition, the Company recorded (in thousands):

 

     Amount  

Real estate inventory

   $ 111,814   

Land deposits

     12,500   

Joint Venture interests before consolidation

     18,999   

Other assets

     1,971   

Intangibles with finite lives

     9,121   

Goodwill

     15,526   

Contingent consideration

     (8,300

Seller Financing

     (27,605

Liabilities assumed

     (19,021
  

 

 

 
   $ 115,005   
  

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The $9.1 million of intangible assets with finite useful lives consist of $1.3 million of trade name, $4.7 million of lot option contracts and supplier relationships, $2.9 million of non-compete covenants and $0.2 million of favorable leases.

The Company valued the $50.0 million of contingent purchase using probability weightings of the anticipated liability under four different scenarios: (1) business enterprise forecast of liability; (2) the contribution margin and earnings before income and tax estimates from a valuation income forecast; (3) alternative estimates of contribution margin and earnings before interest and taxes and (4) as if the full buy out obligation was paid to Darling. The mid point of the range of the results of these probability weighted valuations was discounted, resulting in a $8.3 million liability that is included within Loans payable and other borrowings at December 31, 2012.

Additionally, the Company incurred $1.8 million of transaction costs which were recorded as Other expense. Darling’s Dallas and Houston operations will be integrated into the Company’s East Region for Segment Reporting purposes. As the Darling acquisition closed on the last day of fiscal 2012, the purchase price allocation for Darling Homes is subject to change during the acquisition measurement period.

Use of Estimates  — The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates include the purchase price allocations, valuation of certain real estate, valuations of the M and J Units, deferred tax assets valuation allowance and reserves for warranty and self-insured risks. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents  — Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, demand deposits with financial institutions, and short-term, highly liquid investments. We consider all highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less, such as certificates of deposit, money market funds, and commercial paper to be cash equivalents. Non-interest-bearing cash accounts are temporarily guaranteed for an unlimited amount, through December 31, 2012, and all other cash accounts are insured for up to $250,000. The Company’s cash is, in some cases, in excess of the federally insured limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) of up to $250,000. No losses have been experienced to date.

Restricted Cash  — Restricted cash consists of $2.0 million pledged to collateralize mortgage credit lines through certificates of deposit known as Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS) and $11.6 million of escrow funds.

Concentration of Credit Risk  — Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include amounts on deposit with financial institutions in excess of the FDIC federally insured limits. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has a $107.6 million receivable from the Predecessor Parent Company, which represents the indemnification of certain covered tax matters as agreed to in connection with the Acquisition. The Company has $84.0 million in standby letters of credit from the Predecessor Parent Company for a portion of this receivable. In addition, the Company is exposed to credit risk to the extent that mortgage and loan borrowers may fail to meet their contractual obligations. This risk is mitigated by collateralizing the mortgaged property or land that was sold to the buyer.

Loans Receivable  — Loans receivable consist of amounts due from land buyers and certain of our joint ventures, are generally secured by underlying land, bear interest at average interest rates of 5.5% and 5% as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and mature at various dates through 2013. The Company imputes interest based on relevant market data for loans with no stated interest rate.

Mortgage Receivables  — Mortgage receivables consist of mortgages due from buyers of Taylor Morrison homes that are financed through Taylor Morrison’s mortgage brokerage subsidiary. Mortgages receivable are

 

F-16


Table of Contents

held for sale and are carried at fair value, which is calculated using observable market information, including pricing from actual market transactions, investor commitment prices, or broker quotations.

Tax Indemnification Receivable  — The Predecessor Parent Company has indemnified TMM Holdings for specific uncertain tax positions existing as of the date of the transaction. An indemnification receivable was recorded at $129.7 million at Acquisition. The indemnification receivable also includes a periodic increase for accrued interest, penalties, and additional identified tax issues covered by the indemnity, offset by periodic decreases as uncertain tax matters and related tax obligations are resolved. The receivable due from the Predecessor Parent Company for the indemnification is valued at the same amount as the estimated income tax liability.

Other Receivables  — Other receivables primarily consist of amounts due from buyers of condominiums, as well as other amounts expected to be recovered from various community development districts and utility deposits. Allowances for potential credit losses based on historical experience, present economic conditions, and other factors considered relevant by management are made for these receivables. A summary of the changes in this allowance account is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Allowance — beginning of period

   $        3,956      $         2,567          $     3,424      $         4,250   

Additions to allowance

     —          1,389            —          385   

Amounts written off

     —          —              —          (222

Change in estimates to preexisting allowance

     (2,852     —              (857     (989
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance — end of period

   $ 1,104      $ 3,956          $ 2,567      $ 3,424   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real Estate Inventory  — Inventory consists of land, land under development, homes under construction, completed homes, and model homes. Inventory is carried at cost, net of impairment charges. In addition to direct carrying costs, we also capitalize interest, real estate taxes, and related development costs that benefit the entire community, such as field construction supervision and related direct overhead. Home construction costs are accumulated and charged to cost of sales at home closing using the specific identification method. Land acquisition, development, interest, taxes, overhead, and condominium construction costs are allocated to homes and units using methods that approximate the relative sales value method. These costs are capitalized to inventory from the point development begins to the point construction is completed. For those communities that have been temporarily closed or development has been discontinued, we do not allocate interest or other costs to the community’s inventory until activity begins again. Changes in estimated costs to be incurred in a community are generally allocated to the remaining homes on a prospective basis.

In accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment , “ASC 360” we review our real estate inventory for indicators of impairment by evaluating each community during each reporting period. In conducting our review for indicators of impairment on a community level, we evaluate, among other things, the margins on homes that have been delivered, margins on homes under sales contracts in backlog, projected margins with regard to future home sales over the life of the community, projected margins with regard to future land sales and the estimated fair value of the land itself. The Company pays particular attention to communities in which inventory is moving at a slower than anticipated absorption pace and communities whose average sales price and/or margins are trending downward and are anticipated to continue to trend downward. From this review, the Company identifies communities with indicators of impairment, and then performs additional analysis to determine if the carrying value exceeds the communities undiscounted cash flows. ASC 360 requires that companies evaluate long-lived assets that are expected to be held and used in operations, including inventories, for recoverability based on undiscounted future cash flows of the assets at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows. If the carrying value of the assets exceeds their estimated undiscounted cash

 

F-17


Table of Contents

flows, then the assets are deemed to be impaired and are recorded at fair value as of the assessment date. The Company estimates the fair value of its communities using a discounted cash flow model. The projected cash flows for each community are significantly impacted by estimates related to market supply and demand, product type by community, homesite sizes, sales pace, sales prices, sales incentives, construction costs, sales and marketing expenses, the local economy, competitive conditions, labor costs, costs of materials and other factors for that particular community. Every division evaluates the historical performance of each of its communities as well as current trends in the market and economy impacting the community and its surrounding areas. These trends are analyzed for each of the estimates listed above.

The Company’s projected cash flows are impacted by many assumptions. Some of the most critical assumptions in the Company’s cash flow model are projected absorption pace for home sales, sales prices and costs to build and deliver homes on a community by community basis.

In order to arrive at the assumed absorption pace for home sales included in the Company’s cash flow model, the Company analyzes its historical absorption pace in the community as well as other comparable communities in the geographical area. In addition, the Company considers internal and external market studies and trends, which generally include, but are not limited to, statistics on population demographics, unemployment rates and availability of competing product in the geographic area where the community is located. When analyzing the Company’s historical absorption pace for home sales and corresponding internal and external market studies, the Company places greater emphasis on more current metrics and trends such as the absorption pace realized in its most recent quarters as well as forecasted population demographics, unemployment rates and availability of competing product.

In order to determine the assumed sales prices included in its cash flow models, the Company analyzes the historical sales prices realized on homes it delivered in the community and other comparable communities in the geographical area as well as the sales prices included in its current backlog for such communities. In addition, the Company considers internal and external market studies and trends, which generally include, but are not limited to, statistics on sales prices in neighboring communities and sales prices on similar products in non-neighboring communities in the geographic area where the community is located. When analyzing its historical sales prices and corresponding market studies, the Company also places greater emphasis on more current metrics and trends such as future forecasted sales prices in neighboring communities as well as future forecasted sales prices for similar products in non-neighboring communities.

In order to arrive at the Company’s assumed costs to build and deliver homes, the Company generally assumes a cost structure reflecting contracts currently in place with its vendors adjusted for any anticipated cost reduction initiatives or increases in cost structure. Costs assumed in the cash flow model for the Company’s communities are generally based on the rates the Company is currently obligated to pay under existing contracts with its vendors adjusted for any anticipated cost reduction initiatives or increases in cost structure.

Since the estimates and assumptions included in the Company’s cash flow models are based upon historical results and projected trends, they do not anticipate unexpected changes in market conditions or strategies that may lead the Company to incur additional impairment charges in the future. Using all available information, the Company calculates its best estimate of projected cash flows for each community. While many of the estimates are calculated based on historical and projected trends, all estimates are subjective and change from market to market and community to community as market and economic conditions change. The determination of fair value also requires discounting the estimated cash flows at a rate the Company believes a market participant would determine to be commensurate with the inherent risks associated with the assets and related estimated cash flow streams. The discount rate used in determining each asset’s fair value depends on the community’s projected life and development stage. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, and the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, no impairment charges were identified and recorded. We recorded inventory impairment charges, inclusive of land deposits write-offs, of $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2010, discount rates used in the discounted cash flows averaged 16.2% with ranges from 14.0% to 19.5%. Management believes these rates are commensurate with the risk associated with the related communities.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

In certain cases, the Company may elect to stop development and/or marketing of an existing community if it believes the economic performance of the community would be maximized by deferring development for a period of time to allow market conditions to improve. The decision may be based on financial and/or operational metrics. If the Company decides to stop developing a project, it will impair such project if necessary to its fair value as discussed above and then cease future development and/or marketing activity until such a time when management believes that market conditions have improved and economic performance can be maximized. Quarterly, we review all communities, for potential impairments.

When the Company elects to stop development of a community, it is management’s belief that the community is affected by local market conditions that are expected to improve within the next 3 to 5 years. Therefore, a temporary postponement of construction and development is expected to yield better returns. For these communities, as well as real estate held for development or sale, management’s assessment of the carrying value of these assets typically includes subjective estimates of future performance, including the timing of when development will recommence, the type of product to be offered, and the margin to be realized. In the future some of these inactive communities may be re-opened while others may be sold. As of December 31, 2012, there were 20 inactive communities with a carrying value of $34.4 million of which $15.5 and $18.9 million is in the West and East Region, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company placed 1 community into inactive status and moved 8 into active status.

The life cycle of a community generally ranges from three to five years, commencing with the acquisition of unentitled or entitled land, continuing through the land development phase, and concluding with the sale, construction, and delivery of homes. Actual community lives will vary based on the size of the community, the sales absorption rate, and whether we purchased the property as raw land or finished lots. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we were actively selling in 120 and 135 communities, respectively.

Inventory consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     December  31,
(Successor)
 
     2012      2011  

Operating communities

   $ 1,296,763       $ 830,573   

Real estate held for development or sale

     336,287         172,909   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,633,050       $ 1,003,482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventory impairment charges are recognized against all inventory costs of a community, such as land, land improvements, cost of home construction, and capitalized interest. No inventory impairment charges were recorded in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Capitalized Interest — The Company capitalizes certain interest costs to inventory during the development and construction periods. Capitalized interest is charged to cost of sales when the related inventory is delivered. Interest capitalized, incurred, and expensed is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the
Year  Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Interest capitalized — beginning of period

   $       27,491      $ —            $ 68,202      $       68,185   

Interest capitalized

     62,468              37,605                23,091        37,282   

Interest amortized to cost of sales and impairments

     (30,316     (10,114         (19,422     (37,370

Foreign currency adjustment

     —         —             51        105   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest capitalized — end of period

   $ 59,643      $ 27,491          $ 71,922      $ 68,202   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Interest incurred was $62.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, $37.6 million during the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, $23.1 million during the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and $85.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Land Deposits  — Deposits we pay related to land options and land purchase contracts are capitalized when paid and classified as land deposits until the associated property is purchased. Deposits are recorded as a component of inventory at the time the deposit is applied to the acquisition price of the land based on the terms of the underlying agreements. To the extent the deposits are nonrefundable, deposits are charged to expense if the land acquisition process is terminated or no longer determined probable. We review the likelihood of the acquisition of contracted lots in conjunction with our periodic real estate impairment analysis.

The Company is subject to the usual obligations associated with entering into contracts, including option contracts, for the purchase, development, and sale of real estate in the routine conduct of our business. We have a number of land purchase option contracts, generally through cash deposits or letters of credit, for the right to purchase land or lots at a future point in time with predetermined terms. We do not have title to the property and the creditors generally have no recourse against us, except in Canada where sellers have full recourse under statutory regulations. Our obligations with respect to the option contracts are generally limited to the forfeiture of the related nonrefundable cash deposits and/or letters of credit. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had the right to purchase approximately 5,013 and 4,523 lots under land option and land purchase contracts, respectively, which represents purchase commitments of $268.0 million and $239.5 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, we had $28.7 million in land deposits and $0.2 million in letters of credit related to land options and land purchase. As of December 31, 2011, we had $13.6 million in land deposits and $43.6 million in letters of credit related to land options and land purchase contracts.

For the year ended December 31, 2010 we incurred a pretax charge of $1.5 million related to the impairment of option deposits and capitalized pre-acquisition costs for abandoned projects, which is included in inventory impairments in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. We continue to evaluate the terms of open land option and purchase contracts in light of housing market conditions and may impair additional option deposits and capitalized pre-acquisition costs in the future, particularly in those instances where land sellers or third-party financial entities are unwilling to renegotiate significant contract terms.

Investments in Unconsolidated Entities and Variable Interest Entities (VIEs)  — In the ordinary course of business, we enter into land and lot option purchase contracts in order to procure land or lots for the construction of homes. Lot option contracts enable us to control significant lot positions with a minimal capital investment and substantially reduce the risks associated with land ownership and development. In June 2009, the FASB revised its guidance regarding the determination of a primary beneficiary of a VIE.

In accordance with ASC Topic 810, Consolidation , we have concluded that when we enter into an option or purchase agreement to acquire land or lots and pay a nonrefundable deposit, a VIE may be created because we are deemed to have provided subordinated financial support that will absorb some or all of an entity’s expected losses if they occur. For each VIE, we assess whether we are the primary beneficiary by first determining if we have the ability to control the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect its economic performance. Such activities include, but are not limited to, the ability to determine the budget and scope of land development work, if any; the ability to control financing decisions for the VIE; the ability to acquire additional land into the VIE or dispose of land in the VIE not under contract with the Company; and the ability to change or amend the existing option contract with the VIE. If we are not able to control such activities, we are not considered the primary beneficiary of the VIE. If we do have the ability to control such activities, we will continue our analysis by determining if we are expected to absorb a potentially significant amount of the VIE’s losses or, if no party absorbs the majority of such losses, if we will potentially benefit from a significant amount of the VIE’s expected gains. If we are the primary beneficiary of the VIE, we will consolidate the VIE in our consolidated financial statements and reflect such assets and liabilities as consolidated real estate not owned within our inventory balance in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. We currently have no VIE’s that we consolidate. Our

 

F-20


Table of Contents

exposure to loss related to our option contracts with third parties and unconsolidated entities consisted of our nonrefundable option deposits totaling $28.7 million and $13.6 million, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Additionally, we posted $0.2 million and $43.6 million of letters of credit in lieu of cash deposits under certain option contracts as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Creditors of these VIEs, if any, have no recourse against us.

We are also involved in several joint ventures with independent third parties for our homebuilding activities. We use the equity method of accounting for entities that we do not control or where we do not own a majority of the economic interest, but have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee. For those unconsolidated entities in which we function as the managing member, we have evaluated the rights held by our joint venture partners and determined that they have substantive participating rights that preclude the presumption of control. For joint ventures accounted for using the equity method, our share of net earnings or losses is included in equity in net income of unconsolidated entities when earned and distributions are credited against our investment in the joint venture when received. See Note 3 for financial statement information related to unconsolidated entities.

We evaluate our investments in unconsolidated entities for indicators of impairment during each reporting period. A series of operating losses of an investee or other factors may indicate that a decrease in value of the Company’s investment in the unconsolidated entity has occurred which is other-than-temporary. The amount of impairment recognized is the excess of the investment’s carrying amount over its estimated fair value.

The evaluation of the Company’s investment in unconsolidated entities includes certain critical assumptions made by management: (1) projected future distributions from the unconsolidated entities, (2) discount rates applied to the future distributions and (3) various other factors. The Company’s assumptions on the projected future distributions from the unconsolidated entities are dependent on market conditions. Specifically, distributions are dependent on cash to be generated from the sale of inventory by the unconsolidated entities. Such inventory is also reviewed for potential impairment by the unconsolidated entities. The unconsolidated entities generally use a discount rate of approximately 12-18% in their reviews for impairment, subject to the perceived risks associated with the community’s cash flow streams relative to its inventory. If a valuation adjustment is recorded by an unconsolidated entity related to its assets, the Company’s proportionate share is reflected in the equity in loss from unconsolidated entities with a corresponding decrease to its investment in unconsolidated entities.

Additionally, the Company considers various qualitative factors to determine if a decrease in the value of the investment is other-than-temporary. These factors include age of the venture, stage in its life cycle, intent and ability for the Company to recover its investment in the entity, financial condition and long-term prospects of the entity, short-term liquidity needs of the unconsolidated entity, trends in the general economic environment of the land, entitlement status of the land held by the unconsolidated entity, overall projected returns on investment, defaults under contracts with third parties (including bank debt), recoverability of the investment through future cash flows and relationships with the other partners. If the Company believes that the decline in the fair value of the investment is temporary, then no impairment is recorded.

Merger and Restructuring Costs  — As a result of the July 2007 combination of Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA), Inc., and Morrison Homes, Inc., the Company incurred total merger and restructuring charges of $34.9 million. The remaining liability for restructuring costs of $2.2 million and $3.0 million which is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, relate to lease termination costs that will be paid through March of 2016.

Noncontrolling Interests  — We consolidate joint ventures when we are the primary beneficiary. Therefore, those entities’ financial statements are consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the other partners’ equity is recorded as noncontrolling interests.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Goodwill  — The excess of the purchase price of a business acquisition over the net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is capitalized as goodwill in accordance with ASC Topic 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other “ASC 350.” ASC 350 requires that goodwill and intangible assets that do not have finite lives not be amortized, but instead be assessed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if certain impairment indicators are present. No goodwill impairment charges were recorded in 2010 and for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011. There was no goodwill recorded in connection with the Acquisition on July 13, 2011 (see Note 4 for goodwill and other intangible assets).The Company recorded $15.5 million of goodwill related to the preliminary purchase price allocation for the Darling acquisition which closed on December 31, 2012. No goodwill impairment charges were recorded in 2012.

Property and Equipment  — Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Gross property and equipment at December 31, 2012 and 2011, consist of $11.2 million and $7.9 million, respectively. Accumulated depreciation related to these assets was $4.8 million and $1.7 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Depreciation expense was $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, $1.7 million for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, $1.6 million for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 and $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Depreciation expense is recorded in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations. Depreciation is generally computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from 3 to 40 years. Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes  — We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes “ASC 740” . Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on future tax consequences of both temporary differences between the amounts reported for financial reporting purposes and the amounts deductible for income tax purposes, and are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period when the changes are enacted.

In accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, we periodically assess our deferred tax assets, including the benefit from net operating losses, to determine if a valuation allowance is required. A valuation allowance must be established when, based upon available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon, among other matters, taxable income in prior years available for carryback, estimates of future income, tax planning strategies, and reversal of existing temporary differences.

Insurance Costs and Self-Insurance Reserves  — We have certain deductible limits under our workers’ compensation, automobile, and general liability insurance policies, and we record expense and liabilities for the estimated costs of potential claims for construction defects. The excess liability limits are $50 million per occurrence in the annual aggregate and apply in excess of automobile liability, employers liability under workers compensation and general liability policies. We also generally require our subcontractors and design professionals to indemnify us for liabilities arising from their work, subject to certain limitations. We are the parent of Beneva Indemnity Company (“Beneva”), which provides insurance coverage for construction defects discovered during a period of time up to 10 years following the sale of a home, coverage for premise operations risk, and property coverage. We accrue for the expected costs associated with the deductibles and self-insured amounts under our various insurance policies based on historical claims, estimates for claims incurred but not reported, and potential for recovery of costs from insurance and other sources. The estimates are subject to significant variability due to factors, such as claim settlement patterns, litigation trends, and the extended period of time in which a construction defect claim might be made after the closing of a home.

Warranty Reserves:

U.S. Operations  — We offer warranties on our homes that generally provide for one-year warranties to cover various defects in workmanship or materials or to cover structural construction defects. Warranty reserves are established as homes close in an amount estimated to be adequate to cover expected costs of materials and

 

F-22


Table of Contents

outside labor during warranty periods. Our warranty reserves are based on factors that include an actuarial study for structural warranty, historical and anticipated warranty claims, trends related to similar product types, number of home closings, and geographical areas. The structural warranty is carried by Beneva, a wholly owned subsidiary of Taylor Morrison. We also provide third-party warranty coverage on homes where required by Federal Housing Administration or Veterans Administration lenders.

Canadian Operations  — We offer a limited warranty that generally provides for seven years of structural coverage; two years of coverage for water penetration, electrical, plumbing, heating, and exterior cladding defects; and one year of coverage for workmanship and materials. We are responsible for performing all of the work during the warranty period. As a result, warranty reserves are established as homes close in an amount estimated to be adequate to cover expected costs of materials and labor during warranty periods. The warranty reserves are determined using historical experience and trends related to similar product types, and number of home closings.

We regularly review the reasonableness and adequacy of our recorded warranty reserves and make adjustments to the balance of the preexisting reserves to reflect changes in trends and historical data as information becomes available. Warranty reserves are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated and combined balance sheets. A summary of changes in our self-insurance and warranty reserves are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the
Year  Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Reserve — beginning of period

   $       43,158      $       45,929          $ 50,069      $     52,222   

Purchase price allocation adjustments

     —         (2,731         —         —    

Additions to reserves

     3,096        2,950            9,634        10,753   

Costs and claims incurred

     (10,858     (15,428         (16,267     (22,051

Change in estimates to preexisting reserves

     4,036        13,036            2,346        8,866   

Foreign currency adjustment

     328        (598         147        279   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reserve — end of period

   $ 39,760      $ 43,158          $     45,929      $ 50,069   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue Recognition:

Home Sales  — Revenues from home sales are recorded using the completed contract method of accounting at the time each home is delivered, title and possession are transferred to the buyer, there is no significant continuing involvement with the home, and the buyer has demonstrated sufficient initial and continuing investment in the property.

Condominium Sales  — Revenues from the sale of condominium units is recognized when construction is beyond the preliminary stage, the buyer is committed to the extent of being unable to require a refund except for non-delivery of the unit, sufficient units in the project have been sold to ensure that the property will not be converted to a rental property, the sales proceeds are collectible, and the aggregate sales proceeds and the total cost of the project can be reasonably estimated. For our Canadian high rise condominiums, these conditions are met when a certificate of occupancy has been received, all significant conditions of registration have been performed and the purchaser has the right to occupy the unit.

Land Sales  — Revenues from land sales are recognized when title is transferred to the buyer, there is no significant continuing involvement, and the buyer has demonstrated sufficient initial and continuing investment in the property sold. If the buyer has not made an adequate initial or continuing investment in the property, the profit on such sales is deferred until these conditions are met.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Financial Services Revenues  — Revenues from loan origination are recognized at the time the related real estate transactions are completed, usually upon the close of escrow. All of the loans Taylor Morrison Home Funding, LLC (TMHF) originates are sold within a short period of time, generally 20 days, on a nonrecourse basis as further described in Note 18. After the loans are sold, the Company retains potential liability for possible claims by purchasers that it breached certain limited industry-standard representations and warranties in the loan sale agreement. Gains or losses from the sale of mortgages are recognized based on the difference between the selling price and carrying value of the related loans upon sale.

Deposits  — Forfeited buyer deposits related to home, condominium, and land sales are recognized in other income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations in the period in which we determine that the buyer will not complete the purchase of the property and the deposit is determined to be nonrefundable to the buyer.

Sales Discounts and Incentives  — We grant our home buyers sales discounts and incentives from time to time, including cash discounts, discounts on options included in the home, option upgrades, and seller-paid financing or closing costs. Discounts are accounted for as a reduction in the sales price of the home.

Advertising Costs  — We expense advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs were $15.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, $6.1 million for the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, $7.0 million for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 and $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Earnings per Unit  — Basic earnings per unit is computed by dividing net earnings attributable to Owners by the weighted average number of common units outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per unit reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue partnership units were exercised or converted into partnership units that then shared in earnings of the Company.

Reclassifications – Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period cash flows to show additional detail of financing activities in the consolidated and combined statements of cash flows to conform with the current period presentation.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements  — In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-04, which amended ASC Topic 820, “ Fair Value Measurements ”, providing a consistent definition and measurement of fair value, as well as similar disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles, clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement, and expands the disclosure requirements. ASU 2011-04 was effective for us beginning January 1, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2011-04 did not have a material effect on our consolidated and combined financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income ”. ASU 2011-05 requires the presentation of comprehensive income in either (i) a continuous statement of comprehensive income or (ii) two separate, but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The amendments in this ASU do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. ASU 2011-05 should be applied retrospectively and is effective for public entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. As a result of the adoption of ASU 2011-05 the Company added separate, but consecutive statements of comprehensive income.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

3. INVESTMENTS IN UNCONSOLIDATED ENTITIES

We participate in a number of joint ventures with unrelated third parties. These entities are generally involved in real estate development or mortgage lending and title services. We use the equity method of accounting for our investments in unconsolidated entities, which are not VIEs and which we do not control, but normally have ownership interests up to 50%.

Summarized condensed financial information of unconsolidated entities that are accounted for by the equity method is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December  31,
(Successor)
 
Balance Sheets    2012      2011  

Assets:

  

Inventories

   $ 364,105       $ 354,243   

Other assets

     109,010         86,057   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 473,115       $ 440,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and owners’ equity:

     

Debt

   $ 162,197       $ 135,065   

Other liabilities

     193,897         262,412   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     356,094         397,477   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Owners’ equity:

     

TMM Holdings

     57,837         18,596   

Others

     59,184         24,227   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total owners’ equity

     117,021         42,823   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and owners’ equity

   $ 473,115       $ 440,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
Statements of Operations    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Revenues

   $     238,763      $       77,426          $ 22,374      $     113,476   

Costs and expenses

     (180,596     (61,860         (17,027     (89,516
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings of unconsolidated entities

   $ 58,167      $ 15,566          $ 5,347      $ 23,960   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Company’s share in net earnings of unconsolidated entities

   $ 22,964      $ 5,247          $ 2,803      $ 5,319   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

We have investments in, and advances to, a number of joint ventures with unrelated parties to develop land and to develop condominium projects, including for-sale residential units and commercial space. Some of these joint ventures develop land for the sole use of the venture participants, including us, and others develop land for sale to the joint venture participants and to unrelated builders. Our share of the joint venture profit relating to lots we purchase from the joint ventures is deferred until homes are delivered by us and title passes to a homebuyer.

The investment in unconsolidated entities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the fair value adjustments as a result of purchase accounting, while the amounts in this note represent the original equity amounts. Fair value adjustments for the Company’s investment in unconsolidated entities are recorded at the consolidated level and are amortized against the Company’s share of earnings of the underlying joint ventures as the underlying joint venture assets are sold.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

4. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

In September 2010, Monarch acquired from the Predecessor Parent Company certain Canadian intellectual property rights. Prior to our acquisition, Monarch paid the Predecessor Parent Company $0.2 million in royalty fees during 2010. These rights were recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements at the Predecessor Parent Company’s carrying value of $0 in accordance with U.S. GAAP for transfers of assets between entities under common control. The $3.3 million paid in 2010 is reflected as distribution to Predecessor Parent Company.

GOODWILL

There was no goodwill as of December 31, 2011. A summary of the changes in goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2012 is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Carrying
Amount
 

Balance at January 1, 2012 (Successor)

   $ —     

Additions

   $ 15,526   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012 (Successor)

   $ 15,526   
  

 

 

 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible asset consist of the following (in thousands):

 

   

December 31,

(Successor)

 
    2012     2011  
    Gross
Carrying
Amount
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Net     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Useful
Life (a)
    Gross
Carrying
Amount
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Net     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Useful
Life (a)
 

Tradenames

  $ 11,649      $       1,516      $ 10,133        8.7      $   10,208      $         475      $ 9,733        9.5   

Lot option contracts and land supplier relationships

    4,697        —          4,697        2.0           

FMV Leases

    224        —          224        5.0           

Non-compete covenants

    2,900        —          2,900        5.0           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

  $ 19,470      $ 1,516      $ 17,954        $ 10,208      $ 475      $ 9,733     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(a) Remaining useful life is weighted average, calculated based on the net book value and the remaining amortization period of each respective intangible asset.

Amortization expense recorded during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.0 million, and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, was $0.5 million.

As of December 31, 2012, future amortization expense for the other intangible assets is estimated to be (in thousands):

 

2013

   $ 4,145   

2014

     4,145   

2015

     1,796   

2016

     1,796   

2017

     1,796   

Thereafter

     4,276   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,954   
  

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

5. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER ASSETS

Prepaid expenses and other assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December  31,
(Successor)
 
     2012      2011  

Prepaid expenses

   $ 65,022       $ 37,832   

Other assets

     36,405         12,421   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other assets

   $ 101,427       $ 50,253   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our prepaid expenses consist primarily of prepaid bond and revolving credit facility issue costs, sales commissions, sales presentation centers, and model home costs, such as design fees and furniture. The prepaid sales commissions are recorded on preclosing sales activities, which are recognized on the ultimate closing of the units to which they relate. The model home and sales presentation centers costs are paid in advance and amortized over the life of the project on a per-unit basis, or a maximum of three years. Other assets consist primarily of various operating and escrow deposits, golf club membership inventory, preacquisition costs, and other deferred costs.

6. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December  31,
(Successor)
 
     2012      2011  

Real estate development costs to complete

   $ 31,904       $ 45,670   

Compensation and employee benefits

     47,554         33,518   

Insurance, litigation reserves, and other professional fees

     9,104         19,917   

Self-insurance and warranty reserves

     39,760         43,158   

Interest payable

     12,360         17,322   

Merger and restructuring reserves

     2,212         2,803   

Property and sales taxes payable

     13,097         9,616   

Other accruals

     57,422         22,648   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other liabilities

   $ 213,413       $ 194,652   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. NET PAYABLE TO PREDECESSOR PARENT COMPANY

During 2010 and until July 12, 2011, Taylor Morrison’s funds on deposit with the Predecessor Parent Company were offset against the amount of term and revolving debt payable to the Predecessor Parent Company in accordance with the conditions set by the Predecessor Parent Company regarding cash retention. The Predecessor Parent Company, in its discretion, was able to offset any outstanding debt with cash collected from the respective subsidiaries.

In December 2010, the Predecessor Parent Company recapitalized Taylor Morrison by contributing capital and settling certain of the loans and notes payable with funds that were on deposit with and due from the Predecessor Parent Company (the “Recapitalization”).

The GW Loan, GW Revolving Line, and TWPLC Loan debt facilities payable to the Predecessor Parent Company had the following terms:

GW Loan  — 6.44% interest per annum, compounded annually, and paid annually on December 20 of each year. This note was settled in December 2010, as part of the recapitalization of Taylor Morrison by the Predecessor Parent Company.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

GW Revolving Line  — Interest accrued at a rate of London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR), plus 2.05%. This note was settled in December 2010, as part of the recapitalization of Taylor Morrison by the Predecessor Parent Company.

TWPLC Loan  — 7.02% interest per annum, compounded annually, and paid semiannually. Principal balance and unpaid interest payable were due on December 20, 2010; however, the Predecessor Parent Company had extended the maturity of this loan to July 15, 2011, and subsequently converted the loan into equity prior to the 2011 Acquisition. The balance of the TWPLC Loan on the date of the 2010 Recapitalization was $755.1 million and was recorded as capital contributed by the Predecessor Parent Company.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, through the date of Recapitalization, various other intercompany accounts were settled for an additional $17.2 million that was contributed to the Company by the Predecessor Parent Company.

The Predecessor Parent Company paid interest monthly on funds it held on deposit at rates that are based upon LIBOR and are adjusted periodically. The interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2010 was 0.26%. Interest earned from the Predecessor Parent Company from funds held on deposit was $9,000 during the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 and $1.2 million during 2010.

For the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2010, interest expense incurred related to the above debt was $19.2 million and $80.5 million, respectively, and, after deducting capitalized interest, is included in interest (income) expense — net in the accompanying consolidated and condensed statements of operations. Of the interest expense incurred related to the above debt, $19.2 million and $36.6 million was capitalized to inventory during the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2010, respectively.

8. LOANS PAYABLE AND OTHER BORROWINGS

Loans payable and other borrowings as of December 31, 2012 consist of amounts due to land sellers and $26.0 million of debt payable to the former owners of Darling at 8.0%, see Note 2 for more information related to the Company’s December 31, 2012 acquisition of Darling. Loans payable and other borrowings as of December 31, 2011 consist of the amounts due to land sellers. Loans payable bear interest at rates that ranged from 0% to 8% at December 31, 2012 and from 0% to 7% at December 31, 2011, and generally are secured by the land that was acquired with the loans. The Company imputes interest for loans with no stated interest rates. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we were in compliance with all financial covenants.

Principal maturities of loans payable and other borrowings for each of the next five years ending December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending

December 31

      

2013

   $ 114,407   

2014

     57,218   

2015

     8,064   

2016

     11,605   

2017

     —     

Thereafter

     24,674   
  

 

 

 

Total loans payable and other borrowings

   $ 215,968   
  

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

9. DEBT

Sponsor Loan

In connection with the Acquisition in July 2011, the Company entered into a loan agreement with certain investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management and affiliates of TPG, providing for a $625.0 million senior unsecured loan (the “Sponsor Loan”) maturing on July 13, 2018. The Sponsor Loan was issued at a discount of 2.5% for $500.0 million of the balance and at par for the remaining $125.0 million balance. In August 2011, $125.0 million of the Sponsor Loan was repaid by Monarch from operating cash. In April 2012, in connection with the offering of the Senior Notes (as defined below), $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan was repaid in full and the remaining $150.0 million, net of unamortized discount, was converted into additional Class A units of the Company. The remaining balance of the unamortized discount totaling $7.9 million was written off in the quarter ended June 30, 2012 as a result of the retirement of the Sponsor Loan and is included in Transaction Expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012. Amortization expense of the discount was $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $0.4 million the period of July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011 which is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Sponsor Loan bore a 13% annual interest rate calculated on a 360-day year. Interest amounts were paid quarterly on the final day of the period. Interest expense for the period of July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011 was $31.0 million. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $18.6 million. No interest was unpaid or accrued as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The outstanding balance of the Sponsor Loan was $0 at December 31, 2012 and $488.4 million as of December 31, 2011, net of $11.6 million of unamortized discount.

Senior Notes

On April 13, 2012, we issued $550.0 million of 7.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Initial Notes”) at an initial offering price of 100% of the principal amount (the “Offering”). The net proceeds from the sale of the Initial Notes were $537.4 million, net of debt issuance costs of $12.6 million, were used, in part, to repay $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan. The remaining proceeds of approximately $187.4 million from the Offering were retained by the Company for general corporate purposes. An additional $3.0 million of issuance costs were settled outside the bond proceeds.

On August 21, 2012, the Company issued an additional $125.0 million of 7.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Additional Notes” together with the Initial Notes the “Senior Notes”) at an initial offering price of 105.5% of the principal amount. The Company received $132.5 million, net of debt issuance costs of $3.1 million. The net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes. The Additional Notes issued August 21, 2012 were issued pursuant to the existing indenture dated as of April 13, 2012.

There were approximately $16.9 million in unamortized bond financing costs at December 31, 2012 related to the Senior Notes, which are included in prepaid expenses and other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. There is $6.5 million of unamortized original issue premium related to the Senior Notes resulting in a $681.5 million balance at December 31, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company amortized $1.8 million of deferred financing costs.

The indenture for our Senior Notes contains covenants that limit (i) the investments we can make, (ii) the payment of dividends and the redemption of equity and junior debt, (iii) the incurrence of additional indebtedness, (iv) asset dispositions, (v) mergers and similar corporate transactions, (vi) the incurrence of liens, (vii) the incurrence of prohibitions on payments and asset transfers among the issuers and restricted subsidiaries and (viii) transactions with affiliates, among other items. The most restrictive covenant of the indenture requires a fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.00 to 1.00. At December 31, 2012, the Company’s fixed charge ratio was 3.83 to 1.00.

Obligations to pay principal and interest on the Senior Notes are guaranteed by the U.S. homebuilding subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”) who guarantee the Credit Facility (as defined below),

 

F-29


Table of Contents

each of which is directly or indirectly 100% owned by TMM Holdings. Such guarantees are full and unconditional, and joint and several. We do not provide separate financial statements of the Guarantor Subsidiaries or condensed consolidating financial information because the Senior Notes are not registered and are not subject to registration rights.

At any time prior to April 15, 2015, we are entitled to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes at a redemption price of 103.875% of the principal amount if the redemption occurs prior to April 15, 2013 or at a redemption price of 107.750% of the principal amount if the redemption occurs on or after April 15, 2013 and prior to April 15, 2015.

Revolving Credit Facility

In 2011, the Company entered into a $75.0 million Credit Facility with Credit Suisse, HSBC, and Deutsche Bank, secured by the underlying assets of the U.S. operations. In conjunction with the August 21, 2012 Additional Notes offering the Company exercised the accordion feature of the facility and expanded the line to $125.0 million in capacity. In December 2012, the Revolving Credit Facility was expanded to $225.0 million.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility may be made in U.S. dollars and in Canadian dollars subject to a U.S. $15.0 million sublimit and bear interest based upon either a LIBOR or CDOR interest rate option, as applicable, or a base rate or Canada prime rate option, as applicable, as selected by the borrowers plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The Credit Facility matures on July 13, 2016. The applicable margin for (a) any Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan is 3.25% per annum, payable on the last date of each applicable interest period or at the end of each three-month period if the applicable interest period is longer than three months and (b) any Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, 2.25% per annum, payable quarterly. There is a fee of 0.75% per annum on the commitment (whether drawn or undrawn), payable quarterly in arrears, and subject to a 25 basis point reduction upon the completion of the second full quarter after the closing date based upon the achievement of a specified capitalization ratio. The borrowers have the right to make “amend and extend” offers to lenders of a particular class. Of the draws made under the Credit Facility there was $50.0 million outstanding balance at December 31, 2012 and no amounts outstanding at December 31, 2011. The $50.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2012 is due on January 30, 2013. In connection with the implementation of the Credit Facility the Company capitalized $2.1 million and $3.0 million of financing fees in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company recorded amortization of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $0.4 million for the July 13, 2011 to December 31, 2011 period.

Under the terms of the Credit Facility, we have the ability to issue letters of credit totaling up to $125.0 million. Borrowing availability is reduced by the amount of letters of credit outstanding. As of December 31, 2012, there were $11.2 million in letters of credit outstanding under the Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility contains certain “springing” financial covenants. In the event that, either there are (a) any loans outstanding thereunder on the last day of any fiscal quarter or on more than five separate days of such fiscal quarter or (b) any unreimbursed letters of credit thereunder on the last day of such fiscal quarter or for more than five consecutive days of such fiscal quarter, we will be required to, in respect of such fiscal quarter, comply with a maximum capitalization ratio test as well as a minimum interest coverage ratio test. The maximum capitalization ratio requires a maximum ratio of 0.60 to 1.000. The ratio as calculated by the Company at December 31, 2012 was 0.45 to 1.000. The minimum interest coverage ratio requires a minimum ratio of 1.75 to 1.00. The ratio as calculated by the Company at December 31, 2012 was 3.83 to 1.00.

The Credit Facility also contains customary restrictive covenants, including limitations on incurrence of indebtedness, incurrence of liens, dividends and other distributions, asset dispositions, investments, sale and leasebacks, passive holding entities with respect to TMM Holdings, Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Monarch Communities Inc. and Monarch Parent Inc. and limitation on debt payments and amendments.

The Credit Facility contains customary events of default, subject to applicable grace periods, including for nonpayment of principal, interest or other amounts, violation of covenants including financial covenants, subject to the exercise of an equity cure, incorrectness of representations and warranties in any material respect, cross

 

F-30


Table of Contents

default and cross acceleration, bankruptcy, material monetary judgments, ERISA events with material adverse effect, actual or asserted invalidity of material guarantees, material security or intercreditor agreements or subordination provisions, and change of control. As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 we were in compliance with our financial covenants.

Mortgage Company Loan Facilities

TMHF, the Company’s wholly owned mortgage subsidiary, has certain outstanding facilities, as described further in Note 18, below.

Letters of Credit, Surety Bonds and Guarantees

We are committed, under various letters of credit and surety bonds, to perform certain development and construction activities and provide certain guarantees in the normal course of business. These guarantees have been made in connection with joint venture funding of our operations in Canada. Outstanding letters of credit and surety bonds under these arrangements, including our share of responsibility for arrangements with our joint ventures, totaled $230.8 million as of December 31, 2012. Although significant development and construction activities have been completed related to these site improvements, the letters of credit and surety bonds are reduced as development and construction work is completed, but not fully released until warranty periods have expired.

Monarch is party to a credit facility with The Toronto-Dominion Bank (“TD Facility”). The TD Facility provides facilities including letters of credit of up to CAD $102.6 million or its U.S. dollar equivalent to provide letter of credit financing in support of Monarch’s projects. Under the terms of the TD Facility, the first $80.0 million drawn under the facility is secured by liens on the interests of Monarch in certain Canadian real property. Amounts drawn above CAD $80.0 million are secured with cash. As of December 31, 2012, there were CAD $102.6 million letters of credit outstanding under the TD Facility.

Monarch is also party to a credit facility with HSBC Bank Canada (“HSBC Facility”). The HSBC Facility provides a letter of credit facility of up to CAD $24.2 as of December 31, 2012 in support of Monarch’s construction projects. Under the terms of the HSBC Facility, amounts drawn under this facility are secured by liens over the interests of Monarch in certain Canadian real property or cash. As of December 31, 2012, there were CAD $11.0 million letters of credit outstanding under the HSBC Facility.

Prior to the Acquisition, the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility were revolving. Pursuant to modifications made in connection with the Acquisition, the TD Facility and the HSBC facility are revolving, such that to the extent any letters of credit are cancelled, or have been cancelled, the size of each facility will be reduced by the amount of such cancellation.

Both the TD Facility and the HSBC Facility are 364-day facilities scheduled to expire on June 30, 2013.

10. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES

We have adopted ASC Topic 820 Fair Value Measurements (“ASC 820”)for valuation of our financial instruments. ASC 820 provides a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, expands disclosures about fair value measurements, and establishes a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are summarized as follows:

Level 1  — Fair value is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2  — Fair value is determined using significant observable inputs, generally either quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, or quoted prices in markets that are not active.

Level 3  — Fair value is determined using one or more significant input that is unobservable in active markets at the measurement date, such as a pricing model, discounted cash flow, or similar technique.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Mortgage receivables and mortgage borrowings attributable to Taylor Morrison are recorded at fair value which are considered a level 2 valuation in the hierarchy of fair value calculated using observable market information, including pricing from actual market transactions, investor commitment prices, or broker quotations. The carrying values of our mortgage receivables exceeds the face value by approximately $4.6 million and $0.7 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the carrying value of our loans payable and other borrowings of $216.0 million and $78.6 million, respectively, approximated fair value. The estimated fair values of our loans payable are considered a level 2 valuation in the hierarchy for fair value measurement and are based on a cash flow model discounted at market interest rates that considers the underlying risks of unsecured debt.

The fair value of our Senior Notes is considered a Level 2 valuation in the hierarchy for fair value measurement and is derived from quoted market prices by independent dealers and is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
(Successor)
 
     2012      2011  
     Aggregate
Principal
     Estimated
Fair
Value
     Aggregate
Principal
     Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Description:

           

7.75% Senior Notes

   $ 675,000       $ 723,938       $ —        $ —    

The fair value of the Sponsor Loan that was outstanding at December 31, 2012 was not readily determinable because of the related party nature of the debt and the absence of market equivalents.

The fair values of advances to and from the Predecessor Parent Company and affiliated companies are not determinable given their related-party nature and the absence of market equivalents.

We consider the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, loans receivable, other receivables, net, accounts payable and Revolving Credit Facility Borrowings to approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.

As described in Note 2 and in conjunction with the Acquisition all assets and liabilities of the Company were adjusted to fair value on a non recurring basis using significant Level 3 unobservable assumptions and valuation inputs. Additionally the preliminary allocation of purchase price to the assets and liabilities related to the December 31, 2012 Darling acquisition have been recorded at fair value on a non recurring basis using significant Level 3 unobservable assumptions and valuation inputs.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

11. INCOME TAXES

The (benefit) provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
     For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Domestic

   $ (284,301   $ (11,893       $ 4,228       $ (40,240

Foreign

           24,004              15,924              16,653               38,362   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax provision (benefit)

   $ (260,297   $ 4,031          $ 20,881       $ (1,878
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current

             

Federal

     (12,084     (11,306         3,869         (39,227

State

     890        (587         291         (1,013

Foreign

     29,727        27,355            16,258         38,048   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current tax provision (benefit)

   $ 18,533      $ 15,462          $ 20,418       $ (2,192

Deferred

             

Federal

     (218,967     —              —           —     

State

     (54,141     —              —           —     

Foreign

     (5,722     (11,431         463         314   

Deferred tax provision (benefit)

     (278,830     (11,431         463         314   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax provision (benefit)

   $ (260,297   $ 4,031          $ 20,881       $ (1,878
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

The components of income (loss) before income taxes are as follows:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
     July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
     For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Domestic

   $ 73,317       $ (19,486       $ 11,065       $ (32,471

Foreign

     97,234             50,284            59,836             121,195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $     170,551       $ 30,798          $ 70,901       $ 88,724   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had a valuation allowance of $62.9 million and $397.4 million, respectively, against net deferred tax assets, which include the tax benefit from federal and state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards. Federal NOL carryforwards may be used to offset future taxable income for 20 years and begin to expire in 2028. State NOL carryforwards may be used to offset future taxable income for a period of time ranging from 5 to 20 years, depending on the state, and begin to expire in 2013. NOL carryforwards in Canada expire in 20 years. The change in the valuation allowance from 2011 to 2012, from 2010 to 2011, and from 2009 to 2010, was a decrease of $334.6 million, $121.2 million, and $20.3 million, respectively. Our future deferred tax asset realization depends on sufficient taxable income in the carryforward periods under existing tax laws. State deferred tax assets include approximately $15.8 million and $24.5 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively, of tax benefits related to state NOL carryovers, which began to expire in 2013. On an ongoing basis, we will continue to review all available evidence to determine if and when we expect to realize our deferred tax assets and federal and state NOL carryovers.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to income before provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
through
December 31,
2011
           January 1
through
July 12, 2011
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Tax at federal statutory rate

               35.0               35.0                    35.0                 35.0

State income taxes (net of federal benefit)

     (20.5     0.3             0.1        —     

Foreign income taxed below US Rate

     (4.9     (14.7          (5.7     (5.5

Valuation allowance

     (173.9     (31.8          (3.4     14.4   

Built in loss limitation

     23.8        20.0             —          —     

Tax Indemnity

     2.7        15.4             —          —     

Uncertain tax positions

     (9.2     (39.1          3.3        (42.3

Transaction costs

     (2.8     35.3                    —     

Non-controlling interest

     —          (1.3          (2.0     (1.6

Deferred tax adjustments

     (4.4     —               —          —     

Other

     —          (6.0          2.3        (2.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective Rate

     (154.2 )%      13.1          29.6     (2.2 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

We have substantial tax attributes available to offset the impact of future income taxes. We have a process for determining the need for a valuation allowance with respect to these attributes. In accordance with ASC 740-10, Income Taxes, we assess whether a valuation allowance should be established based on the consideration of all available evidence using a “more likely than not” standard with significant weight being given to evidence that can be objectively verified. This assessment includes an extensive review of both positive and negative evidence including our earnings history, forecasts of future profitability, assessment of the industry, the length of statutory carry-forward periods, experiences of utilizing NOLs and built-in losses, and tax planning alternatives.

As a result of the Acquisition on July 13, 2011, the Company had a “change in control” as defined by Section 382 of the IRC. Section 382 of the IRC imposes certain limitations on the Company’s ability to utilize certain tax attributes and net unrealized built-in losses that existed as of July 13, 2011. The gross deferred tax asset includes amounts that are considered to be net unrealized built-in losses. To the extent these net unrealized losses are realized during the five-year period after July 13, 2011, they may not be deductible for federal income tax reporting purposes to the extent they exceed the Company’s overall IRC Section 382 limitation.

TMM Holdings is a partnership that is not subject to U.S. federal or state income tax. TMM Holdings owns 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of Monarch Corporation, the Canadian operating company. Since TMM Holdings is not subject to an entity-level income tax, there is not a U.S. federal or state deferred tax liability to recognize. Taxable income or loss is includable from the taxable income of the partners in TMM Holdings. Hence, the Company has not relied on the exception to the recognition of deferred tax liabilities provided in ASC 740-30-25-17 to avoid the recognition of such deferred tax liabilities.

The most significant judgments we make in our assessment of the need for a valuation allowance involve estimating the amount of built-in losses that may be utilized to offset future taxable income from the sale of real estate inventory that we held on the Acquisition date, and the ability to utilize NOLs as limited by Section 382 of the IRC. Making such estimates and judgments, particularly pertaining to the future ability to utilize built-in losses, is subject to inherent uncertainties.

We recorded a full valuation allowance against all of our deferred tax assets during 2007 due to economic conditions and the weight of negative evidence at that time. During the fourth quarter of 2012, we reversed a large portion of the valuation allowance because the weight of the positive evidence exceeds that of the negative evidence. We retained a valuation allowance of $62.9 million primarily for various deferred tax assets we

 

F-34


Table of Contents

estimate we will not be able to utilize due to federal and state limitations. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance at December 31, 2012, we considered all available positive and negative evidence, including that our last three years of cumulative results became profitable during the fourth quarter of 2012 as well as evidence of recovery in the housing markets where we operate and our level of pre-tax income and growth in sales orders. The prospects of continued profitability and growth were further supported by a strong order backlog and sufficient balance sheet liquidity to sustain and grow operations. In addition, most of our tax jurisdictions have a 20-year NOL carryforward utilization period during which time we fully expect to be able to absorb NOL carryovers and temporary differences as they reverse in future years. Although we expect pre-tax income to grow and exceed 2012 levels in the near future, we considered the possibility of no growth in making our determination that it is more likely than not that we will be able to realize all of our deferred tax assets in most of our jurisdictions.

The components of net deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2011, consisted of timing differences related to inventory impairment, expense accruals, provisions for liabilities, and NOL carryforwards. The Company has approximately $149.0 million in available federal NOL carryforwards, which will begin to expire in 2028. The Company has approximately $6.0 million in available NOL carryforwards related to the Canadian operations which will begin to expire in 2025. A summary of these components is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
(Successor)
 
     2012     2011  

Deferred tax assets

    

Real estate inventory

   $ 205,461      $ 277,289   

Accruals and reserves

     32,293        38,530   

Other

     23,810        22,414   

Net operating losses

     83,908        80,354   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     345,472        418,587   

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Real estate inventory, intangibles, other

     (7,847     (25,184
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (62,868     (397,435
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ 274,757      $ (4,032
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740. This guidance clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attributes for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. ASC 740 requires a company to recognize the financial statement effect of a tax position when it is more-likely-than-not (defined as a substantiated likelihood of more than 50%) based on the technical merits of the position that the position will be sustained upon examination. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements based upon the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Our inability to determine that a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold does not mean that the IRS or any other taxing authority will disagree with the position that we have taken.

If a tax position does not meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold despite our belief that our filing position is supportable, the benefit of that tax position is not recognized in the consolidated financial statements and we are required to accrue potential interest and penalties until the uncertainty is resolved. Potential interest and penalties are recognized as components of the provision for income taxes in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Differences between amounts taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the

 

F-35


Table of Contents

consolidated financial statements are considered unrecognized tax benefits. We believe that we have a reasonable basis for each of our filing positions and intend to defend those positions if challenged by the IRS or other taxing jurisdictions. If the IRS or other taxing authorities do not disagree with our position and after the statute of limitations expires, we will recognize the unrecognized tax benefit in the period that the uncertainty of the tax position is eliminated.

The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
through
December 31,
2011
           January 1
through
July 12,
2011
     For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Beginning of the period

   $ 108,955      $ 120,033           $ 119,901       $ 158,815   

Increases of current year items

     1,394        5,211             —          —    

Increases of prior year items

     3,189       —              —          1,687   

Settlement with tax authorities

     (615 )     —              —          (5,137

Decreased for tax positions of prior years

     (14,995     —               —          (35,690 )

Decreased due to statute of limitations

     (2,362     (16,049          —          —    

Foreign exchange differences

     —          (240          132         226   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

End of the period

   $ 95,566      $ 108,955           $ 120,033       $ 119,901   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized potential interest expense on our uncertain tax positions of $3.0 million, $4.1 million, $2.3 million, and $2.1 million, respectively, which is included in income tax provision (benefit) in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties of $19.7 million and $18.4 million are recorded at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and are included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Interest and penalties of $6.3 million and $3.6 were released in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

During 2012, we reached a settlement of an IRS audit of tax years 2005 to 2007, which reduced our income tax expense by $15.0 million.

We are currently under examination by various taxing jurisdictions and anticipate finalizing the examinations with certain jurisdictions within 12 months from the consolidated balance sheet date of December 31, 2012. For the filing period of 2004 to 2007, we have effectively settled with the IRS Office of Appeals (“IRS Appeals”) for returns filed under the legacy Taylor Woodrow, plc operations. In April 2010, the Company received a favorable ruling in an IRS Appeals hearing regarding their carryback of losses. The agreement of the 2004 to 2007 legacy Taylor Woodrow, plc position was forwarded to the Joint Committee on Taxation of the U.S. Congress for review, and the Company received a consent agreement regarding those carrybacks. As a result, $18.6 million of our previously unrecognized tax positions were recognized in 2010. For the periods 2005 to 2007, we reached a settlement in 2012 with the IRS for the legacy Morrison Homes which reduced our income tax expense by $15.0 million related to this issue. In addition, income tax payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2012, includes reserves of $8.7 million and $74.8 million related to this issue for the tax years 2009 and 2008, respectively. An IRS exam is ongoing at the field level for the 2009 and 2008 Taylor Woodrow Holdings (USA), Inc. and subsidiaries tax return. We are also currently under examination on our 2006 and 2007 California worldwide legacy Taylor Woodrow, plc returns. The outcomes of the remaining examinations are not yet determinable. The statute of limitations for these examinations remains open with various expiration dates, the latest of which is March 2014.

We currently are under appeals for the 2000 and 2003 periods for our Canadian operations with the Canada Revenue Authority, the outcome of which are not readily determinable at this time.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

The Company has received an indemnity from the Predecessor Parent Company for certain tax matters where a liability is related to periods ending prior to December 31, 2010.

We currently operate in five states and are subject to various state tax jurisdictions. We estimate our state tax liability based upon the individual taxing authorities’ regulations, estimates of income by taxing jurisdiction, and our ability to utilize certain tax-saving strategies. Primarily due to a change in our estimate of the allocation of income or loss, as the case may be, among the various taxing jurisdictions and changes in tax regulations and their impact on our tax strategies, our estimated rate for state income taxes was 3.6% and 3.2% for 2012 and 2011, respectively, before consideration of any applicable valuation allowance.

During the next 12 months, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits could decrease as a result of the completion of tax audits where certain of the filing positions are ultimately accepted by the IRS and/or other tax jurisdictions and/or expiration of tax statutes and successfully settled to the benefit of the Company. As a result of the lapse of the statute of limitations for the federal and Arizona jurisdictions, unrecognized tax benefits of $16.1 million were recognized in income tax expense in the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2012, our cumulative gross unrecognized tax benefits were $85.7 million in the U.S. and $9.8 million in Canada and all unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. As of December 31, 2011, our cumulative gross unrecognized tax benefits were $98.3 million in the U.S. and $10.6 million in Canada. These amounts are included in income taxes payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2012 and 2011. Total unrecognized tax benefits expected to reverse in the next 12 months is $84.1million.

On November 6, 2009, the Worker, Homeownership, and Business Assistance Act of 2009 was enacted into law and amended Section 172 of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) to extend the permitted carryback period for offsetting certain NOLs against earnings to up to five years. Due to this recently enacted federal tax legislation, Taylor Morrison was able to carry back and offset its 2009 NOL against earnings it generated in 2005 and 2004. As a result, the Company filed an application for a federal tax refund of $78.7 million and received the cash proceeds from the refund in March 2010. The Company also filed for an additional refund of $4.7 million in December 2010 was received in March 2011.

In 2009, the Company filed an application for a federal refund of $148.8 million for the carryback of its 2008 losses to taxable income generated in 2006. Such refunds were received in full in 2009.

12. NET PREDECESSOR PARENT COMPANY INVESTMENT

Net Predecessor Parent Company investment as of December 31, 2010, consisted of the following (in thousands, except for share data) — Taylor Wimpey Holdings of Canada Corp. as presented in the table below was amalgamated into Monarch Corporation as of the acquisition date:

 

     Predecessor  
     Taylor
Woodrow
Holdings
(USA), Inc.
     Taylor
Wimpey
Holdings
of  Canada Corp.
    Total  

Common stock — shares authorized

     2,500         Unlimited     

Common stock — shares issued

     757             5,000,000     

Owners’ equity

   $   91,538       $ 874,429      $ 965,967   

Receivable from Predecessor Parent Company

     —           (502,756     (502,756
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net owners’ equity

   $ 91,538       $ 371,673      $ 463,211   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

13. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

From time to time, the Company may engage in transactions with entities that are affiliated with one or more of the Sponsors through either lending or equity ownership arrangements. We believe transactions with related parties are in the normal course of operations and are executed at arm’s length as they are entered into at terms comparable to those with unrelated third parties. Real estate acquisitions from such affiliates amounted to approximately $30.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 and were approximately $8.6 million during the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011.

Management and Advisory Fees — In connection with the Acquisition, affiliates of the Sponsors entered into services agreements with Taylor Morrison and Monarch relating to the provision of financial and strategic advisory services and consulting services. We paid affiliates of the Sponsors a one-time transaction fee of $13.7 million for structuring the Acquisition. This amount was included in the overall purchase price of the Acquisition and is included in transaction expenses in the accompanying statements of operations. In addition, we pay a monitoring fee for management services and advice. Fees for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, were $5.0 million and $2.3 million, respectively, and are included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations.

In addition, in conjunction with the formation of TMM Holdings and in connection with the Acquisition, an affiliate of JHI entered into a partnership services agreement with TMM Holdings relating to the provision of certain services to TMM Holdings. In consideration of these services, TMM Holdings granted to the JH Investments affiliate an amount of partnership interests, subject to certain terms, conditions and restrictions contained in a unit award agreement and the TMM Holdings limited partnership agreement.

Expense for management services provided by the Predecessor Parent Company to the Company was zero for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and is included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations.

U.S. Operations  — For the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, interest expense incurred related to fixed and revolving debt due to the Predecessor Parent Company was $19.2 million, and $80.5 million, respectively, and is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, net of amounts capitalized.

Canadian Operations  — Accounts receivable due from joint ventures and partners in the joint ventures was $38.9 million and $24.0 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Loans receivable due from joint ventures and partners in the joint ventures was $39.1 million and $42.1 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Interest expense — net in the accompanying Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations for the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, includes $6.8 million and $7.3 million, respectively, of interest income earned from a receivable from the Predecessor Parent Company.

In 2010, Monarch acquired from the Predecessor Parent Company certain Canadian intellectual property rights, which include trademarks, logos, and domain names that are integral to its Canadian operations. Prior to the acquisition, expense in 2010 for use of these rights was $0.2 million and is included in other expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. These rights were recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements at the Predecessor Parent Company’s carrying value of zero in accordance with U.S. GAAP for transfers of assets between entities under common control and the amount paid of $3.3 million is reflected in distributions to the Predecessor Parent Company in the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

14. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, RETIREMENT, AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS

U.S. Operations  — We maintain a defined contribution plan pursuant to Section 401(k) of the IRC (“401(k) Plan”). Each eligible employee may elect to make before-tax contributions up to the current tax limits. We match 100% of employees’ voluntary contributions up to a maximum of 3.5% of eligible compensation. We contributed $1.1 million, $0.6 million, $0.5 million, and $0.9 million to the 401(k) Plan for the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, respectively.

The Taylor Morrison NonQualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “NQDC Plan”) is an unfunded plan that permits select key employees to defer a portion of their compensation to future periods. All contributions to this plan on behalf of the participant are fully vested and placed into a grantor trust, commonly referred to as a “rabbi trust.” We may contribute an amount equal to the amount the employee does not receive as matching contributions under the 401(k) Plan as a result of certain limitations. The NQDC Plan invests the contributions in diversified securities from a selection of investments identical to that of our 401(k) Plan. The participants choose their investments and may periodically reallocate the assets in their respective accounts. Title and beneficial ownership of the assets are at all times subject to the creditors of Taylor Morrison and the participants have no property rights in those assets. Participants are entitled to receive the benefits in their accounts upon separation of service from Taylor Morrison for any reason or disability or upon their deaths. The NQDC Plan assets are included in prepaid expenses and other assets — net, in the accompanying Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets. We did not contribute deferred compensation to the NQDC Plan on behalf of employees in the year ended December 31, 2011. The NQDC Plan contained a change of control provision that was triggered in July 2011 as a result of the Acquisition and all amounts were paid to the participants prior to December 2011.

The Taylor Woodrow (USA) UK Supplementary Pension Plan is an unfunded, nonqualified pension plan for several individuals who transferred from our UK-related companies to the employment of Taylor Woodrow on or before October 1, 1995. The recorded obligations represent benefits accrued by these individuals for service with Taylor Woodrow prior to the employees’ participation in the U.S. pension plan minus any benefit accrued in any other pension-type benefit plans sponsored by or contributed to a Taylor Woodrow Group-related company for the period of service prior to participation in the U.S. plan. In accordance with the plan document, the participants are entitled to a fixed monthly pension and a fixed survivor benefit after the age of 65. Accumulated other comprehensive loss of $1.0 million and $0.8 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, consists of net actuarial loss that arose during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, and has not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had accrued $1.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively, for our obligations under this plan.

We also maintain the Taylor Morrison Cash Balance Pension Plan (the “U.S. Cash Balance Plan”). This is a consolidated defined benefit plan arising from the 2007 merger of Taylor Woodrow and Morrison Homes, Inc. All full-time employees are eligible to participate in this plan. The percent of our contribution is based on the participant’s age and ranges from 2% to 4% of eligible compensation, plus 1% of eligible compensation over the social security wage base. We contributed to the plan $1.0 million, $0.5 million, $0.5 million, and $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the for the year ended December 31, 2010, respectively. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the unfunded status of the plan was $11.9 million and $11.6 million, respectively.

Effective December 31, 2010, the U.S. Cash Balance Plan was amended to freeze participation so that no new or reemployed employees may become participants and to freeze all future benefit accruals to existing participants.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

The changes in the total benefit obligation and in the fair value of assets and the funded status of the U.S. Cash Balance Plan are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
 

Change in benefit obligations:

          

Benefit obligation — beginning of period

   $       30,961      $       25,087          $     25,192   

Service cost

          

Interest on liabilities

     1,326        691            688   

Benefits paid

     (1,206     (672         (844

Actuarial loss

     2,511        5,855            51   

Curtailment

     —          —              —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Benefit obligation — end of period

     33,592        30,961            25,087   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets:

          

Fair value of plan assets — beginning of period

     19,394        19,631            19,517   

Return on plan assets

     2,552        (75         508   

Employer contributions

     999        510            450   

Benefits paid

     (1,207     (672         (844
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets — end of period

     21,738        19,394            19,631   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Unfunded status — end of period

   $ 11,854      $ 11,567          $ 5,456   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Components of net periodic pension cost of the U.S. Cash Balance Plan are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Service cost

   $ —       $ —           $ —       $ 831   

Interest cost

           1,326                  691                688                1,366   

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     108        —              75        725   

Expected return on plan assets

     (1,358     (692         (686     (1,108
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost

   $ (76   $ (1       $ 77      $ 1,814   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss of $7.5 million as of December 31, 2010, consisted of net actuarial loss that had not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost. On July 13, 2011, in connection with the accounting for the Acquisition, the accumulated other comprehensive loss was adjusted to zero. Accumulated other comprehensive loss of $7.8 million and $6.4 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, consists of net actuarial loss that arose during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, and has not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost. In the year ending December 31, 2012, $0.1 million of amortization of net actuarial loss was recognized in net periodic pension cost.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

The estimated future benefit payments in the next five years and the five years thereafter in aggregate are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,       

2013

   $ 720   

2014

     849   

2015

     1,071   

2016

     1,005   

2017

     1,191   

2018–2022

     7,075   

We expect to contribute $1.0 million to the U.S. Cash Balance Plan in the year ending December 31, 2013.

The significant weighted-average assumptions adopted in measuring the benefit obligations and net periodic pension cost are as follows:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Discount rate:

            

Net periodic pension cost

     4.31     5.56         5.47     5.08

Pension obligation

     3.81        4.31            5.56        5.47   

Expected return on plan assets

     7.00        7.00            7.00        8.00   

Rate of compensation increase

     N/A        N/A            N/A        3.00   

The overall expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption is determined based on the plan’s targeted allocation among asset classes and the weighted-average expected return of each class. The expected return of each class is determined based on the current yields on inflation-indexed bonds, current forecasts of inflation, and long-term historical real returns.

The fair value of the U.S. Cash Balance Plan’s assets by asset categories is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor  
     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012  
Asset Category    Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total  

U.S. equity securities

   $ 7,826       $         $         $ 7,826   

International equity securities

     2,608               2,608   

Fixed-income securities

     9,782               9,782   

Cash

     1,087               1,087   

Other

     435               435   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21,738       $         —        $           —        $ 21,738   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents
     Successor  
     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011  
Asset Category    Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total  

U.S. equity securities

   $ 7,910       $         —        $         $ 7,910   

International equity securities

     2,427         —                     —           2,427   

Fixed-income securities

     7,872         —           —           7,872   

Cash

     792         —           —           792   

Other

     393         —           —           393   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19,394       $ —        $ —        $ 19,394   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We believe the U.S. Cash Balance Plan’s assets are invested in a manner consistent with generally accepted standards of fiduciary responsibility. Taylor Morrison’s primary investment objective is to build and maintain the plan’s assets through employer contributions and investment returns to satisfy legal requirements and benefit payment requirements when due. Because of the long-term nature of the plan’s obligations, Taylor Morrison has the following goals in managing the plan: long-term (i.e., five years and more) performance objectives, maintenance of cash reserves sufficient to pay benefits, and achievement of the highest long-term rate of return practicable without taking excessive risk that could jeopardize the plan’s funding policy or subject the Company to undue funding volatility. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity, fixed-income securities, and cash, though allocation will favor equity investments in order to reach the U.S. Cash Balance Plan’s stated objectives. One of the U.S. Cash Balance Plan’s investment criteria is that over a complete market cycle, each of the investment funds should typically rank in the upper half of the universe of all active investment funds in the same asset class with similar investment objectives. Investments in commodities, private placements, or letter stock are not permitted. The equity securities are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks, as well as growth and value. Investment performance is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly portfolio reviews and annual reviews relative to the objectives and guidelines of the plan.

The range of target allocation percentages of plan assets of the U.S. Cash Balance Plan is as follows:

 

     Minimum     Maximum     Target  

U.S. equity securities

     37     47     42

International equity securities

     8        18        13   

Fixed-income securities

     35        45        40   

Other

       10        5   
      

 

 

 
             100
      

 

 

 

Canadian Operations  — Effective January 31, 2006, Monarch elected to convert the defined benefit provisions of the plan to defined contribution provisions for service beyond January 31, 2006. As part of this conversion, the plan members were given the option to convert their defined benefits accrued prior to February 1, 2006, to the defined contribution plan. As a result, Monarch maintains both a defined benefit plan (the “Monarch Plan”) and a defined contribution plan. Total expense for the defined contribution plan was $0.2 million, $0.1 million, $0.1 million, and $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, respectively.

Our funding policy in regard to the Monarch Plan is to make contributions to our pension funds based on various actuarial cost methods as permitted by pension regulatory bodies, and Monarch is responsible to adequately fund the plan. Contributions reflect actuarial assumptions concerning future investment returns and future service benefits. Plan assets are represented primarily by Canadian and foreign equities, government and corporate bonds, debentures, and secured mortgages.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The changes in the total benefit obligation and in the fair value of assets and the funded status of the Monarch Plan are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
 

Change in benefit obligations:

          

Benefit obligation — beginning of period

   $ 11,092      $ 10,956          $ 10,846   

Interest on liabilities

     522        253            310   

Benefits paid

     (733     (294         (458

Actuarial loss

     1,210        665         

Currency translation adjustment

     255        (488         258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Benefit obligation — end of period

     12,346        11,092            10,956   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets:

          

Fair value of plan assets — beginning of period

     10,630        11,556            11,460   

Return on plan assets

     682        (225         203   

Employer contributions

     149        74            76   

Benefits paid

     (733     (294         (458

Currency translation adjustment

     245        (481         275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets — end of period.

         10,973              10,630              11,556   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Funded status — deficit (surplus) — end of period

   $ 1,373      $ 462          $ (600
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Components of net periodic pension cost are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Interest cost

   $           522      $           253          $         310      $           562   

Amortization of net actuarial gain

     —          —              —          (856

Expected return on plan assets

     (688     (333         (408     1,342   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost

   $ (166   $ (80       $ (98   $ 1,048   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss of $2 million as of December 31, 2010, consisted of net actuarial loss and transition obligation that had not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost. On July 13, 2011, in connection with the accounting for the Acquisition, the accumulated other comprehensive loss was adjusted to zero. Accumulated other comprehensive loss of $1.9 million and $0.7 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 respectively, consists of net actuarial loss that has not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost. Amortization of net actuarial loss the year ended December 31, 2012 was $0.1 million and was recognized in net periodic pension cost.

The estimated future benefit payments in the next five years and the five years thereafter in aggregate are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,       

2013

   $ 760   

2014

     766   

2015

     771   

2016

     773   

2017

     774   

2018–2022

     3,835   

 

F-43


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2012, $0.1 million was contributed to the Monarch Plan.

The significant weighted-average assumptions adopted in measuring the benefit obligations and net periodic pension cost are as follows:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     For the  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1
Through
July 12,
2011
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Discount rate:

            

Net periodic pension cost

     4.75     4.875         5.25     5.25

Pension obligation

     4.00        4.75            4.875        5.25   

Expected return on plan assets

     6.25        6.50            6.50        6.50   

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption was determined by reviewing the current investment policy as compared to current expected rates of return for all asset categories.

The fair value of the Monarch Plan’s assets by asset categories is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor  
     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012  
Asset Category    Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total  

Canadian equity securities

   $         $ 3,576       $         $ 3,576   

U.S. equity securities

        707            707   

International equity securities

        709            709   

Fixed-income securities

        5,981            5,981   

Balanced income securities

        —              —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $       —        $   10,973       $           —        $ 10,973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Successor  
     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011  
Asset Category    Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total  

Canadian equity securities

   $ —        $ 3,482       $ —        $ 3,482   

U.S. equity securities

     —           656         —           656   

International equity securities

     —           652         —           652   

Fixed-income securities

     —           4,762         —           4,762   

Balanced income securities

     —           1,078         —           1,078   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     —        $ 10,630       $           —        $ 10,630   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Monarch employs a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed-income securities is used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for an appropriate level of risk. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status, and corporate financial condition. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity and fixed-income securities. One of the Monarch Plan’s investment criteria is that the plan will achieve a rate of return that exceeds the rate of wage inflation, as measured by the Wage Price Index provided by Statistics Canada, by 1% per annum over the long term. The equity securities are diversified across Canadian and non-Canadian stocks, as well as growth and value. Investment performance is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly portfolio reviews and annual reviews relative to the objectives and guidelines of the Monarch Plan.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

The range of target allocation percentages of plan assets of the Monarch Plan is as follows:

 

     Minimum     Maximum  

Canadian equity securities

     25     60

Foreign equity securities (including U.S. and global equities)

       20   

Fixed-income securities

     30        60   

Real estate

       15   

Cash and cash equivalents

       40   

Resource properties

       5   

15. OPERATING AND REPORTING SEGMENTS

In accordance with ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting, we have ten homebuilding operating divisions which we aggregate into three reportable segments. These segments are engaged in the business of acquiring and developing land, constructing homes, marketing and selling those homes, and providing warranty and customer service. We aggregate our operating segments into a reporting segment based on similar long-term economic characteristics. The Company has no inter-segment sales, as all sales are to external customers. The Company capitalizes certain interest costs to inventory during the development and construction periods. Capitalized interest is charged to cost of revenue when the related inventory is delivered. In addition, we include financial services as a separate segment. Our reporting segments are as follows:

 

West (Domestic)    Arizona, California, and Colorado
East (Domestic)    Florida and Texas
Canada (Foreign)    Ontario
Financial Services (Domestic)    Mortgage and Title Services

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Management primarily evaluates segment performance based on segment adjusted gross margin, which is comprised of segment gross margin, as defined under U.S. GAAP, less interest amortized to cost of sales and impairments (“adjusted gross margin”). Management also reviews segment performance based on segment gross margin, which we define as homebuilding and land revenue less cost of home construction, commissions and other sales costs, land development and other land sales costs and other costs incurred by or allocated to each segment, including impairments. Each reportable segment follows the same accounting policies described in Note 2. Operating results for each segment may not be indicative of the results for such segment had it been an independent, stand-alone entity. The following is our segment information (in thousands):

 

    Successor           Predecessor  
    For the
year ended
December 31,
2012
    July 13, 2011
Through
December 31,
2011
          January 1,
2011
Through
July 12,
2011
    For the
year ended
December 31,
2010
 

East

  $ 558,523      $     246,866          $   192,847      $   390,508   

West

      460,798        153,997            142,578        319,641   

Canada

    394,539        341,010            278,283        575,127   

Financial services

    21,861        8,579            6,027        12,591   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    1,435,721        750,452            619,735        1,297,867   

Gross margin:

           

East

    111,424        49,173            42,194        80,805   

West

    84,622        22,976            20,071        45,859   

Canada

    104,405        69,250            70,326        145,358   

Financial services

    10,595        4,084            1,659        5,345   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross margin

    311,046        145,483            134,250        277,367   

Corporate and unallocated expenses (1)

    (141,351     (69,199         (75,869     (151,373

Earnings from unconsolidated entities, net

    22,964        5,247            2,803        5,319   

Transaction expense

    (7,953     (39,442         —         —    

Indemnification income (expense)

    (13,034     (12,850         —         —    

Interest and other (expense) income

    (1,121     1,559            9,717        (42,589
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

  $ 170,551      $ 30,798          $ 70,901      $ 88,724   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

       Year ended December 31, 2012  
     East      West      Canada      Financial
Services
     Total  

Gross margin

   $ 111,424       $ 84,622       $ 104,405       $ 10,595       $ 311,046   

Add back interest amortized to cost of revenue

     10,906         9,506         9,904         —           30,316   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 122,330       $ 94,128       $ 114,309       $ 10,595       $ 341,362   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

       July 13, 2011 Through December 31, 2011  
     East      West      Canada      Financial
Services
     Total  

Gross margin

   $ 49,173       $ 22,976       $ 69,250       $ 4,084       $ 145,483   

Add back interest amortized to cost of revenue

     3,097         1,895         5,122         —           10,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 52,270       $ 24,871       $ 74,372       $ 4,084       $ 155,597   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

       January 1, 2011 Through July 13, 2011  
     East      West      Canada      Financial
Services
     Total  

Gross margin

   $ 42,194       $ 20,071       $ 70,326       $ 1,659       $ 134,250   

Add back interest amortized to cost of revenue

     7,744         10,854         824         —           19,422   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 49,938       $ 30,925       $ 71,150       $ 1,659       $ 153,672   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents
       Year ended December 31, 2010  
     East      West      Canada      Financial
Services
     Total  

Gross margin

   $ 80,805       $ 45,859       $ 145,358       $ 5,345       $ 277,367   

Add back:

              

Impairments

     —           4,054         —           —           4,054   

Interest amortized to cost of revenue

     14,390         22,980         —           —           37,370   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 95,195       $ 72,893       $ 145,358       $ 5,345       $ 318,791   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
(1) Represents selling and general administrative expenses which do not have a readily determinable metric to allocate to the segments

 

December 31, 2012  
     West      East      Canada      Financial
Services
     Corporate
and
Unallocated
     Total  

Inventory and land deposits

   $ 647,877       $ 770,774       $ 243,123       $ —        $ —        $ 1,661,774   

Investments in unconsolidated entities

     —          723         73,210         532         —          74,465   

Other assets

     22,069         99,505         315,436         100,200         483,064         1,020,274   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 669,946       $ 871,002       $ 631,769       $ 100,732       $ 483,064       $ 2,756,813   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011  
     West      East      Canada      Financial
Services
     Corporate
and
Unallocated
     Total  

Inventory and land deposits

   $ 414,046       $ 378,070       $ 224,931       $ —        $ —        $ 1,017,047   

Investments in unconsolidated entities

     —          2,789         34,379         472         —          37,640   

Other assets

     22,683         46,148         288,670         43,638         215,241         616,380   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 436,729       $ 427,007       $ 547,980       $ 50,705       $ 215,241       $ 1,671,067   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill of $15.5 million related to the acquisition of Darling in the fourth quarter of 2012 (refer to Note 2) is recorded in the East region.

16. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

Quarterly results are as follows (in thousands, except per unit data):

 

     Successor  
     First
Quarter
2012
     Second
Quarter
2012
     Third
Quarter
2012
     Fourth
Quarter
2012
 

Total closing revenue

   $ 236,141       $ 312,829       $ 316,351       $ 548,539   

Operating gross margin

     44,720         61,872         74,024         130,431   

Income before income taxes

     16,057         18,660         44,023         91,811   

Net income (loss) attributable to owners

     10,297         28,858         42,603         349,062 (a) 

Basic and diluted earnings per unit

   $ 0.02       $ 0.04       $ 0.06       $ 0.46   

 

(a) The Company recorded a net tax benefit of $257.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2012 from the reversal of a deferred tax asset valuation allowance. See Note 11, Income Taxes, for additional information.

 

F-47


Table of Contents
     Predecessor           Successor  
     First
Quarter
2011
     Second
Quarter
2011
     July 1, 2011
to
July 12, 2011
          July 13, 2011
to
September 30,
2011
    Fourth
Quarter
2011
 

Total closing revenue

   $ 219,399       $ 379,473       $ 14,836          $ 305,340      $ 436,533   

Operating gross margin

     52,138         76,170         3,733            60,123        81,276   

Income (loss) before income taxes

     26,603         45,606         (1,308         (4,909     35,707   

Net income (loss) attributable to owners

     14,237         33,578         (1,917         (14,275 )(b)      39,864   

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per unit

     N/A         N/A         N/A          $ (0.03   $ 0.07   

 

(b) In connect with the Acquisition Transaction on July 13, 2011, the Company incurred $38.3 million of Transaction expenses in the period form July 13, 2011 to September 30, 2011. See Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Letters of Credit and Surety Bonds  — We are committed, under various letters of credit and surety bonds, to perform certain development and construction activities and provide certain guarantees in the normal course of business. Outstanding letters of credit and surety bonds under these arrangements, including our share of responsibility for arrangements with our joint ventures, totaled $230.8 million and $206.3 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Although significant development and construction activities have been completed related to these site improvements, the bonds are generally not released until all development and construction activities are completed. We do not believe that it is probable that any outstanding bonds as of December 31, 2012, will be drawn upon.

Land Deposits  — We are subject to the usual obligations associated with entering into contracts (including option contracts) for the purchase, development, and sale of real estate in the routine conduct of our business. We have a number of land purchase option contracts, generally through cash deposits or letters of credit, for the right to purchase land or lots at a future point in time with predetermined terms. We do not have title to the property and the creditors generally have no recourse against us except in Canada where sellers have full recourse under statutory regulations. Our obligations with respect to the option contracts are generally limited to the forfeiture of the related nonrefundable cash deposits and/or letters of credit. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had the right to purchase approximately 5,013 and 4,523 lots under land option and land purchase contracts, respectively, which represents purchase commitments of $268.0 million and $239.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. At December 31, 2012, we had $28.7 million in land deposits and $0.2 million in letters of credit related to land options and land purchase contracts, respectively. At December 31, 2011, we had $13.6 million in land deposits and $43.6 million in letters of credit related to land options and land purchase contracts.

Legal Proceedings  — Between 2008 and 2012, we confirmed the presence of defective Chinese-made drywall in several of our communities, primarily in west Florida homes, which were generally delivered between May 2006 and November 2007. The estimated cost of repair for affected homes that we have inspected is included in our warranty reserve. Taylor Morrison is continuing its investigation of homes to determine whether there are additional homes, not yet inspected, with defective Chinese-made drywall. If the outcome of Taylor Morrison’s inspection identifies more homes with defective Chinese-made drywall than we have currently identified, it may require an increase in Taylor Morrison’s warranty reserve in the future. Taylor Morrison is seeking reimbursement from its subcontractors, suppliers, insurers, and manufacturers for costs that Taylor Morrison has incurred to investigate and repair homes with defective Chinese-made drywall. We believe that adequate provision for costs associated with the repair of homes currently known to have defective Chinese-made drywall has been made and that these costs are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. It is reasonably possible that additional affected homes could be identified in the future but the number of homes is not readily determinable and, therefore, the range of loss is not estimable.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Between 2000 and 2007, we acquired lots and constructed homes on 316 lots in a master-planned community known as Vista Lakes near Orlando, Florida. Of the 316 lots, 55 are adjacent to a formerly used defense site, which was used as a World War II bombing range. Upon the purchase of the 316 finished lots from a nonrelated master plan developer, Taylor Morrison was unaware of the use of the adjacent property as a formerly used defense site. In 2007 and 2008, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers conducted an investigation in portions of the Vista Lakes master plan to determine the existence of munitions within the master plan. Two inert World War II practice bombs were found on lots owned by another unrelated party but near the 55 lots sold by Taylor Morrison. No munitions were found on any of the 55 lots inspected by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, although the methodology for the investigation did not include analysis of potential munitions beneath the slabs of existing homes. In 2007 and 2008, homeowners filed two lawsuits against Taylor Morrison for failure to disclose the former use of the adjacent property, seeking rescission of the purchase of their homes, diminution in value, and other damages. One suit was a consolidated action with 97 homeowners. The other lawsuit by two homeowners sought class action certification and was amended in 2009 to also name TMHF as a defendant. Taylor Morrison has settled both the purported class action case and the consolidated action with 97 individual homeowners.

Additionally, we are involved in various other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, some of which are covered by insurance. We have accrued for losses that we believe are probable of being incurred with respect to legal claims, and at December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had legal accruals of $7.5 million and $17.8 million, respectively. We believe that the disposition of these matters will not have a material effect on our business or on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company reversed $9.1 million of legal accruals related to favorable settlements.

Operating Leases  — We lease office facilities and certain equipment under operating lease agreements. In most cases, we expect that, in the normal course of business, leases that expire will be renewed or replaced by other leases. Approximate future minimum payments under the non-cancelable leases in effect at December 31, 2012, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending

December 31,

   Lease
Payments
 

2013

   $ 5,004   

2014

     5,471   

2015

     5,184   

2016

     3,860   

2017

     2,619   

Thereafter

     980   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 23,118   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense under non-cancelable operating leases for the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, was $3.8 million, $1.6 million, $2.0 million, and $5.3 million, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expenses or sales commissions and other marketing costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Sublease income under non-cancelable operating leases for the year ended December 31, 2012, the period from July 13, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the period from January 1, 2011 through July 12, 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, was $0.5 million, $0.5 million, $0.5 million, and $0.7 million, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expenses or sales commissions and other marketing costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Total sublease income to be received in years subsequent to December 31, 2012, is $1.1 million.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

18. MORTGAGE COMPANY LOAN FACILITIES

In December 2010, TMHF, the Company’s wholly owned mortgage subsidiary, entered into an agreement with Flagstar Bank (the “Flagstar agreement”), as agent and representative for itself and other buyers of our held-for-sale mortgages named therein. The purpose of the Flagstar agreement is to finance the origination of up to $30 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF, subject to certain sublimits and with a temporary accordion feature subject to approval by Flagstar, which allows for borrowings in excess of total availability. Borrowings under the facility are accounted for as a secured borrowing under ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing . The Flagstar agreement is terminable by either party with 30 days’ notice and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.5%, with a minimum floor of 3.95%. Borrowings under this facility are paid back with proceeds received when our mortgages are sold to participating lenders in the Flagstar agreement, or to other buyers subject to certain sublimits. The time period from borrowing to repayment is typically less than 20 business days.

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were $38.6 million and $32.7 million, respectively, in outstanding borrowings under the Flagstar agreement.

In December of 2011, TMHF entered into an agreement with Comerica Bank, as agent and representative for itself and other buyers of our held-for-sale mortgages named within. The line will have the capacity to finance up to $30 million of mortgage loans at any one time by TMHF, subject to certain sublimits and with a temporary accordion feature subject to approval by Comerica, which allows for borrowings in excess of total availability. At December 31, 2012, mortgage loans were financed under this arrangement were $41.7 million.

The mortgage borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, are collateralized by $85.0 million and $34.0 million, respectively, of mortgage loans held for sale, which comprise the balance of mortgage receivables in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, and $2.0 million of restricted short-term investments in certificate of deposits known as CDARS, which are included in restricted cash in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

19. CAPITAL STRUCTURE

The capital structure described below is reflective of TMM’s capital structure as it existed as of December 31, 2012.

(a) General

On July 13, 2011, the TPG Entities, investment funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management or their respective subsidiaries (“Oaktree” and collectively with the TPG Entities, the “Principal Sponsors”), and affiliates of JH Investments (“JHI”) acquired Taylor Morrison and Monarch from Taylor Wimpey plc. The transaction was funded by an approximately $500.0 million senior unsecured term loan (“Sponsor Loan”) and $620.3 million in equity. Certain members of management contributed approximately $3.3 million in equity. Following the transaction, there were 623,619,973 Class A Units outstanding held by the limited partners. Also as part of the transaction and in addition to Class A Units, JHI received 30,265,998 Class J1 Units, 15,133,000 Class J2 Units, and 15,133,000 Class J3 Units (“Class J Units”). The Company did not realize any proceeds relating to the issuance of the Class J Units, which were issued in consideration for services to be provided by the holders of such units. TMM Holdings GP, Inc., (“General Partner”) a British Columbia Corporation formed in 2011, is the general partner of the Partnership.

On April 13, 2012, the certain subsidiaries of the Company issued $550.0 million of 7.75 percent Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Senior Notes”) at an initial offering price of 100 percent of the principal amount. The net proceeds from the sale of the Senior Notes were $537.4 million, net of debt issuance costs of $12.6 million, were used, in part, to repay $350.0 million of the Sponsor Loan. The remaining $150.0 million of the Sponsor Loan was acquired by a subsidiary of the Company, and the Principal Sponsors acquired an additional 136,363,636

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Class A Units for $150.0 million. As part of the new equity issuance, certain members of management were given the opportunity to purchase additional Class A Units. Accordingly, an additional 2,189,415 Class A Units were issued for proceeds of approximately $2.4 million.

From time to time the Company has also issued Class M Units to certain members of management as equity compensation, subject to time and performance vesting conditions, as discussed below.

(b) Voting

Holders of Class A Units are entitled to one vote per unit in respect of any matter that requires the action, consent or approval of the limited partners. Class J Units and Class M Units are not entitled to vote. The Company requires the approval of both Principal Sponsors (one Principal Sponsor if the other Principal Sponsor’s position is no longer 50.0 percent of its original position, or a majority of all Class A Units outstanding if neither Principal Sponsor holds 50.0 percent of its original position) to perform certain actions including: any transactions or series of transactions involving the merger or consolidation of the Partnership; any transaction or series of transactions involving the sale, lease, exchange, or other disposal by the Partnership of any assets for consideration in excess of $5.0 million and 25.0 percent of the fair value of the total assets in the Partnership; any transaction or series of transactions involving the purchase, rent, license, exchange or other acquisition by the Partnership of any assets for consideration in excess of the greater of $5.0 million and 25.0 percent of the fair value of total asset of the Partnership; any authorization or issuance of equity securities of the Partnership other than pursuant to any equity incentive plans or arrangements of the Partnership approved by the board of directors; any redemption with respect to the equity securities of the Partnership; the IPO of the Partnership; and the exercise of any registration rights in respect to any securities owned by the Partnership.

(c) Priority on Distributions

Distributions are made at such times as determined by the General Partner, which is owned by affiliates of TPG, Oaktree and JH Investments. Class A Units rank senior to Class J Units and Class M Units. Class J Units and Class M Units are not entitled to distributions until Class A Unit holders have received distributions equal to their original aggregate capital contributions. Class J Units and Class M Units would then participate in any distributions dependent on certain aggregate returns and internal rate of return (“IRR”) thresholds being met on the Principal Sponsors’ aggregate capital contributions, as further described in the Unit Award Agreements.

Any distributions to any holder of Class M Units or Class J Units that have not yet become vested pursuant to the agreement to which such Units were issued will be held back and distributed to the holder if and when such Units vest. Class M Units are eligible to participate in distributions only to the extent that the aggregate value of the distributions exceeds the Class M Return Threshold applicable to that Unit. Class J Units are eligible to participate in the distributions only to the extent that the aggregate value of the distributions exceed the Class J Return Threshold applicable to that Unit.

(d) Tax Distributions

The Partnership is required to distribute to each Limited Partner on an annual basis or more frequently, to the extent the Partnership has available cash and is not subject to any provisions prohibiting it from doing so, tax distributions in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the amount of the Limited Partner’s U.S. federal, state and local income taxes or (ii) the amount of the Limited Partner’s Canadian income taxes, with respect to the Limited Partner’s allocable share of any Partnership net taxable income and gain for such fiscal period, determined by assuming that such income or gain, as applicable, is taxable to the Limited partner, at the greater of (x) the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate then in effect, and a state and local income tax rate equal to the highest marginal rate then in effect for an individual or corporation that is a resident of New York, New York or (y) the highest combined provincial and federal income tax rate applicable to an individual or corporation that is a resident of Canada and is subject to tax in the province of Canada that has the highest income tax rate.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Class A Units

The following is a summary of the activity for the Class A Units:

 

     Number of Units      Amount  

As of July 13, 2011

     —        $ —    

Issuance of Class A Units

     623,619,973         623,619,973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

     623,619,973       $ 623,619,973   

Issuances

     138,553,052        152,408,357  

Forfeitures

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

     762,173,025       $ 776,028,330   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity-Based Compensation — Class M

The Partnership has one class of Units (Class M) that have been issued as long-term incentive compensation to management and independent member of the board of directors. In addition, the Partnership has issued phantom M Units to certain employees resident in Canada, which are treated as Class M Units for purposes of this description and the financial statements. The Class M Units are subject to the participation preferences and other rights of the Class A capital as described in this note.

In conjunction with the Partnership’s 2011 Management Incentive Plan, the Partnership issued 23,717,500 Class M Units in December, 2011. The Class M Units have certain time vesting and performance based vesting provisions, as more precisely defined in the grant agreements. Generally, 5/7 or 71.4% of the Class M Units are designated as Time Vesting Units and vest at the rate of twenty percent (20%) on each of the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant date. For the purposes of calculating periodic equity-based compensation expense, a five-year requisite service period has been assumed for the Time Vesting Units and expense is recognized using the straight-line allocation method. In addition, upon termination of a participant for any reason other than cause or upon resignation for good reason within the 24 month period following a change in control, all the then outstanding unvested Time Vesting Units shall immediately become vested upon such termination. The remaining 2/7 or 28.6% of the M Units that are designated as Performance Vesting Units vest 50% upon a 2.0x cash return on Sponsor contributed capital and the remaining 50% upon a 2.5x return on Sponsor contributed capital. The performance conditions for 2012 have not been met. The performance conditions for 2011 have not been met. At each future reporting period, the Partnership will assess the probability of the likelihood that the Performance Vesting Units will become eligible to vest.

As of December 31, 2012, there is a remaining pool of 5,891,429 Time Vesting Units and 2,356,571 Performance Vesting Units authorized and for issuance. As of December 31, 2012 there were 3,605,000 units vested.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the activity for the Class M Units:

 

Class M Units (Time Vesting Units)    Number of
Awards
    Grant Date Fair
Value per Unit
(Weighted
Average)
 

As of July 13, 2011

     —       $               —    

Granted

     16,992,500        0.30   

Forfeitures

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

     16,992,500      $ 0.30   

Granted

     9,721,428        0.48   

Forfeitures

     (2,062,500 )     0.30  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

     24,651,428      $ 0.41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Class M Units (Performance Vesting Units)    Number of
Awards
    Grant Date Fair
Value per Unit
(Weighted
Average)
 

As of July 13, 2011

     —       $ —    

Granted

     6,725,000        0.26   

Forfeitures

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

     6,725,000      $ 0.26   

Granted

     3,408,572        0.38   

Forfeitures

     (825,000 )     0.26  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

     9,308,572      $ 0.35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

3,605,000 Time Vesting Class M Units with an aggregate grant date fair value of $1.1 million vested during the year ended December 31, 2012. 21,046,428 Time Vesting Class M Units which are outstanding and unvested as of December 31, 2012 have an aggregate grant date fair value of $8.9 million. Unamortized compensation expense of $8.0 million for those units is expected to be recorded over a weighted average period of 4.1 years. Compensation expense of $2.0 million was recorded in General and Administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2102.

No Performance Vesting Class M Units vested during the period ended December 31, 2012. Performance Vesting Class M Units which are outstanding and unvested as of December 31, 2012 have an aggregate grant date fair value of $3.1 million. Compensation expense for those units will be recorded when the performance conditions are met.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Equity-Based Awards to Non-Employees-Class J

The Partnership has one class of Units (Class J) that have been issued as awards to non-employees for services rendered to the Partnership. The Class J Units are subject to the participation preferences and other rights of the Class A and Class M units as described in this note along with time and performance metrics that have not yet been met. No J Units have vested. Once these metrics are achieved and vesting occurs, the Company would record an expense relating to the value of the J shares. At each future reporting period, the Partnership will assess the probability of the likelihood that the Performance Vesting Units will become eligible to vest.

The following is a summary of the activity for the Class J Units:

 

     Number of
Awards
 

Class J-1 Units

  

As of July 13, 2011

     —    

Issuance of Class J-1 Units

     30,265,198   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

     30,265,198   

Issuances

     —    

Forfeitures

     —    
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

     30,265,198   
  

 

 

 

Class J-2 Units

  

As of July 13, 2011

     —    

Issuance of Class J-2 Units

     15,133,000   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

     15,133,000   

Issuances

     —    

Forfeitures

     —    
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

     15,133,000   
  

 

 

 

Class J-3 Units

  

As of July 13, 2011

     —    

Issuance of Class J-3 Units

     15,133,000   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

     15,133,000   

Issuances

     —    

Forfeitures

     —    
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

     15,133,000   
  

 

 

 

The Class M Units and Class J Units contain certain repurchase provisions which could result in an award being settled in cash in the event of certain types of termination scenarios. The Company established a policy that settlement will not occur until the point in time where the unit holder has borne sufficient risks and rewards of equity ownership, assumed as six-months and one-day post vesting.

Equity-based compensation- Fair value

The Company accounts for equity-based compensation in accordance with the fair value provisions of ASC Topic 718. Principals of option pricing theory were used to calculate the fair value of the subject grants. Under this methodology, the Company’s various classes of Units are modeled as call options with distinct claims on the assets of the Company. The characteristics of the Unit classes, as determined by the unit agreements and the Company’s limited partnership agreements, determine the uniqueness of each Unit’s claim on the Company’s

 

F-54


Table of Contents

assets relative to each other and the other components of the Company’s capital structure. Periodic valuations are performed in order to properly recognize equity-based compensation expense in the Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations.

During 2012, the Company’s periodic business enterprise valuations increased as a result of the following significant factors:

 

   

Additional capital contributions associated with the conversion of the Senior Debt to Legacy Class A Units and associated management purchases of Legacy Class A Units, discussed above;

 

   

Issuance of Senior Notes;

 

   

Increases in multiples of book value of invested capital for several of the Company’s comparable publicly-traded peers; and

 

   

Greater visibility and likelihood, over the course of the period, with respect to the prospects for marketability of the Company’s equity securities.

The equity unit valuations included the following key assumptions in the determination of grant date fair value, summarized as follows:

 

     Period ended December 31,
(Successor)
 
     2012      2011  

Implied Equity Volatility

     45-50%         60%   

Expected Dividends

     None            None      

Risk-free Rate

          0.6%         0.9%   

Expected term

     4.5 years            5.0 years      

20. EARNINGS PER UNIT

Basic and diluted earnings per unit (Successor) were calculated as follows (in thousands, except per unit amounts):

 

     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
     July 13, 2011
Through
December 31,
2011
 

Basic weighted average number of units outstanding

     723,181         620,646   

Effect of dilutive securities

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dilutive average units outstanding

     723,181         620,646   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to owners

   $ 430,848       $ 25,589   

Net income attributable to other securities

     —          —    

Net income attributable to Class A units

   $ 430,848       $ 25,589   

Basic and Diluted earnings per Class A unit

   $ 0.60       $ 0.04   

21. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has evaluated subsequent events through March 4, 2013, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. We are not aware of any significant events that occurred subsequent to the balance sheet date, but prior to the completion of this report, that would have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

******

 

F-55


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

             Shares

 

LOGO

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 

Credit Suisse   Citigroup

 

Deutsche Bank Securities   Goldman, Sachs & Co.   J.P. Morgan   Zelman Partners LLC

Through and including                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

     Amount  

Registration fee

   $ 68,200   

FINRA filing fee

     75,500   

Stock exchange fee

     *   

Transfer agent’s fees

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *        
  

 

 

 

Each of the amounts set forth above, other than the Registration fee and the FINRA filing fee, is an estimate.

 

  * To be included by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the Registrant. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The Registrant’s Bylaws provide for indemnification by the Registrant of its directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation provides for such limitation of liability.

The Registrant maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to its directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to the Registrant with respect to payments which may be made by the Registrant to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification of directors and officers of the Registrant by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

We expect to enter into customary indemnification agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On November 15, 2012 the registrant issued 1,000 shares of Class A common stock to certain of the Principal Equityholders for aggregate consideration of $1,000. The shares of Class A common stock described above were issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 on the basis that the transaction did not involve a public offering.

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions described under “Organizational Structure” in the accompanying prospectus, the registrant will issue an aggregate of                  shares of its Class B common stock to the TPG and Oaktree holding vehicles and certain members of our management. The shares of Class B common stock described above will be issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 on the basis that the transaction will not involve a public offering. No underwriters will be involved in the transaction.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  1   Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation*
  3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation*
  4.1   Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2012, relating to Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc.’s and Monarch Communities Inc.’s 7.750% Senior Notes due 2020, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Communities Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee†
  4.2   Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
  5   Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP*
10.1   Credit Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2011, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent†
10.1(a)   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2012, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent†
10.1(b)   First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2012, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent†
10.1(c)   Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2012, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent†
10.2   Registration Rights Agreement*
10.3  

Limited Partnership Agreement of New TMM*

10.4   Form of Indemnification Agreement*
10.5   Exchange Agreement*
10.6   Stockholders Agreement*
10.7   Employment Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2011, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Sheryl Palmer

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

10.8   First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated May 17, 2012, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Sheryl Palmer
10.9   Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2013, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and David Cone
10.10   Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2011, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and the applicable executive (Stephen Wethor, Lou Steffens and Tawn Kelley)
10.11   Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of June 20, 2012, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Edward A. Barnes.
10.12   Form of Restrictive Covenants Agreement with Taylor Morrison, Inc.
10.13   New TMM Limited Partnership Management Incentive Plan*
10.14   Form of Class M Unit Agreement for use with the New TMM Limited Partnership Management Incentive Plan*
10.15   New TMM Limited Partnership Phantom Appreciation Right Plan*
10.16   Form of Incentive Unit Agreement for use with the New TMM Limited Partnership Phantom Appreciation Right Plan*
10.17   Taylor Morrison 2013 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan*
10.18   Taylor Morrison Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan*
10.19  

Monarch Communities Inc. Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan*

10.20   Form of Reorganization Agreement*
10.21   Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc. Governance Agreement*
10.22   Monarch Communities Inc. Governance Agreement*
21.1   Subsidiaries of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation†
23.1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
23.2   Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5)*
24.1   Power of Attorney

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Previously filed.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules:

See our Consolidated Financial Statements starting on page F-1. All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required, are inapplicable or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements, and have therefore been omitted.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing date specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the

 

II-3


Table of Contents

securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Scottsdale, State of Arizona, on the 6th day of March, 2013.

 

T AYLOR M ORRISON H OME C ORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Sheryl Palmer

  Name:       Sheryl Palmer
  Title:       President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities, in the locations and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Sheryl Palmer

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

March 6, 2013

Sheryl Palmer     

/s/ C. David Cone

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

 

March 6, 2013

C. David Cone     

*

   Director  

March 6, 2013

John Brady     

*

   Director  

March 6, 2013

Kelvin Davis     

*

  

Director and Chairman of the

Board of Directors

 

March 6, 2013

Timothy R. Eller     

 

   Director  

March 6, 2013

James Henry     

*

   Director  

March 6, 2013

Joe S. Houssian     

*

   Director  

March 6, 2013

Jason Keller     

*

   Director  

March 6, 2013

Greg Kranias     

*

   Director  

March 6, 2013

Peter Lane     

*

   Director  

March 6, 2013

Rajath Shourie     

 

*By:  

/s/ Darrell C. Sherman

Name:   Darrell C. Sherman, Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  1   Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation*
  3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation*
  4.1   Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2012, relating to Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc.’s and Monarch Communities Inc.’s 7.750% Senior Notes due 2020, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Communities Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee†
  4.2   Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation
  5   Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP*
10.1   Credit Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2011, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent†
10.1(a)   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2012, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent†
10.1(b)   First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2012, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent†
10.1(c)   Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2012, among Taylor Morrison Communities, Inc., Monarch Corporation, TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, Monarch Communities Inc., Monarch Parent Inc., Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc., Taylor Morrison Finance, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent†
10.2   Registration Rights Agreement*
10.3  

Limited Partnership Agreement of New TMM*

10.4   Form of Indemnification Agreement*
10.5   Exchange Agreement*
10.6   Stockholders Agreement*
10.7   Employment Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2011, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Sheryl Palmer
10.8   First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated May 17, 2012, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Sheryl Palmer
10.9   Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2013, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and David Cone
10.10   Form Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2011, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and the applicable executive (Stephen Wethor, Lou Steffens and Tawn Kelley)
10.11   Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of June 20, 2012, between Taylor Morrison, Inc. and Edward A. Barnes.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.12    Form of Restrictive Covenants Agreement with Taylor Morrison, Inc
10.13    New TMM Limited Partnership Management Incentive Plan*
10.14    Form of Class M Unit Agreement for use with the New TMM Limited Partnership Management Incentive Plan*
10.15    New TMM Limited Partnership Phantom Appreciation Right Plan*
10.16    Form of Incentive Unit Agreement for use with the New TMM Limited Partnership Phantom Appreciation Right Plan*
10.17    Taylor Morrison 2013 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan*
10.18    Taylor Morrison Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan*
10.19   

Monarch Communities Inc. Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan*

10.20    Form of Reorganization Agreement*
10.21    Taylor Morrison Holdings, Inc. Governance Agreement*
10.22    Monarch Communities Inc. Governance Agreement*
21.1    Subsidiaries of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation†
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
23.2    Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5)*
24.1    Power of Attorney†

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Previously filed.

 

II-7

Exhibit 4.2

 

LOGO

CLASS A COMMON STOCK CLASS A COMMON STOCK

PAR VALUE $0.00001 THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CANTON, MA AND NEW YORK, NY

* *

Certificate Number

ZQ00000000

Shares

* * 000000 ******************

* * * 000000 ***************** **** 000000 **************** ***** 000000 *************** ****** 000000 **************

TAYLOR MORRISON HOME CORPORATION

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample

**** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David

THIS CERTIFIES THAT Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander

David Sample **** Mr.MR.Alexander DavidSAMPLESample **** Mr. Alexander David&SampleMRS.**** Mr. AlexanderSAMPLEDavid Sample **** Mr. Alexander&David Sample **** Mr.

Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample ****

Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample

**** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David

Sample **** Mr. AlexanderMR.David Sample SAMPLE**** Mr. Alexander David Sample ****&Mr. AlexanderMRS.David SampleSAMPLE**** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander

David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.

Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample ****

Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample

is the owner of **000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares***

*000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****

000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0

00000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND

0000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000

000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0000

00**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00000

0**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO***

**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000*

*Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**

Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**S

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

DATED DD-MMM-YYYY

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR,

By

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

CUSIP XXXXXX XX X Holder ID XXXXXXXXXX

Insurance Value 00.1,000,000 Number of Shares 123456

DTC 12345678901234512345678

Certificate Numbers Num/No Denom. Total.

PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004

MR A SAMPLE

DESIGNATION (IF ANY) ADD 1 ADD 2 ADD 3 ADD 4

1234567890/1234567890 111 1234567890/1234567890 222 1234567890/1234567890 333 1234567890/1234567890 444 1234567890/1234567890 555 1234567890/1234567890 666

Total Transaction 7


 

 

 

 

 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

      The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:      
   
      TEN COM   -   as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT   -                                             Custodian                                       
                              (Cust)                                         (Minor)      
      TEN ENT   -   as tenants by the entireties       under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act                                                
              (State)                    
      JT TEN   -   as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common   UNIF TRF MIN ACT   -  

                              Custodian (until age                                  )

        (Cust)                                     

     
                                under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act                             
                  (Minor)                                                                      (State)      
        Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.      
 

THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY , AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY , AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE.

 
        PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE      
      For value received,                         hereby sell, assign and transfer unto                                                          

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

      (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Shares

      of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Attorney

      to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

      Dated:                                                                   20                              

 

      Signature:                                                                                                 

 

      Signature:                                                                                                 

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

 
  Notice:   The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever.        

 

 

 

SECURITY  INSTRUCTIONS

THIS IS WATERMARKED PAPER DO NOT ACCEPT WITHOUT NOTING WATERMARK. HOLD TO LIGHT TO VERIFY WATERMARK

   LOGO  

The IRS requires that we report the cost basis of certain shares acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares were covered by the legislation and you have sold or transferred the shares and requested a specific cost basis calculation method, we have processed as requested. If you did not specify a cost basis calculation method, we have defaulted to the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Please visit our website or consult your tax advisor if you need additional information about cost basis.

 

If you do not keep in contact with us or do not have any activity in your account for the time periods specified by state law, your property could become subject to state unclaimed property laws and transferred to the appropriate state.

  LOGO     
               

Exhibit 10.7

EXECUTION VERSION

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT, dated as of July 13, 2011 (the “Agreement”), between Taylor Morrison, Inc. (“Taylor Morrison” or the “Company”) and Sheryl Palmer (the “Executive”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

1. General .

The parties agree that, subject to the terms hereof, the Executive shall serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of Taylor Morrison, after the effective date hereof in accordance with the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

2. Employment, Duties and Agreements .

(a) Taylor Morrison hereby agrees to employ the Executive as its President and Chief Executive Officer, and the Executive hereby accepts such position and agrees to serve Taylor Morrison in such capacity on a full-time basis during the employment period fixed by Section 4 hereof (the “Employment Period”). The Executive shall have such duties and responsibilities as are consistent with the Executive’s position and as may be reasonably assigned by the Board from time to time. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be subject to, and shall act in accordance with, all reasonable instructions and directions of the Board and all applicable policies and rules of the Company.

(b) During the Employment Period, excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the Executive shall devote her full working time and efforts to the performance of her duties and responsibilities hereunder and shall endeavor to promote the business and best interests of the Company.

(c) During the Employment Period, the Executive may not, without the prior written consent of Parent, directly or indirectly, operate, participate in the management, operations or control of, or act as an executive, officer, consultant, agent or representative of, any type of business or service (other than as an executive of Taylor Morrison); provided, that it shall not be a violation of the foregoing for the Executive to manage her personal, financial and legal affairs, or reasonably engage in charitable endeavors, so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of her duties and responsibilities to the Company as provided hereunder.

 

-1-


3. Compensation .

(a) As compensation for the agreements made by the Executive herein and the performance by the Executive of her obligations hereunder, during the Employment Period, the Company shall pay the Executive, pursuant to the Company’s normal and customary payroll procedures, a base salary at the rate of $700,000 per annum, (the “Base Salary”).

(b) In addition to the Base Salary, during the Employment Period, the Executive shall be eligible through participation in the Company’s annual bonus plan or other similar plan to the extent then in effect, to earn an annual bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) in each fiscal year during the Employment Period, with a target Annual Bonus of one hundred percent (150%) of Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”) and a maximum bonus of three hundred percent (300%) of Base Salary, with the actual payout based on the achievement of annual individual and Company performance objectives established by the Board. Any Annual Bonus shall be paid in accordance with the applicable plan (except as otherwise provided herein).

(c) As soon as practicable after the Effective Date (as defined below), the Executive will receive a one-time nonrecurring grant of [7,700.000] Class M Units (the “Units”) of TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (“Parent”). With respect to the Class M Units, 5/7ths shall be Time Vesting Units, 1/7th shall be Performance Vesting Class M-O Units, and 1/7th shall be Performance Vesting Class M-T Units, each as defined in the Award Agreements. The specific terms and conditions governing all aspects of the Class M Units shall be provided in the Company’s management incentive plan and in the management incentive plan unit agreement (collectively, the “Award Agreements”). To the extent of any inconsistency between the Award Agreements and the Agreement, the provisions of the Award Agreements will prevail unless otherwise expressly provided in the Award Agreements. The management incentive plan unit agreement will be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , with such changes as the parties may agree upon following discussions in good faith.

(d) The Executive shall purchase 1,000,000 Class A Units from Parent (the “Investment”) for an aggregate investment of one million dollars ($1,000,000), subject to the Executive executing a subscription agreement reasonably satisfactory to Parent (the “Subscription Agreement”).

(e) The Executive agrees that the grant of Class M Units and the purchase of any Class A Units is conditioned on the Executive’s execution of and the Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated July 13, 2011 of the Parent (the “LPA” and, together with the Award Agreements and the Subscription Agreement, the “Equity Agreements”).

(f) During the Employment Period: (i) except as specifically provided herein, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs of the Company which are made available generally to other executive officers of the Company, and (ii) except as specifically provided herein, the Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible for participation in, and shall receive all benefits under all welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Company which are

 

-2-


made available generally to other executive officers of the Company (for the avoidance of doubt, such plans, practices, policies or programs shall not include any plan, practice, policy or program which provides benefits in the nature of severance or continuation pay), and (iii) for so long as the Company makes available to its executives a car or reimburses its executives for the wear and operation of such executive’s car, in each case pursuant to Company policy, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in, and shall receive the benefit of, such policy.

(g) The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable business expenses upon the presentation of statements of such expenses in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures now in force or as such policies and procedures may be modified with respect to all senior executive officers of the Company.

(h) On August 12, 2011, the Company shall pay to the Executive all amounts owed to her under the Taylor Morrison Annual Bonus Deferral Plan in accordance with the terms of such Plan.

4. Employment Period .

The Employment Period shall commence on July 13, 2011 (the “Effective Date”) and shall terminate on the third anniversary of the Effective Date, provided that on the third anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter, the Employment Period shall automatically be extended for additional one-year periods unless either party provides the other party with notice of non-renewal at least ninety (90) days before any such anniversary (the anniversary date on which the Employment Period terminates shall be referred to herein as the “Scheduled Termination Date”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated during the Employment Period prior to the Scheduled Termination Date upon the earliest to occur of any one of the following events (at which time the Employment Period shall be terminated):

(a) Death . The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon her death.

(b) Disability . The Company shall be entitled to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for “Disability” if, as a result of the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury, the Executive shall have been unable to perform her duties hereunder for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days.

(c) Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Cause” shall mean: (i) a material breach by the Executive of this Agreement, any Equity Agreement or any policy of the Company or its affiliates; (ii) the Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, which is injurious to the Company or any affiliate; or (iii) the Executive’s commission of a felony or other crime involving dishonesty, fraud, breach of any fiduciary obligation to the Board or any equity holder of the Company, or unethical business conduct. In the case of clause (i) above, the Company shall permit the Executive up to fifteen (15) days to cure such breach or failure if reasonably susceptible to cure. If, subsequent to the Executive’s termination of employment for other than Cause, it is determined in good faith by the Company that the Executive’s employment could have been terminated under Section 4(c)(ii) or (iii), the Executive’s employment shall be deemed to have been terminated for Cause retroactively to the date the events giving risk to such Cause occurred.

 

-3-


(d) Without Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder during the Employment Period without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, a notice of non-renewal given by the Company as provided in Section 4 herein shall be treated as a termination of employment by the Company without Cause.

(e) For Good Reason . The Executive may terminate her employment hereunder for Good Reason, provided the Executive complies with all requirements of such a termination as provided hereunder. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the Executive’s consent: (i) any material diminution in the nature or status of Executive’s duties and responsibilities, (ii) any material diminution in the Executive’s base salary or bonus opportunity, other than a decrease in base salary or bonus opportunity that applies to a similarly situated class of employees of the Company or its affiliates, or (iii) a change of the Executive’s principal place of business to a location more than 50 miles from its present location; provided, that Good Reason shall not exist unless the Executive shall have given a detailed written notice to the Company of any fact or circumstance believed by the Executive to constitute Good Reason within ninety (90) days of the occurrence of such fact or circumstance, and the Company shall have thirty (30) days to cure such fact or circumstance and shall have failed to so cure.

(f) Voluntarily . The Executive may voluntarily terminate her employment hereunder, without Good Reason, provided that the Executive provides the Company with notice of her intent to terminate her employment at least thirty (30) days in advance of the Date of Termination (as defined in Section 5 below).

5. Termination Procedure .

(a) Notice of Termination . Any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or by the Executive during the Employment Period (other than a termination on account of the death of Executive) shall be communicated by written “Notice of Termination” to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 9(a).

(b) Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by her death, the date of her death, (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4(b), on the date the Executive receives Notice of Termination from the Company, (iii) if the Executive voluntarily terminates her employment (whether or not for Good Reason), the date specified in the notice given pursuant to Section 4(e) herein which shall not be less than thirty (30) days after the Notice of Termination, and (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or any later date (within thirty (30) days, or any alternative time period agreed upon by the parties, after the giving of such notice) set forth in such Notice of Termination.

 

-4-


6. Termination Payments .

(a) Without Cause or for Good Reason .

(i) In the event the Employment Period terminates under this Agreement as a result of the Company terminating the Executive’s employment without Cause (other than pursuant to Sections 4(a) or 4(b)) or the Executive terminating her employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay the Executive (A) within thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination, the Executive’s accrued but unused vacation, unreimbursed business expenses and Base Salary through the Date of Termination (to the extent not theretofore paid) (the “Accrued Benefits”), and (B) two and a half (2.5) times the Executive’s Base Salary, in each case payable in equal installments over a thirty (30)-month period in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices (the “Base Severance”), provided that if the Date of Termination is within two years following the Effective Date the amount of Base Severance shall be equal to no less than two million dollars ($2,000,000).

(ii) In lieu of any Annual Bonus under Section 3(b) for the fiscal year in which Executive’s employment terminates, a lump sum amount equal to the Annual Bonus that would have become payable in cash to Executive for that fiscal year if her employment had not terminated, based on performance actually achieved in that year (determined by the Board following completion of the performance year and paid at the time specified in the applicable plan), multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days Executive was employed in the fiscal year of termination and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the fiscal year of termination.

(iii) In addition, if the Date of Termination under this Section 6(a) occurs within the twenty four (24)-month period following a Change in Control, the Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to two and a half (2.5) times Target Bonus for the current fiscal year, in equal installments over the same period as the Base Severance. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” shall mean a transfer (in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions) after the Effective Date to any person or persons (other than to the owners of equity interests in the Company or TMM Holdings Limited Partnership as of the Effective Date, or any of their respective affiliates) pursuant to which such person or persons acquire (A) in excess of 80% of the common stock of the Company on a fully-diluted basis (whether by merger, consolidation, sale or transfer of equity interests, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise), (B) in excess of 80% of the equity interests of one or more subsidiaries of the company on a fully-diluted basis (whether by merger, consolidation, sale or transfer of equity interests, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) if substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held, directly or indirectly, by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such acquisition is by a subsidiary that is, directly or indirectly, wholly-owned by the Company, (C) the direct or indirect power to replace a majority of the members of the Board or (D) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis.

 

-5-


(iv) The Company shall pay the employer’s portion of the Executive’s COBRA premiums during any time in which the Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage for up to thirty (30) months following the Date of Termination, to the extent permitted under the terms of the Company’s medical plan; provided, however, that if the Executive is or becomes eligible to receive comparable medical benefits under another employer provided plan, the Company’s obligation to make COBRA payments described herein shall be terminated. The Executive shall promptly notify the Company of any changes in her eligibility for medical benefits coverage.

(v) For the avoidance of doubt, upon a termination of the Employment Period without Cause or as a result of Good Reason, the Executive shall not be entitled to any other compensation or benefits not expressly provided for in this Section 6(a), regardless of the time that would otherwise remain in the Employment Period had the Employment Period not been terminated without Cause or for Good Reason, except any benefits or compensation provided under the Equity Agreements which shall be paid in accordance with such agreements. Except as provided in this Section 6(a), any vested benefits under any tax qualified pension plans of the Company, and continuation of health insurance benefits on the terms and to the extent required by Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and Section 601 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (which provisions are commonly known as “COBRA”) or such other analogous legislation as may be applicable to the Executive, the Company shall have no additional obligations under this Agreement.

(vi) The payments and benefits provided under this Section 6(a) are subject to and conditioned upon (A) the Executive executing a timely and valid release of claims (“Release”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , waiving all claims the Executive may have against the Company, it successors, assigns, affiliates, executives, officers and directors, (B) the Executive delivering the executed Release to the Company within twenty-one days following the Date of Termination, (C) such Release and the waiver contained therein becoming effective, and (D) the Executive’s compliance with the restrictive covenant agreement she has executed with the Company, attached hereto as Exhibit C (“Restrictive Covenant Agreement”). In the event that payments are made hereunder prior to the execution of the Release and Executive does not execute the Release in the time and manner set forth herein, the Executive shall promptly pay to the Company, together with interest from the date of payment to the date of repayment at the prime rate, such amounts or the value of such benefits so received.

(b) Cause or Voluntarily Other than for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated during the Employment Period by the Company for Cause or voluntarily by the Executive other than for Good Reason, the Company shall pay the Executive within thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination the Accrued Benefits and any benefits or compensation to be paid under the Equity Agreements shall be governed by the terms of such agreements. Except as provided in this Section 6(b), any vested benefits under any tax qualified pension plans of the Company, and continuation of health insurance benefits on the terms and to the extent required by COBRA or any other analogous legislation as may be applicable to the Executive, the Company shall have no additional obligations under this Agreement.

 

-6-


(c) Disability or Death . If the Executive’s employment is terminated during the Employment Period as a result of the Executive’s death or Disability, the Company shall pay the Executive or the Executive’s estate, as the case may be, within thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination, the Accrued Benefits and any benefits or compensation to be paid under the Equity Agreements shall be governed by the terms of such agreements. Except as provided in this Section 6(c), or pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreements, and except for any vested benefits under any tax qualified pension plans of the Company, and continuation of health insurance benefits on the terms and to the extent required by COBRA or any other analogous legislation as may be applicable to the Executive, the Company shall have no additional obligations under this Agreement.

7. Legal Fees; Officers’ Liability Insurance .

(a) In the event of any contest or dispute between the Company and the Executive with respect to this Agreement or the Executive’s employment hereunder, each of the parties shall be responsible for its respective legal fees and expenses.

(b) During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to the same officers’ liability insurance coverage that the Company provides generally to its other officers, as may be amended from time to time for such directors and officers.

8. Restrictive Covenants . The Executive agrees to execute and to comply with the covenants contained in the Restrictive Covenant Agreement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

9. Miscellaneous .

(a) Any notice or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be effective only if it is in writing and shall be deemed to be given when delivered personally or four days after it is mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or one day after it is sent by a reputable overnight courier service and, in each case, addressed as follows (or if it is sent through any other method agreed upon by the parties):

If to the Company:

Taylor Morrison, Inc.

4900 N. Scottsdale Road,

Suite 2000

Scottsdale, AZ 85251

 

-7-


with a copy to:

Loretta R. Richard

Ropes & Gray LLP

800 Boylston Street

Prudential Tower

Boston, MA 02199

If to the Executive:

Sheryl Palmer

4 Cedar Chase Drive

Henderson, NV 89502

or to such other address as any party hereto may designate by notice to the others.

(b) This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the Executive’s employment hereunder, and supersedes and is in full substitution for any and all prior understandings or agreements with respect to the Executive’s employment (it being understood that any Class M Units, Class A Units and the Investment shall be governed by the relevant Equity Agreements).

(c) This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto, and any provision hereof may be waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought. The failure of any party hereto at any time to require the performance by any other party hereto of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the full right to require such performance at any time thereafter, nor shall the waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision hereof be taken or held to be a waiver of any succeeding breach of such provision or a waiver of the provision itself or a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement.

(d) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that each party has reviewed and negotiated the terms and provisions of this Agreement and has had the opportunity to contribute to its revision. Accordingly, the rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement. Rather, the terms of this Agreement shall be construed fairly as to both parties hereto and not in favor or against either party.

(e) The parties hereto hereby represent that they each have the authority to enter into this Agreement, and the Executive hereby represents to the Company that the execution of, and performance of duties under, this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of or otherwise violate any other agreement to which the Executive is a party. The Executive hereby further represents to the Company that she will not utilize or disclose any confidential information obtained by the Executive in connection with any former employment with respect to her duties and responsibilities hereunder.

(f) This Agreement is binding on and is for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives. Neither this Agreement nor any right or obligation hereunder may be assigned by the Executive.

 

-8-


(g) The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would have been required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in the Agreement, the “Company” shall mean both the Company as defined above and any such successor that assumes this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise.

(h) Any provision of this Agreement (or portion thereof) which is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction and subject to this Section 9(h), be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the remaining provisions thereof in such jurisdiction or rendering that or any other provisions of this Agreement invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction. If any covenant should be deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable because its scope is considered excessive, such covenant shall be modified so that the scope of the covenant is reduced only to the minimum extent necessary to render the modified covenant valid, legal and enforceable. No waiver of any provision or violation of this Agreement by the Company shall be implied by the Company’s forbearance or failure to take action.

(i) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable to the Executive hereunder all federal, state, city or other taxes that the Company may reasonably determine are required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, (it being understood, that the Executive shall be responsible for payment of all taxes in respect of the payments and benefits provided herein).

(j) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Arizona without reference to its principles of conflicts of law.

(k) This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile of a signature shall be deemed to be and have the effect of an original signature.

(1) The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be a part of or control or affect the meaning of any provision hereof.

[The remainder of this page is left intentionally blank.]

 

-9-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Executive

/s/ Sheryl Palmer

Name:   Sheryl Palmer
Taylor Morrison, Inc.

/s/ Darrell Sherman

Name:   DARRELL SHERMAN
Title:   VP & GENERAL COUNSEL 7-19-11

 

-10-


EXHIBIT C

RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS AGREEMENT

This “Agreement” is made and entered into as of July 13, 2011, by and between Taylor Morrison, Inc. on its own behalf and on behalf of its affiliates (defined as all entities controlled by, under common control with, or controlling Employer), as may exist from time to time (including any former affiliates of TMM Holdings Limited Partnership that were affiliates of Employer on the Effective Date) (collectively, the “Employer”), and Sheryl Palmer (“Employee”). This Agreement is made in consideration of the compensation provided for in the Employment Agreement.

To protect the interests of the Employer and its confidential information, and the information of its customers, data suppliers, prospective customers and other companies with which the Employer has a business relationship which the Employer is required to maintain in confidence, and in consideration of the covenants and promises and other valuable consideration described in this Agreement, the Employer and Employee agree as follows:

1. Non-Competition . Without the consent in writing of the Board of Directors of Employer (the “Board”), Employee will not, at any time during employment and for the eighteen (18) months following termination of employment, acting alone or in conjunction with others, directly or indirectly (i) engage (either as owner, investor, partner, stockholder, employer, employee, consultant, advisor, or director) in any business in which he or she has been directly engaged on behalf of the Employer or any affiliate, or has supervised as an executive thereof, during the prior two-year period (or, if earlier, the two-year period ending on the date of Employee’s termination), or which was engaged in or planned by the Employer or an affiliate at the relevant time (of, if earlier, at the time of Employee’s termination of employment), in any geographic area in which such business was conducted or planned to be conducted; (ii) induce any customers of the Employer or any of its affiliates with whom Employee has had contacts or relationships, directly or indirectly, during and within the scope of his or her employment with the Employer or any of its affiliates, to curtail or cancel their business with the Employer or any such affiliate; (iii) induce, or attempt to influence, any employee of the Employer or any of its affiliates to terminate employment; or (iv) solicit, hire or retain as an employee or independent contractor, or assist any third party in the solicitation, hire, or retention as an employee or independent contractor, any person who during the previous 12 months was an employee of the Employer or any affiliate and provided further, that activities engaged in by or on behalf of the Employer are not restricted by this covenant. The provisions of subparagraphs (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) above are separate and distinct commitments independent of each of the other subparagraphs. It is agreed that the ownership of not more than one percent of the equity securities of any company having securities listed on an exchange or regularly traded in the over-the-counter market shall not, of itself, be deemed inconsistent with clause (i) of this Section 1.

2. Non-Disclosure Ownership of Work . Employee shall not, at any time during his or her employment with Employer and thereafter (including following Employee’s termination of employment for any reason), disclose, use, transfer, or sell, except in the course of employment

 

-11-


with or other service to the Employer, any proprietary information, secrets, organizational or employee information, or other confidential information belonging or relating to the Employer and its affiliates and customers so long as such information has not otherwise been disclosed or is not otherwise in the public domain, except as required by law or pursuant to legal process. In addition, upon termination of employment for any reason, Employee will return to the Employer or its affiliates all documents and other media containing information belonging or relating to the Employer or its affiliates. Employee will promptly disclose in writing to the Employer all inventions, discoveries, developments, improvements and innovations (collectively referred to as “Inventions”) that Employee has conceived or made during his or her employment with Employer; provided, however, that in this context “Inventions” are limited to those which (i) relate in any manner to the existing or contemplated business or research activities of the Employer and its affiliates; (ii) are suggested by or result from Employee’s work at the Employer; or (iii) result from the use of the time, materials or facilities of the Employer and its affiliates. All Inventions will be the Employer’s property rather than Employee’s. Should the Employer request it, Employee agrees to sign any document that the Employer may reasonably require to establish ownership in any Invention.

3. Cooperation With Regard to Litigation . Employee agrees to cooperate with the Employer, during his or her employment at the Employer and following Employee’s termination of employment for any reason, by making himself available to testify on behalf of the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Employer, in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, and to assist the Employer, or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Employer, in any such action, suit, or proceeding, by providing information and meeting and consulting with the Board or its representatives or counsel, or representatives or counsel to the Employer, or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Employer, as may be reasonably requested and after taking into account Employee’s post-termination responsibilities and obligations.

4. Non-Disparagement . Employee shall not, at any time during his or her employment at the Employer and following Employee’s termination of employment for any reason, make statements or representations, or otherwise communicate, directly or indirectly, in writing, orally, or otherwise, or take any action which may, directly or indirectly, disparage or be damaging to the Employer, its subsidiaries or affiliates or their respective officers, directors, employees, advisors, businesses or reputations. The Employer shall use reasonable efforts to advise its executive officers not to make any statements or representations, or otherwise communicate, directly or indirectly, in writing, orally, or otherwise, regarding the Executive that are disparaging or damaging to the Executive’s reputation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Employee from making truthful statements that are required by applicable law, regulation or legal process.

5. Interpretation . In the event that one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, each of the subparagraphs in Section 1 hereof) is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, each subparagraph of Section 1) shall not be affected thereby. Employee and the Employer further agree that, in the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its being extended over too great a time, too large a geographic area or too great a range of activities, that provision will be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

-12-


6. Enforcement . Employee agrees and acknowledges that the remedies at law for any breach by Employee of the provisions of this Agreement will be inadequate and that the Employer shall be entitled to obtain injunctive relief against Employee from a court of competent jurisdiction in the event of any such breach.

7. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, any of which may be executed and transmitted by facsimile (including “pdf”), and each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement, effective as set forth above.

 

Employee:

/s/ Sheryl Palmer

(Sign Name)
Taylor Morrison, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Darrell Sherman             7-19-11

Name:  

DARRELL SHERMAN

Title:  

VP & GENERAL COUNSEL

 

-13-

Exhibit 10.8

FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

BETWEEN TAYLOR MORRISSON, INC. AND SHERYL PALMER

WHEREAS, Taylor Morrison, Inc. (the “Company”) and Sheryl Palmer previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement dated as of July 13, 2011 (the “Original Employment Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Company and Palmer desire to amend the terms and conditions of the Original Employment Agreement, effective as of May 17th, 2012 (the “Effective Date”), to add a special retirement bonus;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

1. A new Section 6(d) is added, to read in its entirely as follows:

(d) “ Special Retirement Bonus . If Executive voluntarily terminates employment in connection with her retirement from the homebuilding industry after May 15, 2013 (which date constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), the Company shall pay to the Executive a special retirement bonus equal to one million dollars ($1,000,000), such amount to be payable in equal installments at the same time and in the same amount as the first $1 million dollars ($1,000,000) would have been payable to Executive under Section 6(a)(i) (provided that the last payment shall be the balance of the amount owed), conditioned on the Executive providing the Company with notice of her intent to retire at least ninety (90) days prior to the Date of Termination; and, provided that Executive executes a Release in accordance with the procedures and requirements under Section 6(a)(vi) (substituting Section 6(d) for Section 6(a)). For purposes of this Agreement, “retirement from the homebuilding industry” shall mean that Executive shall not be employed in any capacity by any company engaged in homebuilding within five (5) years following the Date of Termination, and in connection therewith, if Executive does not remain so retired for such period, she agrees that she shall be required to repay the Company all amounts received hereunder.”

2. Affirmation . Except as specifically modified by this First Amendment, all remaining provisions, terms and conditions of the Original Employment Agreement and the Restrictive Covenant Agreement (attached thereto) shall remain in full force and effect.

3. Counterparts . This First Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

-1-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have signed this First Amendment on the date first above written, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

/s/ Sheryl Palmer

By: Sheryl Palmer

 

Taylor Morrison, Inc.

 

/s/ Katy Owen

By: Katy Owen

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.9

 

LOGO

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made by and between the Executive and Taylor Morrison Inc. (the “Company”) to be effective as of January 1, 2013 subject to the terms and conditions herein.

1. Employee

Carl David Cone (the “Executive”)

2. Employer

The Company with its principal place of business and corporate office located in Scottsdale, Arizona.

3. Term of Employment

The Executive was first employed by the Company on October 15, 2012, remains in the employ of the Company and the Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall be deemed effective as of January 1, 2013 and continue unless the Executive is terminated pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement.

4. Position and Duties

The Executive shall serve as Chief Financial Officer of the Company and of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation (“TMHC”) and is responsible for overseeing the management and operations for the Financial function for TMHC and its subsidiaries and the Executive shall continue to serve in such capacity under the terms of this Agreement. Additionally, the Executive will have the duties, responsibilities and authority assigned by the President and Chief Executive Officer and/or the Board of Directors of TMHC or any of its subsidiaries. The Executive currently reports to the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company [but this reporting line may be varied from time to time by the Company]. The Executive shall carry out assigned duties in good faith and in the best interests of TMHC and the Company, consistent with the policies and business strategies of TMHC and the Company. The Executive agrees to faithfully perform at all times the duties assigned to the Executive to the best of the Executive’s ability, experience and talents and to devote to TMHC and the Company all of the Executive’s undivided working time, attention and efforts. During employment with the Company, the Executive agrees not to hold employment, ownership, directorship or any interest whatsoever in any competing business, entity or enterprise. The Executive’s duties include reasonable business travel, either as necessary to meet the job or as directed by TMHC or the Company.

 

1


5. Conditions of Employment

The Executive agrees to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, the Company’s employee handbook, and other Company policies as they may be changed by the Company in its sole discretion from time to time.

6. Salary

The Executive’s current base salary shall be $400,000 per annum, paid bi-weekly on regularly scheduled payroll dates. The Executive’s base salary shall be reviewed annually at the end of each calendar year and may be adjusted by the Company in accordance with the Company’s compensation policies, overall financial condition and other business factors.

7. Conflicts of Interest

The Executive agrees to avoid actual or potential conflicts of interest with the business of TMHC and its subsidiaries. In this regard, the Executive agrees (1) not to solicit, offer, or accept any gifts, gratuities, bribes, or other financial benefit in excess of $100.00 from actual or prospective customers, vendors, suppliers, or competitors; and (2) not to have, either directly or indirectly through the Executive’s family, financial interests in competing or supplying companies which could affect the Executive’s duties to the Company. When issues of potential conflict arise, the Executive agrees to immediately discuss them with the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.

8. Contributions

The Executive agrees not to offer or provide the contribution of labor, materials, or inventory for charity, civil, social, or community use or service, outside the normal course of day to day operating practices, without the prior written approval of the President and Chief Executive Officer.

9. Benefits

The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the following incentive compensation, retirement and benefits plans as such plans may exist from time to time and any replacements or variations thereof (collectively, the “Compensation and Benefits Plans”) which are offered to similarly situated executives:

9.1 The Company’s Annual Bonus Program;

9.2 The Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan;

9.3 The Company’s 401 (k) Retirement Plan; and

9.4 The Company’s Employees’ Welfare Benefit Plans.

Nothing in this Agreement shall obligate the Company to continue the Compensation and Benefit Plans, or to continue them in their current forms. The Company may terminate, modify or amend the Compensation and Benefit Plans at any time or from time to time in accordance with the terms and provisions of such plans and applicable law.

 

2


10. Business Expense Reimbursement

The Company shall reimburse the Executive for reasonable business-related expenses properly and reasonably incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties, subject to such expenses being properly claimed and substantiated in accordance with the Company policies in force from time to time.

11. Vacation and Holidays

The Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation and paid holidays in accordance with the Company policies in force from time to time.

12. Termination of Employment

 

  12.1 The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment by giving written notice of termination to the Executive at any time, with or without “Good Cause” (as defined below).

 

  12.2 The Executive may voluntarily terminate employment at any time, with or without any reason, by giving 60 days written notice of termination to the Company.

 

  12.3 If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Good Cause, subject to Section 12.6 and the Executive’s continued compliance with his obligations under this Agreement, including but not limited to the restrictions on his activities set forth in Sections 13-15, the Executive shall be entitled to the following payments and benefits:

a) An amount equal to the Executive’s current base salary at the time of termination as a “Severance Payment” to be paid in 26 equal installments, commencing on the first regular payroll date which occurs after the effective date of termination in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule and occurring after the Executive’s “Separation Agreement and General Release” (as defined below) has become irrevocable.

b) In addition to the Severance Payment, the Company shall pay the applicable COBRA premiums for the Executive and his eligible dependents enrolled (if any) in any then existing Welfare Benefit Plans which are group health plans (the “COBRA Benefit”), commencing on the effective date of termination through the earlier of (i) one year from the date of termination or (ii) the date that the Executive becomes eligible for health insurance coverage under another group health insurance program. The Executive agrees to promptly notify the Company in writing if the Executive becomes eligible for health insurance coverage under another group health insurance program.

c) Notwithstanding the fact that the Executive may not be employed by the Company on the date that the Executive would otherwise be eligible to receive the Executive’s annual bonus under the Company’s Annual Bonus Program for the performance period(s) in which the date of termination occurred, the Executive shall be eligible to

 

3


participate in the Annual Bonus Program for such performance period(s), and the Company shall calculate a bonus payout pursuant to the Annual Bonus Program plan matrix which will then be prorated based on the number of days that the Executive was employed by the Company in the applicable performance period(s). Any bonus payment described herein will be made to the Executive on the date that the Company pays other employees under the Annual Bonus Program.

In the event that the financial targets identified in the Executive’s Annual Bonus Program plan for the relevant period have not been formalized or are unable to be determined, the Executive’s pro-rated bonus shall be based on overall Annual Bonus Plan Attainment as a percent of the Executive’s Annual Bonus Opportunity will be calculated for each of the prior three completed or annualized partially completed performance periods the Executive was employed by the Company, then averaged to establish a Projected Annual Bonus Plan Attainment Percentage. If the Executive does not have three years of bonus history, the Projected Annual Bonus Plan Attainment Percentage will be equal to the Taylor Morrison NA Corporate bonus percentage attained for same three year period. The Executive’s current Annual Bonus Plan Opportunity will be multiplied by the Projected Annual Bonus Plan Attainment Percentage to calculate a bonus payout which will then be prorated based on the number of days that the Executive was employed by the Company in the applicable performance period.

d) Any unpaid salary for time worked and accrued vacation pay shall be paid promptly after the Executive’s termination of employment but no later than 30 days following the date of termination, or earlier as may be required by law.

12.4 If the Executive voluntarily resigns or is terminated by the Company for Good Cause the Executive shall not be entitled to the Severance Payment, COBRA Benefit or a bonus (prorated or otherwise) under the Annual Bonus Program and shall only be entitled to be paid any unpaid salary for time worked and accrued vacation pay through the date of termination. Such unpaid salary and accrued vacation, if any, shall be paid promptly after the Executive’s termination but no later than 30 days following the date of termination or earlier as may be required by law.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control, as hereinafter defined, combined with either (a) the Executive’s [organizational level,] scope of duties and responsibilities, [base salary or target bonus opportunity] being materially and adversely changed, or (b) the Executive’s primary office being moved more than 50 miles from their current assigned location, then the Executive may, provide written notice to the Company within 20 days of the occurrence of (a) or (b) of Executive’s intention to terminate this Agreement and provide further notice to the Company of termination of this Agreement if the Company fails to cure such event within 5 days of its receipt of the original notice from the Executive, in which case the Executive shall receive the Severance Payment specified in 12.3(a), the COBRA Benefit specified in 12.3(b), and the prorated bonus under the Annual Bonus Program specified in 12.3(c). “Change in Control” means a “Sale” of TMM Holdings Limited Partnership (as defined in the TMM Holdings Limited Partnership Agreement, as in effect from time to time).

 

4


  12.5 Except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement is intended to affect either the Company’s or the Executive’s rights and obligations under the Compensation and Benefit Plans (other than the Annual Bonus Program) in the event of the Executive’s termination of employment, and the terms and provisions of the Compensation and Benefit Plans shall control in the event of the Executive’s termination.

 

  12.6 The payment of any Severance Payment specified in 12.3(a), the COBRA Benefit specified in 12.3(b), and the prorated bonus under the Annual Bonus Program specified in 12.3(c) to the Executive upon termination of the Executive’s employment, as applicable, shall be conditioned upon execution by the Executive and delivery to the Company within 60 days of the termination date, of an irrevocable general release (“Separation Agreement and General Release”), in such form as the Company may reasonably require, of any and all claims against the Company, TMHC, and each of their affiliates and subsidiaries (and their respective officers, directors and employees) arising out of or relating to the executive’s employment with the Company and/or the termination thereof.

 

  12.7 The term “Good Cause” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the Executive is convicted of, pleads guilty to, or confesses to any felony or any act of fraud, theft, misappropriation or embezzlement; (ii) any act or omission by the Executive involving malfeasance, negligence, or intentional failure in the performance of the Executive’s duties to the Company and, within five (5) days after written notice from the Company of any such act or omission, the Executive has not corrected such act or omission; or (iii) the Executive otherwise fails to comply with the terms of this Agreement or deviates from any written policies, directives of the Board of Directors of TMHC or its subsidiaries, employee handbook, or rules of conduct, including without limitation, the Company’s drug and alcohol and no harassment policies, as the Company may change such policies from time to time.

 

  12.8 All payments made to the Executive under this Agreement and/or the Compensation and Benefit Plans are subject to applicable withholding as required by law.

 

  12.9 The Executive agrees that the Company may offset any monies due or owing to the Company from the Executive against any payments due to the Executive under this Agreement or the Compensation and Benefit Plans, in each case, only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

  12.10 In the event that the Executive breaches any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Executive agrees that the Company, without limiting any other rights or remedies that it may have under the law, may cease making any further payments of any type (Severance Payment, the COBRA Benefit or prorated bonus under the Annual Bonus Program) which may be due to be paid.

13. Proprietary and Confidential Information

The Executive acknowledges that in the course of Executive’s employment by the Company, the Executive has or will have access to and obtained or will obtain knowledge of trade secrets and/or confidential information relating to the Company’s business. Confidential information means information which is treated by the Company as confidential and which is of value to the

 

5


Company because it has not been made generally available to the public or to competitors of the Company (other than by fault of the Executive), and includes but is not limited to such information related to the Company’s methods of operation and sales, current and future development, expansion or contraction plans of the Company, information concerning personnel assignments and personnel matters, and any other information relating to the Company’s business that is treated by the Company as confidential, the Executive agrees that during employment with the Company and for a period of two (2) years following the termination of said employment, the Executive shall not, other than on behalf of the Company, divulge or make use of any confidential information of the Company directly, indirectly, personally, or on behalf of any other person, business, corporation or entity. This covenant is not intended to and does not limit in any way the Executive’s duties and obligations to the Company under statutory or case law not to disclose or make personal use of such information or any trade secret information of the Company. For purposes of this Section 13, “the Company” shall be deemed to include TMHC and its subsidiaries.

14. Non-Solicitation of the Customers and Suppliers

The Executive agrees that the Company’s relationships with its Customers and Suppliers are solely the assets and property of the Company, The Executive agrees that for a period of two (2) years following termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Executive shall not directly or through others solicit or attempt to solicit any of the Company’s Customers and/or Suppliers for the purpose of providing products or services competitive to those offered by the Company. The terms Customer and Supplier shall also include prospective Customers and Suppliers of the Company. “Customers and Suppliers” does not include any of the companies listed on Exhibit A which is incorporated into this agreement. For purposes of this Section 14, “the Company” shall be deemed to include TMHC and its subsidiaries.

15. Non-Solicitation of the Company Employees

The Executive agrees that the Company has invested substantial time and effort in assembling and training its present staff of personnel. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that for a period of two (2) years from the date of termination, the Executive will not directly or indirectly induce or solicit or seek to induce or solicit on behalf of the Executive or other persons or entities, any of the Company’s employees to leave employment with the Company if said employee was employed by the Company during the last six (6) months of the Executive’s employment. For purposes of this Section 15, “the Company” shall be deemed to include TMHC and its subsidiaries.

16. Other Employment After Termination .

The Executive acknowledges and represents that the Executive has substantial experience and knowledge such that the Executive can readily obtain subsequent employment which does not violate this Agreement. The Executive also agrees that he shall notify any prospective future employer of the post-employment covenants contained in Section 13-15 of this Agreement and the Company may notify any future employer of the Executive or any prospective future employer of the Executive as to the existence and provisions of this Agreement and the Company’s intention to enforce its rights hereunder.

 

6


17. Notices

All notices and other communications given pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery or by recognized overnight courier or certified mail: (1) to the Executive at the Executive’s address as shown in the Company’s records; or (2) the Company at its principal office in the State of Arizona (or such other office as may be confirmed by the Company from time to time) to the attention of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.

18. The Company Property

All equipment, computers, notebooks, documents, memoranda, reports, photographs, files, books, correspondence, employee or other lists, calendars, card files, Rolodexes, and all other written, electronic, and graphic records affecting or relating to the business of the Company and its employees, regardless of the medium in which such information is stored, shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company. The Executive agrees not to remove any things or documents from the Company premises at any time unless those things or documents are necessary to those duties which the Executive must perform outside of the Company premises. The Executive shall not participate in any way with either the sale or the removal from the Company -controlled premises of any materials, equipment, tools, labor, computer software, corporate forms, information, data, manuals or any other the Company property, without the prior written approval of the President and Chief Executive Officer. In the event of termination of employment with the Company for any reason, the Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company all equipment, computers, including laptop computers, notebooks, documents, memoranda, reports, photographs, files, books, correspondence, employee or other lists, calendars, card files, Rolodexes, and all other written, electronic, and graphic records relating to the Company’s business, which are or have been in the possession or under control of the Executive. The Executive shall not maintain any copy or other reproduction whatsoever of any of the items described in this section after the termination of such employment. For purposes of this Section 18, “the Company” shall be deemed to include TMHC and its subsidiaries.

19. Arbitration

The parties understand and agree that except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any claim of any nature whatsoever, including those arising out of or connected with the Executive’s employment with the Company, including but not limited to wrongful termination, breach of contract, defamation, and claims of discrimination (including age, disability, sex, religion, national origin, race, color, etc.), harassment or retaliation whether under federal, state or local laws, regulations, or the Executive Orders, common law, or in equity, shall be decided by submission to final and binding arbitration. The arbitrator shall be a retired or former state or federal court judge. The parties further agree that the performance of the Executive’s duties as contemplated by this employment agreement involves commerce. This arbitration provision shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act. The arbitrator shall apply the law (including applicable filing limitations periods and exhaustion of administrative remedies) to the same extent and with same force and effect as would an Arizona court or a federal court sitting in Arizona. The arbitration shall be pursuant to rules and procedures hereafter adopted by the Company, and failing such adoption, the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. Judgment shall be final upon the award rendered by the arbitrator and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The parties further understand and agree that actions seeking temporary injunctions are hereby excluded from arbitration and, therefore, may be sought in a court of appropriate jurisdiction without resort to arbitration, even though resolution of the underlying claim must be submitted to arbitration.

 

          Employee Signature:  

ILLEGIBLE

 

7


20. Remedies

The Executive agrees that, should a breach of any portion of this Agreement be asserted by the Company, the Company shall be entitled to cease immediately any outstanding payments due to the Executive under this Agreement. Prior to ceasing any such payments, the Company will provide written notice to the Executive and allow the Executive five (5) calendar days from the date of such notice to cure the breach. The Executive also agrees that the Executive’s covenants contained in this Agreement are the essence of this Agreement; that each such covenant is reasonable and necessary to protect the business, interests and properties of the Company; and that irreparable loss and damage will be suffered by the Company should the Executive breach any of the covenants. Therefore, the Executive agrees and consents that, notwithstanding Section 19 of this Agreement, in addition to all the remedies provided at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to a temporary restraining order and temporary and permanent injunctions to prevent a breach or contemplated breach of any of the covenants. The parties to this Agreement agree that all remedies available shall be cumulative and that the parties shall be entitled to collect separate damages for each covenant or restriction breached. The Executive acknowledges that should the Executive violate any of the covenants of this Agreement, it will be difficult to determine the resulting damages to the Company and that monetary damages would not be adequate in any event. In addition to any other remedies it may have, the Company shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief without the necessity of proving actual damage. The Executive shall indemnify the Company for all costs, expenses, liabilities, and damages, in connection with the Company’s response to any breach by the Executive of any provision of this Agreement. The Executive shall be liable to pay all costs, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, which the Company may incur in enforcing, to any extent, the provisions of this Agreement, whether or not litigation is actually commenced and including litigation of any appeal taken or defended by the Company in an action to enforce this Agreement. The Company may elect to seek one or more of these remedies at its sole discretion on a case-by-case basis. Failure to seek any or all remedies in one case does not restrict the Company from seeking any remedies in another situation. Such an action by the Company shall not constitute a waiver of any of its rights.

21. Miscellaneous

 

  21.1 In the event any portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, void or unenforceable by an arbitrator or a final judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction, such portion of the Agreement shall be deemed severed and the remaining parts of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. The waiver by either party of any breach of any provision of the Agreement, or of the right to enforce any provision of the Agreement, shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or right of enforcement.

 

8


  21.2 This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Arizona, and the proper venue for any dispute hereunder shall be the state or federal court (as applicable) in the county of the Company’s principal office in the State of Arizona.

 

  21.3 This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to its subject matter and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings and representations, oral or written. No modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be valid unless the same is in writing and signed by both parties to this Agreement.

 

  21.4 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Executive and the Company and, as applicable, their respective legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns.

22. Section 409A of the Code

 

  22.1 For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (and such other Treasury or Internal Revenue Service guidance) as in effect from time to time. The parties intend that any amounts payable hereunder will be compliant with Section 409A or exempt from Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall be solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or for the account of the Executive in connection with this Agreement (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Company nor any of its affiliates shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold the Executive (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties.

 

  22.2 Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the following special rule shall apply, if and to the extent required by Section 409A, in the event that (i) the Executive is deemed to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), (ii) amounts or benefits under this Agreement or any other program, plan or arrangement of the Company or a controlled group affiliate thereof are due or payable on account of “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h) and (iii) the Executive is employed by a public company or a controlled group affiliate thereof: no payments hereunder that are subject to Section 409A shall be made to the Executive prior to the date that is six (6) months after the date of the Executive’s separation from service or, if earlier, the Executive’s date of death; following any applicable six (6) month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum on the earliest permissible payment date.

 

  22.3

Each payment made under this Agreement (including each separate installment payment in the case of a series of installment payments) shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A. Amounts payable under this Agreement shall be deemed not to be a “deferral of compensation” subject to Section 409A to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation §§ 1.409A-1(b)(4) (“short-term deferrals”) and (b)(9) (“separation pay plans,” including the exception under subparagraph (iii)) and other applicable provisions of Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, with respect to payments of any amounts that are considered to be “deferred compensation” subject to

 

9


  Section 409A, references to “termination of employment”, “termination”, or words and phrases of similar import, shall be deemed to refer to the Executive’s “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A, and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

  22.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any payment or benefit under this Agreement or otherwise that is exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1 (b)(9)(v)(A) or (C) (relating to certain reimbursements and in-kind benefits) shall be paid or provided to the Executive only to the extent that the expenses are not incurred, or the benefits are not provided, beyond the last day of the second calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive’s “separation from service” occurs; and provided further that such expenses are reimbursed no later than the last day of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive’s “separation from service” occurs. To the extent any indemnification payment, expense reimbursement, or the provision of any in-kind benefit is determined to be subject to Section 409A (and not exempt pursuant to the prior sentence or otherwise), the amount of any such indemnification payment or expenses eligible for reimbursement, or the provision of any in-kind benefit, in one calendar year shall not affect the indemnification payment or provision of in-kind benefits or expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year (except for any life-time or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses), and in no event shall any indemnification payment or expenses be reimbursed after the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive incurred such indemnification payment or expenses, and in no event shall any right to indemnification payment or reimbursement or the provision of any in-kind benefit be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

10


This Agreement has been executed on the dates set forth below, effective as of January 1, 2013.

 

Date: January 7, 2013     THE EXECUTIVE:
   

[ILLEGIBLE]

Date:             , 2013     THE COMPANY:
    TAYLOR MORRISON, INC.
   

a Delaware corporation

 

    By:  

/s/ Sheryl Palmer

    Name:  

Sheryl Palmer

    Title:  

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

11


Exhibit A

Companies not included in the definition of “Customers and/or Suppliers:”

 

12

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made by and between the Executive and the Company to be effective as of February 1, 2011 subject to the terms and conditions herein.

1. Employee

             (the “Executive”)

2. Employer

Taylor Morrison, Inc. (“the Company,” a term which for the purposes of this Agreement includes Taylor Wimpey PLC and all affiliates or subsidiaries thereof) with its principal place of business and corporate office located in Phoenix, Arizona.

3. Terms of Employment

The Executive was first employed by the Company on                    , and Executive remains in the employ of the Company. This Agreement shall be deemed effective as of February 1, 2011 and shall continue for Executive’s employment unless Executive is terminated pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement.

4. Position and Duties

The Executive is serving as                             and is responsible for overseeing                     and Executive shall continue to serve in such capacity under the terms of this Agreement. Additionally, Executive will have the duties, responsibilities and authority assigned by the President/CEO and/or Board of Directors. The Executive currently reports to the President/CEO of Taylor Morrison, Inc. The Executive shall carry out assigned duties in good faith and in the best interests of the Company, consistent with the policies and business strategies of the Company. Executive agrees to faithfully perform at all times the duties assigned to Executive to the best of Executive’s ability, experience and talents and to devote to Company all of Executive’s undivided working time, attention and efforts. During employment with Company, Executive agrees not to hold employment, ownership, directorship or any interest whatsoever in any competing business, entity or enterprise. Executive’s duties include reasonable business travel, either as necessary to meet the job or as directed by Company.


5. Conditions of Employment

Executive agrees to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, the Company’s employee handbook, and other Company policies as they may be changed by Company in its sole discretion from time to time.

6. Salary

The Executive’s current base salary shall be $         per annum, paid bi-weekly on regularly scheduled payroll dates. The Executive’s base salary shall be reviewed annually at the end of each calendar year and may be adjusted by the Company in accordance with the Company’s compensation policies, overall financial condition and other business factors .

7. Conflicts of Interest

Executive agrees to avoid actual or potential conflicts of interest with Company’s business. In this regard, Executive agrees (1) not to solicit, offer, or accept any gifts, gratuities, bribes, or other financial benefit in excess of $100.00 from actual or prospective customers, vendors, suppliers, or competitors; and (2) not to have, either directly or indirectly through Executive’s family, financial interests in competing or supplying companies which could affect Executive’s duties to Company. When issues of potential conflict arise, Executive agrees to immediately discuss them with Company’s President/CEO.

8. Contributions .

Executive agrees not to offer or provide the contribution of labor, materials, or inventory for charity, civil, social, or community use or service, outside the normal course of day to day operating practices, without the prior written approval of the President/CEO.

9. Benefits

The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the following incentive compensation, retirement and benefits plans as such plans may exist from time to time and any replacements or variations thereof (collectively, the “Compensation and Benefits Plans”) which are offered to similarly situated executives:

9.1 The Company’s Annual Bonus Program;

9.2 The Company’s Nonelective Bonus Deferral Program;

9.3 The Company’s Long-term Incentive Plan;

9.4 The Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan;

9.5 The Company’s Non-Qualified Management Deferred Compensation Plan;

9.6 The Company’s 401(k) and Cash Balance Retirement Plans; and


9.7 The Company’s Employees’ Welfare Benefit Plans

Nothing in this Agreement shall obligate the Company to continue the Compensation and Benefit Plans, or to continue them in their current forms. The Company may terminate, modify or amend the Compensation and Benefit Plans at any time or from time to time in accordance with the terms and provisions of such plans and applicable law.

10. Business Expense Reimbursement

The Company shall reimburse the Executive for reasonable business-related expenses properly and reasonably incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties, subject to such expenses being properly claimed and substantiated in accordance with Company policies in force from time to time.

11. Vacation and Holidays

The Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation and paid holidays in accordance with Company policies in force from time to time.

12. Termination of Employment

 

  12.1 The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment by giving written notice of termination to the Executive at any time, with or without “Good Cause” (as defined below).

 

  12.2 The Executive may voluntarily terminate employment at any time, with or without cause, by giving 60 days written notice of termination to the Company.

 

  12.3 If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Good Cause, the Executive shall be entitled to be paid the following subject to certain conditions:

a) An amount equal to the Executive’s current base salary at the time of termination as a “Severance Payment” if the Executive executes and returns the Company’s “Separation Agreement and General Release.” The Severance Payment shall be paid in 26 equal installments, commencing on the first regular payroll date which occurs after the effective date of termination in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule and occurring after (and only if) the Executive has executed and returned the Company’s then current “Separation Agreement and General Release.”

b) In addition to the Severance Payment, the Company shall pay the applicable COBRA premiums for Executive and eligible dependents enrolled (if any) in any then existing Welfare Benefit Plans which are group health plans (the “COBRA” Benefit”), commencing on the effective date of termination through the earlier of (i) one year from the date of termination or (ii) the date that EMPLOYEE becomes eligible for health insurance coverage under another group health insurance program, if the Executive has executed and returned the Company’s “Separation Agreement and General Release.” Executive agrees to promptly notify the COMPANY in writing if the Executive becomes eligible for health insurance coverage under another group health insurance program.


c) Notwithstanding the fact that the Executive may not be employed by the Company on the date that the Executive would otherwise be eligible to receive the Executive’s annual bonus payment under the Company’s Annual Bonus Program for the performance period(s) prior to the effective date of termination, the Company will include the Executive in the Annual Bonus Program and calculate a bonus payout pursuant to the Annual Bonus Program plan matrix which will then be prorated based on the number of days that the Executive was employed by the Company in the applicable performance period(s). Any bonus payment described herein will be made to the Executive on the date that the Company pays other employees under the Annual Bonus Program.

In the event that the financial targets identified in the Executive’s Annual Bonus Program plan have not been formalized or are unable to be determined, the Executive’s overall Annual Bonus Plan Attainment as a percent of the Executive’s Annual Bonus Opportunity will be calculated for each of the prior three completed or annualized partially completed performance periods the Executive was employed by the Company, then averaged to establish a Projected Annual Bonus Plan Attainment Percentage. If Executive does not have three years of bonus history, the Projected Annual Bonus Plan Attainment Percentage will be equal to the Taylor Morrison NA Corporate bonus percentage attained for same three year period. The Executive’s current Annual Bonus Plan Opportunity will be multiplied by the Projected Annual Bonus Plan Attainment Percentage to calculate a bonus payout which will then be prorated based on the number of days that the Executive was employed by the Company in the applicable performance period.

Issuance of this negotiated bonus payment to which Executive otherwise would not be entitled requires that the Executive execute and return the “Separation Agreement and General Release” described herein.

d) Any unpaid salary for time worked and accrued vacation pay shall be paid promptly after the Executive’s termination of employment.

 

  12.4 If the Executive voluntarily resigns or is terminated by the Company for Good Cause, the Executive shall not be entitled to the Severance Payment, COBRA Benefit or Annual Bonus Program, but shall only be entitled to be paid any unpaid salary for time worked and accrued vacation pay through the date of termination. Such unpaid salary and accrued vacation, if any, shall be paid promptly after the Executive’s termination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control, as hereinafter defined, combined with either (a) the Executive’s organizational level, scope of duties and responsibilities, or total compensation being materially changed, or (b) the Executive’s offices being moved more than 50 miles from their current assigned location, then the Executive may, by written notice to the Company within 30 days of the occurrence of (a) or (b), terminate this Agreement, in which case the Executive shall receive the Severance Payment specified in 12.3(a), COBRA benefit specified in 12.3(b), and the Annual Bonus payment specified in 12.3(c) upon execution of the Company’s “Separation Agreement and General Release”. “Change in Control” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Taylor Morrison, Inc. (the “Direct Employer”), (ii) the sale of over 50% of the voting stock in the Direct Employer or any entity indirectly or directly controlling the Direct Employer, (iii) the merger of the Direct Employer or any entity indirectly or directly controlling the Direct Employer.


  12.5 Except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement is intended to affect either the Company’s or the Executive’s rights and obligations under the Compensation and Benefit Plans in the event of the Executive’s termination of employment, and the terms and provisions of the Compensation and Benefit Plans shall control in the event of the Executive’s termination.

 

  12.6 The payment of any Severance Payment specified in 12.3(a), COBRA benefit specified in 12.3(b), and the Annual Bonus payment specified in 12.3(c) to the Executive upon termination of the Executive’s employment (no matter the cause) shall be conditioned upon execution by the Executive of a general release (“Separation Agreement and General Release”), in such form as the Company may reasonably require, of any and all claims against the Company (and their respective officers, directors and employees) arising out of or relating to the executive’s employment with the Company and/or the termination thereof.

 

  12.7 The term “Good Cause” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following by the Executive: (i) Executive is convicted of, pleads guilty to, or confesses to any felony or any act of fraud, theft, misappropriation or embezzlement; (ii) any act or omission by Executive involving malfeasance, negligence, or intentional failure in the performance of Executive’s duties to the Company and, within five (5) days after written notice from the Company of any such act or omission, Executive has not corrected such act or omission; or (iii) Executive otherwise fails to comply with the terms of this Agreement or deviates from any written policies, directives of the Board of Directors, employee handbook, or rules of conduct, including without limitation, the Company’s drug and alcohol and no harassment policies, as the Company may change such policies from time to time.

 

  12.8 All payments made to the Executive under this Agreement and/or the Compensation and Benefit Plans are subject to applicable withholding as required by law.

 

  12.9 The Executive agrees that the Company may offset any monies due or owing to the Company from the Executive against any payments due to the Executive under this Agreement or the Compensation and Benefit Plans.

 

  12.10 In the event that the Executive breaches any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Executive agrees that the Company, without limiting any other rights or remedies that it may have under the law, may cease making any further payments of any type (Severance, COBRA or Annual Bonus Program) which may be due to be paid.

13. Proprietary and Confidential Information

Executive acknowledges that in the course of employment, Executive has or will have access to and obtained or will obtain knowledge of trade secrets and/or confidential information relating to the Company’s business. Confidential information means information which is treated by the Company as confidential and which is of value to the Company because it has not been made generally available to the public or to competitors of the Company (other than by fault of Executive), and includes but is not limited to such information related to the Company’s methods of operation and sales, current and future development, expansion or contraction plans of the Company, information concerning personnel assignments and personnel matters, and any other information relating to the Company’s business that is treated by the Company as confidential. Executive agrees that during employment with the Company and for a period of two (2) years following the termination of said employment, Executive shall not, other than on behalf of the Company, divulge or make use of any confidential information of the Company directly, indirectly, personally, or on behalf of any other person, business, corporation or entity. This covenant is not intended to and does not limit in any way Executive’s duties and obligations to the Company under statutory or case law not to disclose or make personal use of such information or any trade secret information of the Company.


14. Non-Solicitation of the Customers and Suppliers

Executive agrees that the Company’s relationships with its Customers and Suppliers are solely the assets and property of the Company. Executive agrees that for a period of two (2) years following termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall not directly or through others solicit or attempt to solicit any of the Company’s Customers and/or Suppliers for the purpose of providing products or services competitive to those offered by the Company. This restriction applies only to those Customers and/or Suppliers with whom Executive had material contact on behalf of the Company. “Material contact” means: (i) direct personal contact with a Supplier or Customer for the purpose of, respectively, purchasing real estate, materials or services for use by the Company or selling the Company’s real estate, products or services to Customers or (ii) any direct supervision of direct personal contacts other employees of the Company may have with Suppliers and/or Customers. Customers and Suppliers are those Customers or Suppliers with whom Executive had material contact within one (1) year prior to the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company. The terms Customer and Supplier shall also include prospective Customers and Suppliers of the Company. “Customers and Suppliers” does not include any of the companies listed on Exhibit A which is incorporated into this agreement.

15. Non-Solicitation of the Company Employees

Executive agrees that Company has invested substantial time and effort in assembling and training its present staff of personnel. Accordingly, Executive agrees that for a period of two (2) years from the date of termination, Executive will not directly or indirectly induce or solicit or seek to induce or solicit on behalf of Executive or other persons or entities, any of the Company’s employees to leave employment with the Company if said employee was employed by the Company during the last six (6) months of the Executive’s employment.

16. Other Employment After Termination .

Executive acknowledges and represents that Executive has substantial experience and knowledge such that Executive can readily obtain subsequent employment which does not violate this Agreement. Executive also agrees that Company may notify any future employer of Executive or any prospective future employer of Executive as to the existence and provisions of this Agreement and Company’s intention to enforce its rights hereunder.


17. Notices

All notices and other communications given pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery or by recognized overnight courier or certified mail: (1) to the Executive at the Executive’s address as shown in the Company’s records; or (2) the Company at its principal office in the State of Arizona (or such other office as may be confirmed by the Company from time to time) to the attention of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.

18. Company Property

All equipment, computers, notebooks, documents, memoranda, reports, photographs, files, books, correspondence, employee or other lists, calendars, card files, Rolodexes, and all other written, electronic, and graphic records affecting or relating to the business of Company and its employees, regardless of the medium in which such information is stored, shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of Company. Executive agrees not to remove any things or documents from Company premises at any time unless those things or documents are necessary to those duties which the Executive must perform outside of Company premises. Executive shall not participate in any way with either the sale or the removal from Company-controlled premises of any materials, equipment, tools, labor, computer software, corporate forms, information, data, manuals or any other Company property, without the prior written approval of the President/CEO. In the event of termination of employment with Company for any reason, Executive shall promptly deliver to Company all equipment, computers, including laptop computers, notebooks, documents, memoranda, reports, photographs, files, books, correspondence, employee or other lists, calendars, card files, Rolodexes, and all other written, electronic, and graphic records relating to Company’s business, which are or have been in the possession or under control of Executive. Executive shall not maintain any copy or other reproduction whatsoever of any of the items described in this section after the termination of such employment.

19. Arbitration

The parties understand and agree that any claim of any nature whatsoever, including those arising out of or connected with Executive’s employment with Company, including but not limited to wrongful termination, breach of contract, defamation, and claims of discrimination (including age, disability, sex, religion, national origin, race, color, etc.), harassment or retaliation whether under federal, state or local laws, regulations, or Executive Orders, common law, or in equity, shall be decided by submission to final and binding arbitration. The arbitrator shall be a retired or former state or federal court judge. The parties further agree that the performance of Executive’s duties as contemplated by this employment agreement involves commerce. This arbitration provision shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act. The arbitrator shall apply the law (including applicable filing limitations periods and exhaustion of administrative remedies) to the same extent, and with same force and effect as would an Arizona court or a federal court sitting in Arizona. The arbitration shall be pursuant to rules and procedures hereafter adapted by Company, and failing such adoption, the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. Judgment shall be final upon the award rendered by the arbitrator and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The parties further understand and agree that actions seeking temporary injunctions are hereby excluded from arbitration and, therefore, may be sought in a court of appropriate jurisdiction without resort to arbitration, even though resolution of the underlying claim must be submitted to arbitration.


Employee Signature:                                         

20. Remedies

Executive agrees that should a breach of any portion of this Agreement be asserted by Company, Company shall be entitled to cease immediately any outstanding payments due to Executive under this Agreement. Prior to ceasing any such payments, Company will provide written notice to Executive and allow Executive five (5) calendar days from date of such notice to cure the breach. Executive also agrees that Executive’s covenants contained in this Agreement are the essence of this Agreement; that each such covenant is reasonable and necessary to protect the business, interests and properties of Company; and that irreparable loss and damage will be suffered by Company should Executive breach any of the covenants. Therefore, Executive agrees and consents that, in addition to all the remedies provided at law or in equity, Company shall be entitled to a temporary restraining order and temporary and permanent injunctions to prevent a breach or contemplated breach of any of the covenants. The Parties agree that all remedies available to the Parties shall be cumulative and that the Parties shall be entitled to collect separate damages for each covenant or restriction breached. Executive acknowledges that should Executive violate any of the covenants of this Agreement, it will be difficult to determine the resulting damages to Company and that monetary damages would not be adequate in any event. In addition to any other remedies it may have, Company shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief without the necessity of proving actual damage Executive shall indemnify Company for all costs, expenses, liabilities, and damages, in connection with Company’s response to any breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement. Executive shall be liable to pay all costs, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, which Company may incur in enforcing, to any extent, the provisions of this Agreement, whether or not litigation is actually commenced and including litigation of any appeal taken or defended by Company in an action to enforce this Agreement. Company may elect to seek one or more of these remedies at its sole discretion on a case-by-case basis. Failure to seek any or all remedies in one case does not restrict Company from seeking any remedies in another situation. Such an action by Company shall not constitute a waiver of any of its rights.

21. Miscellaneous

 

  21.1 In the event any portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, void or unenforceable by an arbitrator or a final judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction, such portion of the Agreement shall be deemed severed and the remaining parts of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. The waiver by either party of any breach of any provision of the Agreement, or of the right to enforce any provision of the Agreement, shall not operate of be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or right of enforcement.

 

  21.2 This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Arizona, and the proper venue for any dispute hereunder shall be the state or federal court (as applicable) in the county of the Direct Employer’s principal office in the State of Arizona.


  21.3 This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to its subject matter and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings and representations, oral or written. No modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be valid unless the same is in writing and signed by both parties to this Agreement.

 

  21.4 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Executive and the Company and, as applicable, their respective legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns.

This Agreement has been executed on the dates set forth below, effective as of February 1, 2011.

Date:             , 2011 THE EXECUTIVE:

 

                                                 

Date:             , 2011 THE COMPANY:

 

TAYLOR MORRISON, INC.,                             a Delaware corporation

 

    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 


Exhibit A

Companies not included in the definition of “Customers and/or Suppliers:”

Exhibit 10.11

SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE

FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual promises, covenants, and agreements made herein by and between Edward A. Barnes (“EMPLOYEE,” a term which includes EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYEE’s spouse (if any), and all assigns, heirs, and successors in interest) and Taylor Morrison, Inc. (“COMPANY”, a term which for the purposes of this Agreement includes Taylor Morrison, Inc. or any affiliate or subsidiary thereof), and its owners, officers and shareholders, the parties agree as follows:

1. Termination of Employment . EMPLOYEE’s employment with the COMPANY ended on June 19, 2012 whereupon all benefits and privileges related to EMPLOYEE’s employment with the COMPANY ceased, except as set forth herein.

2. No Admissions. EMPLOYEE and the COMPANY agree that the entry of the parties into this Agreement is not and shall not be construed to be an admission of liability on the part of any party hereto or hereby released.

3. Adequacy of Consideration . The parties agree that the COMPANY does not have an established severance pay plan or practice and that the COMPANY has no obligation to EMPLOYEE or any other employee to make the payments set forth herein independent of this Agreement. The parties further acknowledge the adequacy of the “additional consideration” provided herein by each to the other, that this is a legally binding document, and that they intend to comply with and be faithful to its terms.

4. Benefits to Employee . In consideration for the promises of EMPLOYEE set forth herein, the COMPANY agrees to:

 

  a. pay EMPLOYEE a Gross Severance Benefit in the amount of four hundred eighty thousand dollars and zero cents ($480,000.00) less legally required deductions and withholdings. The Severance Payments shall be made in twenty-six (26) equal installments on the COMPANY’s regularly scheduled paydays. The first installment payment will occur on the first payday that is more than ten (10) days after the revocation period set forth in Paragraph 20, provided that EMPLOYEE does not breach this Agreement or revoke it pursuant to Paragraph 20.

 

  b. pay the applicable COBRA premiums for EMPLOYEE and eligible dependents enrolled (if any) in any then existing Welfare Benefit Plans which are group health plans (the “COBRA” Benefit”), commencing on the effective date of termination through the earlier of (i) one year from the date of termination or (ii) the date that EMPLOYEE becomes eligible for health insurance coverage under another group health insurance program, if the EMPLOYEE has executed and returned this “Separation Agreement and General Release” provided Employee returns this executed Agreement to the COMPANY and provided that EMPLOYEE does not breach the Agreement or revoke it pursuant to paragraph 20.

 

Initials (EB): EB    Page 1 of 7    Initials (KO): KO


  c. pay EMPLOYEE the amount (if any) that EMPLOYEE, absent termination of employment, would otherwise have become eligible to receive under the terms of the COMPANY’s 2012 Annual Bonus Plan. Such payment will be prorated as follows and will be the greater of either:

 

  i. a prorated annual bonus payment for the time period January 30, 2012 through June 19, 2012 pursuant to the 2012 Annual Bonus Plan matrix with annual bonus opportunity calculated as follows: EMPLOYEE’s current base salary (four hundred fifty thousand dollars and zero cents ($450,000.00) multiplied by a prorated bonus opportunity of 39% (100% annual bonus opportunity prorated for 138 days in active status); OR

 

  ii. a prorated guaranteed bonus calculated as follows: bonus guarantee pursuant to the 2012 Annual Bonus Plan letter dated May 21, 2012 in the amount of three hundred thousand dollars and zero cents ($300,000.00), prorated at 39% (100% annual bonus opportunity prorated for 138 days in active status) equal to one hundred sixteen thousand seven hundred thirteen dollars and zero cents ($116,713.00).

Payment will be made under the COMPANY’s 2012 Annual Bonus Plan no later than March 31, 2013. Calculation of bonus results and attainment levels for such bonus plan elements including EBIT, Orderbook/Closings, Cash Flow and Customer Satisfaction, will be determined by the Company and will be subject to final approval by the compensation committee of the COMPANY board of directors. Any bonus payment to EMPLOYEE is subject to any legally required deductions and withholdings.

EMPLOYEE shall not be eligible for any other payments or employer-provided benefits after termination other than as provided herein. EMPLOYEE acknowledges that all Class M Unit awards have been terminated and forfeited as of June 19, 2012 and that any and all obligations related to Class A Units have been fully satisfied by the COMPANY.

5. Other Benefits . Nothing in this Agreement shall alter or reduce any vested, accrued benefits (if any) EMPLOYEE may have to any 401 (k) plan or affect EMPLOYEE’s right to elect and pay for continuation of health insurance coverage under the COMPANY’s Health Benefit Plan pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (C.O.B.R.A.).

6. Consideration to the COMPANY . In consideration for the undertakings and promises of the COMPANY set forth in this Agreement, EMPLOYEE unconditionally releases, discharges, and holds harmless the COMPANY and the COMPANY’s officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, attorneys and contractors, (hereinafter referred to collectively as “Releasees”) from each and every claim, cause of action, right, liability or demand of any kind and nature, and from any claims which may be derived therefrom (collectively referred to as “claims”), that EMPLOYEE had, has, or might claim to have against the COMPANY at the time EMPLOYEE executes this Agreement, including but not limited to any and all claims:

 

  a. arising from EMPLOYEE’S employment, pay, bonuses, employee benefits, and other terms and conditions of employment or employment practices of the COMPANY;

 

  b. relating to the termination of EMPLOYEE’S employment with the COMPANY or the surrounding circumstances thereof;

 

  c. relating to payment of any attorneys’ fees for EMPLOYEE; except for attorneys’ fees that may be provided in connection with a claim covered under the COMPANY’s D&O insurance policy for actions by the EMPLOYEE within the scope of employment and within the coverage of the COMPANY’s D&O insurance policy.

 

Initials (EB): EB    Page 2 of 7    Initials (KO): KO


  d. based on discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, pregnancy, national origin, handicap, disability, or any other category protected by law under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, 42 USC § 1981, Executive Order 11246, the Equal Pay Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, as any of these laws may have been amended or any other similar labor, employment or anti-discrimination laws;

 

  e. the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Older Workers Benefits Protection Act;

 

  f. based on any contract, tort, whistleblower, personal injury, or wrongful discharge theory; and

 

  g. based on any other federal, state or local constitution, regulation, law (statutory or common), or legal theory.

Except as otherwise may be provided in the Agreement, it is understood and agreed that this is a full, complete and final general release of any and all claims described as aforesaid, and that the Parties agree that it shall apply to all unknown, unanticipated, unsuspected and undisclosed claims, demands, liabilities, actions or causes of action, in law, equity or otherwise, as well as those which are now known, anticipated, suspected or disclosed.

7. EMPLOYEE’s Covenant Not to Sue or Accept Recovery . EMPLOYEE covenants not to file a lawsuit against the COMPANY or Releasee based on any claim released under this Agreement. Other than unemployment benefits, EMPLOYEE further covenants not to accept, recover or receive any monetary damages or any other form of relief which may arise out of or in connection with any administrative remedies which may be filed with or pursued against the COMPANY or any Releasee independently by any governmental agency or agencies, whether federal, state or local.

8. Mutual Rescission of All Transactions Related to Issuance of Class A Units . EMPLOYEE hereby rescinds his offer to purchase or acquire any Class A Units as set forth under the Class A Unit Subscription Agreement. COMPANY hereby rescinds its offer to sell or issue any Class A Units to EMPLOYEE as set forth under the Class A Unit Subscription Agreement. EMPLOYEE deposited a total of $300,000 with TMM Holdings LP for the purpose of acquiring Class A Units. As a result of the rescission of the EMPLOYEE’S offer to purchase Class A Units and the COMPANY’S offer to sell Class A Units to EMPLOYEE, $150,000 deposited with the COMPANY by EMPLOYEE for the purchase of CLASS A Units shall be returned to EMPLOYEE within three (3) business days of execution of this Agreement by EMPLOYEE. The remaining $150,000 to acquire Class A Units was loaned to the EMPLOYEE by the COMPANY. Funds loaned to EMPLOYEE by the COMPANY in the amount of $219,475.70 under that certain Loan Agreement between EMPLOYEE and the COMPANY dated January 10, 2012 (the “Loan”) were provided to EMPLOYEE via payroll after taxes and deductions in the net amount of $150,000. EMPLOYEE deposited the $150,000 from the Loan in a TMM Holdings LP account for the purpose of purchasing Class A

 

Initials (EB): EB    Page 3 of 7    Initials (KO): KO


Units. Upon execution of this Agreement by EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYEE hereby authorizes the COMPANY and agrees that the $150,000 in the TMM Holdings LP account shall be returned directly to the COMPANY and the payroll entry of $219,475.70 shall be reversed and deemed null and void. Upon execution of this Agreement by EMPLOYEE, the obligations of the COMPANY and the EMPLOYEE under the Loan shall be fully satisfied and deemed null and void. The parties agree that the result of the mutual rescission of the Class A Unit Subscription Agreement and the Loan shall be that neither COMPANY nor EMPLOYEE shall have suffered any gain or loss but rather that the mutual rescission leaves each party as if such transactions never occurred. EMPLOYEE agrees to execute any documentation which may be required to achieve this mutual rescission.

9. No Pending Actions or Claims . EMPLOYEE represents that EMPLOYEE has not filed any lawsuits against the COMPANY or any Releasees at the time EMPLOYEE executes this Agreement. Further, EMPLOYEE has not suffered any work-related illness or injury that could form the basis of any workers’ compensation or disability claim as of the date EMPLOYEE executed this Agreement. EMPLOYEE further agrees that EMPLOYEE has been paid all compensation due as a result of EMPLOYEE’s employment with the Company.

10. Confidentiality . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this paragraph, the parties agree that the terms and conditions of this Agreement are and shall be deemed to be confidential and hereafter shall not be disclosed to any other person or entity. The only disclosures excepted by this paragraph are (a) as may be required by law; (b) the parties may tell prospective employers the dates of EMPLOYEE’s employment, positions held, EMPLOYEE’s duties and responsibilities and salary history with the COMPANY; (c) EMPLOYEE is able to disclose Sections 11, 12, and 15 of this Agreement in their entirety to potential or future employers; (d) the parties may disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement to their attorneys, accountants and/or tax advisors; and (e) the parties may disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement to their respective spouses, if any, provided, however, that EMPLOYEE makes EMPLOYEE’s spouse aware of the confidentiality provisions of this paragraph and EMPLOYEE’s spouse agrees to keep the terms of this Agreement confidential.

11. No Harassing Conduct . EMPLOYEE covenants that EMPLOYEE shall not undertake any harassing or disparaging conduct directed at the COMPANY or any Releasee and that EMPLOYEE shall refrain from making any harassing or disparaging statements concerning the Company or any Releasee to any third party.

12. Non-Solicitation of COMPANY Employees . EMPLOYEE agrees that COMPANY has invested substantial time and effort in assembling and training its present staff of personnel. Accordingly, EMPLOYEE agrees that for a period of two (2) years from the date of this Agreement, EMPLOYEE will not directly or indirectly induce or solicit or seek to induce or solicit on behalf of employee or others any of the COMPANY’s employees to leave employment with COMPANY.

13. Confidential Information: EMPLOYEE acknowledges that in the course of employment, EMPLOYEE had access to and obtained knowledge of trade secrets and/or confidential information relating to the COMPANY’s business. Confidential information means information which is treated by the Company as confidential and which is of value to the COMPANY because it has not been made generally available to the public or to competitors of the COMPANY (other than by fault of EMPLOYEE), and includes but is not limited to such information related to the COMPANY’s methods of operation and sales, current and future

 

Initials (EB): EB    Page 4 of 7    Initials (KO): KO


development and expansion or contraction plans of the COMPANY, information concerning personnel assignments and personnel matters, and any other information relating to the COMPANY’s business that is treated by the COMPANY as confidential. EMPLOYEE agrees that during employment with the COMPANY and for a period of two (2) years following the termination of said employment, EMPLOYEE shall not, other than on behalf of the COMPANY, divulge or make use of any confidential information of the COMPANY directly, indirectly, personally, or on behalf of any other person, business, corporation or entity. This covenant is not intended to and does not limit in any way EMPLOYEE’S duties and obligations to the COMPANY under statutory or case law not to disclose or make personal use of such information or any trade secret information of the COMPANY.

14. Cooperation in Legal Matters. In consideration for the promises and payments by the COMPANY pursuant to this Agreement, EMPLOYEE agrees to cooperate to the fullest extent possible in the preparation, defense or prosecution of any legal matters involving the COMPANY or RELEASEES about which EMPLOYEE has or may have personal knowledge (other than termination of employment or any other claim against the COMPANY or RELEASEES for breach of this Agreement), including any such matters which may be filed after the termination of EMPLOYEE’s employment.

15. Cooperation in Professional Transition of Business Affairs. In consideration for the promises and payment(s) by the COMPANY pursuant to this Agreement, EMPLOYEE agrees to cooperate to the fullest extent possible in the professional transition of those business-related matters for which EMPLOYEE was responsible during employment with the COMPANY.

16. No Solicitation of Customers and Suppliers . EMPLOYEE agrees that the COMPANY’s relationships with its Customers and Suppliers are solely the assets and property of the COMPANY. EMPLOYEE agrees that for a period of two (2) years following termination of EMPLOYEE’s employment with the COMPANY for any reason, EMPLOYEE shall not directly or through others solicit or attempt to solicit any of the COMPANY’s Customers and/or Suppliers for the purpose of providing products or services competitive to those offered by the COMPANY. This restriction applies only to those Customers and/or Suppliers with whom EMPLOYEE had material contact on behalf of the COMPANY. “Material contact” means: (i) direct personal contact with a Supplier or Customer for the purpose of, respectively, purchasing real estate, materials or services for use by the COMPANY or selling the COMPANY’s real estate, products or services to Customers or (ii) any direct supervision of direct personal contacts other employees of the COMPANY may have with Suppliers and/or Customers. Customers and Suppliers are those Customers or Suppliers with whom EMPLOYEE had material contact within one (1) year prior to the termination of EMPLOYEE’s employment with THE COMPANY. The terms Customer and Supplier shall also include prospective Customers and Suppliers of the COMPANY.

17. Arbitration . EMPLOYEE agrees that should a breach of any portion of this Agreement be asserted by the COMPANY, the COMPANY shall be entitled to cease immediately any outstanding payments due to EMPLOYEE under this Agreement and to recover from EMPLOYEE any payments made to EMPLOYEE as liquidated damages. The parties agree to pay their own attorneys’ fees and all other costs and expenses incurred in enforcing this Agreement. All claims to enforce this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration and not by judicial review, and such claims shall be tried before an arbitrator selected through a commercial arbitration service and under the procedures of that service.

 

Initials (EB): EB    Page 5 of 7    Initials (KO): KO


18. No Reliance Upon Other Statements . This Agreement is entered into without reliance upon any statement or representation of any party hereto or parties hereby released other than the statements and representations contained in writing in this Agreement.

19. Full and Knowing Waiver . By signing this Agreement, EMPLOYEE certifies that:

 

  a. EMPLOYEE has read and understands this Agreement;

 

  b. EMPLOYEE was given at least 21 calendar days from the date this Agreement was initially presented to consider the Agreement before signing this Agreement;

 

  c. EMPLOYEE was advised in writing, via this Agreement, to consult with an attorney before signing this Agreement;

 

  d. EMPLOYEE agrees to its terms knowingly, voluntarily and without intimidation, coercion or pressure.

20. Revocation of Age Release . EMPLOYEE may revoke this Agreement within seven (7) calendar days after signing it. To be effective, such revocation must be received in writing by Charissa Wagner, Human Resources Director for Taylor Morrison at 4900 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000, Scottsdale AZ 85251. Revocation can be made by hand delivery, telegram, facsimile, or postmarking before the expiration date of this seven (7) day period.

21. Acceptance of Agreement. To accept the Agreement, I understand that I must sign the Agreement and return an original signed document to Charissa Wagner, Human Resources Director for Taylor Morrison at 4900 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 2000, Scottsdale AZ 85251.

22. No Application or Reemployment. EMPLOYEE hereby agrees that he shall not seek reinstatement or apply for future employment with COMPANY. EMPLOYEE agrees that any application for reinstatement or for future employment with COMPANY will be considered void from its inception, and may be summarily rejected by COMPANY without explanation or liability. In addition, if EMPLOYEE should be offered or accept a position with COMPANY, the offer may be withdrawn, or EMPLOYEE may be terminated immediately, without notice or cause. EMPLOYEE further agrees that, in the event of such an offer and withdrawal, or hiring and termination, he waives any right to recover damages, seek or obtain equitable remedies, obtain unemployment benefits, claim wrongful termination or breach of contract, and that this Agreement may be used as a defense by COMPANY in any legal or administrative proceeding.

23. Arizona Law and Venue. The laws of the state of Arizona shall govern this Agreement. The parties further understand and agree that, in any legal proceeding arising under this Agreement, venue shall be in Maricopa County, Arizona.

24. Integration . Should any provision of this Agreement be declared or be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be wholly or partially illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, the legality, validity, and enforceability of the remaining parts, terms, or provisions shall not be affected thereby, and said illegal, unenforceable, or invalid part, term, or provision shall be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.

 

Initials (EB): EB    Page 6 of 7    Initials (KO): KO


25. Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the parties hereto and fully supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings, written or oral, between the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned hereunto set their hands to this Agreement on the dates written below.

 

Edward A. Barnes

(“EMPLOYEE”)

   

Taylor Morrison, Inc.

(the “COMPANY”)

/s/ Edward A. Barnes

    By:  

/s/ Katy Owen

Edward A. Barnes       Katy Owen
      Its:   Vice President, Human Resources
Date:  

6/20/2012

    Date:  

6/27/12

 

Initials (EB):                         Page 7 of 7    Initials (KO): KO

Exhibit 10.12

FORM OF RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS AGREEMENT

This “ Agreement ” is made and entered into as of [ ], by and between Taylor Morrison, Inc. on its own behalf and on behalf of its affiliates (defined as all entities controlled by, under common control with, or controlling Employer), as may exist from time to time (including any former affiliates of TMM Holdings, Limited Partnership that were affiliates of Employer on the Grant Date) (collectively, the “ Employer ”), and [ ] (“ Employee ”). This Agreement is made in consideration of the grant of profits interests in TMM Holdings, Limited Partnership, a British Columbia limited partnership.

To protect the interests of the Employer and its confidential information, and the information of its customers, data suppliers, prospective customers and other companies with which the Employer has a business relationship which the Employer is required to maintain in confidence, and in consideration of the covenants and promises and other valuable consideration described in this Agreement, the Employer and Employee agree as follows:

1. Non-Competition. Without the consent in writing of the Board of Directors of Employer (the “ Board ”), Employee will not, at any time during employment and for the eighteen (18) months following termination of employment by the Employer for Cause or the Employee’s voluntary termination, acting alone or in conjunction with others, directly or indirectly (i) engage (either as owner, investor, partner, stockholder, employer, employee, consultant, advisor, or director) in any business in which he or she has been directly engaged on behalf of the Employer or any affiliate, or has supervised as an executive thereof, during the prior two-year period (or, if earlier, the two-year period ending on the date of Employee’s termination), or which was engaged in or planned by the Employer or an affiliate at the relevant time (of, if earlier, at the time of Employee’s termination of employment), in any geographic area in which such business was conducted or planned to be conducted; (ii) induce any customers of the Employer or any of its affiliates with whom Employee has had contacts or relationships, directly or indirectly, during and within the scope of his or her employment with the Employer or any of its affiliates, to curtail or cancel their business with the Employer or any such affiliate; (iii) induce, or attempt to influence, any employee of the Employer or any of its affiliates to terminate employment; or (iv) solicit, hire or retain as an employee or independent contractor, or assist any third party in the solicitation, hiring, or retention as an employee or independent contractor, any person who during the previous twelve (12) months was an employee of the Employer or any affiliate and provided further, that activities engaged in by or on behalf of the Employer are not restricted by this covenant. The provisions of subparagraphs (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) above are separate and distinct commitments independent of each of the other subparagraphs. It is agreed that the ownership of not more than one percent of the equity securities of any company having securities listed on an exchange or regularly traded in the over-the-counter market shall not, of itself, be deemed inconsistent with clause (i) of this Section 1. This Section 1 of the Restrictive Covenants Agreement shall not apply in the event that the Employee is terminated by the Employer for any reason other than for Cause or termination for Good Reason by the Employee, except during any period in which the Employee is receiving severance payments from the Employer.


2. Non-Disclosure; Ownership of Work . Employee shall not, at any time during his or her employment with Employer and thereafter (including following Employee’s termination of employment for any reason), disclose, use, transfer, or sell, except in the course of employment with or other service to the Employer, any proprietary information, secrets, organizational or employee information, or other confidential information belonging or relating to the Employer and its affiliates and customers so long as such information has not otherwise been disclosed or is not otherwise in the public domain, except as required by law or pursuant to legal process. In addition, upon termination of employment for any reason, Employee will return to the Employer or its affiliates all documents and other media containing information belonging or relating to the Employer or its affiliates. Employee will promptly disclose in writing to the Partnership all inventions, discoveries, developments, improvements and innovations (collectively referred to as “ Inventions ”) that Employee has conceived or made during his or her employment with Employer; provided, however, that in this context “Inventions” are limited to those which (i) relate in any manner to the existing or contemplated business or research activities of the Partnership and its affiliates; (ii) are suggested by or result from Employee’s work at the Partnership; or (iii) result from the use of the time, materials or facilities of the Employer and its affiliates. All Inventions will be the Employer’s property rather than Employee’s. Should the Employer request it, Employee agrees to sign any document that the Employer may reasonably require to establish ownership in any Invention.

3. Cooperation With Regard to Litigation . Employee agrees to cooperate with the Employer, during his or her employment at the Employer and following Employee’s termination of employment for any reason, by making himself available to testify on behalf of the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Employer, in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, and to assist the Employer, or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Employer, in any such action, suit, or proceeding, by providing information and meeting and consulting with the Board or its representatives or counsel, or representatives or counsel to the Employer, or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Employer, as may be reasonably requested and after taking into account Employee’s post-termination responsibilities and obligations. Employer shall reimburse Employee any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses necessary for Employee to comply with the obligations under this Section 3.

4. Non-Disparagement . Employee shall not, at any time during his or her employment at the Employer and following Employee’s termination of employment for any reason, make statements or representations, or otherwise communicate, directly or indirectly, in writing, orally, or otherwise, or take any action which may, directly or indirectly, disparage or be damaging to the Employer, its subsidiaries or affiliates or their respective officers, directors, employees, advisors, businesses or reputations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Employee from making truthful statements that are required by applicable law, regulation or legal process.

5. Interpretation. In the event that one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, each of the subparagraphs in Section 1 hereof) is held to be invalid,


illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, each subparagraph of Section 1) shall not be affected thereby. Employee and the Employer further agree that, in the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its being extended over too great a time, too large a geographic area or too great a range of activities, that provision will be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law.

6. Enforcement. Employee agrees and acknowledges that the remedies at law for any breach by Employee of the provisions of this Agreement will be inadequate and that the Employer shall be entitled to obtain injunctive relief against Employee from a court of competent jurisdiction in the event of any breach of any provision of this Agreement, except that injunctive relief will not be available as a remedy for any violation of Section 1(i) herein (relating to non-competition).

7. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, any of which may be executed and transmitted by facsimile (including “pdf”), and each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

[ Remainder of the page intentionally left blank ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement, effective as set forth above.

 

Employee:

 

(Sign Name)

Taylor Morrison, Inc.:
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[ Restrictive Covenants Agreement, Signature Page ]

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement No. 333-185269 of our report dated March 4, 2013, relating to the financial statements of TMM Holdings Limited Partnership, which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph indicating that the financial information of the predecessor and successor periods is not comparable, and our report dated March 4, 2013, relating to the balance sheet of Taylor Morrison Home Corporation appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

LOGO

Phoenix, Arizona

March 4, 2013